RobH_en_tn/tn_LUK.tsv

Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Luke\n\n1. Dedication to Theophilus (1:1–4)\n2. Prologue\n  * The birth of John the Baptist (1:5–80)\n  * The birth and youth of Jesus (2:1–51)\n  * The ministry of John the Baptist (3:1–20)\n  * The baptism, genealogy, and temptation of Jesus (3:21–4:13)\n3. The teaching and healing ministry of Jesus in Galilee (4:14–9:50)\n4. Jesus teaches along his journey to Jerusalem\n  * Judgment by God, and people’s judgments about Jesus (9:51–13:21)\n  * Who will be part of the kingdom of God (13:22–17:10)\n  * Responding to Jesus by welcoming or rejecting him (17:11–19:27)\n5. Jesus in Jerusalem\n  * Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem (19:28–44)\n  * Jesus teaches in the temple: conflict over his identity and authority (19:45–21:38)\n  * Jesus’ death, burial, and resurrection (22:1–24:53)\n\n### What is the Gospel of Luke about?\n\nThe Gospel of Luke is one of four books in the New Testament that describe the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Luke wrote his Gospel for a person named Theophilus and dedicated it to him. Luke wrote an accurate description of the life and teachings of Jesus so that Theophilus would be certain that what he had been taught about Jesus was true. However, Luke expected that what he wrote would encourage all followers of Jesus.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Luke” or “The Gospel According to Luke.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “The Good News About Jesus that Luke Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Luke?\n\nThis book does not give the name of its author. However, the same person who wrote this book also wrote the book of Acts, which is also dedicated to Theophilus. In parts of the book of Acts, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person traveling with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have recognized Luke as the author of both the Gospel of Luke and the book of Acts.\n\nLuke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. Luke himself probably did not witness what Jesus said and did. But he tells Theophilus in his dedication that he talked to many people who did.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### The kingdom of God\n\n“The kingdom of God” is a major concept in the Gospel of Luke. It is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n\n### Why does Luke write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nLuke wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### What are the roles of women in the Gospel of Luke?\n\nLuke described women in a very positive way in his Gospel. For example, he often showed women being more faithful to God than most men. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What are the Synoptic Gospels?\n\nThe Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they tell the story of many of the same events. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”\n\nPassages are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three Gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### Major issues in the text of the book of Luke\n\nULT follows the readings of the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. However, there may already be older versions of the Bible in the translators’ regions that follow the readings of other manuscripts. In the most significant cases, the General Notes to the chapters in which these differences occur will discuss them and recommend approaches. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1:intro	f1b5				0	# Luke 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Dedication to Theophilus (1:1–4)\n2. The angel Gabriel announces to Zechariah that his wife Elizabeth is going to bear a son, John the Baptist (1:5–25)\n3. The angel Gabriel announces to Mary that she is going to become the mother of Jesus (1:26–38)\n4. Mary goes to visit Elizabeth (1:39–56)\n5. John the Baptist is born (1:57–80)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in Mary’s song about becoming the mother of Jesus in 1:46–55 and Zechariah’s song about the birth of his son John the Baptist in 1:68–79.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “He will be called John”\n\nMost people in the ancient Near East would give a child the same name as someone in their families. People were surprised that Elizabeth and Zechariah named their son John because there was no one else in their family with that name.
1:1	qhd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	περὶ τῶν πεπληροφορημένων ἐν ἡμῖν πραγμάτων	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “about those things that have happened among us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:1	hyp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἐν ἡμῖν	1	Luke dedicates this book to a man named Theophilus. It is no longer known exactly who he was. But since Luke says in [1:4](../01/04.md) that he wants Theophilus to know that the things he has been taught are reliable, it appears that he was a follower of Jesus. So here the word **us** would include him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1:2	hud2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ & αὐτόπται & γενόμενοι	1	The term **eyewitnesses** describes people who saw something happen personally, “with their own eyes.” The term describes such people by reference to something associated with sight, the eye. Alternate translation: “who … saw these things personally” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:2	z9dq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὑπηρέται & τοῦ λόγου	1	Here, **word** describes the things that the people who brought the message conveyed by using words. Alternate translation: “servants of the message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:2	l000		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑπηρέται & τοῦ λόγου	1	The people who brought this message were actually serving God by doing that. But Luke describes them as **servants of the word**, as if they were serving the message from God. Alternate translation: “served God by telling people his message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:3	fud1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	παρηκολουθηκότι ἄνωθεν πᾶσιν ἀκριβῶς	1	Luke provides this background information to explain that he was careful to find out exactly what happened. He probably talked to different people who saw what happened to make sure that what he wrote down about these events was correct. Alternate translation: “because I have conducted careful research and interviews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1:3	l001		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal	σοι & κράτιστε Θεόφιλε	1	If your language has a formal form of **you** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, it would be appropriate to use that form here. There are many other places in the book of Luke where your language might use formal **you**, and these notes will not address all of them. Rather, as you translate, use formal and informal **you** in the way that would be most natural in your language. The notes will address a few cases where a careful decision should be made between the two forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
1:3	nr63			κράτιστε Θεόφιλε	1	Luke is dedicating this work to **Theophilus**, and within his dedication, this is the conventional personal greeting. If it would be more customary in your language and culture, you could put this greeting in [1:1](../01/01.md) at the start of the dedication, at the very beginning of the book. Alternate translation: “To most excellent Theophilus”
1:3	vhj8			κράτιστε	1	Luke uses the term **most excellent** to address Theophilus in a way that shows honor and respect. This may mean that Theophilus was an important government official. In your translation, it would be appropriate to use the form of address that your culture uses for people of high status. Alternate translation: “Honorable”
1:3	h7q1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Θεόφιλε	1	The name **Theophilus** means “friend of God.” It may describe this man’s character, or it may have been his actual name. Most translations treat it as a name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1:4	l002		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what people have taught you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:4	l003		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων	1	Luke assumes that Theophilus will know that he means what he has been **taught** about Jesus. Alternate translation: “what people have taught you about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:5	gb16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου βασιλέως τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	This time reference introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “During the time when King Herod ruled over Judea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1:5	l004		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “During the time when” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:5	a4q9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἐγένετο & ἱερεύς τις	1	This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1:5	l228		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξ ἐφημερίας Ἀβιά	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know that this expression refers one of the different groups of priests who each served in the temple for a certain number of days at a time, and that the name of the group means that Abijah was the ancestor of these priests. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the group of priests who were descended from Abijah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:5	gzw1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἀβιά	1	**Abijah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1:5	d3ua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γυνὴ αὐτῷ ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων Ἀαρών	1	Here, the word **daughters** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “his wife was a descendant of Aaron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:5	nnu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων Ἀαρών	1	This means implicitly that she, like Zechariah, was descended from the line of priests going back to Aaron, the first high priest. Alternate translation: “his wife also came from the line of priests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:6	uu87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Luke uses this expression to mean “where God could see them.” Seeing, in turn, means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in God’s judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:6	l009		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πορευόμενοι ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώμασιν τοῦ Κυρίου	1	The term **walking** means “obeying.” Alternate translation: “obeying … everything that the Lord had commanded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:6	csc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώμασιν τοῦ Κυρίου	1	The words **commandments** and **statutes** mean similar things. Luke uses the two terms together to make a comprehensive statement. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “everything that the Lord had commanded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1:7	c7cj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	The word **But** indicates a contrast, showing that what follows is the opposite of what would be expected. People expected that if they did what was right, God would allow them to have children. Although this couple did what was right, they did not have any children. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1:7	l010		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀμφότεροι προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν	1	To have moved forward or to have **advanced** means to have aged. Alternate translation: “they had both grown old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:7	l011		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀμφότεροι προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν	1	Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular time, the lifetimes of Zechariah and Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “they had both grown old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:8	jr7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	This phrase marks a shift from the background information that Luke has been providing about the participants to the first event in their story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses to introduce an event, you could use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1:8	l012		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν, ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because it was his group’s turn, Zechariah was serving as a priest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:8	vyl8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν & ἔναντι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The expression **before God**, that is, “in front of God,” means that Zechariah was offering his service as a priest in the presence of God. Alternate translation: “while Zechariah was serving God as a priest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:8	abc1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν	1	The pronoun **his** refers to Zechariah. Alternate translation: “while Zechariah was serving as a priest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1:8	wed9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ	1	This is background information that explains why Zechariah was serving as a priest at this time. Alternate translation: “because it was his group’s turn to serve” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1:9	vq5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἱερατείας, ἔλαχε	1	Luke is providing background information about how the priests selected members of their group to perform specific duties. Alternate translation: “The priests chose him in their customary way, by casting a lot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1:9	pa9c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἔλαχε	1	A **lot** was a marked stone that was thrown or rolled on the ground in order to help decide something. The priests believed that God would guide the lot and show them which priest he wanted them to choose for a particular duty. If your culture has a similar object, you could use the word for that in your language here. Alternate translation: “by casting a marked stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1:9	l013		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Κυρίου	1	The ULT puts these phrases in the chronological order of what Zechariah needed to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put them in logical order instead. Alternate translation: “to burn incense, and so he went into the temple to do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:9	ph9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι	1	The word **incense** describes a substance that gives off a sweet smell when it is burned. The priests were to burn it as an offering to God each morning and evening on a special altar inside the temple. If your language has a word for this substance, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “to burn a substance that would create a sweet smell as an offering to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1:10	bjl6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος & τοῦ λαοῦ	1	This expression, if taken literally, could mean every single one of the Jews, but it is actually a generalization that Luke is using to emphasize how big this crowd was. Alternate translation: “A large number of people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1:10	ntl8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔξω	1	The word **outside** refers implicitly to the enclosed area or courtyard that surrounded the temple. Alternate translation: “in the courtyard outside the temple building” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:10	uwu7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ θυμιάματος	1	The word **hour** means “time.” This could mean either the morning or evening time for the incense offering. Alternate translation: “when it was time to offer the incense” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:11	b8b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	δὲ	1	The word **Then** indicates that the event it introduces took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “right at that time.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
1:11	c8ss		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὤφθη & αὐτῷ	1	When Luke says that the angel **appeared**, this does not mean that Zechariah simply saw the angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Zechariah. Alternate translation: “suddenly was there with Zechariah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:12	r3aa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐταράχθη Ζαχαρίας ἰδών, καὶ φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	The two phrases **Zechariah was troubled** and **fear fell on him** mean similar things. Luke is using them together to emphasize how afraid Zechariah was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “When he saw him, Zechariah became very afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1:12	d1zm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἰδών	1	The implication is that Zechariah was afraid because the angel appeared glorious and powerful. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. (Luke has just said that Zechariah was righteous and blameless, so it would be good not to leave your readers with the impression that he had done something wrong and was afraid that the angel was going to punish him for it.) Alternate translation: “when he saw how glorious and powerful the angel was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:12	l014		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Luke is using the expression **fell upon** to speak of fear as if it attacked and overcame Zechariah. Alternate translation: “this made him very afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:12	sfb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Luke describes Zechariah’s **fear** as if it were something that could actively attack and overpower him. Alternate translation: “this made him very afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1:13	ki8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	μὴ φοβοῦ	1	While the angel speaks these words in the form of a command, he is actually telling Zechariah something to help and encourage him. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1:13	es4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰσηκούσθη ἡ δέησίς σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has heard your prayer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:13	l015		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰσηκούσθη ἡ δέησίς σου	1	This is an idiom that means that God is going to give Zechariah what he has been asking for. Alternate translation: “God is going to give you what you have been asking for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:13	l016		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην	1	The angel is using a statement as a command in order to tell Zechariah what to do. Alternate translation: “and you are to name him John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
1:13	l017		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην	1	The expression **call his name** is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “name him John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:14	n654		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἔσται χαρά σοι καὶ ἀγαλλίασις	1	The words **joy** and **gladness** mean the same thing. The angel uses them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “you will be very happy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1:14	q1p8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπὶ τῇ γενέσει αὐτοῦ	1	The word **at** introduces the reason why many people will rejoice. Alternate translation: “because he has been born” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:15	td57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἔσται γὰρ μέγας	1	The word **For** introduces the reason why people will rejoice at John's birth. Alternate translation: “This will be because they will be able to tell that he is going to be a great man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:15	sz79		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔσται γὰρ μέγας ἐνώπιον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	The expression **before the Lord** means “in front of the Lord,” that is, “where the Lord can see him.” Sight, in turn, represents attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “God will consider him to be very important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:15	abc2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ πίῃ	1	The phrase **must never** translates two negative words in Greek. The angel uses them together to emphasize how important it is that the child not drink wine or strong drink. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1:15	hgb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πλησθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will fill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:15	l019		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πλησθήσεται	1	The angel speaks as if John would be a container that the **Holy Spirit** would fill. He means that the Holy Spirit will empower and influence John. Be sure that in your translation, this does not sound similar to what an evil spirit might do to in taking control of a person. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will empower him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:15	ie95			ἔτι ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “while he is still in his mother’s womb”
1:16	x36x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐπιστρέψει ἐπὶ Κύριον	1	To **turn** a person **back** means to lead them to repent and obey the Lord once again. Alternate translation: “he will cause many of the people of Israel to repent and obey the Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:16	l020		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ	1	Here, the word **sons** means “descendants.” This expression envisions all of the Israelites as if they were their ancestor Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “many of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:17	c52s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὐτὸς προελεύσεται ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ	1	To **go before** is an idiom that indicates that before the Lord comes, John will announce to the people that the Lord is going to come to them. Alternate translation: “John will announce that the Lord is coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:17	p472		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει Ἠλεία	1	In this context, the words **spirit** and **power** mean similar things. The angel may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “with the same great power that Elijah had” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1:17	l022		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει Ἠλεία	1	Alternatively, the angel may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The term **power** may tell what kind of **spirit** Elijah had. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “in the powerful spirit of Elijah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1:17	w32h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα	1	The angel speaks of **hearts** as if they were living things that could be turned to go in a different direction. This expression means to change someone’s attitude toward something. Alternate translation: “to make fathers care about their children once again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1:17	qe48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα	1	The angel uses the relationship between **fathers** and **children** to represent all relationships. Luke relates in [3:10–14](../03/10.md) how John encouraged reconciliation in a variety of different relationships. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1:17	l024		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα	1	It is assumed that readers will know that this is what the prophet Malachi had said Elijah would do before the Lord came. The implication in context is that John will fulfill this prophecy by using the same empowerment that Elijah had. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships, just as the prophet Malachi said Elijah would do before the Lord came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:17	l025		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων	1	Gabriel is using the term **wisdom** in the Old Testament sense as a moral term that refers to choosing the way in life that God has shown to be best. The people who make this choice are **righteous**, meaning that God considers them to be living in the right way. Alternate translation: “to lead people who are disobeying God to choose his ways and become people who live right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:17	j49j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἀπειθεῖς & δικαίων	1	Gabriel is using the adjectives **disobedient** and **righteous** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are disobeying God … people who live right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1:17	ujs1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λαὸν κατεσκευασμένον	1	You could state explicitly in your translation what the people will be prepared to do. Alternate translation: “a people who will be prepared to believe his message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:18	asn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατὰ τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο	1	Zechariah is implicitly asking for a sign as proof. Alternate translation: “What sign can you show me to prove that this will happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:18	l026		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	The word **For** introduces the reason why Zechariah wants a sign. He and his wife are both too old to have children, so he is finding it hard to believe what the angel has told him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:18	l027		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῆς	1	Zechariah is using two idioms. As in [1:7](../01/07.md), to be **advanced** means to have aged, and **days** refers a particular period of time, in this case the lifetime of Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “my wife has also grown old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:19	l028		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that the angel responded to the question that Zechariah asked. Alternate translation: “the angel responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1:19	p3jn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριὴλ, ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	**Gabriel** says this in the form of a statement, but he means it as a rebuke to Zechariah. The presence of an angel coming directly from God should be enough proof for him. Alternate translation: “You should have believed me, Gabriel, coming to you straight from God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
1:19	yp6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	To stand **before** or “in front of” a master, that is, in the presence of that master, means to be available to serve them at all times in any capacity. Alternate translation: “I serve God personally” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:19	pd7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπεστάλην λαλῆσαι πρὸς σὲ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God sent me to speak to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:20	x9qk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing means giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Pay attention!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:20	l030		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔσῃ σιωπῶν καὶ μὴ δυνάμενος λαλῆσαι	1	The implication is that God will make this happen, to show that Zechariah should have believed what Gabriel told him. Alternate translation: “God will make you completely unable to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:20	g5t1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	σιωπῶν καὶ μὴ δυνάμενος λαλῆσαι	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Gabriel uses the repetition to emphasize how complete the silence of Zechariah will be. Alternate translation: “completely unable to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1:20	q6y3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἐπίστευσας τοῖς λόγοις μου	1	Gabriel uses the term **words** to describe the content of his message by reference to something associated with it, the words he used to communicate it. Alternate translation: “you did not believe what I told you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:20	l031		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἵτινες πληρωθήσονται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which will happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:20	hgu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰς τὸν καιρὸν αὐτῶν	1	This is an idiom that means “the time that pertains to them.” Alternate translation: “at the appointed time” or “at the time that God has chosen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:21	e14e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	καὶ	1	The word **And** marks a shift in the story from what happened inside the temple to what happened outside. Alternate translation: “While that was happening” or “While the angel and Zechariah were talking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
1:22	h6vt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν ἐν τῷ ναῷ. καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν διανεύων αὐτοῖς, καὶ διέμενεν κωφός	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “He kept on making signs to them but said nothing. So they concluded that he must have seen a vision while he was in the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:22	r2ak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν ἐν τῷ ναῷ	1	Gabriel was actually present with Zechariah in the temple. He explains in [1:19](../01/19.md) that God sent him there. The people, not knowing this, assumed that Zechariah had seen a vision. While the Greek says that they “perceived” this, it means that they thought they recognized what had happened. Alternate translation: “they thought that he had seen a vision” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:23	duy9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1:23	l032		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς λειτουργίας αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “when Zechariah had finished his time of service at the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:23	l033		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς λειτουργίας αὐτοῦ	1	Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “his time of service at the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:23	sa5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	This expression indicates implicitly that Zechariah did not live in Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Luke indicates in [1:39](../01/39.md) that Zechariah and Elizabeth lived instead in a city in the hill country of Judah, the area to the south of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he traveled back to his hometown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:24	l034		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	The word **And** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1:24	cda2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μετὰ δὲ ταύτας τὰς ἡμέρας	1	Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time, specifically, the time when Zechariah was serving in the temple. Alternate translation: “after Zechariah had finished serving at the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:24	kpw1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περιέκρυβεν ἑαυτὴν μῆνας πέντε	1	This expression means that Elizabeth did not leave her house during that time. She seems to state the reason for this in the next verse. She had felt disgraced because she was not able to have children. But if she stayed in her house for **five months**, the next time people saw her, her pregnancy would show, and it would be clear that she was able to have children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “She did not leave her house for five months so that by the next time people saw her, it would be clear that she was going to have a baby” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:25	w8yq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος	1	This is a positive exclamation. Elizabeth is very happy with what the Lord has done for her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this by making it a separate sentence and indicating with the conventions of your language that it is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “What a marvelous thing the Lord has done for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1:25	z1xr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος	1	It is implicit that Elizabeth is referring to the fact that the **Lord** has allowed her to become pregnant. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “What a marvelous thing the Lord has done for me by allowing me to become pregnant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:25	pn2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπεῖδεν	1	Here, the expression **looked upon** is an idiom that means “shown regard for” or “treated well.” Alternate translation: “he treated me kindly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:25	lx3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀφελεῖν ὄνειδός μου ἐν ἀνθρώποις	1	By **disgrace**, Elizabeth means the shame she felt because she was not able to have children. Alternate translation: “so that I no longer have to feel ashamed when I am around other people because I cannot have children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:26	v9w2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν & τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ	1	Luke assumes that readers will recognize that this does not mean the **sixth month** of the year, but the **sixth month** of Elizabeth’s pregnancy. If you think there could be some confusion about this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Elizabeth had been pregnant for six months” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:26	l035		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “month 6” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1:26	rl4c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπεστάλη ὁ ἄγγελος Γαβριὴλ ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent the angel Gabriel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:27	l038		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀνδρὶ, ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰωσὴφ	1	This introduces **Joseph** as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1:27	tzh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξ οἴκου Δαυεὶδ	1	In this expression, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who was a descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:27	l040		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἐξ οἴκου Δαυεὶδ	1	This is background information that helps identify Joseph further. It is important for readers to know because it means that as [1:32](../01/32.md) indicates, Jesus, as the adoptive son of Joseph, will be an eligible successor to King David as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who came from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1:27	w9tm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	τὸ ὄνομα τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ	1	This introduces **Mary** as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1:28	i7h4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	χαῖρε	1	The word **Rejoice** was used as a greeting. Alternate translation: “Greetings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:28	bp2n			κεχαριτωμένη	1	Alternate translation: “you who have received great grace” or “you who have received special kindness”
1:28	jmq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁ Κύριος μετὰ σοῦ	1	The expression **with you** is an idiom that indicates favor and acceptance. Alternate translation: “The Lord is pleased with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:29	l042		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ	1	Luke is using the term **words** to mean what Gabriel said by using words. Alternate translation: “by what he said” or “when he said this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:29	ytx7			διελογίζετο ποταπὸς εἴη ὁ ἀσπασμὸς οὗτος	1	Alternate translation: “she wondered why an angel would greet her in this way”
1:30	l043		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	μὴ φοβοῦ, Μαριάμ; εὗρες γὰρ χάριν παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “God is showing you his kindness, Mary, so you do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:30	d3rx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	μὴ φοβοῦ	1	While the angel speaks these words in the form of a command, he is actually telling Mary something that he thinks will help and encourage her. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1:30	a3eb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὗρες & χάριν παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is showing you his kindness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:31	l044		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	As in [1:20](../01/20.md), **behold** is a term that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:31	fi5q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	συνλήμψῃ ἐν γαστρὶ, καὶ τέξῃ υἱόν	1	The phrase **conceive in your womb** might seem to express unnecessary extra information, and so if you represent all of it in your language, that might not seem natural. However, the details are important here. The expression emphasizes that Jesus was a human son born of a human mother. So be sure to translate this expression in a way that conveys that. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
1:31	l045		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν	1	As in [1:13](../01/13.md), Gabriel is using a statement as a command in order to tell Mary what to do. Alternate translation: “you are to name him Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
1:31	l046		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν	1	As in [1:13](../01/13.md), **call his name** is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “name him Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:32	l048		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται	1	To **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” (This idiom occurs three times in this episode and in a few other places in the book, such as [1:76](../01/76.md), [2:23](../02/23.md), and [15:19](../15/19.md).) Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:32	hl55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται	1	Gabriel is not saying only that **Son of the Most High** is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, just as the previous verse described how Jesus was a human son born of a human mother, his statement here indicates that Jesus was also the divine Son of a divine Father. You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1:32	ip26		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:32	z74z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	This is an idiomatic way of referring to God, as the fuller expression “the Most High God” in [8:38](../08/38.md) shows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the phrase that way in order to explain its meaning. Or, you could simply reproduce the phrase in the simpler form in which it occurs here in order to show your readers one of the ways in which the people of this time referred to God. Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:32	lwd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	δώσει αὐτῷ & τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	The **throne** represents a king’s authority to rule. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as king as his ancestor David did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:32	l049		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δώσει αὐτῷ & τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the term **father** means “ancestor,” but since a line of kings is in view, it also indicates that Jesus will be a successor to David. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as a successor to his ancestor David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:33	l050		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	βασιλεύσει & εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας; καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος	1	These two phrases mean similar things. Gabriel uses them together to emphasize how certain it is that Jesus will always rule. Because Gabriel is making a proclamation, he is speaking in a form much like poetry. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and**, in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “he will rule … forever, yes, his kingship will always continue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1:33	l051		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν οἶκον Ἰακὼβ	1	In this expression, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person, in this case Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the people descended from Jacob” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:33	l053		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας	1	This is an idiom. The term **ages** means long periods of time. Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:33	q516		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος	1	This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “his kingship will always continue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1:33	l054		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος	1	The abstract noun **kingship** refers to the action of a king reigning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this word with a verb such as “reign.” Alternate translation: “he will always reign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1:34	cf3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο	1	The implication is that even though Mary did not understand how this could happen, she did not doubt that it would happen. This is clear from the way that Gabriel responds positively and encouragingly to her, by contrast to the way he rebuked Zechariah in [1:18](../01/18.md) for his similar-sounding question. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I believe you, though I do not understand how this could happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:34	fqt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἄνδρα οὐ γινώσκω	1	Mary uses a polite expression to say that she had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: “I have never had sexual relations with a man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1:35	l055		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that the angel responded to the question that Mary asked. Alternate translation: “the angel responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1:35	l056		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σέ, καὶ δύναμις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι	1	These two phrases mean similar things. Once again Gabriel is speaking in a form much like Hebrew poetry. It would be good here as well to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a term other than **and**, in order to show that the second phrase is repeating and clarifying the meaning of the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit will come to you, yes, the power of God will cover you like a shadow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1:35	x53s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δύναμις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι	1	It was the **power** of God that would supernaturally cause Mary to become pregnant even while she still remained a virgin. It is not clear exactly how this happened, since Gabriel speaks as if God’s power had a shadow in order to describe it. But make sure that your translation does not imply that there was any physical or sexual union involved. This was a miracle. It might work well to retain Gabriel’s language and change the metaphor to a simile. Alternate translation: “the power of the Most High will cover you like a shadow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:35	l057		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	See how you translated the expression **the Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:35	l058		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ	1	As in [1:32](../01/32.md), to **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Alternate translation: “Therefore, this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:35	k866		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ	1	Gabriel is not saying only that **Son of God** is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, this is a further statement that Jesus would be the divine Son of a divine Father. (Gabriel says **Therefore**, indicating that this will be the result of the process he has just described.) You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “Therefore, this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1:35	vrz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express these two passive forms by stating the meaning of each with an active form. Alternate translation: “people will call this holy baby whom you will bear the Son of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:35	l059		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ	1	Depending on how the Greek is understood, this could be another parallel statement. Alternate translation: “The one who will be born will be holy. Yes, he will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1:36	lx9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	The word **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Consider this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:36	f88l			καὶ αὐτὴ συνείληφεν υἱὸν ἐν γήρει αὐτῆς	1	Make sure that your translation does not make it does not sound as if both Mary and Elizabeth were old when they conceived. Alternate translation: “she has also become pregnant with a son, even though she is already very old”
1:36	hck2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὗτος μὴν ἕκτος ἐστὶν αὐτῇ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “she is now in the sixth month of her pregnancy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:36	l060		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τῇ καλουμένῃ στείρᾳ	1	This is a further use of the idiom also found in [1:32](../01/32.md) and [1:35](../01/35.md) in which “to be called” means “to be.” Alternate translation: “who was not able to have children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:37	v42f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	The word **For** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reason for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “This shows that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:37	g7yt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “God is able to do anything he says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1:37	l061		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	Here, the term **word** could mean: (1) since Mary uses the same term in the next verse to describe the message that Gabriel has brought from God, Gabriel may be using it to mean that message as well. Alternate translation: “God is able to do anything he says” (2) Gabriel may be using the term in a general sense to mean “thing.” Alternate translation: “everything is possible with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:38	tef1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, **Behold** means more literally “Look,” that is, “Look at me,” by which Mary means, “This is who I am.” Alternate translation (not followed by a comma): “I am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:38	kw3g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ δούλη Κυρίου	1	By describing herself as a **servant**, Mary is responding humbly and willingly. She is not boasting about being in the Lord’s service. Choose an expression in your language that will show her humility and obedience to the Lord. Alternate translation: “someone who will gladly serve the Lord in any way he wishes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:38	b9ax			γένοιτό μοι	1	Once again Mary is expressing her willingness for the things to happen that the angel has told her about. Alternate translation: “I am willing for these things to happen to me”
1:38	l062		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου	1	Here, the term **word** describes the message that Gabriel has brought. Alternate translation: “just as you have said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:39	ka5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἀναστᾶσα δὲ Μαριὰμ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	This time reference sets the stage for a new episode in the story. Alternate translation: “Around that same time, Mary arose” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1:39	l063		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “Around that same time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:39	wj5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναστᾶσα	1	This is an idiom that means not just that Mary stood up, but that she took action to get an enterprise under way. Alternate translation: “started out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:39	sii5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν ὀρινὴν	1	The **hill country** was an area of high hills extending south from the Jerusalem area to the Negev desert. Alternate translation: “the hilly area south of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:40	ee51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰσῆλθεν εἰς	1	The implication is that Mary finished her journey before she went into Zechariah’s house. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “Once she arrived, she went inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:41	bx82		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. One method that is natural in some languages is to introduce this event without such a phrase. UST often models this approach. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1:41	v99g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ αὐτῆς	1	The pronoun **her** refers to Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “in Elizabeth’s womb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1:41	ya5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐσκίρτησεν	1	Luke says that Elizabeth’s baby **leaped**, but this was not literally possible. The expression refers to the baby making a sudden movement in response to the sound of Mary’s voice. Alternate translation: “moved suddenly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:41	l064		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου ἡ Ἐλεισάβετ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit filled Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:41	l065		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου ἡ Ἐλεισάβετ	1	Luke speaks as if **Elizabeth** was a container that the **Holy Spirit** **filled**. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:42	r4ka		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀνεφώνησεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ εἶπεν	1	The expression **exclaimed … and said** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **exclaimed** indicates that what was **said** was an exclamation. Alternate translation: “she said loudly and excitedly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1:42	f69c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	This is an idiom that means Elizabeth raised the volume of her **voice**. Alternate translation: “loudly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:42	t5e8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν γυναιξίν	1	The expression **among women** is an idiom that means “more than any other woman.” You could express that as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:42	bnl2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ καρπὸς τῆς κοιλίας σου	1	Elizabeth speaks of Mary’s baby as if he were the **fruit** that a plant or tree produces. Alternate translation: “the baby you are carrying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:43	k63f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	καὶ πόθεν μοι τοῦτο, ἵνα ἔλθῃ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Κυρίου μου πρὸς ἐμέ?	1	Elizabeth is not asking for information. She is using a question form to show how surprised and happy she is that Mary has come to visit her. Alternate translation: “How wonderful it is that the mother of my Lord has come to visit me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1:43	l066		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πόθεν μοι τοῦτο	1	The expression **whence {is} this to me** means “where did this come from to me.” It is an idiom for describing something as wonderful and unexpected. Alternate translation (not followed by a comma): “how wonderful it is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:43	tiu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Κυρίου μου	1	Elizabeth is referring to Mary in the third person. You could make this clear by adding the word “you” in your translation, as UST does. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
1:44	uq3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. This phrase alerts Mary to pay attention to Elizabeth’s surprising statement that follows. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:44	h54t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὡς ἐγένετο ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ ἀσπασμοῦ σου εἰς τὰ ὦτά μου	1	Elizabeth is using the term **ears** to mean hearing, and hearing means recognition. Alternate translation: “as soon as I heard your voice and realized that it was you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:44	u9db		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐσκίρτησεν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει	1	As in [1:41](../01/41.md), **leaped** is a figurative way of referring to sudden movement. Alternate translation: “moved suddenly because he was so happy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:45	kf73		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἡ πιστεύσασα & τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου	1	Elizabeth is speaking to Mary, and these phrases describe Mary, but Elizabeth nevertheless speaks of her in the third person. She does this perhaps as a sign of respect, since she has just identified Mary as “the mother of my Lord.” Alternate translation: “you who believed … the message that the Lord sent you”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1:45	gc1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔσται τελείωσις τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “that the Lord would do everything he sent the angel to tell you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:45	g8rc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔσται τελείωσις τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου	1	Here, instead of the word “by,” Elizabeth uses the word **from** because Mary actually heard the angel Gabriel speak (see [1:26](../01/26.md)), but the things he spoke ultimately came from the Lord. Alternate translation: “that the Lord would do everything he sent the angel to tell you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:46	vxj4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μεγαλύνει ἡ ψυχή μου	1	The word **soul** refers to the inmost part of a person. Here, Mary uses it to refer to all of herself. Mary is saying that her worship comes from deep inside her. Alternate translation: “From the depths of my being, I praise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1:47	jp51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πνεῦμά μου	1	The word **spirit** also refers to the inner part of a person. Alternate translation: “yes, with everything inside of me, I rejoice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1:47	l067		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πνεῦμά μου	1	This statement is parallel to the one in the previous verse. Mary is speaking in poetry. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it might be good to show that to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. Alternate translation: “yes, with everything inside of me, I rejoice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1:47	hgz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠγαλλίασεν	1	Mary is speaking as if something she is presently doing happened in the past. Alternate translation: “is celebrating” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:48	zhr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	The word **For** introduces the reason for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “And this is why” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:48	k3fv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπέβλεψεν ἐπὶ	1	As in [1:25](../01/25.md), **looked upon** is an idiom that means “shown regard for.” Alternate translation: “he has kindly chosen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:48	tg6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὴν ταπείνωσιν τῆς δούλης αὐτοῦ	1	Mary is speaking of her **low condition** to mean herself. Alternate translation: “me to serve him, even though I am not very important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:48	gsy2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Just think!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:48	l37l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσαι αἱ γενεαί	1	Mary uses the term **generations** to mean the people who will be born in all future generations. Alternate translation: “the people of all future generations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:49	xng2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ δυνατός	1	Here, Mary is describing God by one of his attributes. She means that “God, who is powerful,” has done great things for her. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy)
1:49	ze9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἅγιον τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	Mary is using the term **name** to mean God’s reputation, and the reputation represents God himself. Alternate translation: “he deserves to be treated with complete respect” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:50	ijs2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γενεὰς	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “extends to every generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:50	l068		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν	1	In this context, **fearing** does not mean to be afraid, but to show respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “those who honor him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:51	pb8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐποίησεν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι αὐτοῦ	1	Mary is using the term **arm** to represent God’s power. Alternate translation: “He has demonstrated that he is very powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:51	s51c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	διεσκόρπισεν	1	The word **scattered** describes how thoroughly God has defeated all who opposed him. The word creates a picture of God’s enemies fleeing in every direction, unable to arrange an organized retreat. Alternate translation: “he has completely defeated” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:51	nt8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑπερηφάνους διανοίᾳ καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	The term **hearts** represents the will and affections of these people. Alternate translation: “who cherish proud thoughts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:52	ty2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀπὸ θρόνων	1	A “throne” is a chair that a ruler sits on, and it is a symbol associated with authority. If rulers are brought down from their **thrones**, that means they no longer have the authority to reign. Alternate translation: “He has deposed rulers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:52	l069		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	The word **and** indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrase described. Try to make the contrast between these opposite actions clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “but”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1:52	ee3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὕψωσεν ταπεινούς	1	In this word picture, people who are more important are depicted as higher up than people who are less important. Alternate translation: “he has given important roles to humble people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:52	yuu2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ταπεινούς	1	Mary is using this adjective as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “humble people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1:53	z2he		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	The word **but** once again indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrase described. Try to make the contrast between these opposite actions as clear as possible in your translation here as well. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1:54	d8g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge		0	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [1:54](../01/54.md) and [1:55](../01/55.md) into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to keep the information about Israel together. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
1:54	l070		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	Ἰσραὴλ	1	Mary is referring to all of the people of Israel as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1:54	g5u1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	παιδὸς αὐτοῦ	1	The term **servant** refers to the special role that God gave to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “his chosen people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:54	hyt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μνησθῆναι ἐλέους	1	In this context, the phrase **to remember his mercy** refers to God thinking about a person or group and considering what action he can take on their behalf. It does not suggest that God had ever forgotten to be merciful. Alternate translation: “in order to be merciful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:55	qc9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καθὼς ἐλάλησεν πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν	1	Here, the word **fathers** means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “just as he promised to our ancestors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:55	by4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ	1	The term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “to his descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:55	l072		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	This is an idiom. See how you translated the similar expression in [1:33](../01/33.md). Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:56	l073		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **and** to indicate that the event of Mary returning home happened after the event of Mary staying with Elizabeth for three months. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1:56	nt87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἔμεινεν & Μαριὰμ σὺν αὐτῇ ὡς μῆνας τρεῖς, καὶ ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτῆς	1	The first instance of the word **her** in this verse refers to Elizabeth, and the second instance refers to Mary. Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Mary returned to her own home. She did not stay for three months, leave for a time, and then return to Elizabeth’s home. Alternate translation: “Mary stayed with Elizabeth for about three months, and then Mary went back to her own house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1:57	hfk3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that this event took place after the events he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1:57	l074		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθη ὁ χρόνος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the time came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:57	dd2i			τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν	1	Your language may require you to state the object of **deliver**. Alternate translation: “for her to deliver her baby” or “for her to have her baby”
1:58	j2xc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐμεγάλυνεν & τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς	1	Luke speaks as if God had made his mercy bigger towards Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:58	l075		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐμεγάλυνεν & τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς	1	The implication is that God’s great kindness to Elizabeth was to enable her to have a baby. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her by enabling her to have a baby” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:59	f4ul		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1:59	l076		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ	1	This expression refers to **the eighth day** of the baby’s life, reckoning the day he was born as the first day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this expression according to the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “when the baby was one week old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1:59	gm1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day 8” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1:59	ya7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦλθον περιτεμεῖν τὸ παιδίον	1	In this culture, family and friends often came to celebrate with the family when a baby was circumcised. This ceremony showed that the baby was a member of the community that was in a special relationship with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the family and friends of Zechariah and Elizabeth came for the baby’s circumcision ceremony, when he would be acknowledged as a member of the Israelite community” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:59	ip8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐκάλουν αὐτὸ ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, Ζαχαρίαν	1	As in [1:13](../01/13.md) and [1:31](../01/31.md), to **call** the name of a child is an idiom meaning to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “they were going to give him the same name as his father, Zechariah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:60	l077		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεῖσα ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ εἶπεν	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that John’s mother responded to the intention of her family and friends to name the baby Zechariah. Alternate translation: “his mother responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1:60	l078		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κληθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “we are going to name him John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:61	t4e7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδείς ἐστιν ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας σου, ὃς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ	1	The expression **this name** means specifically the name John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the actual name in your translation. Alternate translation: “None of your relatives is named John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:61	l079		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “has the name John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:62	ium2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐνένευον & τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Zechariah may have been unable both to speak and to hear, but Gabriel only told him that he would be unable to speak, so it is more likely that the people simply assumed he could not hear because he was not speaking. If you think your readers might wonder why the people made signs to Zechariah, you could offer an explanation. Alternate translation: “because Zechariah was not speaking, the people thought he could not hear either, so they made signs to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:62	w3kq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “to ask him what name he wanted to give the baby” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:63	gn28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αἰτήσας	1	It may be helpful to suggest how Zechariah was **asking**, since he could not speak. Alternate translation: “making signs with his hands to show that he wanted” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:63	qu93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πινακίδιον	1	This was a wooden **tablet** covered with wax. A person would use a stylus (that is, something with a sharp point) to write in the wax. The wax could later be smoothed out and the tablet could be used again. If your readers might not recognize this object, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something to write on” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1:64	sdg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἀνεῴχθη & τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ & καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Luke uses them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “he became able to speak once again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1:64	l080		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀνεῴχθη & τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ & καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ	1	Each of these phrases describes the act of speaking by referring to something associated with speech coming into action, specifically, the mouth opening and the tongue moving about freely. Alternate translation: “he became able to talk once again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:64	mi2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνεῴχθη & τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ & καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. You could also say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he became able to talk once again” or “God enabled him to speak once again” or, if you want to use the figurative language, “God opened his mouth and freed his tongue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:65	l081		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	The word **And** introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:65	qw1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος	1	As in [1:12](../01/12.md), Luke here describes **fear** as if it were something that could actively come upon people. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1:65	l082		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος, τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς	1	In this context, **fear** does not mean to be afraid, but to have respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:65	l083		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος	1	It may be helpful to state clearly why the people responded in this way. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe of God because of what he had done in the lives of Zechariah and Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:65	g7uh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντας & τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς & ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ὀρεινῇ	1	Here Luke uses the word **all** twice as an generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people who lived around them … widely throughout that area” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1:65	pz97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διελαλεῖτο πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people talked about all these matters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:66	c7xf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἔθεντο πάντες οἱ ἀκούσαντες, ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν	1	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need to be complete. Alternate translation: “all who heard these things stored them in their hearts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1:66	l6lt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔθεντο & ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν	1	Luke is speaking of **hearts** as places where thoughts and memories can be stored safely. His expression describes people thinking things over carefully in order to understand them and retain them. Alternate translation: “thought carefully about these matters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:66	dgq4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἄρα τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο ἔσται?	1	The people who said this were likely not asking a question, expecting someone to tell them what the child would become. Rather, they were making a statement about what the events of the child’s birth had led them to believe about his destiny. So you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “What a great man this child will become!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1:66	xm9c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	χεὶρ Κυρίου ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	In this expression, the **hand** represents strength and power. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power was helping him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:67	lvd6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Ζαχαρίας & ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled Zechariah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:67	l084		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Ζαχαρίας & ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	Luke speaks as if **Zechariah** were a container that the **Holy Spirit** **filled**. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit inspired Zechariah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:67	fs5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἐπροφήτευσεν λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “prophesied, and he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1:68	l085		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	Luke is referring to the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1:68	jx5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the relationship between God and Israel more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God whom the people of Israel worship” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:68	d67v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπεσκέψατο & τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the term **visited** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he has come to help … his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:69	l086		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἤγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν	1	In this context, **raised up** means brought into existence or enabled to act. Alternate translation: “he has brought us a horn of salvation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:69	g11u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἤγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν	1	An animal’s **horn** is associated with its strength, and so Zechariah is using the term as a symbol for a ruler by association with the power and authority a ruler has. Alternate translation: “he has brought us a ruler who will have the power to save us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:69	fb9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ	1	David’s **house** represents his family and all of his descendants. Alternate translation: “who is a descendant of his servant David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:69	l087		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ	1	The implication is that as a descendant of **David**, this ruler will be an eligible successor to him as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who is from the royal line of his servant David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:69	l088		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ	1	David was not actually a **servant**, he was a king. Here the emphasis in the word **servant** is on how David served God faithfully in that capacity. Alternate translation: “who is from the royal line of David, who served him faithfully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:70	x1q1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐλάλησεν διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων & προφητῶν αὐτοῦ	1	God speaking by the **mouth** of the **prophets** represents God inspiring them to say what he wanted them to say. Alternate translation: “he inspired his holy prophets to say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:70	l089		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπ’ αἰῶνος	1	This is an idiom. See how you translated the similar expression in [1:33](../01/33.md). Alternate translation: “a long time ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:71	d13g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίαν ἐξ ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb such as “save” or “rescue.” It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will save us from our enemies” or “He will rescue us from our enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1:71	aye3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἐξ ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν, καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς πάντων τῶν μισούντων ἡμᾶς	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Zechariah may be using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “from the domination of our enemies who hate us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1:71	c6n9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	χειρὸς	1	The **hand** represents the power that a person uses the hand to exercise. Alternate translation: “domination” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:72	w97a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ	1	The two phrases in this verse say basically the same thing. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including the content of both phrases in your translation. Alternate translation: “to show kindness to our ancestors by fulfilling the special agreement he made with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1:72	l090		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ	1	If the connection between these phrases might be confusing, you could state explicitly how God was showing mercy to the ancestors. Alternate translation: “to show kindness to our ancestors by fulfilling for us the special agreement he made with them, because we are their descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:72	l091		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν	1	Here, the term **fathers** means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to show kindness to our ancestors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:72	z5wj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ	1	In this context, the term **remember** describes God thinking about the Israelites and considering what action he can take on their behalf. It does not suggest that God had forgotten about them. Alternate translation: “by fulfilling the special agreement he made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:73	l092		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Ἀβραὰμ, τὸν πατέρα ἡμῶν	1	Here, the term **father** means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “our ancestor Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:73	sk92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦ δοῦναι ἡμῖν	1	Zechariah is using the term **grant**, meaning to “give,” in an idiomatic sense. Alternate translation: “to make it possible for us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:74	f4e4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκ χειρὸς ἐχθρῶν ῥυσθέντας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “after he has rescued us from the power of our enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:74	gm55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ χειρὸς ἐχθρῶν	1	The **hand** represents the power that a person uses the hand to exercise. Alternate translation: “from the domination of our enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:74	v55j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀφόβως	1	The implication is that if the Israelites were still under enemy domination, they would be afraid of what their enemies might do to them if they worshiped and obeyed the Lord. Alternate translation: “without being afraid of what our enemies might do to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:75	l5n2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ὁσιότητι καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **holiness** and **righteousness** with adjectives. Alternate translation: “doing what is holy and righteous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1:75	tn5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ	1	This is an idiom that means “in his presence,” and that suggests being in relationship with God. Alternate translation: “in relationship with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:75	l093		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πάσαις ταῖς ἡμέραις ἡμῶν	1	Here Zechariah uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “for our whole lives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:76	f6r1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ σὺ δέ, παιδίον	1	Zechariah uses this phrase to begin his direct address to his son. In your translation, you could indicate the change from Zechariah talking about God to Zechariah talking to John in the way that is most appropriate and natural in your language. It may be clearest to indicate this change explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Zechariah said to his son John, ‘And as for you, my child’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:76	l094		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	προφήτης & κληθήσῃ	1	As in [1:32](../01/32.md), to **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Review the note there if that would be helpful. Zechariah is not saying that John will simply have the reputation of being a prophet. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:76	h2vh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	προφήτης & κληθήσῃ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:76	bb3g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	See how you translated the expression **the Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “of the Most High God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:76	de7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	προπορεύσῃ & ἐνώπιον Κυρίου	1	As in [1:17](../01/17.md), to **go before** is an idiom that indicates that before the Lord comes, John will announce to the people that the Lord is going to come to them. Alternate translation: “you will announce that the Lord is coming,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:76	l095		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσαι ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	Zechariah is using the imagery of **paths** to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message and believe it. Alternate translation: “to get the people ready for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:77	l096		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν σωτηρίας τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ, ἐν ἀφέσει ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **salvation** and **forgiveness** with the verbs “save” and “forgive.” Alternate translation: “to teach God’s people that he wants to save them by forgiving their sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1:77	t6d3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν σωτηρίας τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ	1	The phrase **to give … knowledge** is a figurative description of teaching. Alternate translation: “to teach God’s people that he wants to save them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:78	z861		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀνατολὴ ἐξ ὕψους	1	Zechariah speaks of the coming of the Savior as if it will be a sunrise that will light up the earth. Alternate translation: “the Savior who comes from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:78	l097		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξ ὕψους	1	Zechariah uses the term **on high** to refer to God by association, since the abode of God if considered to be far above us in heaven. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:78	l098		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπισκέψεται ἡμᾶς	1	As in [1:68](../01/68.md), **visit** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will come to help us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:79	sh2q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπιφᾶναι τοῖς & καθημένοις	1	As in [1:78](../01/78.md), light represents truth. Just as Zechariah described the Savior as like a sunrise in that verse, here he is describing the spiritual truth that the Savior will bring as if it will light up the earth. Alternate translation: “to show the truth to people who are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:79	l099		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις	1	Here **sitting** in a place is an idiom that means to be in that place. Alternate translation: “on people who are in darkness, yes, even in deep darkness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:79	k46q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις	1	The **shadow of death** is an idiom that describes deep darkness. Alternate translation: “on people who are in darkness, yes, even in deep darkness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:79	l100		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις	1	Since light represents truth, **darkness** represents the absence of spiritual truth. Alternate translation: “on people who do not know the truth, who do not know it at all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:79	cnh7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις	1	These two phrases work together to emphasize the deep spiritual darkness that people are in before God shows them mercy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “on people who do not know the truth at all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1:79	s3eb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης	1	Zechariah is using the word **guide** to mean “teach,” and the expression **a path of peace** to represent living at peace with God. Alternate translation: “to teach us how to live at peace with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:79	l101		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης	1	Zechariah is using the term **feet** to represent the whole person. Alternate translation: “to teach us how to live at peace with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1:80	q2ax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	The word **And** introduces the next part of the story. In this verse, Luke describes a few transitional events in order to move quickly from the birth of John to the beginning of his ministry as an adult. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1:80	a8bz			ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι	1	This could refer to: (1) the inner part of a person, as in [1:47](../01/47.md). Alternate translation: “he developed a strong character” (2) how God kept the promise that Gabriel made to Zechariah in [1:15](../01/15.md), that the Holy Spirit would empower his son. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered him”
1:80	eh9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις	1	This expression means implicitly that John went to live **in the wilderness**. Luke does not say at what age John did this. Alternate translation: “he went to live in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:80	qu12			ἕως ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ	1	The term **until** does not indicate a stopping point. John continued to live out in the wilderness even after he started preaching publicly. In your translation, be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “through the time when he began to preach in public”
1:80	ie4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ	1	Here, Luke uses the term **day** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “the time when he began to preach in public” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:80	l102		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	πρὸς τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	Luke is referring to all of the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2:intro	dw6t				0	# Luke 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus is born in the city of Bethlehem (2:1–20)\n2. Joseph and Mary dedicate Jesus, and Simeon and Anna speak about him (2:21–40)\n3. Jesus goes to Jerusalem with his parents for Passover (2:41–52)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in the song of the angels about Jesus’ birth in 2:14 and in Simeon’s song about Jesus in 2:29–32.\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\n### “his father and mother”\n\nIn [2:33](../02/33.md), the most accurate ancient manuscripts read “his father and mother.” ULT follows that reading. Some other ancient manuscripts read “Joseph and his mother.” That reading indicates that Joseph was not the biological father of Jesus, since Mary conceived him as a virgin. However, Joseph was the adoptive father of Jesus, and so the reading “his father and mother” is not incorrect. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading in ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
2:1	c887		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις	1	This time reference introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “around that same time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2:1	l103		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις	1	Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “around that same time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:1	e9m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to show that this is the beginning of an account. If your language has a way of showing the start of an account, you may use that in your translation. If not, you may choose not to represent this phrase. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2:1	gda6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐξῆλθεν δόγμα παρὰ	1	The **decree** did not go out by itself, even though Luke speaks as if it did. Messengers likely proclaimed the emperor’s command throughout the empire. Alternate translation: “sent out messengers with a decree ordering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2:1	jtz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Καίσαρος Αὐγούστου	1	**Caesar** was the title of the emperor of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Augustus, who ruled the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:1	l104		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Αὐγούστου	1	**Augustus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:1	tk59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπογράφεσθαι πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know that this was for tax purposes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that all the people living in the Roman Empire had to list their names on the tax rolls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:1	m39d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὴν οἰκουμένην	1	The term **world** refers specifically to the part of the world that Caesar Augustus ruled. It is actually describing the people living in that part of the world by association to where they lived. Alternate translation: “the people living in the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:2	q9zw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Κυρηνίου	1	**Quirinius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:3	s4im		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἐπορεύοντο πάντες	1	Luke describes the registration as already in progress in order to account for why Joseph and Mary had to travel at this time, late in her pregnancy. Alternate translation: “everyone was going” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2:3	h5e2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πόλιν	1	The phrase **his own city** refers to the city where a person’s family had originally lived. A person might have since moved to a different city. Alternate translation: “to the city that their families came from” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:3	d64g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπογράφεσθαι	1	Alternate translation: “to provide their names for the tax rolls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:4	l106		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	The word **And** introduces the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “And so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2:4	l107		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνέβη	1	Luke says **went up** because Joseph had to go up into the mountains to travel from Nazareth to Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “traveled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:4	kz78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς πόλιν Δαυεὶδ, ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλέεμ	1	Bethlehem was known as **the city of David** because King David had come from there. Luke includes this detail because it indicates why Bethlehem was important, even though it was a small town. Not only had the line of David’s dynasty originated there, the prophet Micah had said that the future Messiah would be born there. Alternate translation: “to the town known as Bethlehem, where King David had come from” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:4	l108		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλέεμ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whose name is Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:4	l109		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς Δαυείδ	1	Luke is expressing a single idea by using two terms, **house** and **family line**, connected with **and.** The term **family line** indicates the significance of Joseph being a descendant of David. It means that any son of his, natural or adopted, would be an eligible successor to King David as the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of these two terms with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he was descended from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2:4	s7a7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς Δαυείδ	1	As in [1:27](../01/27.md), the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. Alternate translation: “he was descended from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:5	ktz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀπογράψασθαι σὺν Μαριὰμ, τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because Mary was engaged to Joseph, she had to travel with him so that he could list their names together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2:5	ne7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Μαριὰμ, τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ	1	In this culture, an engaged couple was considered legally married, although there would not have been physical intimacy between them until after the wedding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that. Alternate translation: “Mary, who was engaged to him and who was therefore considered his legal wife” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:5	l110		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who had promised to marry him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:6	qw6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	This phrase marks the beginning of the next event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses to introduce an event, you could use it in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2:6	w4is		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖ	1	The word **they** refers to Joseph and Mary being in Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while Mary and Joseph were in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:6	zr62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the time came for Mary to give birth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:6	l111		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι	1	Here Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “the time came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:6	l112			τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν	1	Your language may require you to state the object of **deliver**. Alternate translation: “for her to deliver her baby” or “for her to have her baby”
2:7	l113		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐσπαργάνωσεν αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν φάτνῃ, διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could put the second phrase before the first one, since it gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because there was no guest room available for them, she wrapped cloths tightly around him and put him in a box that held hay for animals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2:7	qq48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐσπαργάνωσεν αὐτὸν	1	In some cultures, mothers help their babies feel secure by wrapping them tightly in cloth or in a blanket. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly Alternate translation: “wrapped cloths tightly around him to make him feel secure” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:7	s97r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν φάτνῃ	1	A **manger** was a box or frame in which people put hay or other food for animals to eat. It was most likely clean, and it may have had something soft and dry like hay in it that would have provided a cushion for the baby. In this culture, animals were often kept near a home to keep them safe and so that their owners could feed them easily. Mary and Joseph stayed in a space that was ordinarily used for animals for those reasons. Alternate translation: “put him in a box that held hay for animals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:7	yj6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι	1	There was probably **no room** because so many people had come to Bethlehem to register. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other place available for them to stay, because so many people had come there to register” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:7	l114		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι	1	The word **inn** could mean a place of lodging where travelers stayed overnight. However, Luke uses the same term in [22:11](../22/11.md) to refer to a room in a house. So it could also mean “guest room.” Alternate translation: “there was no other place available for them to stay, because so many people had come there to register” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:8	l115		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses **And** to introduce background information about some new characters. You can translate it with the word or phrase that serves the same purpose in your language. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2:8	l116		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ποιμένες ἦσαν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῇ αὐτῇ	1	This phrase introduces new characters into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “there were some shepherds living in that area” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:9	x1y4			ἄγγελος Κυρίου	1	Alternate translation: “a heavenly messenger sent from the Lord”
2:9	u2di			ἐπέστη αὐτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “came to the shepherds”
2:9	ca2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δόξα Κυρίου περιέλαμψεν αὐτούς	1	The implication is that a bright light appeared at the same time as the angel, expressing the magnificent presence of God that was accompanying his messenger. The **glory** of God is associated with light in the Bible, for example, “Arise, shine; for your light has come, and the glory of Yahweh has risen on you,” [Isaiah 60:1](../isa/60/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a bright light shone all around them, showing the glorious presence of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:9	l117		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐφοβήθησαν φόβον μέγαν	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they were extremely afraid” or “they were terrified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:10	hnr7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	μὴ φοβεῖσθε	1	As in [1:13](../01/13.md), while the angel speaks these words in the form of a command, he is really telling the shepherds something to help and encourage them. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
2:10	l118		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:10	pw8t			εὐαγγελίζομαι ὑμῖν χαρὰν μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔσται παντὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	Alternate translation: “I have come to announce good news that will make all the people very happy”
2:10	adz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	παντὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	This could be: (1) a reference to all people. That is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “all people everywhere” (2) a figurative generalization that refers specifically to the Jewish people who would welcome Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “your people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2:11	l119		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον Σωτὴρ, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος, ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “a Savior, who is Christ the Lord, has been born for you today in the city of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
2:11	z1us		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we are announcing the birth for you today” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:11	z9m2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ	1	This means Bethlehem. See the explanation in the note to [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:11	l120		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος	1	**Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “who is the Messiah, the Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:12	yj15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦτο ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον	1	The implication is that God has provided this sign. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has given you this sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:12	snr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον	1	This could be: (1) a **sign** that would help the shepherds recognize the baby. Alternate translation: “this sign to help you find the newborn Messiah” (2) a **sign** to prove that what the angel was saying was true. Alternate translation: “the sign to prove that what I am telling you is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:12	xx57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐσπαργανωμένον	1	See how you translated this expression in [2:7](../02/07.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “with cloths wrapped tightly around him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:12	bua3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κείμενον ἐν φάτνῃ	1	See how you translated the term **manger** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “lying in a box that holds hay for animals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:13	b54a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πλῆθος στρατιᾶς οὐρανίου	1	This phrase could refer to a literal **army** of angels, or it could be speaking of a large organized group of angels. Alternate translation: “a large group of angels from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:13	e2gp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	αἰνούντων τὸν Θεὸν καὶ λεγόντων	1	Luke is expressing a single idea by using two verbs connected with **and.** The angels said these words in order to praise God. Alternate translation: “who praised God by saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2:14	p1fm			δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις Θεῷ	1	This could mean: (1) the angels are describing where God should receive honor. In that case **in the highest** would mean “in the highest place,” that is, “in heaven,” and the phrase would parallel “on earth.” Alternate translation: “Give honor to God in heaven” (2) the angels are describing what kind of honor God should receive. Alternate translation: “Give the highest honor to God”
2:14	y2b3			ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκίας	1	This could refer to: (1) God’s **good pleasure** with people. Alternate translation: “among people with whom God is pleased” (2) people who show **good pleasure** or “good will” to one another. Alternate translation: “among people of good will”
2:14	l121		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1	Here, the term **men** has a generic meaning that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2:15	au2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to mark a shift in the story, to what the shepherds did after the angels left. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2:15	s4js		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	διέλθωμεν & ἴδωμεν & ἡμῖν	1	The shepherds are speaking to one another, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us**, use the inclusive form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2:16	l122		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἦλθον σπεύσαντες	1	The two verbs **went** and **hastening** express a single idea. The word **hastening** tells how they **went**. Alternate translation: “they went quickly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2:16	rdi2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κείμενον ἐν τῇ φάτνῃ	1	See how you translated the term **manger** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “lying in a box that holds hay for animals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:17	n2qz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ λαληθέντος αὐτοῖς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what the angels had told them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:18	vh9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τῶν λαληθέντων ὑπὸ τῶν ποιμένων πρὸς αὐτούς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what the shepherds told them” Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:19	reb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	συμβάλλουσα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς	1	In this expression, the **heart** represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “reflecting on what they meant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:20	nqv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεψαν οἱ ποιμένες	1	This means that they **returned** to their flock. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherds went back to take care of their sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:20	c9x5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	δοξάζοντες καὶ αἰνοῦντες τὸν Θεὸν	1	The terms **glorifying** and **praising** mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “excitedly praising God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2:20	l123		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καθὼς ἐλαλήθη πρὸς αὐτούς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “just as the angel had told them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:21	b2k2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν	1	The law that God gave to Jewish believers told them to circumcise a baby boy on the eighth day of his life. As in [1:59](../01/59.md), the day on which the baby was born was considered to be the first day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this expression according to the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “when the baby was one week old, and according to the Jewish law it was time to circumcise him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:21	ud24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ	1	This time reference also introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “after eight days had gone by” or “when the baby was one week old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2:21	l124		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “after eight days had gone by” or “when the baby was one week old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:21	u6sw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “his parents Joseph and Mary named him Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:21	l125		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς	1	As in 1:13, to “call a name” is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “his parents Joseph and Mary named him Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:21	km8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ κληθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀγγέλου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which was the name that the angel had told Mary to give him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:21	l126		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	πρὸ τοῦ συνλημφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ	1	In your language, it might seem that the phrase **conceived in the womb** expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “before he was conceived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
2:22	q9yb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they had waited the number of days that the law of Moses required for their purification” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:22	b65l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν	1	The law of Moses said that a woman would become ceremonially clean again 33 days after her newborn son had been circumcised. After that, she could enter the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “33 more days, the time that the law of Moses required for Mary to become ceremonially clean again after childbirth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:22	l128		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	Luke says that they brought him **up** to Jerusalem, even though Bethlehem is actually at a higher elevation, because that was the customary way of speaking about going to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “they took him to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:22	lr25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παραστῆσαι τῷ Κυρίῳ	1	Luke will explain more in the next two verses about why Mary and Joseph did this, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the purpose more explicit here. Alternate translation: “so that they could bring him into the temple and perform the required ceremony acknowledging God’s claim on firstborn children who were male” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:23	vlb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ Κυρίου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the law of the Lord commands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:23	l129		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν, ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “You are to set apart for the Lord every firstborn child who is a boy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:23	lnn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν	1	The phrase **opens the womb** is an idiom that refers to being the first baby to come out of the womb. This commandment applied to both people and animals, but here a baby boy is specifically in view. Alternate translation: “Every firstborn offspring who is a male” or “Every firstborn child who is a boy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:23	l130		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται	1	As in [1:32](../01/32.md), **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Alternate translation: “will be set apart for the Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:23	l131		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται	1	Here, the law of Moses is using a future statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “is to be set apart for the Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
2:24	ni3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Κυρίου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what the law of the Lord says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:25	l132		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:25	ytp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωπος ἦν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ, ᾧ ὄνομα Συμεών	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:25	l133		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Συμεών	1	**Simeon** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:25	n263		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος καὶ εὐλαβής	1	The terms **righteous** and **devout** mean similar things. Luke uses the two terms together to emphasize what a godly man Simeon was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “he was a godly man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2:25	l134		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	προσδεχόμενος	1	This is an idiomatic usage of the term **waiting**. It does not mean passively **waiting** for something to happen, but eagerly anticipating something that someone wants to happen. Alternate translation: “eagerly anticipating” or “looking forward to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:25	l135		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	παράκλησιν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	This phrase refers by association to the one who would bring **consolation**, meaning “comfort,” to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the one who would come and comfort the people of Israel” or “the one who would come to help the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:25	l136		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παράκλησιν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	Luke assumes that readers will know that this is a reference to the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, who would come to help the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:25	m5au		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	Luke is referring to all of the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2:25	xxw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Πνεῦμα ἦν Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	The word **upon** creates a spatial metaphor that means that the Spirit of God was with Simeon in a special way. The Spirit gave him knowledge and direction for his life, as the next two verses show. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit guided him in special ways” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:26	l137		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2:26	psf8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἦν αὐτῷ κεχρηματισμένον ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος τοῦ Ἁγίου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit had shown him” or “the Holy Spirit had told him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:26	l138		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν	1	To **see death** is an idiom that means “to die.” Alternate translation: “that he would not die before” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:26	e6vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν	1	Here, Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “he would live until” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
2:27	k53l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he came as the Holy Spirit directed him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:27	uqr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἦλθεν & εἰς τὸ ἱερόν	1	Your language may say “went” in contexts such as this. Alternate translation: “he went … into the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:27	y8la		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εἰς τὸ ἱερόν	1	Since only priests could enter the **temple** building, this means the **temple** courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2:27	wt3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	τοὺς γονεῖς	1	This means the **parents** of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use their names here. Alternate translation: “Mary and Joseph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:27	h444		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτοὺς κατὰ τὸ εἰθισμένον τοῦ νόμου περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	The phrase **to do according to the custom of the law** refers to the ceremony of dedication that Luke described in [2:22–25](../02/22.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to perform the ceremony of dedication that the law of God required” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:28	l139		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **and** to indicate that this event took place after the event he has just described. That is, Simeon took Jesus in his arms after his parents brought him into the temple for the dedication ceremony. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
2:28	y5g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς ἐδέξατο αὐτὸ εἰς τὰς ἀγκάλας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could specify by name the people to whom these pronouns refer. Alternate translation: “Simeon picked up the baby Jesus and held him in his arms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2:29	l140		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου & ἐν εἰρήνῃ	1	Simeon is actually using this statement to make a request. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die in peace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
2:29	m6eg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου	1	Simeon refers to himself as God’s **servant** in order to show humility and respect. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2:29	g3wn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου	1	Simeon uses a mild expression to refer to death. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2:29	l141		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal	σου & σου	1	Here, the word **your** is singular because Simeon is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of **your** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form here and in [2:30](../02/30.md) and [2:32](../02/32.md), and the corresponding formal form for “you” in [2:31](../02/31.md). However, it might be more natural in your language for someone who knows God well, as Simeon did, to address God using the informal form. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
2:29	e8fk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου	1	Simeon is referring to the promise that God made that he would live to see the Messiah. Simeon describes that promise by association with the **word** or saying by which God made it. Alternate translation: “as you promised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:30	b7i6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εἶδον οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου	1	Simeon uses one part of himself, his **eyes**, to represent all of himself in the act of seeing. Alternate translation: “I have personally seen” or “I, myself, have seen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2:30	ekw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ σωτήριόν σου	1	This expression refers by association to the person who would bring **salvation**, that is, the infant Jesus, whom Simeon was holding. Alternate translation: “the Savior whom you have sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:31	zv1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὃ ἡτοίμασας	1	If you said “Savior” in the previous phrase at the end of [2:30](../02/30.md), then here you will want to say something like “whom you have prepared” or “the one you have sent.” If you said **salvation** in the previous phrase, then here you could state something like “which you have brought about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2:31	l142		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κατὰ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν λαῶν	1	The term **face** represents the presence of a person. Simeon is saying that God has sent the Savior or brought about salvation right where everyone is present. Alternate translation: “in the presence of all the peoples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:31	l143		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατὰ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν λαῶν	1	The implication of God sending the Savior or bringing about salvation into the presence of everyone is that this has been done for their benefit. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of all peoples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:32	n4k3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν καὶ δόξαν λαοῦ σου, Ἰσραήλ	1	This expression means that the child will help the Gentiles to understand. Simeon compares Jesus’ role to that of a physical **light** that enables people to see solid objects. Alternate translation: “This child will enable the Gentiles to understand, just as light allows people to see things clearly and he will bring honor to the people of Israel, who belong to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:32	s5lu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν καὶ δόξαν λαοῦ σου, Ἰσραήλ	1	It may be helpful to state explicitly what the child will help the **Gentiles** to understand. Alternate translation: “This child will enable the Gentiles to understand what you expect of them and he will bring honor to the people of Israel, who belong to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:33	l144		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ μήτηρ	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading in your translation or a different reading, “Joseph and his mother.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
2:33	pp9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῖς λαλουμένοις περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things that Simeon said about him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:34	xly1			εἶπεν πρὸς Μαριὰμ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ	1	In your translation, make sure that this does not sound as if Mary is the mother of Simeon. Alternate translation: “said to Mary, the child’s mother”
2:34	p2cy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Simeon uses the word **Behold** to tell Mary that what he is about to say is extremely important to her. Alternate translation: “Now this is important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:34	rs67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὗτος κεῖται εἰς πτῶσιν καὶ ἀνάστασιν πολλῶν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	The word **downfall** represents people turning away from God by association with the way they will be ruined as a result. The expression **rising up** represents people drawing closer to God, by association with they way they will prosper as a result. Alternate translation: “God will use this child to challenge many people of the people of Israel to decide definitively for or against him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:34	l145		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὗτος κεῖται εἰς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God intends to use this child to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:34	abc4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	πολλῶν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	Simeon refers to all of the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “many of the people of Israel” or “many in the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2:34	l146		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σημεῖον	1	The implication is that the life and ministry of Jesus will be an indication that God is at work to fulfill his purposes through the people of Israel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “an indication of God’s activity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:34	l147		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀντιλεγόμενον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “that many people will speak against” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:34	l148		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀντιλεγόμενον	1	Simeon describes the opposition that Jesus will face by association with one expression of it, people speaking against him and his ministry. But this represents a wider range of hostile activities. Alternate translation: “that many people will oppose” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:35	l149		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ σοῦ δὲ αὐτῆς τὴν ψυχὴν διελεύσεται ῥομφαία	1	Simeon speaks of the bitter grief pangs that Mary will experience as if they were a **sword** stabbing all the way into her inner being. Alternate translation: “and you will experience deep pangs of grief yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:35	hak5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἂν ἀποκαλυφθῶσιν ἐκ πολλῶν καρδιῶν διαλογισμοί	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that many people will reveal what they secretly think” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:35	l150		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἂν ἀποκαλυφθῶσιν ἐκ πολλῶν καρδιῶν διαλογισμοί	1	In this expression, **hearts** represent people’s inner thoughts and inclinations. Alternate translation: “so that many people will reveal what they secretly think” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:36	kd1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	καὶ ἦν Ἅννα προφῆτις	1	Luke is introducing a new participant into the story. Alternate translation: “There was also a woman named Anna there in the temple. She was a prophetess” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:36	l151		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἅννα	1	**Anna** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:36	c7wx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Φανουήλ	1	**Phanuel** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:36	l152		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὕτη προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ἡμέραις πολλαῖς	1	As in [1:7](../01/07.md), to have moved forward or to have **advanced** means to have aged. Alternate translation: “She was very old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:36	l153		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὕτη προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ἡμέραις πολλαῖς	1	Luke uses the term **days** to mean time in general. Alternate translation: “She was very old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:36	b9xe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς παρθενίας αὐτῆς	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “after she married him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:37	byk6			αὐτὴ χήρα ἕως ἐτῶν ὀγδοήκοντα τεσσάρων	1	This could mean: (1) Anna had been a widow for 84 years. Alternate translation: “but then her husband had died and she had not remarried, and 84 years had gone by since” (2) Anna was a widow who was now 84 years old. Alternate translation: “but her husband had died and she had not remarried, and now she was 84 years old”
2:37	l154		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	ἣ οὐκ ἀφίστατο τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	Luke is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “who was always in the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
2:37	f2lt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἣ οὐκ ἀφίστατο τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	This is a generalization that means that Anna spent so much time in the temple that it seemed as though she never left it. Alternate translation: “who was always in the temple” or “who was continually in the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2:37	a1cg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	νηστείαις καὶ δεήσεσιν λατρεύουσα	1	The term **serving** is an idiom that means “worshiping.” Alternate translation: “worshiping God by going without food and praying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:37	l155		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν	1	Luke is using the two parts of a day to mean the entire day, that is, all the time. Alternate translation: “all the time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2:38	c9e4			ἐπιστᾶσα	1	The implication is that Anna came up to Mary and Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she approached them” or “she went over to Mary and Joseph”
2:38	l156		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὐτῇ τῇ, ὥρᾳ	1	Here, Luke uses the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “right at that same time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:38	l157		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶσιν τοῖς	1	The term **all** is a generalization that means many. Alternate translation: “to many others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2:38	l158		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πᾶσιν τοῖς προσδεχομένοις	1	See how you translated this phrase in [2:25](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “all who were eagerly anticipating” or “everyone who was looking forward to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:38	q1ak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	λύτρωσιν Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Luke is using the word **redemption** to mean the person who would bring redemption. Alternate translation: “the one who would redeem Jerusalem” or “the person who would bring God’s blessings and favor back to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:38	l159		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Luke is referring to all of the people of Israel by the name of their capital city, **Jerusalem.** Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:39	pk9z			πάντα τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον Κυρίου	1	Alternate translation: “everything that the law of the Lord required them to do”
2:39	g5vg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς πόλιν ἑαυτῶν Ναζαρέτ	1	This expression means that they lived in **Nazareth**. Alternate translation: “the town of Nazareth, where they lived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:40	l160		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκραταιοῦτο	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “became stronger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:40	qm1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρούμενον σοφίᾳ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “learning what was wise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:40	xr2p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	χάρις Θεοῦ ἦν ἐπ’ αὐτό	1	As in [2:25](../02/25.md), **upon** is a spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “God blessed him in special ways” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:41	h6fr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2:41	q3f4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus’ parents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2:42	l161		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2:42	f7e7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναβαινόντων αὐτῶν	1	Jerusalem was on top of a mountain, so Israelites customarily spoke of going **up** to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “they traveled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:42	d52y			κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἑορτῆς	1	Alternate translation: “when it was time for the feast”
2:42	g8aa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς ἑορτῆς	1	Implicitly this means the Feast of Passover. It was called a **feast** because it involved eating a ceremonial meal. Alternate translation: “of the Feast of Passover” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:43	e5en		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τελειωσάντων τὰς ἡμέρας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they had celebrated the feast for the required number of days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:44	y77i			νομίσαντες δὲ	1	Alternate translation: “But since they thought”
2:44	jcz4			ἦλθον ἡμέρας ὁδὸν	1	Alternate translation: “they traveled as far as people walk in one day”
2:44	l162		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ ἀνεζήτουν αὐτὸν	1	The word translated **and** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “then they looked for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
2:44	l163		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἀνεζήτουν αὐτὸν	1	The implication is that Jesus’ parents looked for him among their friends and relatives once the whole group that was traveling together had stopped for the night. That way they could easily go around among everyone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and once the group had stopped for the night, then they looked for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:46	llz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2:46	yy11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Since only priests could enter the **temple** building, this implicitly means the **temple** courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2:46	n1tl			ἐν μέσῳ τῶν διδασκάλων	1	Alternate translation: “among the teachers” or “surrounded by the teachers”
2:46	fzz6			τῶν διδασκάλων	1	Alternate translation: “the religious teachers” or “the experts in the Jewish law” or “those who taught people about God”
2:47	y1i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why they marveled. Alternate translation: “all those who heard him, unable to understand how a twelve-year-old boy with no formal religious education could answer so well, were amazed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:47	pgu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἐπὶ τῇ συνέσει καὶ ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν αὐτοῦ	1	Luke may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The term **understanding** may tell what characterized Jesus’ **answers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “at his wise answers” or “at the understanding with which he answered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2:48	llk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καὶ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “When Mary and Joseph found Jesus there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2:48	f1ry		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἐποίησας ἡμῖν οὕτως?	1	Mary is using the question form to rebuke Jesus indirectly for not going back home with them, causing them to worry about him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate her words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “you should not have done this to us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2:48	w361		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Mary uses **Behold** to get Jesus to focus his attention on what she is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:48	l164		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ πατήρ σου κἀγὼ, ὀδυνώμενοι ζητοῦμεν σε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the passive verbal form **have been tormented** with an adverb. Alternate translation: “your father and I have been searching for you anxiously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:49	l165		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to draw a contrast between how readers might have expected Jesus to respond in this situation and how he actually responded. He did not say he was sorry for causing his parents so much worry. Instead, he told them that they should have known where to find him. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2:49	r8eh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ὅτι ἐζητεῖτέ με?	1	Jesus is making a statement, not really asking a question. He is using the question form to challenge his parents respectfully. Alternate translation: “You should not have had to search for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2:49	va82		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ᾔδειτε ὅτι ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου δεῖ εἶναί με?	1	Once again Jesus is making a statement rather than actually asking a question. He is using the question form to challenge his parents respectfully. Alternate translation: “You should have known that I would be involved in my Father’s business” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2:49	p6aj			ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου	1	This could mean: (1) Jesus is saying that he needed to be involved in the things that God was concerned about. Alternate translation: “involved in my Father’s business” (2) Jesus is referring to the temple as a place that was dedicated to God. Alternate translation: “in my Father’s temple” or “here in the temple”
2:49	n76z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	At age 12, Jesus, the Son of God, understood that God was his real **Father**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2:50	l166		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς	1	The term **word** refers to what Jesus told his parents by using words. Alternate translation: “the answer that he gave them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:51	h2i9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καὶ κατέβη μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	Jerusalem was on top of a mountain, so Israelites customarily spoke of going **down** when they traveled from Jerusalem to some other place. Alternate translation: “Jesus went back home with Mary and Joseph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:51	zl2q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος αὐτοῖς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he obeyed them” or “he was obedient to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:51	ceu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	διετήρει πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς	1	As in [2:19](../02/19.md), the **heart** here represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “carefully remembered all these things” or “reflected carefully on what all these things meant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:52	gb25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	Ἰησοῦς προέκοπτεν τῇ σοφίᾳ, καὶ ἡλικίᾳ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the ideas behind the abstract nouns **wisdom** and **stature** with adjectives. These two terms refer to mental and physical growth. Alternate translation: “Jesus steadily became wiser and stronger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2:52	y5qk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	χάριτι παρὰ Θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **favor** with verbs. The phrase **in favor with God and people** refers to spiritual and social growth. Alternate translation: “God blessed him more and more, and people admired him more and more” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3:intro	tkg5				0	# Luke 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. John the Baptist begins preaching and baptizing (3:1–22)\n2. The list of Jesus’ ancestors (3:23–38)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 3:4–6, which Luke is quoting from the Old Testament about John the Baptist.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Justice\n\nJohn’s instructions to the soldiers and tax collectors in Luke 3:12–15 are things that a person who wanted to live rightly would find reasonable and willingly do. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and Luke [3:12–15](./12.md))\n\n### Genealogy\n\nA genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Such lists were very important in determining who had the right be king, because the king’s authority was usually passed down or inherited from his father. It was also common for other important people to have a recorded genealogy.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nProphecy often involves the use of metaphors to express its meaning. Spiritual discernment is needed for proper interpretation of the prophecy. The prophecy that Luke quotes in 3:4–6 from Isaiah 40:3–5 is an extended metaphor that describes the ministry of John the Baptist. See the individual notes to 3:4–6 for recommendations about how to translate this passage. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Herod locked up John in prison”\n\nThis statement could cause confusion because Luke says that John was imprisoned, and then he implies that John was still able to baptize Jesus. But Luke makes this statement in anticipation of Herod’s imprisonment of John. It describes something that was still in the future at the time of the other events in the narrative. See the first note to 3:19 for a further explanation.
3:1	l167		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ τῆς ἡγεμονίας Τιβερίου Καίσαρος	1	This verse and the beginning of the next one are an extended time reference that introduces a new event. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Everything that the angels and inspired people had said about John and Jesus began to come true during the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
3:1	l168		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “in year 15” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
3:1	l169		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Τιβερίου Καίσαρος	1	As in [2:1](../02/01.md), **Caesar** is the title of the emperor of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Tiberius, who ruled the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3:1	l170		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Τιβερίου	1	**Tiberius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3:1	v22w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ποντίου Πειλάτου & Ἡρῴδου & Φιλίππου & Λυσανίου	1	These are the names of men. Here, the **Herod** mentioned is not the same one as in [1:5](../01/05.md). Rather, it is his son. Luke makes further mention of him many times in this book. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3:1	uv8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τῆς Ἰουδαίας & τῆς Γαλιλαίας & τῆς Ἰτουραίας καὶ Τραχωνίτιδος & τῆς Ἀβειληνῆς	1	These are names of territories. Like **Galilee**, the name **Judea** occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3:1	l171		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τετραρχοῦντος	1	In the Roman Empire, a **tetrarch** was the governor of one of four divisions of a country or province. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “ruler” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3:2	d3m8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπὶ ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καϊάφα	1	Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this point the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea, and there had been some intrigue surrounding **Annas**. One Roman official had appointed him some years earlier, but ten years after that, another official deposed him and named his son-in-law **Caiaphas** high priest instead. However, the Jews still recognized Annas’ claim to the position. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “while Annas and Caiaphas were both serving as the high priest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3:2	dg8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Θεοῦ	1	Luke speaks of God’s message as if it were a living thing that could come to a person at God's bidding. Alternate translation: “God gave a message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3:2	l172		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Θεοῦ	1	The term **word** describes the message that God gave John to say by using words. Alternate translation: “God gave a message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:3	l173		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3:3	w2pu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the ideas behind the abstract nouns **baptism**, **repentance**, and **forgiveness** with other phrases. Alternate translation: “preaching that people should let him immerse them in the river to show that they wanted to live a new life and that they wanted God to forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3:4	zf6m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “As the book says that records the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:4	l175		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	λόγων Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	Luke is using the term **words** to refer to the sayings that Isaiah used words to articulate. Alternate translation: “the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:4	b86g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	From this phrase through to the end of [3:6](../03/06.md), Luke quotes from the book of Isaiah. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:4	l176		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	The term **voice** refers to what this person is saying by association with the means they are using to say it. Alternate translation: “Someone is calling out in the wilderness and saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:4	l177		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	Everything from this phrase through to the end of [3:6](../03/06.md) is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you can translate this material as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3:4	rzv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	These two phrases mean similar things. They are both telling people to make a good road for the Lord to travel on. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be helpful to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with another phrase that would show the relationship between them. Alternate translation: “Prepare a good road for the Lord to travel on, and do this by making sure that it follows a straight path” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
3:4	h9xl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	This is a figurative way of telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by giving up their sins. Alternate translation: “Give up your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:5	wk8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται, καὶ πᾶν ὄρος καὶ βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται	1	This is a continuation of the figurative description of making a good road that began in the previous verse. When people prepare the road for an important person who is coming, they make sure that the road is level by taking material from high places and using it to fill in low places. However, this is also a description of the effects that the coming of the Lord will have on people. It is a statement similar to the one Mary makes in [1:52](../01/52.md), “He has thrown down rulers from their thrones and he has raised up the lowly.” Metaphors in Scripture can have more than one reference like this. So we recommend that you translate the words directly and not provide a plain explanation, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meanings of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:5	e52x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Since people would be doing this action in one sense of the metaphor, but God would be doing the action in another sense of the metaphor, it might be best not to be specific about who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Someone will fill in every valley” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:5	s66m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ πᾶν ὄρος καὶ βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, following the same principle as for the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and someone will make every mountain and hill low” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:5	l178		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔσται τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείαν, καὶ αἱ τραχεῖαι εἰς ὁδοὺς λείας	1	This too is both a continuation of the figurative description of making a good road and a description of the effects that the coming of the Lord will have on people. Something that is **crooked** becoming **straight** and something that is **rough** becoming **smooth** can be seen as metaphors for repentance and a change in a person’s way of life. And so we recommend once again that you translate the words directly and not provide a plain explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:6	l179		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσα σὰρξ	1	Luke is describing people by reference to something associated with them, the flesh they are made of. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:6	l180		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὄψεται	1	The term **see** is a figurative way of referring to recognition and understanding. Alternate translation: “will recognize” or “will understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:6	du1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὄψεται & τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb such as “save.” Alternate translation: “will understand how God saves people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3:6	l181		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	After this phrase, Isaiah ends his quotation from the person who is calling out in the wilderness. If you decided in [3:4](../03/04.md) to mark these words as a second-level quotation, indicate the end of that quotation here with whatever convention your language uses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3:6	l182		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	After this phrase, Luke also ends his quotation from the book of Isaiah. If you decided in [3:4](../03/04.md) to mark this as a first-level quotation, indicate that ending here with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a first-level quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:7	sxn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for him to baptize them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:7	b724		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	The expression **Offspring of** is an idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. John is using dangerous poisonous snakes to represent evil. Alternate translation: “You evil people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:7	l183		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	If your readers would not recognize the name **vipers**, which refers to dangerous poisonous snakes, you could state something more general. Alternate translation: “You are evil, like poisonous snakes” or “You are evil, like poisonous animals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3:7	mcq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς?	1	John is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect the people in the crowds to tell him who warned them. Instead, he is using the question form to challenge the people to think about what they believe baptism will do for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “you could not escape from God’s wrath just by being baptized!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3:7	g7tw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς	1	John is using the word **wrath** to refer to God’s punishment. This is by association with the way that punishment is an expression of God’s **wrath** or displeasure over sin. Alternate translation: “from the punishment that God is sending” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:8	pz16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιήσατε & καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας	1	John is comparing a person’s behavior to **fruits**. Just as a plant is expected to produce fruit that is appropriate for that kind of plant, a person who says that he has repented is expected to live righteously. Alternate translation: “do the good things that will show that you have stopped sinning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:8	l184		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **repentance** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “that will show that you have stopped sinning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3:8	l185		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	μὴ ἄρξησθε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	**We have Abraham as our father** is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting John’s words to the crowd, and John is quoting something that the crowds might wrongly think. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “do not try to reassure yourselves with the thought that Abraham is your father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3:8	l186		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	Here, **Father** means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:8	l187		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	John is suggesting something the people might say about themselves, as opposed to others, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “we” and “us,” use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
3:8	l188		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	Here, the word **father** means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:8	pft3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	If it would be unclear to your readers why they would say this, you may also add the implied information: Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor, so God would not punish us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3:8	gbp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	The expression **raise up** is a spatial metaphor. It envisions that if God did turn the stones into people who were descendants of Abraham, then the people would be standing up in front of everyone, no longer lying in the riverbed as the stones were. Alternate translation: “God is able create descendants for Abraham out of these stones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:8	l189		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	Here, the word **children** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:8	pi82			ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων	1	John was probably referring to actual **stones** lying along the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “from these stones here”
3:9	r5pa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἤδη & ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:9	l190		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἤδη & ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται	1	This is a figurative way of saying that punishment is just about to begin. Alternate translation: “God is even now getting his punishment ready” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:9	l8it		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πᾶν & δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with active forms. Alternate translation: “this person will chop down every tree that does not produce good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:9	l191		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶν & δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	This is a figurative way of describing punishment. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not do what is right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:10	ak6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν & λέγοντες	1	Luke uses the word **saying** to introduce his quotation of what the crowds were asking John. Here and throughout the book, if you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:11	g3ip		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that John responded to the question that the crowds asked. Alternate translation: “So he responded to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
3:11	vuk3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἔχων βρώματα, ὁμοίως ποιείτω	1	The implication is that anyone who has extra food should share it, just as a person with an extra tunic should share that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if anyone has extra food, he should share that as well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3:12	pp3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἦλθον & βαπτισθῆναι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “came because they wanted John to baptize them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:12	l192			Διδάσκαλε	1	This is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use,
3:13	v9ls		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μηδὲν πλέον & πράσσετε	1	The implication is that tax collectors had been demanding more money than they should have been collecting. John tells them to stop doing that. Alternate translation: “Do not demand extra money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3:13	m136		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	παρὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον ὑμῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “beyond what the Romans have authorized you to collect” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:14	w2d8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	τί ποιήσωμεν καὶ ἡμεῖς?	1	The soliders are speaking about themselves, as opposed to others, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we** and “us,” use the exclusive form here. You could make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “How about us soldiers? What must we do?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
3:14	l3mz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μηδὲ συκοφαντήσητε	1	The implication is that soldiers were making false charges against people in order to extort money from them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do not accuse anyone falsely in order to get money from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3:14	bvy5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀρκεῖσθε τοῖς ὀψωνίοις ὑμῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “instead, let the amount you are paid satisfy you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:14	l193		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	4	The word **and** introduces draws a contrast between what the soldiers had been doing and what they should have been doing. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Instead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
3:15	pgp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ	1	Luke is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. You can introduce his statement with a word that will indicate this. Alternate translation: “Now the people were expecting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
3:15	l194		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ	1	The implication is that the people were expecting the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now the people were expecting the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3:15	czb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	διαλογιζομένων πάντων ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	Here, Luke uses the term **hearts** to represent the people’s minds. Alternate translation: “all wondering in their minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:16	fn1u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων πᾶσιν ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	John’s statement clearly implies that John himself is not the Messiah. It may be helpful to state this explicitly for your readers. Alternate translation: “John clarified that he was not the Messiah by saying to them all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3:16	l195		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων & ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	Together the words **answered** and **saying** mean that John responded to what the people were wondering about him. Alternate translation: “John responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
3:16	wj3h			ἐγὼ μὲν ὕδατι βαπτίζω ὑμᾶς	1	Alternate translation: “I indeed baptize you using water” or “I indeed baptize you by means of water”
3:16	k3hg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	Untying the straps of **sandals** was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3:16	jjp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πυρί	1	John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak of spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the **Holy Spirit**, who purifies them. Alternate translation: “He will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:16	c1an		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει & πυρί	1	The word **fire** is intended, and it suggests a fuller metaphor. Jesus will not immerse people in actual fire. Be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you … to purify you, as precious metals are purified in fire” or “He will baptize you … clear away your sins, as fire clears away underbrush” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:17	jzm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	John is saying that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:17	l196		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	The phrase **in his hand** is an idiom that means he has the tool all ready to use. Alternate translation: “He has his winnowing fork ready to use” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:17	b1ap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πτύον	1	This is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you could use the word for it here. Otherwise, you could use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3:17	gf8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	διακαθᾶραι τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ	1	The threshing floor was the place where wheat was stacked in preparation for threshing. To **clear off** the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. Alternate translation: “to completely thresh all of his grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3:17	gt3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	καὶ συναγαγεῖν τὸν σῖτον εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην αὐτοῦ	1	John continues to speak to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The **wheat** is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
3:17	ky8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ	1	John continues to speak to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The **chaff** is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “but he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
3:18	tyj9			πολλὰ & καὶ ἕτερα παρακαλῶν	1	Alternate translation: “saying many other things to warn them”
3:19	l197		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses the term **But** to introduce some background information to the story. In this verse and the next one, he tells what later happened to John. This had not yet happened at this time. When Luke says in [3:21](../03/21.md) that Jesus was baptized, he means that John was still there and that John baptized Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3:19	jj3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὁ & Ἡρῴδης ὁ τετράρχης	1	See how you translated the term **tetrarch** in [3:1](../03/01.md) Alternate translation: “Herod, who ruled the region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3:19	l198		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρῳδιάδος, τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could make clear who did the action. Alternate translation: “because John had rebuked him for marrying Herodias, his brother’s former wife” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:19	cu4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρῳδιάδος, τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	The implication is that Herod’s brother was still alive. That made this marriage a violation of the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because John had rebuked him for marrying Herodias, his brother’s former wife, while his brother was still alive. That was something which the law of Moses forbade” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3:20	p2xw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	κατέκλεισεν τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐν φυλακῇ	1	Herod did not do this by himself, Rather, as a ruler, he probably ordered his soldiers to lock John up. Luke is speaking of Herod, one person who was involved in this action, to mean everyone who was involved. Alternate translation: “He had his soldiers lock John up in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3:21	l199		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	The previous verse says that Herod put John in prison. It might be helpful to make it clear that the account that starts in this verse happened before John was arrested. UST does that by starting this verse with “but before Herod did that.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
3:21	phe6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
3:21	r2x1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βαπτισθῆναι ἅπαντα τὸν λαὸν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “while John was baptizing all the people who came to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:21	l200		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἅπαντα τὸν λαὸν	1	The phrase **all the people** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “all the people who came to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3:21	nw1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ Ἰησοῦ βαπτισθέντος	1	You could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “John also baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:21	i5zg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	You could express this with an active form. This was more than a simple clearing of the clouds, but it is not clear exactly what the expression means, so it may be best not to try to specify what happened too exactly. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:22	q2yh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	φωνὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ γενέσθαι	1	Luke speaks of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3:22	h7tn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	**Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
3:23	uvm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information about Jesus’ age and ancestors. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3:23	d3sh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἦν Ἰησοῦς ἀρχόμενος ὡσεὶ ἐτῶν τριάκοντα	1	This idiomatic expression could mean: (1) the word **beginning** is a reference to Jesus starting his own ministry. UST follows this interpretation. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was about 30 years old when he began his ministry” (2) Luke is saying that Jesus had just turned 30 was when he was baptized. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was just 30 years old at this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:23	z2xa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὢν υἱός, ὡς ἐνομίζετο, Ἰωσὴφ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “People assumed that he was the son of Joseph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:24	f8pm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Μαθθὰτ, τοῦ Λευεὶ, τοῦ Μελχεὶ, τοῦ Ἰανναὶ, τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ	1	This continues the list that begins with the words “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli” in verse 24. Consider how people normally list ancestors in your language. Use the same wording throughout the whole list. Possible formats are: (1) “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli, the son of Matthat, the son of Levi, the son of Melchi, the son of Jannai, the son of Joseph” (2) “He was the son … of Joseph. Joseph was the son of Heli. Heli was the son of Matthat. Matthat was the son of Levi. Levi was the son of Melchi. Melchi was the son of Jannai. Jannai was the son of Joseph” or (3) “His father … was Joseph. Joseph’s father was Heli. Heli’s father was Matthat. Matthat’s father was Levi. Levi’s father was Melchi. Melchi’s father was Jannai. Jannai’s father was Joseph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3:25	xdc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ Ἀμὼς, τοῦ Ναοὺμ, τοῦ Ἑσλεὶ, τοῦ Ναγγαὶ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3:26	vt9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Μάαθ, τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ Σεμεεῒν, τοῦ Ἰωσὴχ, τοῦ Ἰωδὰ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3:27	z85v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Ἰωανὰν, τοῦ Ῥησὰ, τοῦ Ζοροβαβὲλ, τοῦ Σαλαθιὴλ, τοῦ Νηρεὶ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that begins in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3:28	yf2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Μελχεὶ, τοῦ Ἀδδεὶ, τοῦ Κωσὰμ, τοῦ Ἐλμαδὰμ, τοῦ Ἢρ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3:29	led5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, τοῦ Ἐλιέζερ, τοῦ Ἰωρεὶμ, τοῦ Μαθθὰτ, τοῦ Λευεὶ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3:30	s7aw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Συμεὼν, τοῦ Ἰούδα, τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ, τοῦ Ἰωνὰμ, τοῦ Ἐλιακεὶμ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3:31	w1m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Μελεὰ, τοῦ Μεννὰ, τοῦ Ματταθὰ, τοῦ Ναθὰμ, τοῦ Δαυεὶδ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3:32	ed2t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Ἰεσσαὶ, τοῦ Ἰωβὴλ, τοῦ Βόος, τοῦ Σαλὰ, τοῦ Ναασσὼν	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3:33	ur9a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Ἀμιναδὰβ, τοῦ Ἀδμεὶν, τοῦ Ἀρνεὶ, τοῦ Ἑσρὼμ, τοῦ Φαρὲς, τοῦ Ἰούδα	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3:34	wkq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Ἰακὼβ, τοῦ Ἰσαὰκ, τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ, τοῦ Θάρα, τοῦ Ναχὼρ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3:35	jbl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Σεροὺχ, τοῦ Ῥαγαὺ, τοῦ Φάλεκ, τοῦ Ἔβερ, τοῦ Σαλὰ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3:36	xit8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Καϊνὰμ, τοῦ Ἀρφαξὰδ, τοῦ Σὴμ, τοῦ Νῶε, τοῦ Λάμεχ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3:37	qev8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Μαθουσαλὰ, τοῦ Ἑνὼχ, τοῦ Ἰάρετ, τοῦ Μαλελεὴλ, τοῦ Καϊνὰμ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3:38	ni8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Ἐνὼς, τοῦ Σὴθ, τοῦ Ἀδὰμ, τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3:38	ck3f			τοῦ Ἀδὰμ, τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “the son of Adam, whom God created” or “the son of Adam, who was, in a sense, the son of God”
4:intro	r3vy				0	# Luke 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. The devil tempts Jesus in the wilderness (4:1–13)\n2. Jesus teaches in the synagogue in Nazareth (4:14–30)\n3. Jesus teaches, heals, and drives out demons in Capernaum (4:31–44)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 4:10–11 and 4:18–19, which is quoted from the Old Testamentt.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Jesus was tempted by the devil”\n\nWhile it is true that the devil actually believed that he could persuade Jesus to disobey God and obey him instead, it is important not to imply in your translation that Jesus would ever really have wanted to obey the devil.
4:1	n1xx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	Ἰησοῦς δὲ	1	Luke uses this expression to return to the story after providing background information about Jesus’ ancestors. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include a phrase that would provide continuity with the previous episode in the story. Alternate translation: “After John had baptized Jesus, then Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4:1	v18k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἤγετο ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:2	bls8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	The Greek verb indicates that the temptation continued throughout the **40 days**. You can make this clear in your translation, as UST does: “While he was there, the devil kept tempting him for 40 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
4:2	hg5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “For 40 days the devil kept tempting him” or “For 40 days the devil kept trying to persuade him disobey God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:2	k47d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲν	1	Make sure that it is clear in your translation that the word **he** refers to Jesus, not to the devil. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not eat anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4:3	bg52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶπεν & ὁ διάβολος	1	The **devil** either holds a stone in his hand or points to a nearby stone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The devil picked up a stone and said” or “The devil pointed to a stone and said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:3	l202		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ τῷ λίθῳ τούτῳ, ἵνα γένηται ἄρτος	1	The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the **stone** will only become **bread** if Jesus is the **Son of God**. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the **Son of God**. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding this stone to become bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
4:3	y7yf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. Even the devil knew its significance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
4:4	l203		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	The word **And** introduces a contrast between the devil wanting Jesus to turn the stone into bread and Jesus refusing to do that. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
4:4	kde3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπεκρίθη πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, γέγραπται	1	Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is written’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:4	l204		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is written that man will not live on bread alone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
4:4	hr5a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:4	ek2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	The word **bread** refers to food in general. Jesus quotes this scripture to explain why he will not turn the stone into bread. It means that food by itself, without God, is not enough to sustain a person in life. Alternate translation: “It is not just having food that makes a person truly alive” or “God says there are more important things than food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4:4	l205		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	Here, **Man** has a generic sense that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “People” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
4:5	wm17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀναγαγὼν αὐτὸν	1	The implication is that the devil brought Jesus **up** to a high place with a commanding view. Alternate translation: “the devil led Jesus up a mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:5	jxi9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	ἐν στιγμῇ χρόνου	1	In your language, it might seem that the phrase **an instant of time** expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “in an instant” or “in a short time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
4:6	l206		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has given me authority over all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:6	dcx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται	1	The word **it** likely refers back to the singular antecedent **all this authority**, that is, the authority over these kingdoms. So the word you use to translate **it** should agree with **authority** in gender and number and in any other distinctions that your language marks. Alternate translation: “God has given me authority over all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:7	g7h9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σὺ & ἐὰν προσκυνήσῃς ἐνώπιον ἐμοῦ	1	The implication is that the devil wants visible, direct worship that will be an official act of submission. Alternate translation: “If you will bow down in worship directly in front of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:7	l207			ἐνώπιον	1	Here, the term **before** means “in front of.”
4:7	uca7			ἔσται σοῦ πᾶσα	1	Alternate translation: “I will give you all of these kingdoms”
4:8	v8ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the offer that the devil made. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
4:8	l208		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται, Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is written that one must worship the Lord his God and serve only him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
4:8	m4tc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γέγραπται	1	Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is written’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:8	xj35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:8	bch3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις	1	Here, the Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must worship the Lord your God, and you must serve only him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
4:8	q8ni		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	προσκυνήσεις	1	Here, it may not be clear whether to use the singular or plural form of **You** because this is a short quotation from the Scriptures and the context is not given. The word is actually singular because, even though Moses said this to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey this command. So in your translation, use the singular form of **You**, if your language marks that distinction. In general these notes will not discuss whether **You** is singular or plural when this should be clear from the context. But they will address ambiguous cases such as this one. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
4:9	g2n5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω	1	The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that Jesus will be able to jump safely from this great height if he really is the **Son of God**. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the **Son of God**. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by jumping safely from this great height” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
4:9	j9nx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. Even the devil knew its significance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
4:9	i81s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω	1	The exact location of the part of the temple that Luke describes is uncertain. However, the implication is that it was one of the places on the temple roof from which people would fall several hundred feet into the Kidron Valley if they jumped or slipped off. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this would ordinarily have been a deadly fall. Alternate translation: “jump from this great height” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:10	l209		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται γὰρ, ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “For it is written that he will give orders to his angels regarding you, to protect you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
4:10	f5dn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γέγραπται γὰρ	1	The devil implies that his quote from the Psalms means that if Jesus really is the Son of God, he will not be hurt if he jumps from this great height. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “You will not be hurt, because it is written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:10	s2g4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:10	nld8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε	1	**He** refers to God. Alternate translation: “God will order his angels to protect you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4:11	l210		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ, ὅτι ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and that they will lift you up in their hands, so that you will not strike your foot against a stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
4:11	l211		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου	1	The Scriptures are using one way of being hurt to mean all ways of being hurt. Alternate translation: “so that you will not get hurt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4:12	l212		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the challenge that the devil posed. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
4:12	l213		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἴρηται, οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is said that one must not put the Lord his God to the test” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
4:12	fy8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἴρηται	1	Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is said’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:12	cf6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἴρηται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:12	gf8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου	1	The Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must not test the Lord your God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
4:13	nc2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	συντελέσας πάντα πειρασμὸν	1	This does not imply that the devil was successful in his temptation. Jesus resisted every attempt. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “after the devil had repeatedly failed to persuade Jesus to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:13	qqd7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄχρι καιροῦ	1	New Testament Greek had two words for time. The first referred to chronological time, that is, the passage of time. The second word referred to the right time to do something. ULT is using the phrase **an opportune time** to translate that second word. If your language makes this same distinction, use the corresponding word in your own translation. Alternate translation: “until the time was right to try again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:14	yfc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4:14	ht5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	This phrase means that God, by the Holy **Spirit**, was empowering Jesus in a special way, enabling him to do things that ordinary humans could not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the Spirit was giving him the power to do extraordinary things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:14	dhj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	φήμη ἐξῆλθεν & περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke speaks of this **news** as if it were something that could **go out** actively by itself. This expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who then told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4:14	hah9			καθ’ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου	1	Alternate translation: “everywhere around Galilee”
4:15	ik8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοξαζόμενος ὑπὸ πάντων	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “as everyone spoke about him in a good way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:16	l214		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
4:16	ulb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὗ ἦν τεθραμμένος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “where his parents had raised him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:16	g4sv			κατὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς αὐτῷ	1	Alternate translation: “as was his usual practice”
4:17	l215		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
4:17	i9hn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπεδόθη αὐτῷ βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “someone brought him the scroll of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:17	l216		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπεδόθη αὐτῷ βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου	1	Since Jesus looked for a specific passage in the scroll, and since he said that it was being fulfilled right at that time, it is likely that Jesus requested this particular scroll. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at his request, someone brought him the scroll of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:17	x52a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου	1	A **scroll** was a long, wide roll of special paper. On this scroll someone had written the words that **Isaiah** had spoken many years before. If your readers would not know what a **scroll** is, you could describe it, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the special paper roll that recorded the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” or “the book that recorded the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4:17	w5s9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν τόπον οὗ ἦν γεγραμμένον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the scroll recorded the words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:18	h1rm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Πνεῦμα Κυρίου ἐπ’ ἐμέ	1	As in [2:25](../02/25.md), **upon** is a spatial metaphor that means that the Spirit of God is with someone in a special way. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of the Lord is with me in a special way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:18	q96y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔχρισέν με	1	In the Old Testament, ceremonial oil was poured on a person when they were given the authority to assume an office or do a special task. Isaiah uses anointing to indicate that God has appointed him to his work. Jesus applies these words to himself as well. Alternate translation: “he has appointed me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:18	l6ac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς & τυφλοῖς	1	Luke is using the adjectives **poor** and **blind** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these expressions with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor … people who are blind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4:18	a9wn			κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν	1	Alternate translation: “to tell people who are being held captive that they can go free”
4:18	mzp4			κηρύξαι & τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν	1	Alternate translation: “to tell people who are blind that they will be able to see again”
4:18	utq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “to rescue people whom others are treating harshly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:19	z262		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κηρύξαι ἐνιαυτὸν Κυρίου δεκτόν	1	Luke is using the term **year** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “to announce that this is the time when the Lord will show his kindness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:20	sm11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πτύξας τὸ βιβλίον	1	A **scroll** was closed by rolling it like a tube to protect the writing inside it. Alternate translation: “closing the scroll by rolling it up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:20	ehx3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ	1	The **attendant** refers to a synagogue worker who, with proper care and reverence, would bring out and put away the scrolls that contained the Scriptures. If there is a word in your language for a person who has a similar role in your culture, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “the sexton” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4:20	l217		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκάθισεν	1	Since a person would stand to read the Scriptures in a synagogue but then sit down to teach, the implication is that Jesus was going to speak to the people about what he had just read. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “he sat down to teach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:20	pu89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	πάντων οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ	1	Luke is using one part of people, their **eyes**, to represent people themselves in the act of seeing. Alternate translation: “all the people in the synagogue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4:21	l218		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σήμερον	1	**Today** refers to the present moment. Alternate translation: “Right now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:21	b1ix		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πεπλήρωται ἡ Γραφὴ αὕτη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I am fulfilling what this scripture says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:21	iij8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς ὠσὶν ὑμῶν	1	In this expression, the **ears** represent people in the act of listening. Alternate translation: “even as you are listening” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:22	k2xi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῖς λόγοις τῆς χάριτος	1	Luke uses the term **words** to describe what Jesus said by reference to something associated with it, the words he used to communicate it. Alternate translation: “the articulate things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:22	l219		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	τοῖς λόγοις τῆς χάριτος τοῖς ἐκπορευομένοις ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	In your language, this phrase might seem like an unnecessarily elaborate way of speaking. If so, you could express the same idea more compactly. Alternate translation: “the gracious things he was saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
4:22	ty6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ υἱός ἐστιν Ἰωσὴφ οὗτος?	1	The people were making a statement, not asking a question. They did not expect others to verify for them who Jesus’ father was. Instead, they were using the question form to say how amazed they were. Joseph was not a religious leader, so they were surprised that his son would preach as well as he did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This is just Joseph’s son!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4:23	l220		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	πάντως ἐρεῖτέ μοι τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, ἰατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν; ὅσα ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ, ποίησον καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ πατρίδι σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Surely you will quote the proverb to me that tells a doctor to heal himself, to ask me to do the same things here in my hometown that you heard happened in Capernaum” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
4:23	u4ps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ἰατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν	1	Jesus anticipates that the people will want to see him do miracles to prove his credibility. He uses a short popular saying of the culture to express this. This saying expresses a great deal of meaning in a few words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could expand it to make clear to your readers what it means. Alternate translation: “If a doctor cannot heal himself of a certain disease, then people will not believe that he can heal them of it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
4:23	ww1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅσα ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ, ποίησον καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ πατρίδι σου	1	Jesus then explains how the short saying applies to this situation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explicitly state the implications of his explanation. Alternate translation: “We will not believe the things you say unless you could do the same kind of miracles here that we heard you did in Capernaum” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:24	q3a9			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true”
4:24	n2cp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐδεὶς προφήτης δεκτός ἐστιν ἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus makes a short, general statement in order to rebuke the people. This saying expresses a great deal of meaning in a few words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could expand it to make clear to your readers what it means. Alternate translation: “You think you know all about me because I grew up here, and so you could not accept that I am genuinely a prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
4:25	u896			ἐπ’ ἀληθείας δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true”
4:25	l221		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἠλείου	1	Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “during the time when Elijah was prophesying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:25	g8r3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἠλείου	1	The people to whom Jesus was speaking would have known that **Elijah** was one of God’s prophets. If your readers would not know that, you could make this implicit information explicit, as UST does. Alternate translation: “during the time when Elijah was prophesying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:25	l222		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐκλείσθη ὁ οὐρανὸς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “when God shut up the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:25	spq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅτε ἐκλείσθη ὁ οὐρανὸς	1	Jesus describes the **sky** as if God had closed it so that no rain could fall from it. Alternate translation: “when no rain fell from the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:25	ukl6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	λιμὸς μέγας	1	A **famine** is a long period of time when the people in an area cannot produce or acquire enough food to feed themselves. Alternate translation: “a serious lack of food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4:26	l223		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐτῶν ἐπέμφθη Ἠλείας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not send Elijah to any of them except” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:26	l224		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	πρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐτῶν ἐπέμφθη Ἠλείας, εἰ μὴ	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “God only sent Elijah to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
4:26	zsi6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς Σάρεπτα τῆς Σιδωνίας, πρὸς γυναῖκα χήραν	1	The people listening to Jesus would have understood that the people of Zarephath were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “to a Gentile widow living in Zarephath in Sidon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:26	l225		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	εἰς Σάρεπτα τῆς Σιδωνίας	1	**Zarephath** is the name of a city, and **Sidon** is the name of the region where it is located. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4:27	l226		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Elisha did not heal any of them except” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:27	l227		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Elisha only healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
4:27	l229		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ναιμὰν ὁ Σύρος	1	The people listening to Jesus would have understood that the people of Syria were Gentiles, not Jews. Alternate translation: “a Gentile, Naaman from Syria” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:28	l230		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that the event he will now relate, the people becoming enraged, came after the event he has just described, Jesus citing scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
4:28	ca1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ἀκούοντες ταῦτα	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why the people of Nazareth became so angry. Alternate translation: “When the people in the synagogue heard Jesus say these things, they all became furious, because he had cited scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:28	l231		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “all the people in the synagogue became furious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:28	l232		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ	1	Luke speaks of the people’s **rage** as if it were something that could actively fill them. Alternate translation: “everyone in the synagoguel became furious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4:29	l233		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῦ ὄρους ἐφ’ οὗ ἡ πόλις ᾠκοδόμητο αὐτῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the hill on which people had built their town” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:29	l234		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὥστε κατακρημνίσαι αὐτόν	1	The implication is that the people of Nazareth wanted to do this in order to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to throw him off to kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:30	k7dg			διελθὼν διὰ μέσου αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “slipping between the people who were trying to kill him”
4:30	m45c			ἐπορεύετο	1	Alternate translation: “he left that place”
4:31	ynf3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
4:31	ib1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κατῆλθεν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ	1	Here, Luke uses the phrase **went down** because **Capernaum** is lower in elevation than Nazareth. Alternate translation: “went to Capernaum” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:31	ky4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Καφαρναοὺμ, πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1	Since Nazareth was also in **Galilee**, you might state “Capernaum, another city in Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:32	qk28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his teaching amazed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:32	j4ee		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ ἦν ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ	1	Luke is using the term **word** to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “he taught as one who had authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:33	l235		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
4:33	fax1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἦν ἄνθρωπος	1	Luke uses this phrase to mark the introduction of a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:33	i93n			ἔχων πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου	1	Alternate translation: “who was controlled by an evil spirit”
4:33	e539		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνέκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	This is an idiom that means the man raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “he shouted loudly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:34	y1xh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ?	1	The unclean spirit is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect Jesus to explain what they have in common. Instead, he is using the question form to express his antagonism. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “We have nothing in common with you, Jesus of Nazareth!” or “You have no right to bother us, Jesus of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4:34	fkp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί	1	This expression is an idiom. Alternate translation: “We have nothing in common with you” or “You have no right to bother us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:35	m8es			ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγων	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus said sternly to the demon”
4:35	l236		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	φιμώθητι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Keep quiet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:35	me6n			ἔξελθε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is commanding the demon to stop controlling the man. Alternate translation: “leave him alone” or “do not live in this man any longer”
4:36	l237		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐγένετο θάμβος ἐπὶ πάντας	1	Luke speaks of **astonishment** as if it were something that actively **came upon** the people. Alternate translation: “they were all amazed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4:36	l238		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τίς ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1	Luke uses the term **word** to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “What is this teaching” or “What is this message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:36	h7wx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1	The people are making a statement, not asking a question. They do not expect anyone to explain what Jesus’ teaching is. Instead, they are using the question form to express how amazed they are that Jesus has the authority to command demons to leave a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “This is a powerful message!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4:36	dgz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ καὶ δυνάμει ἐπιτάσσει τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις πνεύμασιν	1	The words **authority** and **power** mean similar things. The people use the two terms together to emphasize what great control Jesus has over unclean spirits. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms in a single phrase that would similarly express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “he has complete authority over the unclean spirits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
4:37	q25f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	καὶ ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	This is a comment about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
4:37	l239		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4:37	xca8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke speaks of this **news** as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. As in [4:14](../04/14.md), this expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people began to spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4:38	jn3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **Then** to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4:38	l240		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Σίμωνος	1	Luke is introducing a new character into the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state a little bit more about him here to help them recognize him later. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who would become one of his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:38	tf3d			πενθερὰ & τοῦ Σίμωνος	1	This means the mother of Simon’s wife. In your translation, you could use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship.
4:38	lls1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “was very sick with a high fever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:38	cp21			ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ	1	You can express this in the way your language and culture would. Alternate translation: “was so sick that her skin was hot”
4:38	z3qz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν περὶ αὐτῆς	1	Implicitly this means they asked Jesus to heal her from the **fever**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they asked Jesus to heal her” or “they asked Jesus to cure her fever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:39	pla1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. He is indicating that Jesus did this because the people had pleaded with him on behalf of Simon’s mother-in-law. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4:39	v8uf			ἐπιστὰς ἐπάνω αὐτῆς	1	Alternate translation: “going and leaning over her”
4:39	ed8r			ἐπετίμησεν τῷ πυρετῷ, καὶ ἀφῆκεν αὐτήν	1	You can express this in the way your language and culture would. Alternate translation: “he commanded her skin to become cool, and it did” or “he commanded the sickness to leave her, and it did”
4:39	qtn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	διηκόνει αὐτοῖς	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “and began to prepare food for Jesus and the other people in the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:40	l242		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δύνοντος δὲ τοῦ ἡλίου	1	The implication is that the people waited until sunset because that marked the end of the Sabbath, and they could then do the “work” of bringing the sick to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “when the sun was setting and the Sabbath day was ending” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:40	zpk9			τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιτιθεὶς	1	Alternate translation: “placing his hands”
4:41	bp7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξήρχετο & καὶ δαιμόνια	1	The implication is that Jesus made the **demons** leave the people they were controlling. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus also forced demons to come out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:41	ag15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	κραυγάζοντα καὶ λέγοντα	1	Luke is expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The verb **crying out** tells how they were **saying** what follows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “screaming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
4:41	dik3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
4:42	rt5n			γενομένης & ἡμέρας	1	Alternate translation: “at sunrise” or “at dawn”
4:42	d1pr			ἔρημον τόπον	1	Alternate translation: “a deserted place” or “a place where there were no people”
4:42	l243			κατεῖχον αὐτὸν τοῦ μὴ πορεύεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “they tried to keep him from leaving them”
4:43	l244		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εὐαγγελίσασθαί & τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See the discussion of this concept in Part 2 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of Luke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “announce the good news that God is going to rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
4:43	sjy1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ταῖς ἑτέραις πόλεσιν	1	Jesus actually means the people who live in these **cities**. He is describing them by reference to something associated with them, the cities where they live. Alternate translation: “to the people in many other cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:43	b45z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἀπεστάλην	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “this is the reason why God sent me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:44	s5mb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	Since Jesus is in Galilee in this part of the Gospel of Luke, the term **Judea** here probably refers to the entire region where the Jews lived at that time. Alternate translation: “where the Jews lived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:intro	axr7				0	# Luke 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus calls Peter and his fellow fishermen to be his disciples (5:1–11)\n2. Jesus travels to various towns teaching and healing (5:12–26)\n3. Jesus calls Levi to be his disciple (5:27–32)\n4. Jesus teaches about fasting (5:33–39)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “You will catch men”\n\nPeter, James, and John were fishermen. When Jesus told them that they would catch men, he was using a metaphor to tell them he wanted them to help people believe the good news about him. See the last note to 5:10. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Sinners\n\nWhen the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses. But when Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who understand that they are sinners who have disobeyed God can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Fasting and feasting\n\nPeople would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or in order to show God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, such as during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Healthy and sick people\n\nTo correct the Pharisees, Jesus speaks of healthy people who do not need a doctor. This does not mean that there are people who do not need Jesus. Rather, Jesus was explaining why he spent time with people whom the Pharisees considered to be “sinners.” See the notes to 5:31–32. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Implicit information\n\nIn several parts of this chapter, as in other places in the book, Luke does not explain information that his original readers would already have understood. Modern readers might not know some of those things, so they might have trouble understanding all that Luke is communicating. The alternate translations in these notes and the readings in UST often illustrate how that information can be presented so that modern readers will be able to understand these passages. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Past events\n\nParts of this chapter are sequences of events that have already happened. In a given passage, Luke sometimes writes as if the events have already happened while other events are still in progress (even though they are complete at the time he writes). This can cause difficulty in translation by creating an illogical order of events. It may be necessary to make these consistent by writing as if all the events have already happened.
5:1	zc8q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5:1	wsf8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here, Luke uses **word** to describe the things that Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “listening to the message Jesus was bringing from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:1	p6im		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὴν λίμνην Γεννησαρέτ	1	**Lake of Gennesaret** is another name for the body of water also known as the Sea of Galilee. Galilee was on the west side of this lake, and the land of Gennesaret was on the east side, so it was called by both names. Some English versions translate this as the proper name of the body of water. Alternate translation: “Lake Gennesaret” or “the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5:2	t96r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔπλυνον τὰ δίκτυα	1	The implication is that they were cleaning their fishing **nets** to maintain them so that they could keep using them to catch fish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and were washing their nets to keep them clean and in good working order” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:3	f7z8			ὃ ἦν Σίμωνος	1	Alternate translation: “the one that belonged to Simon”
5:3	liq1			ἠρώτησεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἐπαναγαγεῖν ὀλίγον	1	Alternate translation: “and asked Simon to move the boat away from the shore”
5:3	rc1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καθίσας	1	As in [4:20](../04/20.md), sitting was the customary position for teaching in this culture. Alternate translation: “he sat down, as teachers did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:3	vbx7			ἐδίδασκεν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου τοὺς ὄχλους	1	Jesus was in the boat a short distance from the shore and he was speaking to the people who were on the shore. Alternate translation: “and was teaching the people while he sat in the boat”
5:4	rk9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὡς δὲ ἐπαύσατο λαλῶν	1	The implication is that Jesus had been **speaking** in order to teach the people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus had finished teaching the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:5	l245		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς Σίμων εἶπεν	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Simon responded to Jesus’ instructions to take the boat out and let down the nets. Alternate translation: “Simon responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
5:5	wbb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ ῥήματί σου	1	Here Peter uses **word** to refer to what Jesus commanded him by using words. Alternate translation: “but because you have told me to do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:7	n2fp			κατένευσαν τοῖς μετόχοις	1	The Greek text does not specify how they **signaled**, but since they were some distance from the shore, it may have been by waving their arms rather than by calling out. You can use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “they summoned their partners”
5:7	pr7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βυθίζεσθαι αὐτά	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the reason for this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they began to sink because the fish were so heavy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:8	r8j9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	προσέπεσεν τοῖς γόνασιν Ἰησοῦ	1	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Peter did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect. Alternate translation: “he bowed down in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
5:8	j67m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνὴρ ἁμαρτωλός	1	Here, **man** means “adult male,” not the more general “human being.” So Peter is not saying generally, “I am a sinful person.” He really does mean, “I personally am a sinful man.” Be sure that this is clear in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
5:9	l246		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	θάμβος & περιέσχεν αὐτὸν καὶ πάντας τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ	1	Luke describes Peter’s **amazement** as if it were something that could actively take hold of him. Alternate translation: “he and the other fishermen were completely amazed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
5:9	c2eh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ ἄγρᾳ τῶν ἰχθύων	1	The implication is that this was a very large **catch**. Alternate translation: “the great number of fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:10	k4ft		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	κοινωνοὶ τῷ Σίμωνι	1	Luke provides this information to introduce these new participants in the story. Alternate translation: “who were Simon’s partners in the fishing business” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
5:10	u6zs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀνθρώπους ἔσῃ ζωγρῶν	1	Jesus is using the image of **catching** fish to describe gathering people to follow him. Alternate translation: “you will gather people for me” or “you will persuade people to become my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:11	abca			τὴν γῆν	1	Alternate translation: “the shore”
5:12	j1xy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5:12	l248		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:12	r35h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀνὴρ πλήρης λέπρας	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man there who was covered with leprosy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
5:12	i3zk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πεσὼν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον	1	This phrase is an idiom that means that he bowed down. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that the man did not fall down accidentally. Alternate translation: “he knelt down and touched the ground with his face” or “he bowed down to the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:12	m4k2			ἐὰν θέλῃς	1	Alternate translation: “if you want to”
5:12	x7ss		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι	1	The man is actually using this statement to make a request. Alternate translation: “please make me clean” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
5:12	ys5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	με καθαρίσαι	1	The man talks about becoming **clean** ceremonially, but it is implicit that he has become unclean because of his leprosy, so he is really asking Jesus to heal him of this disease. Alternate translation: “heal me from leprosy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:13	ziz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	καθαρίσθητι	1	This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you from your leprosy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
5:13	l48a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ λέπρα ἀπῆλθεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke speaks of the man’s **leprosy** as if it were something that could actively go **away from him**. Alternate translation: “the man no longer had leprosy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
5:14	q18t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	αὐτὸς παρήγγειλεν αὐτῷ, μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ ἀπελθὼν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate all of Jesus’ instructions as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “he instructed him, ‘Do not tell anyone, but go’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
5:14	l249		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν	1	The implication is that the man is not to tell anyone that Jesus healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation, as a direct quotation: “Do not tell anyone that you have been healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:14	v1wn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ σου καθὼς προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς	1	Jesus assumes that the man will know that the law required a person who had been healed from a skin disease to make a specific sacrifice. This made the person ceremonially clean and they could participate once again in community religious activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the sacrifice that Moses commanded so that you could become ceremonially clean once again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:14	jk14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	A priest would have to examine the man and certify that he had been healed before he would be allowed to offer this sacrifice. Alternate translation: “to certify for everone that you have been healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:14	nz37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	The word **them** could mean either “the priests,” which is the interpretation that UST follows, or “all the people.” You could express either as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
5:15	ng3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	διήρχετο & μᾶλλον ὁ λόγος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke speaks of this **word** as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. This expression means that more and more people told others about what Jesus was doing. Alternate translation: “people spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
5:15	q4t2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke uses the term **word** to describe the news about Jesus that people spread by using words. Alternate translation: “the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:15	l250		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	θεραπεύεσθαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for Jesus to heal them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:16	l251			αὐτὸς & ἦν ὑποχωρῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις καὶ προσευχόμενος	1	This expression **was withdrawing** indicates habitual action. Alternate translation: “he often withdrew to places where there were no other people so that he could pray”
5:16	sv6f			ταῖς ἐρήμοις	1	Alternate translation: “places where there were no other people”
5:17	mb8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5:17	l252		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἐκ πάσης κώμης τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ Ἰουδαίας	1	Luke generalizes by saying **every** in order to emphasize from how many different villages these religious leaders came. Alternate translation: “from villages throughout Galilee and Judea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
5:17	l253		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δύναμις Κυρίου ἦν εἰς τὸ ἰᾶσθαι αὐτόν	1	As often in this book, **upon** is a spatial metaphor. In this case, it means that the power of the Lord was with Jesus in a special way, specifically, to enable him to heal people. Alternate translation: “the Lord was giving Jesus special power to heal people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:18	l254		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:18	cl7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνδρες φέροντες ἐπὶ κλίνης ἄνθρωπον ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there were some men who were carrying a paralyzed man on a mat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
5:18	l9q8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κλίνης	1	A **mat** was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
5:18	z2n2			ἦν παραλελυμένος	1	Alternate translation: “was unable to move by himself”
5:18	abc6			ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **before** means “in front of.” Alternate translation: “in front of Jesus” or “where Jesus could see him”
5:19	y491		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ μὴ εὑρόντες ποίας εἰσενέγκωσιν αὐτὸν διὰ τὸν ὄχλον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “But because the crowd of people had filled the house, they could not find a way to bring the man inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
5:19	rkm6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ τὸν ὄχλον	1	The implication is that they could not enter because the **crowd** was so large that there was no room for them. Alternate translation: “because the crowd of people had filled the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:19	s7bm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀναβάντες ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα	1	In this culture, houses had flat roofs, and many houses had a staircase outside that provided access to **the housetop**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they went up the outside staircase onto the flat roof of the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:19	abc7			καθῆκαν αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “and lowered the man down”
5:19	l255		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	εἰς τὸ μέσον	1	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need to be complete. Alternate translation: “into the midst of the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
5:19	l85u			ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Here, the term **before** means “in front of.” Alternate translation: “in front of Jesus” or “where Jesus could see him”
5:20	l83a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἰδὼν τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	The implication is that Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. Their actions proved that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus recognized that the man’s friends were convinced that he could heal him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:20	z4ek			ἄνθρωπε	1	**Man** was a general word that people used in this culture when speaking to a man whose name they did not know. If your language has a term that it uses for this same purpose, you could use it in your translation here. Alternate translation: “Friend”
5:20	c7r7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “I forgive your sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:21	l256		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οἱ γραμματεῖς	1	Here and elsewhere in the book, the term **the scribes** does not refer to people who make copies of documents. Rather, it refers to people who were teachers of the Jewish law, which they had studied extensively. Alternate translation: “the teachers of the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
5:21	ie5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διαλογίζεσθαι	1	These men were not debating or arguing out loud, since the next verse shows that this was rather something they were thinking. So this implicitly means that they were wondering. Alternate translation: “to wonder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:21	l258		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	λέγοντες	1	Luke uses the word **saying** to introduce his quotation of what the religious leaders were thinking. If you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:21	a86c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὃς λαλεῖ βλασφημίας?	1	These religious leaders do not expect someone to tell them who Jesus is. Instead, they are using the question form to emphasize how inappropriate they think it is for Jesus to tell someone that he forgives their sins. As the next sentence explains, they think this means Jesus was claiming to be God, and so in their view, he would be speaking **blasphemies**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This man is speaking blasphemies!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:21	s21n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας εἰ μὴ μόνος ὁ Θεός?	1	Once again the religious leaders are using a question form for emphasis, and you can translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one can forgive sins but God alone!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:22	z4k5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπιγνοὺς & τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς αὐτῶν	1	This phrase indicates that they were reasoning silently, so the implication is that Jesus sensed what they were thinking. Alternate translation: “sensing what they were thinking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:22	l259		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what the religious leaders were thinking. Alternate translation: “responded to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
5:22	et8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus does not expect the religious leaders to explain why they are thinking these things. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that they should not be thinking them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking these things!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:22	p2hj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	The term **hearts** represents the thoughts of these people. Alternate translation: “are you thinking these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:23	zid2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?	1	Jesus is using the form of a question in order to teach. He wants to make the scribes and Pharisees reflect on the situation and realize something. There are many implications. For example, these religious leaders may take the question in the sense, “Which is easier to get away with saying?” The answer would be, “Your sins are forgiven,” because people don’t expect visual proof of that, whereas if someone says, “Get up and walk,” and nothing happens, that proves the speaker doesn’t have the power to heal. Jesus likely intends the question in a different sense: “Which is the easier way to deal with a situation like this?” It appears that the man’s sickness has something to do with his sins, because Jesus forgives them. In such a situation, it would not be sufficient to say, “Get up and walk,” since that would address the effect but not the cause. To say, “Your sins are forgiven,” would deal with both the cause and the effect, so that would be the easier way to deal with the situation. There are many other implications that could also be drawn out as well—too many to include in the text of a translation. Since the question form is intrinsic to Jesus’ teaching method, you may wish simply to retain it in your translation. However, to show that he is teaching, not asking for information, you could introduce his question with a phrase that indicates its purpose. Alternate translation: “Think about this. Which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven you,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk'?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:23	l260		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Is it easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
5:24	f1lu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὅτι ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐξουσίαν ἔχει	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “that I, the Son of Man, have authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
5:24	l261		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. Alternate translation: “that the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:24	l262		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἔγειρε	1	As in [5:13](../05/13.md), this was not a command that the man was able to obey. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you, so you can get up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
5:25	agg3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ παραχρῆμα ἀναστὰς	1	The implication is that the man was able to get up because Jesus had healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And all at once the man was healed, so he got up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:25	l263			ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν	1	Here, the term **before** means “in front of.” Alternate translation: “in front of everyone” or “where everyone could see him”
5:26	l264		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἔκστασις ἔλαβεν ἅπαντας	1	Luke describes the **amazement** of the crowd as if it were something that could actively take hold of the people. Alternate translation: “they were all completely amazed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
5:26	f6tp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν φόβου λέγοντες	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “fear filled them and they said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:26	l265		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐπλήσθησαν φόβου	1	Luke describes the **fear** of the crowd as if it were something that could actively fill the people. Alternate translation: “they became very afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
5:27	k6r2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event. The expression **these things** refers to what the previous verses describe. Alternate translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5:27	abc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐξῆλθεν	1	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus left that house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
5:27	xf15			ἐθεάσατο τελώνην	1	The Greek word that Luke uses for **saw** indicates that Jesus gave careful attention to this man when he saw him. Alternate translation: “observed a tax collector” or “looked carefully at a tax collector”
5:27	l266		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	In this context, to **Follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:27	b3tr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	**Follow me** is not a command, but an invitation. Jesus is encouraging Levi to do this if he wants. Alternate translation: “I want you to become my disciple” or “I invite you to come and follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
5:28	phw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	καταλιπὼν πάντα	1	Here, **everything** is a generalization that refers to Levi’s position as a tax collector and the advantages that came with it. Alternate translation: “leaving his work as a tax collector” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
5:28	abc0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	καταλιπὼν πάντα, ἀναστὰς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “he got up and left everything behind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
5:29	l267		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
5:29	g6yt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun **his** refers to Levi, not to Jesus. Alternate translation: “in his own house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
5:29	ip2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κατακείμενοι	1	In this culture, the manner of eating at a feast was to lie on a couch and prop oneself up with the left arm on some pillows. Alternate translation: “lying on banqueting couches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
5:30	n82u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ	1	In this case, the pronoun **his** refers to Jesus, not to Levi. Alternate translation: “to Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
5:30	tmm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε?	1	The Pharisees and scribes are using the question form to express their disapproval. They believed that religious people should separate themselves from people whom they considered to be sinners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not eat and drink with sinful tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:30	pi2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε	1	The word **you** is plural, since the Pharisees are speaking to the disciples as a group, not to one particular disciple. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
5:30	l268		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε	1	The Pharisees are using the two components of a meal to mean an entire meal. Alternate translation: “share meals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
5:30	ze7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	The Pharisees may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The previous verse says that there were many **tax collectors** at this banquet. So the term **sinners** may tell what the Pharisees thought these **tax collectors** were. Alternate translation: “with sinful tax collectors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
5:31	l269		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what the religious leaders were complaining about. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
5:31	t6iv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ὑγιαίνοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you could translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor; people who are sick do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
5:31	i9gn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	The proverb expresses the idea compactly, and so it leaves out some words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply those words. Alternate translation: “rather, it is people who are sick who need a doctor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
5:32	g993		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	δικαίους	1	Luke is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
5:32	l270		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλοὺς εἰς μετάνοιαν	1	Once again Jesus expresses the idea compactly and leaves out some words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply those words. Alternate translation: “rather, I came to call sinners to repentance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
5:32	l271		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς μετάνοιαν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **repentance** with a verb. Alternate translation: “to repent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
5:33	f6g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οἱ δὲ εἶπαν	1	The pronoun **they** refers to the Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “Then the religious leaders said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
5:33	l272		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1	The Pharisees and scribes assume that Jesus will know that they are referring to **John** the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:33	l273		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ σοὶ ἐσθίουσιν καὶ πίνουσιν	1	There is an implied challenge and question in this observation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “But your disciples do not fast, and we want you to tell us why” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:33	l274		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἐσθίουσιν καὶ πίνουσιν	1	The Pharisees are using the two components of a meal to mean an entire meal. Alternate translation: “continue to have meals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
5:34	l275		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	μὴ δύνασθε τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ποιῆσαι νηστεύειν?	1	The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding **are you?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “Can you actually make the groom’s party at a wedding fast while the groom is still with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
5:34	hxe1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ δύνασθε τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ποιῆσαι νηστεύειν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants the scribes and Pharisees to reflect on the actions of his disciples in light of a situation they are already familiar with. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one tells the groom’s party at a wedding to fast while the groom is still with them!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:34	q9k2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος	1	The expression **sons of** is a Hebrew idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of being an integral part of a wedding. These are the male friends who attend the groom during the ceremony and the festivities. Alternate translation: “the groom’s party” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:35	z8ex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι καὶ	1	Here Jesus is using **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “But there will certainly be a time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:35	he9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος	1	Jesus is speaking of himself as the **bridegroom**, and of his disciples as the groom’s party. He does not explain the metaphor, so you do not need to explain it in your translation unless you think your readers will not understand it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:35	l276		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “someone will take the bridegroom away from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:35	l277		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	Jesus is again using the term **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:36	a4zs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἔλεγεν δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς	1	Jesus gives a brief illustration that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave them this illustration to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
5:36	qz5e			ἐπιβάλλει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν	1	Alternate translation: “uses it to patch an old garment”
5:36	xj2y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	εἰ δὲ μή γε	1	Jesus uses this expression to introduce a hypothetical situation that explains the reason why a person would not actually mend a garment in that way. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone did do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
5:37	n35t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀσκοὺς	1	These were bags made out of animal skins. They were used for holding wine. If your readers would not be familiar with **wineskins**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “leather bags” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
5:37	l278		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	εἰ δὲ μή γε	1	Jesus uses this expression once again to introduce a hypothetical situation that explains the reason why a person would not put new wine in an old wineskin. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone did do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
5:37	ac7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ῥήξει ὁ οἶνος ὁ νέος τοὺς ἀσκούς	1	When **the new wine** fermented and expanded, it would break the old skins because they could no longer stretch. Jesus’ audience would have understood this information about wine fermenting and expanding and about old leather losing its suppleness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the new wine would burst the old wineskins because they would no longer be able to expand when the wine fermented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:37	dw18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτὸς ἐκχυθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the wine would spill out of the bags” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:37	l279		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπολοῦνται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the leather bags would tear and become useless” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:38	ijm3			ἀσκοὺς καινοὺς	1	See how you translated the term **wineskins** in [5:37](../05/37.md). Alternate translation: “fresh leather bags”
5:39	l280		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐδεὶς πιὼν παλαιὸν θέλει νέον	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words. You may want to supply these words in your translation if not having them would be confusing in your language. Alternate translation: “No one who is used to drinking old wine wants to try new wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
5:39	pvn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς πιὼν παλαιὸν θέλει νέον	1	Jesus is contrasting the old teaching of the religious leaders with his own new teaching. The point is that people who are used to the **old** teaching are not receptive to the **new** things that he is bringing. Jesus does not explain the metaphor, so you do not need to explain it in your translation unless you think your readers will not understand it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:intro	vv2y				0	# Luke 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus teaches about the Sabbath (6:1–11)\n2. Jesus chooses twelve apostles (6:12–16)\n3. Jesus teaches about being his disciple (6:17–49)\n\nThe long teaching in Luke 6:20–49 begins with blessings and woes that are similar to the beginning of the long teaching in Matthew 5–7. That part of Matthew has traditionally been called the “Sermon on the Mount.” The teaching here in Luke has many other similarities with the one in Matthew’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Eating the grain”\n\nWhen the disciples plucked and ate the grain in a field they were walking through on the Sabbath (Luke 6:1), the Pharisees said that they were breaking the law of Moses. The Pharisees said this because they thought that the disciples were doing work by picking the grain, and so they were disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees did not think the disciples were stealing. That is because the law of Moses told farmers to allow travelers to pluck and eat small amounts of grain from plants in fields that they traveled through or near. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### The twelve disciples\n\nThe following are the lists of the twelve disciples:\n\nIn Matthew:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn Mark:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn Luke:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nThe man whom Luke calls Judas the son of James is probably the same man whom Matthew and Mark call Thaddaeus. However, you do not need to explain that in your translation or give both names. You can translate Luke’s list as he wrote it, and allow Bible teachers to explain the reason for the difference.
6:1	c4sa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
6:1	x5zk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σπορίμων	1	These were large sections of land where people had scattered wheat seed in order to grow more wheat. Wheat is a kind of **grain** plant, and **grain** is a type of large grass that has edible seeds. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “the areas where people were growing plants with edible seeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:1	rl46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	στάχυας	1	The **heads** are the topmost part of the **grain** plant. They hold the mature, edible seeds. Alternate translation: “parts that held the seeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:1	h9fy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ψώχοντες ταῖς χερσίν	1	The implication is that they did this to separate out the grain seeds. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “rubbing them in their hands to separate the seeds from the other parts of the plant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:2	z32z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ποιεῖτε ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν?	1	The Pharisees are using the question form to make an accusation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are doing something that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:2	m76z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί ποιεῖτε ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν?	1	The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be harvesting, and therefore work. You could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:2	dum1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	τί ποιεῖτε	1	Here, **you** is plural. It refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
6:3	l281		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the objection that the Pharisees raised. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
6:3	vih6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἀνέγνωτε, ὃ ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ ὅτε ἐπείνασεν αὐτὸς, καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὄντες	1	Jesus does not expect the Pharisees to tell him whether they have read this passage in the Scriptures. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that the Pharisees should have learned a principle from that passage that indicates that they are wrong to criticize the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures suggest otherwise, in the passage that tells what David did when he and those who were with him were hungry.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:4	l282			ὡς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If you made the first part of the quotation in [6:3](../06/03.md) a separate sentence, begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He entered into the house of God”
6:4	l283		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the **house of God**. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:4	yyh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως	1	The phrase **the bread of the presence** refers to loaves of bread that were placed on a table in the temple as an offering to God. They represented how the people of Israel lived in the **presence** of God. Alternate translation: “the bread that was offered to God” or “the bread that showed God lived among the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:4	l284			οὓς οὐκ ἔξεστιν φαγεῖν, εἰ μὴ μόνους τοὺς ἱερεῖς	1	It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The law says that only the priests can eat that bread”
6:5	h453		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἐστιν & ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
6:5	l285		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐστιν & ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:5	xy9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Κύριός ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	The title **Lord** describes Jesus’ authority over the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “has authority over the Sabbath” or, if you translated in the first person, “have authority over the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:6	p1ee		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
6:6	d44q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ	1	This expression introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
6:6	t77y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ἡ δεξιὰ ἦν ξηρά	1	This means that the man’s **hand** was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. Alternate translation: “his right hand was shriveled” or “his right hand was atrophied” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:7	q3sh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	παρετηροῦντο & αὐτὸν	1	The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus, not to the man with the withered hand. Alternate translation: “were watching Jesus carefully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
6:7	c1qe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἵνα εὕρωσιν κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ	1	Luke is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to find something that they could accuse him of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
6:8	d7zu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	στῆθι εἰς τὸ μέσον	1	The implication is that Jesus wanted this man to stand where everyone could see him. Alternate translation: “stand here where everyone can see you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:9	j8y7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτούς	1	The pronoun **them** refers to the scribes and Pharisees. Alternate translation: “to the scribes and Pharisees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
6:9	m5yz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐπερωτῶ ὑμᾶς, εἰ ἔξεστιν τῷ Σαββάτῳ ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀπολέσαι?	1	Jesus asks this question to get the Pharisees to admit that it is legitimate to heal on the Sabbath. The intent of the question is therefore rhetorical. Jesus is not trying to obtain information; he wants someone to admit that something is true. However, Jesus says, “I ask you,” so this question is not like other rhetorical questions that might appropriately be translated as statements. This one should be translated as a question. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:9	dc6f			ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι	1	Alternate translation: “to help someone or to harm someone”
6:10	abcb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	περιβλεψάμενος πάντας αὐτοὺς, εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and **him** refers to the man with the withered hand. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked around at them all and said to the man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
6:10	x77k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρά σου	1	This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you, so you can stretch out your hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
6:10	hce1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀποκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his hand became healthy again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:11	l286		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ & ἐπλήσθησαν ἀνοίας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they became furious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:11	l287		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	αὐτοὶ & ἐπλήσθησαν ἀνοίας	1	Luke speaks of the **rage** of the scribes and Pharisees as if it were something that could actively fill them. Alternate translation: “they became furious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
6:11	l288		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί ἂν ποιήσαιεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	The implication is that these religious leaders perceived Jesus as a threat and they wanted to get rid of him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:12	e4s7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
6:12	gzn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	Here Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:12	l289			ἐξελθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ ὄρος	1	While the term **the mountain** is definite here, it does not seem to refer to a specific, identifiable mountain. Rather, as many languages do, here the Greek is using a definite expression in a general sense. Alternate translation: “Jesus went up a mountain” or “Jesus climbed a high hill”
6:12	l7by		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξελθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ ὄρος	1	The implication is that Jesus did this so that he could be alone and pray about whom to choose as his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus went up a mountain where he could be alone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:13	vep8			ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡμέρα	1	Alternate translation: “the next morning”
6:13	j9w7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐκλεξάμενος ἀπ’ αὐτῶν δώδεκα	1	The pronoun **them** refers to the disciples. Alternate translation: “he chose 12 of those disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
6:13	zgh6			οὓς καὶ ἀποστόλους ὠνόμασεν	1	The term **apostles** comes from a Greek word that originally meant “messengers” or “delegates.” It took on a specialized meaning within the community of Jesus’ followers to mean the 12 men whom Jesus chose to be his authoritative representatives. Many languages have borrowed the Greek word to use in this sense. But if your language has developed its own special term for this role, use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he appointed them to be apostles”
6:14	l290		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σίμωνα & Πέτρον & Ἀνδρέαν & Ἰάκωβον & Ἰωάννην & Φίλιππον & Βαρθολομαῖον	1	These are seven men’s names. (The second name is a nickname for the first man.) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:14	zdq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	Ἀνδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun **his** refers to Simon. Alternate translation: “Simon’s brother, Andrew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
6:15	l291		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Μαθθαῖον & Θωμᾶν & Ἰάκωβον Ἁλφαίου & Σίμωνα	1	These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:15	l292		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Μαθθαῖον	1	**Matthew** is often identified with the man named Levi whom Jesus calls to follow him in [5:27](../05/27.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:15	et48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ζηλωτὴν	1	The term **Zealot** could be: (1) a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the Patriot” (2) a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the Passionate One” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:16	g24m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃς ἐγένετο προδότης	1	It may be helpful to explain what **traitor** means in the context of this story. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus to his enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:17	i5gv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	In this context, **them** refers to all of the disciples whom Jesus called to himself in [6:13](../06/13.md). Alternate translation: “with his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
6:17	l295		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἀπὸ πάσης	1	This is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “from throughout” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
6:18	dpj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἰαθῆναι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for Jesus to heal them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:18	wfm9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ οἱ ἐνοχλούμενοι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων ἐθεραπεύοντο	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus also drove evil spirits out of the people they were controlling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:19	l296		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος & πάντας	1	In this case these terms are not generalizations, and so you can translate them directly, rather than with explanatory words such as “most” or “many.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
6:19	y2cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	δύναμις παρ’ αὐτοῦ ἐξήρχετο καὶ ἰᾶτο πάντας	1	Luke speaks of this **power** as if it were something that could actively come out of Jesus and heal people. Alternate translation: “Jesus was using the power that God gave him to heal everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
6:20	l297		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	This is an idiom that means “he looked,” but it means that he looked carefully and considerately. Alternate translation: “he gazed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:20	ymg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1	This expression indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:20	xj9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ πτωχοί	1	Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” or “you who are poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
6:20	y18c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὅτι ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “because God is ruling your lives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
6:20	k34r			ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This could mean: (1) “the kingdom of God belongs to you.” (2) “you are privileged within the kingdom of God.”
6:21	l344		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες νῦν	1	As in [6:20](../06/20.md), the expression **Blessed** indicates that God is giving favor to people or that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “You who are hungry now receive God’s favor” or “You who are hungry now are in a positive situation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:21	l298		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	χορτασθήσεσθε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you will get enough to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:21	l299		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μακάριοι οἱ κλαίοντες νῦν	1	Alternate translation: “You who are weeping now receive God’s favor” or “You who are weeping now are in a positive situation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:21	tg8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	γελάσετε	1	Jesus is describing people being happy by association with one thing that people do when they are happy. Alternate translation: “you will laugh with joy” or “you will become joyful again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:22	h8ii		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	As in [6:20](../06/20.md), the expression **Blessed** indicates that God is giving favor to people or that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “You receive God’s favor” or “How good it is for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:22	r5cg			ἀφορίσωσιν ὑμᾶς	1	Alternate translation: “they reject you”
6:22	l300		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκβάλωσιν τὸ ὄνομα ὑμῶν ὡς πονηρὸν	1	The term **name** is a figurative way of referring to the reputation of a person. Alternate translation: “consider you to have a bad reputation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:22	jz7x			ἕνεκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Alternate translation: “because you associate with the Son of Man” or “because they reject the Son of Man”
6:22	l301		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἕνεκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person, using this title to emphasize the special role that God has given him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “because you associate with me, the Son of Man” or “because they reject me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
6:22	l302		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕνεκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “because you associate with me, the Messiah” or “because they reject me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:23	bw14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Here Jesus uses **day** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “when they do those things” or “when that happens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:23	d97t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σκιρτήσατε	1	This is an idiom that means to be extremely joyful. Jesus is not telling the disciples literally to jump into the air. Alternate translation: “be very happy” or “celebrate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:23	l303		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	Jesus uses the term **behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “because, listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:23	e3kb			ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς	1	Your language may require you to say who will do this action. Alternate translation: “God will reward you greatly”
6:23	l304		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν	1	Here, **fathers** means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “their ancestors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:24	c6lu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐαὶ ὑμῖν	1	The phrase **woe to you** is the opposite of “blessed are you.” It indicates that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed, because they have displeased God. Alternate translation: “how terrible it is for you” or “trouble will come to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:24	v1bp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοῖς πλουσίοις	1	Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
6:24	cs2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπέχετε τὴν παράκλησιν ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is drawing a series of contrasts between what the poor and the rich have now and what they will have later. So the implication is that while the rich have enjoyed ease and prosperity in this life, if they become complacent in those things, they will not enjoy it afterwards. Alternate translation: “you have already received in this life anything that will make you comfortable” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:25	l305		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐαὶ ὑμῖν	1	See how you translated this phrase in [6:24](../06/24.md). Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for you” or “Trouble will come to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:25	de8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ ἐμπεπλησμένοι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who have more than enough to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:25	l8nr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ γελῶντες	1	The word **laughing** refers to being happy by association with something that people do when they are happy. Alternate translation: “to the ones who are happy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:25	l306		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	πενθήσετε καὶ κλαύσετε	1	The phrase **mourn and weep** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **mourn** tells why these people are weeping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “you will weep mournfully” or “you will weep because you are so sad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
6:26	tn96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐαὶ	1	See how you translated this phrase in [6:24](../06/24.md). Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for you” or “Trouble will come to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:26	j9yy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ὅταν ὑμᾶς καλῶς εἴπωσιν πάντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “when all people speak well of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
6:26	l307		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ὅταν ὑμᾶς καλῶς εἴπωσιν πάντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	The term **all** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “when most people speak well of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
6:26	y29d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ & ἐποίουν τοῖς ψευδοπροφήταις οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν	1	Here, **fathers** means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “their ancestors also spoke well of the false prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:27	l5rz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀλλὰ ὑμῖν λέγω τοῖς ἀκούουσιν	1	Jesus uses this phrase to broaden his audience to the entire crowd, beyond his disciples. At the same time, the phrase also calls everyone to focus their attention on what Jesus is about to say. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now I want all of you to listen carefully to this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
6:27	pz5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, καλῶς ποιεῖτε τοῖς μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς	1	These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the importance of what he is saying. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase specifies in what way followers of Jesus are to **love** their enemies. They are to do this in a practical way by helping them. Alternate translation: “do good things for people even if they are hostile to you” or “show love to your enemies who hate you by doing things to help them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
6:28	c83m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	εὐλογεῖτε τοὺς καταρωμένους ὑμᾶς, προσεύχεσθε περὶ τῶν ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς	1	These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the importance of what he is saying. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Instead, you could combine them into a single phrase. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase specifies one way in which followers of Jesus can **Bless** people who mistreat them. They can pray for them. Alternate translation: “Ask God to bless people who say and do bad things to you” or “Say good things to people who say bad things to you, and even if someone treats you badly, pray that God will help them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
6:29	a7ri		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	τῷ τύπτοντί σε ἐπὶ τὴν σιαγόνα, πάρεχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone hits you on one side of your face. Then turn your face so that he could also strike the other side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
6:29	l308		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σε & σου	1	Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is now addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
6:29	d5qi			ἐπὶ τὴν σιαγόνα	1	Alternate translation: “on one side of your face”
6:29	eq83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάρεχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην	1	It may be helpful to state the implicit purpose of this action. Alternate translation: “turn your face so that he could also strike the other side, to show that you do not want to fight and you are not resisting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:29	l309		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντός σου τὸ ἱμάτιον, καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα μὴ κωλύσῃς	1	Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “suppose someone takes away your cloak. Then give him your tunic as well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
6:29	ic4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα μὴ κωλύσῃς	1	Here Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “give him your tunic as well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
6:30	d8y6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	παντὶ αἰτοῦντί σε, δίδου	1	Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone asks you for something. Then give it to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
6:30	l310		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σε & σὰ	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing another individual situation here, so **you** and **yours** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
6:30	ts8c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντος τὰ σὰ, μὴ ἀπαίτει	1	Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “suppose someone takes away something that is yours. Then do not demand that he give it back” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
6:31	te6e			καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς ὁμοίως	1	In some languages it might be more natural to reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “You should treat people in the way that you would want them to treat you”
6:31	l311		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “what you wish people would do for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
6:31	l312		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	Jesus now returns to speaking to his disciples and the crowd about general situations, so **you** is plural here and in the following verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
6:32	qh81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν?	1	Here Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He wants to make a point and get his listeners to reflect on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “God will not reward you for doing that!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:33	l313		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν?	1	Once again Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. You could translate his words as a statement here as well. Alternate translation: “God will not reward you for doing that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:34	l314		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν?	1	Jesus is using the question form once again as a teaching tool. You could also translate his words as a statement here. Alternate translation: “God will not reward you for doing that!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:34	kgc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἵνα ἀπολάβωσιν τὰ ἴσα	1	Here the adjective **same** functions as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent phrase. The adjective is also neuter, and this is a use of the neuter plural in Greek to refer to a single thing in order to describe it in its entirety. Alternate translation: “expecting that everything they lend will be repaid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
6:35	s8j7			μηδὲν ἀπελπίζοντες	1	Alternate translation: “without expecting the person to pay you back”
6:35	l315		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	3	The word **and** introduces the results of what has been said so far in this verse. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
6:35	ly98			ἔσται ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολύς	1	Your language may require you to say who will do this action. Alternate translation: “God will reward you greatly”
6:35	zw5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου	1	This is a figurative expression. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **sons** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human son or child. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:35	l316		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου	1	Jesus is using the word **sons** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “children of the Most High” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
6:35	qr5x			υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου	1	Make sure that the word **sons** or “children” in your translation is plural and not capitalized, if your language uses that convention for titles, so that readers do not confuse this expression with the title for Jesus, “the Son of the Most High,” which occurs in [1:32](../01/32.md) and [8:28](../08/28.md).
6:35	l317		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	See how you translated the expression **the Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “of the Most High God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:35	l318		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀχαρίστους καὶ πονηρούς	1	Here Jesus is using the adjectives **ungrateful** and **evil** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this pair of words with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungrateful and evil” or “people who do not thank God and who do wrong things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
6:36	n28w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν	1	This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the **Father** of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:37	a8c7			μὴ κρίνετε	1	Your language may require you to specify the object of **judge**. Alternate translation: “do not judge other people”
6:37	e8fb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ κριθῆτε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not judge. This could mean: (1) “God will not judge you.” (2) “other people will not judge you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:37	vkl8			καὶ μὴ καταδικάζετε	1	Your language may require you to specify the object of **condemn**. Alternate translation: “Do not condemn other people”
6:37	gz37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ καταδικασθῆτε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not condemn. This could mean: (1) “God will not condemn you.” (2) “other people will not condemn you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:37	l319			ἀπολύετε	1	Your language may require you to specify the object of **Release**. Alternate translation: “Forgive other people”
6:37	ls01		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπολύετε	1	Jesus is using the word **Release** to mean “forgive.” Alternate translation: “Forgive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:37	a22w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπολυθήσεσθε	1	Jesus does not say exactly who would **Release** them. This could mean: (1) “God will forgive you.” (2) “other people will forgive you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:38	ryf8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will give. This could mean: (1) “God will give to you.” (2) “other people will give to you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:38	q8sq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μέτρον καλὸν, πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον, δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is comparing someone to a grain merchant who measures out very generously. He could mean either God or other people. The word **they** is indefinite, so it does not necessarily refer to people rather than to God. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much that it fills a container and spills over, God will give you a generous amount” or “Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much that it fills a container and spills over, people will give you a generous amount” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:38	l320		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον, δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	These are all passive verb forms in Greek. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate them with active verbal phrases. See the alternate translation in the previous note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:38	l321		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	This is a reference to the way people in this culture would form a pocket or carrying pouch from the folds of the front of their robes. If you readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the folds of your robe” or “a container” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:38	fp26		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ᾧ & μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, ἀντιμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will measure. This could mean: (1) “God will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others.” (2) “people will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:39	bw7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	εἶπεν δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς	1	Jesus is giving a brief illustration that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave them this illustration to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
6:39	l322		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	Here the word translated **blind man** is masculine, but Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind guide another person who is blind?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
6:39	l323		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding **is he?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind really guide another person who is blind?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
6:39	kyt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	Jesus is not expecting the people in the crowd to tell him whether one **blind** person can guide another. He is using the question form as a teaching tool to make a point and get his listeners to reflect on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “We all know that one blind person cannot guide another blind person.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:39	nm4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τυφλὸς	1	The **blind** person represents someone who has not yet been fully trained and taught as a disciple. But since Jesus explains this figure in the next three verses, you do not need to explain it explicitly here in your own translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:39	f4xj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον ἐμπεσοῦνται?	1	Jesus is using this question as well as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Both of them would certainly fall into a ditch” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:40	ipr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	The word **above** creates a spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “A disciple is not better than his teacher” or “A disciple is not greater than his teacher” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:40	l324		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what this implicitly means. Alternate translation: “A disciple does not know more than his teacher” or “A disciple is not wiser than his teacher” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:40	a6ym		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κατηρτισμένος & πᾶς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “every disciple whose teacher has fully taught him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:41	l7vj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί & βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ οὐ κατανοεῖς?	1	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “do not look at the speck in your brother’s eye while ignoring the log in your own eye!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:41	jpt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τί & βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “you should not criticize the less important faults of a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:41	l325		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	βλέπεις & σου & τῷ ἰδίῳ & οὐ κατανοεῖς	1	Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation here, so **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
6:41	j1r5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ κάρφος	1	If your readers would not be familiar with **the speck of wood**, in your translation you could use a phrase that describes the smallest thing that commonly falls into a person’s eyes in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:41	ud6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	The term **brother** refers to a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:41	l326		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ	1	This fellow believer could be either a man or a woman, so be sure that this is clear in your translation, for example, by using both the masculine and feminine forms of the word for “believer.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
6:41	ssu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν δὲ δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ οὐ κατανοεῖς	1	This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “while ignoring your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:41	l327		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τὴν & δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ	1	A **log** could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize his point and make it memorable. Alternate translation: “your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
6:41	h9a4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	δοκὸν	1	You could translate this with the term for the kind of long, large piece of **wood** that people in your culture would encounter. Or if your readers would not be familiar with **wood**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “beam” or “plank” or “large object” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:42	l345		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου	1	Jesus is speaking to his disciples and the crowd, but he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular here. (The terms **you**, **your**, and **yourself** are also singular throughout the rest of this verse, because either Jesus is addressing an individual situation, or one person is addressing another in fictional dialogue.) If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
6:42	rkk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν	1	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool, not to ask for information. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:42	l346		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἀδελφέ, ἄφες	1	The term **Brother** means a fellow believer in Jesus. So in its first instance here, you could translate the term the way you did in [6:41](../06/41.md). But since it is realistic that in dialogue one believer might address another believer as **Brother** or “Sister,” you could retain the figurative term in its second instance. Alternate translation: “to a fellow believer, ‘Brother,’ or ‘Sister, let’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:42	l328		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σου	1	This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “let me help you correct some of your faults” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:42	l329		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς τὴν ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ δοκὸν οὐ βλέπων	1	This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “you yourself are not correcting your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:42	l330		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τὴν ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ δοκὸν	1	A **log** could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is continuing to exaggerate to emphasize his point and make it memorable. Alternate translation: “your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
6:42	l331		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔκβαλε πρῶτον τὴν δοκὸν ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σοῦ	1	This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “First recognize and correct your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:42	l332		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου ἐκβαλεῖν	1	This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “to help a fellow believer correct his or her faults” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:43	ezb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce the reason for what he said in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
6:43	u159		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	οὐ γάρ ἐστιν δένδρον καλὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν σαπρόν; οὐδὲ πάλιν δένδρον σαπρὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλόν	1	Jesus is twice using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “For a healthy tree naturally produces good fruit and, on the other hand, an unhealthy tree naturally produces bad fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
6:43	pi3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐ γάρ ἐστιν δένδρον καλὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν σαπρόν; οὐδὲ πάλιν δένδρον σαπρὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλόν	1	This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “For a person of good character naturally says and does helpful things but, on the other hand, a person of bad character naturally says and does harmful things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:44	z1vz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἕκαστον & δένδρον ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου καρποῦ γινώσκεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “people recognize a tree by the fruit that it bears” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:44	l335		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἕκαστον & δένδρον ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου καρποῦ γινώσκεται	1	This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “each person’s words and actions reveal his or her character” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:44	l336		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	οὐ γὰρ ἐξ ἀκανθῶν συλλέγουσιν σῦκα, οὐδὲ ἐκ βάτου σταφυλὴν τρυγῶσιν	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis and to capture the interest of his listeners. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, you could combine them into a single general expression. Alternate translation: “people do not collect the kind of fruit that grows on a tree or a vine from a small, thorny bush” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
6:44	ns81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀκανθῶν	1	The word **thornbush** refers to a kind of plant that has sharp protective spines on its stem. If your readers would not know what a **thornbush** is, in your translation you could use the name of another plant that does not produce edible fruit. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:44	ux87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βάτου	1	The term **briar bush** refers to a kind of plant that has thorny stems growing in dense clusters. If your readers would not know what a **briar bush** is, in your translation you could use the name of another plant that does not produce edible fruit. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:45	fd19		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος	1	Here, the word **man** refers to any person, male or female. Alternate translation: “A righteous person” or “A moral person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
6:45	kz5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ τῆς καρδίας	1	Jesus is speaking of the good thoughts of a righteous person as if they were treasures stored deep inside that person. Alternate translation: “from the good things that he keeps deep inside himself” or “from the good things that he values deeply” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:45	i93l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῆς καρδίας	1	In this expression, the **heart** represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “that he keeps deep inside himself” or “that he values deeply” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:45	gpn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	προφέρει τὸ ἀγαθόν	1	Producing what is **good**, the way a tree would produce fruit, is a metaphor for doing what is good. Alternate translation: “does what is good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:45	l337		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	For rhetorical purposes, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning can be inferred from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “from the evil treasure of his heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
6:45	y2cj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	Once the meaning is inferred, it is clear that Jesus is speaking of the **evil** thoughts of a wicked person as if they were treasures stored deep inside that person, and of the **heart** to represent the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “from the evil things that he keeps deep inside himself” or “from the evil things that he values deeply” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:45	l338		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκ & περισσεύματος καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	3	In this expression as well, the **heart** represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “what a person is thinking and feeling is expressed in what he says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:45	jc6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐκ & περισσεύματος καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	3	The phrase **his mouth** represents the person as a whole, in the action of speaking. Alternate translation: “what a person is thinking and feeling comes out in what he says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
6:46	a4av			τί δέ με καλεῖτε Κύριε, Κύριε, καὶ οὐ ποιεῖτε ἃ λέγω?	1	The repetition of these words indicates that these people regularly called Jesus **Lord**. Alternate translation: “And why are you always calling me ‘Lord’ when you do not do what I tell you?’”
6:47	wwu5			πᾶς ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρός με, καὶ ἀκούων μου τῶν λόγων καὶ ποιῶν αὐτούς, ὑποδείξω ὑμῖν τίνι ἐστὶν ὅμοιος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could move the last phrase to the beginning of the verse. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what every person is like who comes to me and hears my words and puts them into practice”
6:47	l339		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μου τῶν λόγων	1	Jesus uses the term **words** to refer to the teachings he is giving by using words. Alternate translation: “my teachings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:47	i3tg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὑποδείξω ὑμῖν τίνι ἐστὶν ὅμοιος	1	Jesus says this to introduce the simile in the next verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
6:48	l340		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδομοῦντι οἰκίαν	1	Here Jesus is using **man** in the generic sense. Alternate translation: “a person building a house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
6:48	cw41		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἔσκαψεν καὶ ἐβάθυνεν καὶ ἔθηκεν θεμέλιον ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν	1	The **foundation** is the part of a **house** that connects it to the ground. People in Jesus’ time dug down into the ground until they reached a layer of solid **rock**, and then they began to build **on the rock**. You could describe this more fully in your translation. Alternatively, if the people of your culture would not be familiar with laying the **foundation** of a **house** on bedrock, you could instead describe how they would ensure that a dwelling was safe and stable. Alternate translation: “dug down deep enough to reach a layer of solid rock and set the foundation of the house on it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:48	l341		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἔσκαψεν καὶ ἐβάθυνεν	1	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The expression **dug deep** tells what goal the person had when he or she **dug down**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “dug down deep enough” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
6:48	dp2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν πέτραν	1	This means the layer of hard **rock** that lies deep under the soil. Alternate translation: “bedrock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:48	qc2z			ποταμὸς	1	Alternate translation: “floodwaters”
6:48	d3gs			προσέρηξεν	1	Alternate translation: “crashed against”
6:48	h75u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἴσχυσεν σαλεῦσαι αὐτὴν	1	Jesus is describing what the waters would do at first to represent what they would ultimately do if they could. This meaning is clear from what he says in the next verse. Alternate translation: “it could not destroy it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:48	tu5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διὰ τὸ καλῶς οἰκοδομῆσθαι αὐτήν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “because the person had built it well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:49	sjf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Jesus uses the word **But** to draw a strong contrast to the previous person who built with a foundation. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
6:49	l347		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὁ & ἀκούσας καὶ μὴ ποιήσας	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from [6:47](../06/47.md). Alternate translation: “anyone who hears my teachings but does not put them into practice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
6:49	wg4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὅμοιός ἐστιν	1	Jesus says this to introduce the simile that follows in the rest of the verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
6:49	l342		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδομήσαντι οἰκίαν	1	Here Jesus is using **man** in the generic sense. Alternate translation: “a person who built a house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
6:49	yu5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν χωρὶς θεμελίου	1	The phrase **on the ground without a foundation** refers to the same method of building as in [6:48](../06/48.md). You could describe this more fully in your translation. Alternatively, if the people of your culture would not be familiar with that building method, you could use the same image for creating a stable building that you used there in your translation. Alternate translation: “without digging down first to create a foundation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:49	bs8c			ᾗ προσέρρηξεν ὁ ποταμός	1	In this context, the word **flowed** indicates violent impact. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The floodwaters crashed against it”
6:49	q98t			συνέπεσεν	1	Alternate translation: “it fell down” or “it came apart”
6:49	jm86			ἐγένετο τὸ ῥῆγμα τῆς οἰκίας ἐκείνης μέγα	1	Your language may require you to say what was responsible for the **ruin** of the **house**. Alternate translation: “the floodwaters completely demolished that house”
7:intro	u8gj				0	# Luke 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus does miracles in Capernaum and Nain (7:1–17)\n2. Jesus responds to messengers from John the Baptist and then teaches about John (7:18–35)\n3. A woman anoints Jesus with perfume (7:36–50)\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. ULT does this with the quoted material in 7:27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Centurion\n\nA centurion was a Roman military commander. The centurion who asked Jesus to heal his slave (Luke 7:2) was doing some unusual things. A Roman soldier, especially an officer, would almost never go to a Jew for help, and most wealthy people did not love or care for their slaves. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/centurion]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### John’s Baptism\n\nThis chapter refers again to the baptism of John (7:29). John baptized people who wanted to show that they knew they were sinners and that they were sorry for their sin. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### “Sinners”\n\nIn 7:34, Jesus describes how the Pharisees said he was a friend of “sinners.” That was the name that the Pharisees used for people whom they thought were disobeying the law of Moses. In reality, it was the Pharisees who were sinful, since they rejected Jesus, the Savior whom God had sent. This situation can be understood as irony. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### Washing feet\n\nThe feet of the people in the ancient Near East were very dirty because they wore sandals and the roads and trails were dusty in the dry season and muddy in the wet season. Only slaves washed other people’s feet. The woman who washed Jesus’ feet was showing him great honor.
7:1	l343		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα αὐτοῦ	1	Luke is using the term **words** to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “his teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:1	zi6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς τοῦ λαοῦ	1	This phrase is an idiom. Alternate translation: “as the people were listening” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:1	l2zp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	εἰσῆλθεν εἰς Καφαρναούμ	1	This reference to a location, **Capernaum**, introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “he went into the city of Capernaum” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
7:2	l348		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δέ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
7:2	zm98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὃς ἦν αὐτῷ ἔντιμος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the centurion greatly valued” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:3	l349			ἐρωτῶν αὐτὸν ὅπως ἐλθὼν διασώσῃ	1	In this context, the word **save** has a specific meaning. Alternate translation: “asking him to come and heal”
7:4	hm7l			παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν σπουδαίως	1	Alternate translation: “they pleaded with him” or “they begged him”
7:4	y6vt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἄξιός ἐστιν	1	Here the pronoun **He** refers to the centurion, not the servant. Alternate translation: “This centurion is worthy” or “This centurion deserves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
7:5	cny7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν	1	Here, **our nation** refers to the Jewish people. Since the elders are speaking to Jesus as a fellow Jew, the word **our** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: “our people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
7:6	l350		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	Here, **And** could mean: (1) Jesus went with the elders because they pleaded with him. Alternate translation, as in UST: “So” (2) Jesus went with the elders after they pleaded with him. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
7:6	s5xg			ἐπορεύετο	1	Alternate translation: “went along”
7:6	el4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	ἤδη & αὐτοῦ οὐ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας	1	Luke is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “when he was already near the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
7:6	i6kv			μὴ σκύλλου	1	The centurion is speaking politely to Jesus through these friends. Alternate translation: “I do not want to make you go out of your way”
7:6	ez29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην μου εἰσέλθῃς	1	The phrase **come under my roof** is an idiom that means “come into my house.” If your language has an idiom that means “come into my dwelling,” consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:7	m9ue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰπὲ λόγῳ	1	The centurion recognized that Jesus could heal the servant just by speaking. He understood Jesus did not need to travel all the way to his home. The term **word** expresses the means by which Jesus would speak. Alternate translation: “just give a command” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:7	m6v8			ὁ παῖς μου	1	This is not the same word for **servant** that Luke and the centurion use in the rest of this passage. This word ordinarily means “boy.” This may indicate that the servant was young, or it may show the centurion’s affection for him. Alternate translation: “my young servant” or “my dear servant”
7:8	tkd5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ & ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν τασσόμενος, ἔχων ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I also have someone in authority over me, and I have soldiers under me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:8	q2ep		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν	1	This is a spatial metaphor that describes the authority relationship. Alternate translation: “under my authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:8	mdd5			τῷ δούλῳ μου	1	Here the word that ULT translates as **servant** is the typical word for a servant, as in [7:2](../07/02.md) and [7:3](../07/03.md). It is not the word that usually means “boy,” as in [7:7](../07/07.md).
7:9	tpz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐθαύμασεν αὐτόν	1	The pronoun **him** refers to the centurion. Alternate translation: “he was amazed at the centurion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
7:9	w8pi			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
7:9	j76u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον	1	The implication is that Jesus expected Jewish people to have this kind of **faith**, but they did not. He did not expect Gentiles to have this kind of **faith**, yet this man did. It may be helpful to say this explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “I have not found anyone among the Israelites who trusts me as much as this Gentile does” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:9	l351		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	Jesus used the name of the nation, **Israel**, to represent the people who belong to that nation. Alternate translation: “not even in any Israelite” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:9	l352		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον	1	Here, **found** is an idiom. The word does not suggest that Jesus was searching for something he had lost. Alternate translation: “have I encountered such faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:10	g4ny		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ πεμφθέντες	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the friends whom the Roman officer had sent to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:11	l353		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
7:11	l354		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς	1	Luke may be using the term **day** to refer a particular time, as UST suggests by saying “soon after that.” However, this could also mean literally **the next day**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:11	dmz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ναΐν	1	**Nain** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
7:12	l355		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
7:12	l356		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:12	l357		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who had died, and he was being carried out of the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
7:12	zr69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “people were carrying a man who had died out of the city. He was his mother's only son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:12	l358		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know that the people were carrying the man out of the city in order to bury him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “people were carrying a man who had died out of the city so that they could bury his body. He was his mother's only son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:12	n96r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ αὐτὴ ἦν χήρα	1	This is background information about the dead man and his mother. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and to introduce it in a way that shows it is background information. Alternate translation: “Now he was his mother’s only son, and she was a widow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
7:12	i5iv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ αὐτὴ ἦν χήρα	1	The implication is that in this culture, when her son died, the woman lost her only means of support, since her husband had also died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who was his mother’s only son, and she was a widow, so he had been her only means of support” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:13	l359			ὁ Κύριος	1	Here Luke refers to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
7:13	fa42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ’ αὐτῇ	1	The implication is that feeling compassion led Jesus to want to do something for this woman. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “felt very sorry for her and wanted to help her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:14	quy9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῆς σοροῦ	1	The **bier** was a stretcher or bed used to move the body to the burial place. It was not necessarily something in which the body was buried. Alternate translation: “the wooden frame that was holding the body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
7:14	lex4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἐγέρθητι	1	This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “your life is restored, so get up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
7:15	er34			ὁ νεκρὸς	1	The man was not still **dead**. He was now alive. It may be helpful to state this clearly. Alternate translation: “he man came back to life, no longer being dead, and”
7:15	l360		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and **him** and **his** refer to the young man. Alternate translation: “Jesus returned the young man to his mother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
7:16	rf1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἔλαβεν & φόβος πάντας	1	Luke speaks of this **fear** as if it were something that could actively take hold of everyone in the crowd. Alternate translation: “they all became very afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
7:16	l361		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	προφήτης μέγας ἠγέρθη ἐν ἡμῖν	1	Here, **raised** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God has caused one of us to become a great prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:16	jf1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	προφήτης μέγας ἠγέρθη ἐν ἡμῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has caused one of us to become a great prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:16	wn5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπεσκέψατο	1	Here, **visited** is an idiom, as in [1:68](../01/68.md) and [1:78](../01/78.md). Alternate translation: “has come to help” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:17	g4zt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος οὗτος & περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke speaks of this **word** (that is, those sayings) as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. His expression means that people said these things about Jesus to other people, and those people then repeated them to still more people. Alternate translation: “people spread these sayings about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
7:18	r11g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἀπήγγειλαν Ἰωάννῃ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ περὶ πάντων τούτων	1	This sentence introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John told him about all these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
7:18	r11x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	The term **his** refers to John the Baptist, not to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
7:18	l362		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωάννῃ	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know he is referring to **John** the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:18	jf5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντων τούτων	1	The implication is that **all these things** refers to Jesus healing the centurion’s servant and restoring the life of the widow’s son. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the things that Jesus had just done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:19	l363			τὸν Κύριον	1	Here Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
7:19	l364			λέγων	1	Alternate translation: “to ask”
7:19	l365		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σὺ	1	Since this question would be for Jesus alone, **you** is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
7:19	l400		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	This expression implicitly means “the Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:20	ftb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	οἱ ἄνδρες εἶπαν, Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς ἀπέστειλεν ἡμᾶς πρὸς σὲ λέγων, σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἢ ἄλλον προσδοκῶμεν?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the men told Jesus that John the Baptist had sent them to him to ask, ‘Are you the one who is coming, or should we expect someone else?’” or “the men said, ‘John the Baptist has sent us to you to ask if you are the one who is coming, or whether we should expect someone else.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
7:20	l367			λέγων	1	Alternate translation: “to ask”
7:20	l368		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σὺ	1	Since this question is for Jesus alone, **you** is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
7:20	l369		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	This expression means “the Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:21	ys1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	Here Luke uses the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “At that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:21	a7sm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐθεράπευσεν πολλοὺς ἀπὸ νόσων, καὶ μαστίγων, καὶ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν	1	Here Luke is telling the story in a compressed way, and he does not distinguish clearly between healing of sickness and deliverance from evil spirits. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that distinction more explicitly. Alternate translation: “he healed many people of sicknesses that they were suffering from, and he drove evil spirits out of many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
7:21	l370		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	νόσων, καὶ μαστίγων	1	The phrase **sicknesses and afflictions** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **afflictions** describes the effect of the **sicknesses** on the people who had them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “sicknesses that they were suffering from” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
7:21	l371			τυφλοῖς πολλοῖς ἐχαρίσατο βλέπειν	1	Alternate translation: “he enabled many blind people to see again”
7:22	lcm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that after healing and delivering many people, Jesus responded to the question that John’s messengers had asked him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to the messengers whom John had sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
7:22	l372		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	πορευθέντες & εἴδετε	1	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, the word would be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
7:22	fvz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται & νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express all of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease … people who were dead are coming back to life, poor people are hearing the good news” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:22	l373		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται	1	As in [5:12](../05/12.md), since the lepers were unclean because of their leprosy, the implication is that Jesus healed them from the disease. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:22	qbe3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	κωφοὶ & νεκροὶ & πτωχοὶ	1	Luke is using these adjectives as nouns. If your language does not use adjectives that way, you can translate them with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were deaf … people who were dead … poor people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
7:23	y4px		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless the person who always continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:23	i7zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “who continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
7:24	abcd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἤρξατο λέγειν	1	Here the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
7:24	h9dw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον?	1	Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that consequently he expects a negative answer. You could also translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out into the desert just to see a reed that the wind was shaking? Of course not!” or “Surely you did not go out into the desert just to see a reed that the wind was shaking.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:24	l374		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “A reed that the wind was shaking?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:24	gbv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	The implication seems to be that a **reed** swaying in the breeze by the banks of the Jordan River is a commonplace sight that no one would make a trip out into the desert just to see. Alternate translation: “An ordinary thing such as a reed that the wind was shaking?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:25	tcp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον?	1	Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that consequently he expects a negative answer. You could also translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out to see a man wearing splendid clothing? Of course not!” or “You certainly did not go out to see a man wearing splendid clothing.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:25	a1wu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον?	1	Luke assumes that readers will know that John wore crude, rugged clothing. Like his residence in the desert, his clothing was a symbolic protest against the established order. As such, it would have been offensive rather than attractive. So no one would have gone out to see a person dressed that way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “A man wearing splendid clothing? You would not have gone to hear John if that was what you wanted to see.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:25	l375		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον	1	The term **soft clothes** refers to luxurious clothes, since normal clothing was rough. Alternate translation: “wearing splendid clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:25	l376		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing splendid clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:25	l377		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term **Behold** to get the crowd to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:25	nn75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῖς βασιλείοις	1	The word **palaces** refers to large, elaborate houses where kings or queens would live. The implication is that a celebrity watcher might go to a palace to try to catch a glimpse of royalty. But certainly no one would go out into the desert to try to see someone famous. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:26	ym8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? προφήτην?	1	Jesus is giving the answer to the repeated question that he has been using as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that this time the question leads to a positive answer. You could also translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out to see a prophet? Yes, that was why!” or “You actually went out to see a prophet.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:26	ix16			ναί, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully”
7:26	r7ud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	περισσότερον προφήτου	1	This phrase is an idiom that means that John was indeed a prophet, but that he was even greater than a typical prophet. Alternate translation: “not just an ordinary prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:27	cg3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “This is the one about whom one of the prophets wrote” or “John is the one about whom the prophet Malachi wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:27	wt2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	God, speaking through the prophet Malachi, uses the term **Behold** to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now pay attention” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:27	s8hg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πρὸ προσώπου σου	1	Here, **face** means the front of a person. Alternate translation, as in UST: “ahead of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:27	cc5u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σου & σου	1	The words **your** and **you** are singular in both cases because God is speaking to the Messiah individually in the quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
7:27	l378		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	As in [3:4](../03/04.md), to make a **way** or a road is a figurative expression that means to help people get ready for the coming of the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who will help people get ready for you to come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:28	yz6b			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses this phrase to focus the crowd’s attention on what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully”
7:28	rr11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1	The phrase **those born of women** is an idiom that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:28	hfqf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1	If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:28	gfz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	μείζων & Ἰωάννου οὐδείς ἐστιν	1	Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative term together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “John is the greatest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
7:28	c33u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ & μικρότερος	1	Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the least important person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
7:28	l379		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “whose life God is ruling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
7:28	r81b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν	1	The implication is that being part of the kingdom of God is greater than any human distinctive. So anyone who is part of God’s kingdom is greater than even John, whom Jesus said was the greatest person who had ever lived before the coming of the kingdom. Alternate translation: “is greater than John is because they are part of something greater than anything that is human” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:29	idv8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν Θεόν, βαπτισθέντες τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because they had come to John for baptism, declared God to be righteous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
7:29	m5cn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν Θεόν	1	The implication is that the people agreed that God had been right to send John to tell them to repent of their sins. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “agreed that God had been right to send John to tell them to repent of their sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:29	s9v6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βαπτισθέντες τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because they had come to John for baptism” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:30	l380		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	νομικοὶ	1	Here and elsewhere in the book, the term **lawyers** does not mean people who would represent clients and argue cases in court or draw up legal documents. Rather, it refers to experts in the law of Moses and its application to various situations. Alternate translation: “experts in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
7:30	v8f5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἠθέτησαν εἰς ἑαυτούς, μὴ βαπτισθέντες ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because they had not come to John for baptism, rejected what God wanted them to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
7:30	wqc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ βαπτισθέντες ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because John had not baptized them” or “because they had not come to John for baptism” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:31	cs1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνι οὖν ὁμοιώσω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ τίνι εἰσὶν ὅμοιοι?	1	Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool, to introduce a comparison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate them as statements. Alternate translation: “This is what I compare the people of this time to. This is what they are like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:31	ix8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	τίνι οὖν ὁμοιώσω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ τίνι εἰσὶν ὅμοιοι?	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis and to capture the interest of his listeners. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “What should I compare the people of this time to?” or “This is what I compare the people of this time to.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
7:31	ec4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
7:32	n8yp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὅμοιοί εἰσιν	1	These words are the beginning of Jesus’ comparison. His opponents complain about John being too austere, and they complain about him not being austere enough, just like children who complain when other children don’t dance with them, and then complain again when they don’t cry with them. Since Jesus explains this comparison in the next two verses, you do not need to explain it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
7:32	f7hg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀγορᾷ	1	The word **marketplace** refers to a large, open-air area where people come to sell their goods. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
7:32	l381		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν	1	The children are referring to the **flute** to indicate that they played a happy, upbeat tune, for which the **flute** was well suited. Alternate translation: “We played a happy tune for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:32	xgg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	The children are expressing a contrast between what they expected their playmates to do and what those playmates actually did. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
7:32	m2k3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	Once again the children are expressing a contrast between what they expected their playmates to do and what those playmates actually did. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
7:33	kbc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μὴ ἐσθίων ἄρτον	1	This could mean one of two things. Either way, Jesus is using one kind of food, **bread**, to represent all kinds of food. (1) It could refer to the way that John lived on whatever he could find to eat in the desert. Alternate translation: “not eating regular food” (2) It could mean that John often went without eating as a devotional practice. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
7:33	wka1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, δαιμόνιον ἔχει	1	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what the Pharisees were saying about John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that he has a demon” or “you accuse him of having a demon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
7:34	k33e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
7:34	l382		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). In this case the title highlights Jesus’ identification with humanity in the special role that God has given him. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:34	s1um		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, φίλος τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what the Pharisees were saying about him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that he eats and drinks too much and that he is a friend of tax collectors and sinners” or (if you used the first person for the title “Son of Man”) “you say that I eat and drink too much and that I am a friend of tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
7:34	l383		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	**Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now this is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:34	am9s			ἄνθρωπος φάγος	1	Alternate translation: “a man who is a glutton” or “a man who eats too much”
7:34	chu4			ἄνθρωπος & οἰνοπότης	1	Alternate translation: “a man who is a drunkard” or “a man who drinks too much alcohol”
7:35	ba4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	This appears to be a proverb, a short popular saying of the culture, that Jesus applied to this situation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the saying is true that wisdom is justified by all her children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
7:35	l384		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	This proverb likely uses a Hebrew idiom in which the “sons” or **children** of a thing share its qualities. Alternate translation: “wisdom is justified by people who are wise themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:35	l385		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wise people recognize when someone else is following a wise course” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:36	fd2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἠρώτα δέ τις αὐτὸν τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἵνα φάγῃ μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	This phrase introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
7:36	lhd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	τις & τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	This phrase also introduces the Pharisee into the story. In [7:40](../07/40.md), Jesus addresses him as Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give his name here, as UST does. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee named Simon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
7:36	dy31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κατεκλίθη	1	See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “he took his place at the table” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
7:37	l386		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:37	a9iu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	γυνὴ ἥτις ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was woman who lived in that city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
7:37	x4sk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἁμαρτωλός	1	Luke is speaking from the perspective of the Pharisee when he says that the woman was a **sinner**. Since the Pharisee would likely not have known her personally, this is an implicit reference to her reputation. She may have been a prostitute, as UST suggests. Alternate translation: “who had a reputation for living a sinful life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:37	l387		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κομίσασα	1	In this culture, if people wanted to hear what someone’s special dinner guest had to say, they were allowed to come and stand around the walls of the banqueting hall and listen, even if they had not been invited to share in the meal. And so this woman was allowed to enter and listen to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that specifically. Alternate translation: “she came into the banquet hall as a visitor, bringing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:37	apx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀλάβαστρον	1	The word **alabaster** is the name of a soft, white stone. People stored precious and valuable items in jars made from alabaster. Alternate translation: “a jar made of soft, white stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
7:37	a954		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μύρου	1	This **oil** had fragrant additives. To make a nice smell, people would rub the oil on themselves or sprinkle their clothing with it. Alternate translation: “that contained oil with perfume in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
7:38	v5xh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	ταῖς θριξὶν τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῆς	1	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “with her hair” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
7:38	i93v			ἤλειφεν τῷ μύρῳ	1	Alternate translation: “pouring perfume on them”
7:39	u455		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ λέγων	1	As noted in [3:10](../03/10.md), Luke often uses the word **saying** to introduce a quotation. Particularly in cases like this one, if you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:39	xc9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	οὗτος εἰ ἦν προφήτης, ἐγίνωσκεν ἂν τίς καὶ ποταπὴ ἡ γυνὴ, ἥτις ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν	1	This Pharisee is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He has concluded that Jesus must not be a prophet, because he allowed this sinful woman to touch him, and a prophet would have known she was sinful and not allowed that. Alternate translation: “Jesus must not be a prophet, because if he were, he would know that the woman who is touching him is a sinner” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
7:39	tbq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τίς καὶ ποταπὴ ἡ γυνὴ, ἥτις ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν	1	Simon assumed that a prophet would never allow a sinner to touch him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state his assumption explicitly. Alternate translation: “that this woman is a sinner, and he would not allow her to touch him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:40	l388		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what the Pharisee was thinking. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
7:40	u3cg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σίμων	1	**Simon** was the name of the Pharisee who invited Jesus into his home. This was not Simon Peter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
7:40	l389			ὁ δέ, Διδάσκαλε, εἰπέ, φησίν	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “And he said, ‘Say it, Teacher!’”
7:40	l390		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	Διδάσκαλε, εἰπέ	1	Simon is inviting Jesus to speak, not ordering him to speak. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate his words as more of an invitation. You could also translate them as a question, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Go ahead and say it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
7:40	l391			Διδάσκαλε	1	This was a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
7:41	sv92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	δύο χρεοφιλέται ἦσαν: δανιστῇ τινι	1	To help Simon the Pharisee understand what he wants to teach him, Jesus tells him a story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told him this story to help him understand. ‘There were two debtors’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
7:41	fcq6			δύο χρεοφιλέται ἦσαν: δανιστῇ τινι	1	Alternate translation: “Two different people owed money to the same moneylender”
7:41	snz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δηνάρια πεντακόσια	1	The word **denarii** is the plural of “denarius.” A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “500 silver coins” or “an amount equivalent to a year and a half’s wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
7:41	i92j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	ὁ δὲ ἕτερος πεντήκοντα	1	Alternate translation: “the other person owed 50 silver coins” or “the other person owed an amount equal to 50 days’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
7:42	l392		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	μὴ ἐχόντων αὐτῶν ἀποδοῦναι	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. He is not saying that the men no longer needed to repay these debts. Rather, he is saying that they did not have enough money to repay the lender what they owed him. Alternate translation: “When they were not able to repay their debts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
7:42	lbq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀμφοτέροις ἐχαρίσατο	1	This does not mean literally that the lender decided he would not hold their failure to repay against them. Rather, it is an idiom that means that he told them they did not have to repay the money. Alternate translation: “he canceled both of their debts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:43	l393		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς Σίμων εἶπεν	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Simon responded to the question that Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “Simon responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
7:43	l394		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὑπολαμβάνω ὅτι ᾧ τὸ πλεῖον ἐχαρίσατο	1	Simon leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “I suppose that the one to whom he forgave the most will love him the most” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
7:43	uyj6			ὑπολαμβάνω	1	Simon was cautious about his answer. Alternate translation: “Probably”
7:43	zqz4			ὀρθῶς ἔκρινας	1	Alternate translation: “You are right”
7:44	s7g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	στραφεὶς πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα	1	Jesus turned **to the woman** in order to direct Simon’s attention to her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus turned to the woman so that Simon would look at her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
7:44	l395		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	βλέπεις ταύτην τὴν γυναῖκα?	1	Jesus does not expect Simon to tell him whether he can **see** the **woman**. Rather, he is using the question as a teaching tool, to focus Simon’s attention on her as an example of showing love and gratitude. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to consider this woman.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:44	mw7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὕδωρ μοι ἐπὶ πόδας οὐκ ἔδωκας	1	It was a basic responsibility of a host to provide **water** and a towel for guests to wash and dry their **feet** after walking on dusty roads. Alternate translation: “You did not provide me with anything to wash my feet, as a considerate host would have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:44	mw58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οὐκ ἔδωκας; αὕτη δὲ	1	In this verse and the next two verses, Jesus uses such phrases to contrast Simon’s lack of courtesy with the woman’s extreme actions of gratitude. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
7:44	am5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὕτη & τοῖς δάκρυσιν ἔβρεξέν μου τοὺς πόδας	1	The woman used **her tears** in place of the missing water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she has wet my feet with her tears in place of the water you did not provide” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:44	ld62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς ἐξέμαξεν	1	The woman used **her hair** in place of the missing towel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and she has dried my feet with her hair in place of the towel you did not provide” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:45	xj92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	φίλημά μοι οὐκ ἔδωκας	1	It was customary in this culture for a host to greet a guest with a **kiss** on the cheek. Simon did not do this for Jesus. Alternate translation: “You did not greet me with a kiss on the cheek, as a welcoming host would have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:45	r2jj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ διέλιπεν καταφιλοῦσά μου τοὺς πόδας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **stopped**. Alternate translation: “has continued to kiss my feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
7:45	u3er		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	οὐ διέλιπεν καταφιλοῦσά μου τοὺς πόδας	1	The woman kissed the **feet** of Jesus, rather than his cheek, as a sign of extreme repentance and humility. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has continued to kiss my feet to show her repentance and humility” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
7:46	j8wj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οὐκ ἤλειψας; αὕτη δὲ	1	Jesus continues to contrast Simon’s poor hospitality with the actions of the woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
7:46	le9a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλαίῳ τὴν κεφαλήν μου οὐκ ἤλειψας	1	It was the custom in this culture to welcome an honored guest by pouring refreshing olive **oil** on his **head**. Alternate translation: “You did not welcome me by pouring oil on my head” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:46	g6va		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἤλειψεν τοὺς πόδας μου	1	The woman greatly honored Jesus by doing this. She demonstrated humility and expressed her own sense of unworthiness by anointing his **feet** instead of his head. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has anointed my feet to show her humility” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
7:47	kwc5			λέγω σοι	1	This phrase emphasizes the importance of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “pay attention to this”
7:47	clu2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται αἱ ἁμαρτίαι αὐτῆς αἱ πολλαί	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven her many sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:47	l396		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι ἠγάπησεν πολύ	1	The implication is that her display of love was the evidence that her sins were forgiven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “We can tell this because she has shown that she greatly loves the one who forgave her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:47	jql4			ὅτι ἠγάπησεν πολύ	1	Your language may require you to state the object of **loved**. Alternate translation: “because she greatly loves the one who forgave her”
7:47	qd9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ᾧ δὲ ὀλίγον ἀφίεται, ὀλίγον ἀγαπᾷ	1	In this sentence Jesus states a general principle. However, he is saying implicitly that Simon specifically has shown very little love for him. A further implication is that **one to whom little is forgiven** is actually someone who thinks he is better than others and mistakenly thinks he does not need to be forgiven for very much. Alternate translation: “a person like you who thinks that God has only had to forgive him for a few things does not show much love” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:47	l397		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ᾧ & ὀλίγον ἀφίεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the person who thinks that God has only had to forgive him for a few things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:48	c7hj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῇ	1	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, not to Simon. The word **her** refers to the woman. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to the woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
7:48	lq5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:49	enw4			συνανακείμενοι	1	Alternate translation: “who were eating together with him”
7:49	ie4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς οὗτός ἐστιν ὃς καὶ ἁμαρτίας ἀφίησιν?	1	The religious leaders knew that only God could forgive sins. They did not believe that Jesus was God. So they are using the question form to make an accusation. Alternate translation: “This man is not God, so he cannot forgive sins!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:50	lje8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “You have trusted in God, and God has saved you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
7:50	l398		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Jesus speaks of the woman’s **faith** as if it had actively **saved** her. He means that it provided the conditions for her to receive salvation from God. Alternate translation: “You have trusted in God, and God has saved you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
7:50	sp2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην	1	This was a way of saying goodbye while giving a blessing at the same time. It also reassured the woman, despite the disapproval of the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “May God give you peace as you go” or “You may go now, and do not worry about your sins anymore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:intro	ba3i				0	# Luke 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus teaches the crowds with parables (8:1–21)\n2. Jesus calms a storm on the Sea of Galilee (8:22–25)\n3. Jesus drives out many demons from a man (8:26–39)\n4. Jesus heals a woman and restores a dead girl to life (8:40–55)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Miracles\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus makes a storm stop by speaking to it, he makes a dead girl alive by speaking to her, and he makes evil spirits leave a man by speaking to them. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Parables\n\nParables were short stories that Jesus told so that people who wanted to believe in him could easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. But people who did not want to believe in him would not be able to understand the message (Luke 8:4–15).\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Brothers and sisters\n\nMost people use the terms “brother” and “sister” for those who have the same parents as they do. They think of them as some of the most important people in their lives. Some people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter, Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\n### “having spent all her living on doctors”\n\nIn [8:43](../08/43.md), some ancient manuscripts of the Bible have the phrase “having spent all her living on doctors,” but other manuscripts do not. ULT includes the phrase in its text, but it mentions in a footnote that scholars are divided as to whether it was an original part of the book of Luke. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to include the phrase if it does, but leave it out if it does not include it. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
8:1	i6mi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
8:1	l399		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κατὰ πόλιν καὶ κώμην	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “around to different cities and villages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:1	l401		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
8:1	l402		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ δώδεκα	1	Luke is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
8:1	l403		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	οἱ δώδεκα	1	Alternatively, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
8:2	g99l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αἳ ἦσαν τεθεραπευμέναι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν καὶ ἀσθενειῶν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had set free from evil spirits and healed of diseases” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:2	n4x6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who people called Magdalene” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:2	l404		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἧς δαιμόνια ἑπτὰ ἐξεληλύθει	1	The **demons** did not go **out** on their own. It may be helpful to say explicitly that Jesus drove them out. Alternate translation: “from whom Jesus had driven out seven demons” or “whom Jesus had set free from seven demons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:3	tfz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰωάννα & Σουσάννα	1	**Joanna** and **Susanna** are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
8:3	w9kl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Χουζᾶ & Ἡρῴδου	1	**Chuza** and **Herod** are the names of two men. See how you translated the name Herod in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
8:3	l405			ἐπιτρόπου Ἡρῴδου	1	Alternate translation: “the man who managed King Herod’s household affairs”
8:3	k9m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	διηκόνουν αὐτοῖς	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “were personally providing what Jesus and his 12 apostles needed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:4	r1qk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐπιπορευομένων πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	Here the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “coming to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
8:4	l406		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κατὰ πόλιν	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “from different towns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:4	l407		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	εἶπεν διὰ παραβολῆς	1	This means that Jesus told a brief story to teach something true in an understandable and memorable way. Alternate translation: “he told them this story to help them understand God’s ways better” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
8:5	ndc3			ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπεῖραι τὸν σπόρον αὐτοῦ	1	Use either the singular or the plural to translate **seed** in this story, whichever would be more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A farmer went out to scatter some seed in a field” or “A farmer went out to scatter some seeds in a field”
8:5	cv1h			ὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν	1	Alternate translation: “some of the seed fell” or “some of the seeds fell”
8:5	a5mz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κατεπατήθη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people walked on it” or “people walked on them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:5	n8bw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of **sky**. Alternate translation: “birds” or “birds flew down and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
8:5	lt8n			κατέφαγεν αὐτό	1	Alternate translation: “ate it all” or “ate them all”
8:6	k6a4			ἐξηράνθη	1	Continue to use either the singular or the plural, whichever would be more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “each plant dried out and shriveled up” or “the plants dried out and shriveled up”
8:6	ktz7			διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ἰκμάδα	1	Alternate translation: “because there was no water for it in the rock” or “because there was no water for them in the rock”
8:7	xzq2			ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτό	1	The thorn plants took all the nutrients, water, and sunlight, so the farmer’s plants could not grow well. Continue to use either the singular or the plural, whichever would be more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “crowded it out” or “crowded them out” or “kept it from growing well” or “kept them from growing well”
8:8	q12t			ἐποίησεν καρπὸν ἑκατονταπλασίονα	1	Here the word translated **fruit** has the specific sense of “a crop.” Since the farmer is sowing wheat seeds, this crop would be more seeds. Alternate translation: “it produced a hundred times as much seed as had landed in this soil” or “they produced a hundred times as many seeds as had landed in this soil”
8:8	b92z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize that what he has just said is important and that it may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **ears to hear** represents the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body by which his listeners would have been taking in his teaching. Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:8	l408		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
8:8	l409		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	If you choose to translate this in the second person, **you** would be plural, since Jesus is speaking to the crowd. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
8:9	l410			τίς αὕτη εἴη ἡ παραβολή	1	Alternate translation: “What does this story mean?”
8:10	je1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has allowed you to understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:10	s7xp			τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	These are spiritual truths that people had not previously understood. Jesus is now revealing them. Alternate translation: “the secrets of the kingdom of God”
8:10	l411		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “of how God will rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
8:10	l6sk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τοῖς δὲ λοιποῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “but I speak in parables to the people who are not my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
8:10	l412		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἵνα βλέποντες μὴ βλέπωσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες μὴ συνιῶσιν	1	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. For clarity, you could also indicate the source of the words that Jesus is quoting. Alternate translation: “so that as the prophet Isaiah said, though they see, they will not perceive, and though they hear, they will not understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
8:10	xtu6			βλέποντες μὴ βλέπωσιν	1	Some languages may need to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “Though they see things, they will not understand them” or “Though they see things happen, they will not understand what they mean”
8:10	k4es			ἀκούοντες μὴ συνιῶσιν	1	Some languages may need to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “though they hear instruction, they will not understand the truth”
8:11	vp8a			ἔστιν δὲ αὕτη ἡ παραβολή	1	Alternate translation: “this is what the story means”
8:11	hb1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ σπόρος ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus uses the term **word** to refer to the message from God that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “The seed represents the message from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:12	xsa7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ & παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν εἰσιν οἱ ἀκούσαντες	1	Jesus begins to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “The seeds that fell along the path represent people who hear the message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:12	h969		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	The parable represented this as a bird snatching away seeds. Try to use words in your language that retain that image. Alternate translation: “but then the devil comes and snatches the message away from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:12	jb9t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	The word **hearts** represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “the devil comes and keeps them from understanding and appreciating the message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:12	l413		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	Based on the figurative meaning of the parable, the implication is that these people did not appreciate the message deeply, just as seeds could not go down deep into the hard-packed soil of the path. And so the devil would be able to break up their superficial awareness and concentration by distracting them with everyday concerns. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil distracts them and they forget about the message they heard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:12	l414		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	Jesus is using the term **word** to refer to the message that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:12	g7r7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ πιστεύσαντες σωθῶσιν	1	This phrase explains the devil’s purpose. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “because the devil does not want them to trust in God so that God will save them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:13	juq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας, οἳ	1	Jesus continues to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “In the parable, the seeds that fell on the rocky soil represent people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:13	ar4x			τῆς πέτρας	1	Alternate translation: “the rocky soil” or “the shallow soil above the rocky layer”
8:13	l415		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μετὰ χαρᾶς δέχονται τὸν λόγον	1	Jesus uses the term **word** to refer to the message that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “who … gladly believe the message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:13	bm51			ἐν καιρῷ πειρασμοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “when they experience hardship”
8:13	e5rw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀφίστανται	1	Jesus is using the way such people **go away** from the community of believers to mean that they stop believing. Alternate translation: “they stop believing” or “they stop being disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:14	k4u4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας πεσόν, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ	1	Jesus continues to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “In the parable, the seeds that fell among the thorns represent people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:14	y3ue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν, καὶ πλούτου, καὶ ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου & συνπνίγονται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the cares and riches and pleasures of this life choke them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:14	uut6			μεριμνῶν	1	Alternate translation: “things that people worry about”
8:14	b384			ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου	1	Alternate translation: “the things in this life that people enjoy”
8:14	xhv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐ τελεσφοροῦσιν	1	The phrase **mature fruit** means spiritual maturity that is evidenced by godly character and loving actions. Alternate translation: “they do not mature into people of godly character who act out of love” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:15	m2hb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ δὲ ἐν τῇ καλῇ γῇ, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἵτινες	1	Jesus continues to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “In the parable, the seeds that fell on the good soil represent people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:15	l62d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον	1	Jesus uses the term **word** to refer to the message that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “when they hear the message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:15	l416		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ	1	The terms **honest** and **good** mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis and clarity. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “with genuine intentions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
8:15	pbi7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ	1	In this expression, the **heart** represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “with genuine intentions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:15	i51s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καρποφοροῦσιν ἐν ὑπομονῇ	1	Here, **fruit** means spiritual maturity that is evidenced by godly character and loving actions. Alternate translation: “because they persevere, they mature into people of godly character who act out of love” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:16	n86n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	οὐδεὶς δὲ λύχνον ἅψας	1	After Jesus finished explaining the story about the seeds, he gave his disciples another example to illustrate that God wants them to understand spiritual truths. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave them another example. ‘No one lights a lamp’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
8:16	l417		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οἱ εἰσπορευόμενοι	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “those who enter the room” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
8:17	n5ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ & ἐστιν κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ φανερὸν γενήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything that is hidden will become visible” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
8:17	iv9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could also translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “and everything that is secret will be known and become visible” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
8:17	l418		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and God will reveal every secret and make it visible” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:17	l419		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ	1	The phrases **be known** and **come into visibility** mean similar things. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “and God will clearly reveal every secret” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
8:18	l420			βλέπετε οὖν πῶς ἀκούετε	1	The phrase **be careful** does not mean that listening is dangerous. Rather, it means that people should listen carefully, because, as Jesus has just said, God wants to reveal spiritual secrets. Alternate translation: “so make sure that you listen well” or “so listen carefully and reflect on what you hear”
8:18	l421		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃς ἂν & ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	The implication in context is that the phrase **whoever has, it will be given to him** refers to understanding and believing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever seeks sincerely to understand will be given more understanding” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:18	bq9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὃς ἂν & ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whoever seeks sincerely to understand will understand better” or “God will give greater understanding to anyone who seeks sincerely to understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:18	l422		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ ἔχῃ, καὶ ὃ δοκεῖ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	The implication once again is that the phrase **whoever does not have, even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him** refers to understanding and believing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But whoever does not have understanding, even what understanding he thinks he has will be taken away from him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:18	ihh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ ἔχῃ, καὶ ὃ δοκεῖ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whoever presumes that he already understands will understand less and less” or “God will not give greater understanding to anyone who presumes that he already understands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:19	l423		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	Luke uses **Then** to introduce a new event and to indicate that it came after the event he has just described. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
8:19	dw3m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ	1	These were Jesus' younger **brothers**. They were sons of Mary and Joseph. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for “younger brother,” you can use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
8:20	wr4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπηγγέλη & αὐτῷ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. The subject should be plural, since in the next verse Jesus responds to “them.” Alternate translation: “people told him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:20	l424		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σου & σου & σε	1	Since the person who said this was speaking to Jesus alone, **your** and **you** are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
8:20	un5d			ἰδεῖν θέλοντές σε	1	Alternate translation: “and they would like to see you”
8:21	l425		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the information that people gave him. Alternate translation: “But Jesus responded to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
8:21	b97u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μήτηρ μου καὶ ἀδελφοί μου, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀκούοντες καὶ ποιοῦντες	1	Jesus means that people who believe and obey the message from God become like a family to one another. Alternate translation: “Those who hear the word of God and obey it are like a mother and brothers to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:21	edk3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus uses the term **word** to refer to the message from God that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “the message from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:22	l426		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
8:22	l427		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν	1	Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “around that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:22	l428		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ αὐτὸς ἐνέβη εἰς πλοῖον καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, διέλθωμεν εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς λίμνης	1	It seems unlikely that Jesus and his disciples would have gotten into a boat before they were planning to sail somewhere. So here Luke is probably describing the result before the reason. If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to his disciples, ‘Let us go over to the other side of the lake.’ So they all got into a boat together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
8:22	w1pk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τῆς λίμνης	1	This means the Lake of Genneseret, which is also called the Sea of Galilee. But since Jesus would have referred to it simply as **the lake** while he and his disciples were on it, you do not need to use the proper name in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
8:22	btk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνήχθησαν	1	This expression means that they began to travel across the lake in their boat. Alternate translation: “they headed out across the lake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:23	vh2v			πλεόντων & αὐτῶν	1	The term **voyaged** means that Jesus and the disciples traveled by water. Alternate translation: “as they traveled across the lake”
8:23	sf8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀφύπνωσεν	1	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to sleep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
8:23	mdb5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κατέβη λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου εἰς τὴν λίμνην	1	Luke says **came down** because these winds blew down from the hills surrounding the lake. Alternate translation: “very strong winds suddenly began to blow on the lake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:23	l429		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	συνεπληροῦντο	1	Luke says **they**, meaning the disciples, to refer by association to the boat they were in. Alternate translation: “the boat was being filled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:23	l430		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνεπληροῦντο	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what was doing the action. Alternate translation: “water started to fill up their boat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:23	uki7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	συνεπληροῦντο	1	The implication is that the strong winds were causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of the boat, and that this water was filling the boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the strong winds were causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of their boat, so that the water began to fill it up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:24	l432			Ἐπιστάτα	1	**Master** is the title by which disciples addressed their teacher in this culture. If your language and culture have a similar term, you could use it here in your translation.
8:24	l431			λέγοντες, Ἐπιστάτα, Ἐπιστάτα, ἀπολλύμεθα!	1	The repetition indicates that the disciples called to Jesus urgently and continually. Alternate translation: “crying out continually, ‘Master! We’re going to die!’”
8:24	l433		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἀπολλύμεθα	1	Since the disciples want Jesus to understand that he is in danger too, the word **We** would include him. Alternate translation: “We’re all going to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
8:24	uhe4			ἐπετίμησεν	1	Alternate translation: “spoke sharply to”
8:24	t1yy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	τῷ κλύδωνι, τοῦ ὕδατος	1	In your language, it might seem that the wording here expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also translate this as expressing emphasis. Alternate translation: “the waves” or “the violent waves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
8:24	v1c3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐπαύσαντο καὶ ἐγένετο γαλήνη	1	These two phrases mean similar things. Luke uses the repetition to emphasize what great power Jesus demonstrated. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. However, you could also translate both phrases and show how the second expresses the results of the first. Alternate translation: “the storm ended” or “the storm ended, so that the lake became calm again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
8:25	d8c3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ποῦ ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus does not expect his disciples to tell him where their faith is. Rather, he is using the question form to correct them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should have trusted God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
8:25	wjv3			τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ τοῖς ἀνέμοις ἐπιτάσσει καὶ τῷ ὕδατι, καὶ ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could turn this into two sentences, one asking the question, and the other giving the reason for the question. Alternate translation: “Who then is this? He commands even the winds and the water, and they obey him!”
8:25	f2wp			τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν	1	This is a genuine question, not a statement in question form. The disciples are looking for information about what kind of person Jesus could be if he can do this. Alternate translation: “What kind of man is this”
8:25	l434		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ ὕδατι	1	The disciples are describing the violent waves that had threatened the boat by reference to **the water** that these waves arose from. Alternate translation: “the waves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:26	f17p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν	1	The name **Gerasenes** refers to people from the city of Gerasa. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
8:26	p9zp			ἀντιπέρα τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1	Alternate translation: “on the other side of the lake from Galilee”
8:27	l435		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐξελθόντι & αὐτῷ	1	Here Luke is writing in a compact way. He means that Jesus **came out** of the boat. Alternate translation: “when Jesus got out of the boat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
8:27	hjh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀνήρ τις ἐκ τῆς πόλεως	1	This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “a man who was from the city of Gerasa” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
8:27	ji6p			ἔχων δαιμόνια	1	Alternate translation: “who was controlled by demons” or “whom demons controlled”
8:27	xhw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ χρόνῳ ἱκανῷ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce background information about the man who had demons. Alternate translation: “Now for a long time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
8:27	we6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοῖς μνήμασιν	1	The term **the tombs** refers to places in which people laid to rest the bodies of loved ones who have died. In this context it may possibly mean caves cut into the rock or small buildings that the man could use for shelter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:28	ip59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἰδὼν & τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	The verb **having seen** refers to the man who had demons. Alternate translation: “when the man whom the demons controlled saw Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
8:28	n4ex			ἀνακράξας	1	Alternate translation: “he screamed” or “he shrieked”
8:28	fak9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	προσέπεσεν αὐτῷ	1	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the man did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down at Jesus’ feet” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
8:28	m21e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	φωνῇ μεγάλῃ εἶπεν	1	This is an idiom that means the man raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “shouted out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:28	lv2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “What do you and I have in common” or “What reason do you have to get involved with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:28	l436		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί	1	The man is using the question form to insist on something urgently. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You and I have nothing in common” or “You have no reason to get involved with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
8:28	ptt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου	1	**Son of the Most High God** is an important title for Jesus. See how you translated the expression **the Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
8:29	l437		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Luke is giving the reason for the result he described in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The man said this because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
8:29	l438		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	παρήγγειλεν γὰρ τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἀκαθάρτῳ ἐξελθεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge and put this sentence in [8:28](../08/28.md), after the man bows down to Jesus but before he speaks, changing the tense of the verb to fit the context. You could also put the next sentence in this verse at the end of [8:27](../08/27.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
8:29	l439		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	πολλοῖς γὰρ χρόνοις	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce further background information about what the demon had done to the man before Jesus met him. Alternate translation: “Many times in the past” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
8:29	j3yj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	πολλοῖς γὰρ χρόνοις συνηρπάκει αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδεσμεύετο ἁλύσεσιν καὶ πέδαις, φυλασσόμενος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Luke appears to be describing how the demon would seize the man after he was bound and while he was being guarded. Alternate translation: “For though he was bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard, many times it had seized him” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events)
8:29	bxz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδεσμεύετο ἁλύσεσιν καὶ πέδαις, φυλασσόμενος, καὶ διαρήσσων τὰ δεσμὰ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation (no comma following): “though the people in the area had bound him with chains and shackles and kept him under guard, he would break his bonds and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:29	bey5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠλαύνετο ὑπὸ τοῦ δαιμονίου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the demon would make him go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:30	l440		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σοι	1	Since Luke indicates in the previous verse that Jesus is speaking to the unclean spirit here, **your** is singular, even though the demon responds that he is speaking for “many,” and even though in the following verses Luke says **they** and **them** for the multiple demons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
8:30	p31w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	λεγεών	1	Translate the word **Legion** with a word in your language that refers to a large number of soldiers. Show that this was the name of the demon by using the convention in your language for proper names. Alternate translation: “Army” or “Battalion” or “Brigade” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
8:31	qcn1			παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “the demons kept begging Jesus”
8:31	l441		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν Ἄβυσσον	1	The term **abyss** literally means a bottomless pit, and here it describes a place of punishment. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate the term with an explanatory phrase, as UST does, saying “the deep pit where God punishes demons.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:32	b3vt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἐκεῖ ἀγέλη χοίρων ἱκανῶν βοσκομένη ἐν τῷ ὄρει	1	Luke supplies this background information to help readers understand what happens next. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
8:32	q8w5			ἦν & ἐκεῖ & βοσκομένη ἐν τῷ ὄρει	1	Alternate translation: “was nearby eating grass on the side of a hill”
8:32	l442		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	παρεκάλεσαν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιτρέψῃ αὐτοῖς εἰς ἐκείνους εἰσελθεῖν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could clarify who and what these pronouns refer to. Alternate translation: “the demons begged Jesus to let them go into the pigs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
8:32	l443			καὶ ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς	1	Luke does not say specifically why Jesus allowed the demons to go into the pigs. But Jesus did not necessarily do so because the demons begged him. He may have had other reasons of his own. So it would probably be best to translate this in a neutral way, as ULT and UST both do, rather than beginning with a word such as “So,” which would imply that Jesus agreed to this because the demons begged him.
8:33	na38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐξελθόντα δὲ τὰ δαιμόνια	1	The term translated as **Ehen** could mean that the demons came of out the man because Jesus told them they could go into the pigs. You could begin this sentence with the word **So**, as UST does, to show that. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
8:33	gz5x			ὥρμησεν	1	Alternate translation: “ran very fast”
8:33	ja6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀπεπνίγη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. You do not need to specify someone who did this action to the pigs, because no one caused them to drown once they were in the water. Alternate translation: “and drowned” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:34	l444		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς	1	Here Luke uses a figure of speech to refer to that whole region by naming the two constituent parts of it. Alternate translation: “throughout the whole area” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:34	l445		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς	1	You could also translate this more literally. The implication is that this means the city of Gerasa, since Luke says in [8:29](../08/29.md) that Jesus and his disciples came to the region where this city was located. Alternate translation: “in the city of Gerasa and in the surrounding countryside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:35	l446		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξῆλθον	1	Here, as well as in the other two instances in this verse, **they** refers to the people of that region, as in [8:37](../08/37.md). The term **went out** indicates the remote area where the man had been living. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express those things explicitly. Alternate translation: “people from all over that region went out to that remote area” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:35	ju71			εὗραν & τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀφ’ οὗ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐξῆλθεν	1	Alternate translation: “saw the man whom the demons had left”
8:35	l447		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἱματισμένον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:35	w3tq			σωφρονοῦντα	1	Alternate translation: “behaving normally”
8:35	x9lp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καθήμενον & παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sitting on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:35	j89t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθησαν	1	The implication is that they were afraid of what else such a powerful person as Jesus might do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of what else Jesus might do, since they recognized what great power he had” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:36	xtf3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οἱ ἰδόντες	1	Alternate translation: “those who had seen what had happened” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
8:36	kv18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσώθη ὁ δαιμονισθείς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express both of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “Jesus had delivered the man from the demons who had controlled him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:37	l448		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῆς περιχώρου	1	This phrase means “everyone who lived in that area.” It is a generalization for emphasis, since every single resident of that region did not make this request. Rather, this was the general request of the crowd that came out to see what had happened. Alternate translation: “the crowd that had gathered from the region” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
8:37	ai7m			τῆς περιχώρου τῶν Γερασηνῶν	1	Alternate translation: “the area where the Gerasene people lived”
8:37	l449		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this phrase first in the sentence, since it gives the reason for the result that the rest of the sentence describes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
8:37	jbh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they became very afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:37	l450		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο	1	Luke speaks of this **fear** as if it were something that could actively take hold of these people. Alternate translation: “they became very afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
8:37	l451		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	αὐτὸς δὲ ἐμβὰς, εἰς πλοῖον	1	Luke says **he**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples got into the boat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
8:37	ue8c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεψεν	1	The implication is that Jesus and his disciples were going to **return** to Galilee. Alternate translation: “to go back across the lake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:38	s25w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	δὲ	1	The events in this verse and the next verse happened before Jesus left in the boat. It may be helpful to state that clearly at the beginning here. Alternate translation (followed by comma): “Before Jesus and his disciples left,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
8:38	l452		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐδεῖτο & αὐτοῦ & εἶναι σὺν αὐτῷ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a direct quotation, as UST does, breaking the sentence here. Alternate translation: “pleaded with Jesus, ‘Let me go with you!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
8:38	abce		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀπέλυσεν δὲ αὐτὸν	1	The pronoun**he** refers to Jesus, and the word **him** refers to the man. Alternate translation: “Jesus sent the man away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
8:39	zl3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν οἶκόν σου	1	Jesus is using the word **house** to mean the people who live in the man’s **house**. Alternate translation: “your household” or “your family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:39	c9nh			διηγοῦ ὅσα σοι ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεός	1	Alternate translation: “tell them everything about what God has done for you”
8:39	l453		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καθ’ ὅλην τὴν πόλιν	1	The implication is that this means the city of Gerasa, since Luke says in [8:29](../08/29.md) that Jesus and his disciples came to the region where this city was located. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throughout the whole city of Gerasa” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:40	l454		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑποστρέφειν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Luke only refers to Jesus returning, but his disciples were also with him. Alternate translation: “Now when Jesus returned with his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
8:40	yd57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀπεδέξατο αὐτὸν ὁ ὄχλος; ἦσαν γὰρ πάντες προσδοκῶντες αὐτόν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “the crowd had been expecting him, and so they greeted him joyfully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
8:41	l455		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:41	l456		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἦλθεν ἀνὴρ ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰάειρος	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was man whose name was Jairus, and he came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
8:41	l457		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰάειρος	1	**Jairus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
8:41	avi8			ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς	1	Alternate translation: “one of the leaders at the local synagogue” or “a leader of the people who met at the synagogue in that city”
8:41	epa2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	πεσὼν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Ἰησοῦ	1	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Jairus did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down at Jesus’ feet” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
8:42	kq2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπέθνῃσκεν	1	The implication is that Jairus wanted Jesus to heal her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was about to die, and he wanted Jesus to heal her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:42	ymb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑπάγειν αὐτὸν	1	You may need to say first in your language that Jesus had agreed to go with Jairus. You could put that information in a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “So Jesus agreed to go with him. Now as he was on his way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:42	l458		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
8:42	kw2y			οἱ ὄχλοι συνέπνιγον αὐτόν	1	Alternate translation: “the people were crowding tightly around Jesus”
8:43	l7pu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	γυνὴ οὖσα	1	This introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
8:43	h9uq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος	1	Luke uses the phrase **a flow of blood** refers to her condition discreetly by using a mild expression. She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for that. If your language has a polite way of referring to this condition, you could use that expression here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
8:43	l459		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἰατροῖς προσαναλώσασα ὅλον τὸν βίον	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this phrase in your translation. The note below discusses a translation issue in this phrase for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
8:43	l460		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὅλον τὸν βίον	1	This phrase uses the term **living** to mean the money that was needed for **living**. Alternate translation: “all of her money” or “all the money she had to live on” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:43	zb4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἴσχυσεν ἀπ’ οὐδενὸς θεραπευθῆναι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom no one had been able to heal” or, if you include the phrase from the textual variant, “who had spent all of her money on doctors, but none of them had been able to heal her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:44	vwe6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	Jewish men wore tassels on the edges of their robes, as commanded in God’s Law. The woman likely **touched** one of those tassles. Alternate translation: “touched a tassel on his robe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:45	c3wm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ ὄχλοι συνέχουσίν σε καὶ ἀποθλίβουσιν	1	By saying this, Peter was implying that anyone could have touched Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there are many people crowding around you and pressing in against you, so any one of them might have touched you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:45	l461		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	συνέχουσίν σε καὶ ἀποθλίβουσιν	1	These two expressions mean similar things. Peter is using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “pressing against you from every side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
8:46	u6am		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἥψατό μού τις	1	The implication is that Jesus means someone reached out and **touched** him intentionally. He is not referring to the accidental jostling of the crowd. Alternate translation: “Someone deliberately touched me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:46	zmu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγὼ & ἔγνων δύναμιν ἐξεληλυθυῖαν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	Jesus did not lose power or become weak. Rather, he recognized that power had gone out from him and healed someone. Alternate translation: “I felt power go out from me and heal someone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:47	cwn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι οὐκ ἔλαθεν	1	The implication is that she could not hide the fact that she had touched Jesus deliberately. Alternate translation: “that she could not keep it a secret that she was the one who had touched Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:47	vua6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τρέμουσα ἦλθεν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the implicit reason why she was **trembling**. Alternate translation: “she came trembling with fear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:47	vxl7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	προσπεσοῦσα αὐτῷ	1	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the woman did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down in front of Jesus” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
8:47	l462		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἰάθη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she had become healthy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:48	v4m9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	θύγατερ	1	This was a kind way of speaking to a woman. Your language may have another way of expressing the same kindness. Alternate translation: “My dear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:48	uja4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “because you believed, you have become well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
8:48	l463		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Jesus speaks of the woman’s **faith** as if it had actively healed her. He means that it provided the conditions for the healing that she received from God. Alternate translation: “because you believed, you have become well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
8:48	l464			ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	In this context, the word **saved** has a specific meaning. Alternate translation: “because you believed, you have become well”
8:48	ch7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην	1	This is a way of saying goodbye and giving a blessing at the same time. Alternate translation: “May God give you peace as you go” or “As you go, do not worry anymore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:49	m58z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	This refers implicitly to what Jesus was saying in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “While Jesus was still saying these things to the woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:49	l465			ἔρχεταί τις	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “someone came”
8:49	deu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔρχεταί τις παρὰ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου	1	This does not mean someone whom Jairus sent, since Jairus was with Jesus. Rather, this means someone who had been at his house watching over his daughter with the others. Alternate translation: “someone who had been at the home of Jairus came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:49	id9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μηκέτι σκύλλε τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	This statement implies that Jesus will not be able to do anything to help, since the girl is dead. Alternate translation: “There is nothing more that Jesus can do for you, so do not make him come to your house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:49	n6ez			τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
8:50	l466		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ	1	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and the pronoun **him** refers to Jairus, not the messenger. Jesus did not respond directly to the messenger. Rather, he reassured Jairus, despite the news. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to Jairus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
8:50	ej1b			σωθήσεται	1	In this context, the word **saved** has a specific meaning, comparable in this context to the meaning “healed.” Alternate translation: “she will come back to life”
8:50	l467		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she will come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:51	gl9g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐλθὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	Luke says **he**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group that was coming with Jesus, which included his disciples and Jairus and likely others. Alternate translation: “When they arrived at the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
8:51	qal2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐκ ἀφῆκεν εἰσελθεῖν τινα σὺν αὐτῷ, εἰ μὴ	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Luke was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus only allowed to enter with him (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
8:51	i4v1			τὸν πατέρα τῆς παιδὸς	1	The phrase **the father of the child** refers to Jairus. Alternate translation: “Jairus, the girl’s father”
8:52	tt9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἔκλαιον & πάντες καὶ ἐκόπτοντο αὐτήν	1	This was the customary way of showing grief in that culture. The term that ULT translates as **mourning** could mean that the people were pounding on their chests as a sign of grief, although Luke uses a much more specific expression to say that directly in [18:13](../18/13.md). If you think your readers might not understand the significance of these actions, you could explain generally what the people were doing. Or you could describe the actions and say why the people were doing them. Alternate translation: “they were all loudly expressing their grief” or “all the people there were wailing and pounding on their chests to show how sad they were that the girl had died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
8:52	l468			οὐ & ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1	Alternate translation: “she is not dead, she is only sleeping”
8:53	nu8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ, εἰδότες ὅτι ἀπέθανεν	1	Alternate translation: “they laughed at Jesus because they knew that Jairus’s daughter had died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
8:54	e7zt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς & κρατήσας τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus took hold of the girl’s hand and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
8:54	l469		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἔγειρε	1	This was not a command that the girl was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused her to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “your life is restored, so get up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
8:55	k6w2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτῆς	1	The people of this time considered life to be the result of the spirit coming into a person. You could express this in the way that would be most meaningful in your culture. Alternate translation: “she started breathing again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:56	c6mp			μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the verb negative and the subject positive. Alternate translation: “not to tell anyone”
9:intro	uc1r				0	# Luke 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus sends his 12 apostles to teach and heal (9:1–9)\n2. Jesus miraculously feeds 5,000 people (9:10–17)\n3. Jesus speaks with his disciples about who he is (9:18–27)\n4. The glory of Jesus is revealed on a mountaintop (9:28–36)\n5. Jesus drives a demon out of a boy (9:37–43)\n6. Jesus speaks about being his disciple (9:44–50)\n7. Jesus begins to travel to Jerusalem (9:51–62)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Elijah\n\nGod had promised the Jews that the prophet Elijah would return before the Messiah came. So some people who saw Jesus do miracles thought Jesus was Elijah (9:9, 9:19). He was not. However, Elijah did come to earth to speak with Jesus (9:30). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]])\n\n### Glory\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Luke says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Whoever would save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for my sake will save it” (9:24).\n\n### “Receiving”\n\nThis word appears several times in this chapter and means different things. When Jesus says, “If someone receives a little child like this in my name, he also is receiving me, and if someone receives me, he is also receiving the one who sent me” (9:48), he is speaking of people serving the child. When Luke says, “the people there did not receive him” (9:53), he means that the people did not believe in or accept Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
9:1	l470		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	συνκαλεσάμενος & τοὺς δώδεκα	1	See how you translated this phrase in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **the Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “when he had called together his 12 apostles” or “when he had called together the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
9:1	l471		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
9:1	zqq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν	1	The words **power** and **authority** mean similar things. Luke uses them together to show that Jesus gave his 12 disciples both the ability and the right to heal people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this phrase with a combination of words that includes both of these ideas. Alternate translation: “the right to use power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
9:1	fuj7			πάντα τὰ δαιμόνια	1	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: “every demon” or “every kind of demon”
9:1	h8ql			νόσους θεραπεύειν	1	Alternate translation: “to heal people of their sicknesses”
9:2	j5n3			ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς	1	Your language may require you to say where Jesus **sent** the disciples. Alternate translation: “sent them to various places” or “told them to go to various places”
9:2	l472		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
9:3	m7c5			καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	It may be helpful to state that Jesus said these things to the disciples before they went out. Alternate translation: “Before the 12 disciples left, Jesus said to them”
9:3	aui6			μηδὲν αἴρετε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the verb negative and the subject positive. Alternate translation: “Do not bring anything”
9:3	l473		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς τὴν ὁδόν	1	Jesus uses the term **road** to refer to the journey that his disciples will make by traveling along roads. Alternate translation: “for your journey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:3	qm2p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ῥάβδον	1	The term **staff** means a large stick that people used for balance when climbing or when walking on uneven ground, and also for defense against animals and people. Alternate translation: “walking stick” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:3	pp64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πήραν	1	The team **bag** means something a traveler would use to carry things that were needed on a journey. Alternate translation: “knapsack” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:3	n237		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1	Jesus uses one kind of food, **bread**, to represent food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
9:3	l474		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀργύριον	1	Jesus uses a means by which value is stored and exchanged, **silver**, to represent money by association. Alternate translation: “money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:3	l475		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	μήτε δύο χιτῶνας ἔχειν	1	Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. When he says that these men should not each have two tunics, he means that they each should only have one tunic. Alternate translation: “and do not bring an extra tunic” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
9:4	kyw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς ἣν ἂν οἰκίαν εἰσέλθητε	1	The implication is that the disciples can **enter** a house because the people living there have welcomed them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “any house where you are welcomed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:4	sa5w			ἐκεῖ μένετε	1	Alternate translation: “stay in that same house”
9:4	ksb3			καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ἐξέρχεσθε	1	Alternate translation: “until you leave that place”
9:5	ux5m			καὶ ὅσοι ἂν μὴ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς, ἐξερχόμενοι	1	It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “Here is what you should do in any town where people do not receive you. When you leave”
9:5	ze2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	τὸν κονιορτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν ἀποτινάσσετε	1	This action was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
9:5	l476			εἰς μαρτύριον ἐπ’ αὐτούς	1	Alternate translation: “as a warning to them”
9:6	afj9			ἐξερχόμενοι	1	Alternate translation: “they left the place were Jesus was”
9:6	ycy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	θεραπεύοντες πανταχοῦ	1	Luke says **everywhere** as a figurative generalization. Alternate translation: “healing wherever they went” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
9:7	z45t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ Ἡρῴδης	1	This phrase marks a break in the main story line. Luke is giving background information about Herod. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile, Herod” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
9:7	s2k4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	Ἡρῴδης ὁ τετράρχης	1	See how you translated the term **tetrarch** in [3:1](../03/01.md) Alternate translation: “Herod, who ruled the region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:7	c4vy			διηπόρει	1	Alternate translation: “he was confused” or “he could not understand”
9:7	tcp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι ὑπό τινων	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because some people were saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:7	l477		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι Ἰωάννης ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	Luke reports in [3:20](../03/20.md) that Herod put John in prison. When John sends messengers to Jesus in [7:18–19](../07/18.md), he does this from prison. But by this point in the story, John is dead, because Herod has executed him. Luke assumes that his readers will know that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could tell them explicitly. Alternate translation: “that John the Baptist, whom Herod had executed, had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:7	l478		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know he is referring to **John** the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:8	l479		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὑπό τινων δὲ, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐφάνη	1	The expression “it was said” carries forward from the previous verse and applies to this phrase. Alternate translation: “and it was said by some that Elijah had appeared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
9:8	l480		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἄλλων δὲ, ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and some people were saying that Elijah had appeared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:8	ekf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἄλλων δὲ, ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη	1	The expression “it was said” also applies to this phrase. Alternate translation: “but it was said by others that one of the prophets from long ago had come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
9:8	l481		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἄλλων δὲ, ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form as well. Alternate translation: “but others were saying that one of the prophets from long ago had come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:9	flw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωάννην ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα, τίς δέ ἐστιν οὗτος	1	Herod is assuming that it is impossible for John to have risen from the dead. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “It cannot be John, because I had his head cut off, so who is this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:9	r98f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	Ἰωάννην ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα	1	Herod speaks of himself as the person who did this action, representing the entire group of people who were responsible for it. Herod’s soldiers would actually have carried out the execution, on his orders. Alternate translation: “I commanded my soldiers to cut off John’s head” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
9:10	p7gf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑποστρέψαντες, οἱ ἀπόστολοι	1	The implication is that **the apostles** returned to where Jesus was. Alternate translation: “when the apostles came back to where Jesus was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:10	aal8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅσα ἐποίησαν	1	The phrase **as much as they had done** refers to what they did when they went to the cities where Jesus sent them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “what had happened as they proclaimed the good news and healed the sick in the cities where Jesus had sent them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:10	l482		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πόλιν καλουμένην Βηθσαϊδά	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a city whose name was Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:10	r2bq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Βηθσαϊδά	1	**Bethsaida** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
9:11	l483		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
9:12	btc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἡ δὲ ἡμέρα ἤρξατο κλίνειν	1	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now it was getting towards the end of the day” or “Now the end of the day was approaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
9:12	l484		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ δώδεκα	1	See how you translated this term in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
9:12	l485		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	οἱ δώδεκα	1	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, **the Twelve**, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
9:13	l486		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	οὐκ εἰσὶν & πλεῖον ἢ	1	The disciples are expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “There are only” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
9:13	tay4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἄρτοι πέντε	1	This means **loaves** of bread, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:13	vuc1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	εἰ μήτι πορευθέντες, ἡμεῖς ἀγοράσωμεν εἰς πάντα τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον βρώματα	1	The disciples are not making a serious suggestion here. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. Alternate translation: “and we certainly cannot go and buy food for all these people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
9:14	c9z5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὡσεὶ ἄνδρες πεντακισχίλιοι	1	Luke assumes that readers will know that this number does not include the women and children who were likely also present. (This is not a case where a masculine term includes women.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about 5,000 men, not counting the women and children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:14	v44h			κατακλίνατε αὐτοὺς	1	Alternate translation: “Tell them to sit down to eat”
9:15	l552		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
9:15	xq6k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐποίησαν οὕτως	1	These two phrases the same thing. Luke is using repetition for clarity and perhaps, by drawing things out, to create some suspense about what will happen next. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the disciples had all the people sit down as Jesus had instructed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
9:16	j39h			λαβὼν δὲ τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους	1	Alternate translation: “Then Jesus took the five loaves of bread”
9:16	j8y3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	This describes Jesus looking toward the sky. The Jews believed that **heaven**, the abode of God, was located above the sky. Alternate translation: “looking up beyond the sky towards God in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:16	gm2v			εὐλόγησεν αὐτοὺς	1	The word **them** refers to the loaves of bread and the fish, not to the people who had sat down to eat. Alternate translation: “he gave thanks for the food”
9:17	l5ml		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔφαγον καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν πάντες	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they all ate until they had had enough” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:17	l487		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κόφινοι	1	Here, **baskets** refers to containers made of woven material. In biblical times, baskets were often made from strong plant materials, such as peels of wood or reeds that grew near the water. If your readers would not be familiar with baskets, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “containers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:18	y5a5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:18	l91t			προσευχόμενον κατὰ μόνας	1	The disciples were with Jesus, but he was praying personally and privately by himself. Alternate translation: “praying by himself”
9:19	l488		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	οἱ & ἀποκριθέντες εἶπαν	1	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that the disciples responded to the question that Jesus asked them. Alternate translation: “they responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
9:19	f2kh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν, ἄλλοι δὲ, Ἠλείαν, ἄλλοι δὲ	1	The disciples are answering Jesus in a compressed way, leaving out words that a sentence would ordinarily need to be complete. Alternate translation: “Some say that you are John the Baptist, but others say that you are Elijah, and others say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
9:19	ewu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη	1	It may be helpful to clarify how this answer relates to Jesus’ question. Alternate translation: “that you are one of the prophets from long ago who has come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:19	x3px		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀνέστη	1	This means **risen** from the dead. Alternate translation: “has come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:20	vy4u			εἶπεν δὲ αὐτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus said to his disciples”
9:20	l489		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	Πέτρος δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν	1	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Peter responded to the follow-up question that Jesus asked his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then Peter responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
9:20	l490		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	**Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “You are the Messiah whom God promised to send” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:21	z55q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	αὐτοῖς, παρήγγειλεν μηδενὶ λέγειν τοῦτο	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the verb rather than the object negative. You could also express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “commanding them not to tell this to anyone” or “commanding them, ‘Do not tell this to anyone’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
9:22	m2v8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν	1	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am going to have to suffer many things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
9:22	l491		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am going to have to suffer many things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:22	j5k8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and the elders, chief priests, and scribes will reject him” or (if you translated in the first person) “and the elders, chief priests, and scribes will reject me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:22	d5je		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and they will kill him” or (if you translated in the first person) “and they will kill me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:22	l492		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	The word **and** at the beginning of this phrase indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrases described. Alternate translation: “but he will be raised on the third day” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will be raised on the third day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
9:22	lw6f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on the third day” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on the third day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:22	mfe8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on day three” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on day three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
9:22	l493		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the**third day**. To make sure that this is clear to your readers, you may wish to use a different expression than “the third day” or “day three,” especially if, in your culture, this would mean one day longer than Jesus intends. Otherwise, your readers may be confused when they read later in the book that Jesus died on a Friday and came back to life on a Sunday, if that would be “the second day” or “day two” according to the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “and he will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, he will come back to life” or (if you translated in the first person) “and I will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, I will come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:23	h1u1			πρὸς πάντας	1	Alternate translation: “to all of his disciples who were with him”
9:23	h46s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεσθαι	1	To follow or to **come after** Jesus represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:23	fnk7			ἀρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “he must forsake his own desires”
9:23	l494		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καθ’ ἡμέραν	1	The image is of a condemned prisoner being forced to carry the cross on which he would be crucified to the place where he would be executed. Luke assumes that his readers will recognize this image from their own culture. But if it would not be familiar to your readers, you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “he must be willing every day to suffer and die for my sake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:23	h7j1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καθ’ ἡμέραν	1	To **take up** a **cross** represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “he must be willing every day to suffer and die for my sake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:23	pk72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	Here, to **follow** Jesus means to obey him. Alternate translation: “and obey me in that way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:24	l495		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	This phrase is an idiom. Jesus is not encouraging his disciples to do self-destructive things. Alternate translation: “but whoever is willing to give up everything for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:25	lx8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς?	1	Jesus does not expect his disciples to tell him what benefit this would be. Rather, he is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “It would not benefit a person to get everything he wanted in this world and yet be lost eternally.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
9:25	l496		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “For what benefit would it be to a person to gain the whole world but to lose or destroy himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:25	xsk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς	1	The terms **losing** and **destroying** mean the same thing. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For what benefit would it be to a person to get everything he wanted in this world but to completely destroy himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
9:25	l497		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	Jesus is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
9:25	hpp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς	1	Jesus says **the whole world** as an overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For what benefit would it be to a person to get everything he wanted in this world but to lose or destroy himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
9:26	yrr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους	1	Jesus is using the term **words** to describe the things he teaches by using words. Alternate translation: “my teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:26	tx1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
9:26	l498		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:26	dl2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	**Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
9:27	ef6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν ἀληθῶς	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the importance of what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen very carefully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:27	m113		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	εἰσίν τινες τῶν αὐτοῦ ἑστηκότων, οἳ οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου, ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus is using the third person to talk about the people he is talking to. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “some of you who are standing here will not die before you see the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
9:27	j7fc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου, ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “will see the kingdom of God before they die” or (if you are translating in the second person) “will see the kingdom of God before you die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
9:27	gj8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:27	l499		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God ruling as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
9:28	l500		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:28	si9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μετὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	The phrase **these words** refers to what Jesus said to his disciples in the preceding verses. Luke uses the term **words** to describe the things that Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “after Jesus said these things to his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:29	l501		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new development within this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:30	p3cd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, Luke uses the word **behold** to alert readers to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “suddenly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:31	g28p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἳ ὀφθέντες ἐν δόξῃ	1	This phrase gives information about how Moses and Elijah looked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who appeared in glorious splendor” or “who were shining brightly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:31	cur1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	τὴν ἔξοδον αὐτοῦ	1	Luke is using a polite way of referring to Jesus’ death. Alternate translation: “how Jesus would leave this world” or “how Jesus would die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
9:31	l502			ἣν ἤμελλεν πληροῦν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Alternate translation: “which was soon going to happen in Jerusalem”
9:32	i29n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information about what Peter, James, and John were doing while Jesus was speaking with Moses and Elijah. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
9:32	f8ip		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ & Πέτρος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “sleep was weighing heavily upon Peter and James and John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:32	l503		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ὁ & Πέτρος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ	1	Luke speaks of **sleep** as if it were something that could be like a weight pressing down on a person. Alternate translation: “Peter and James and John all felt very sleepy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
9:32	tw7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶδον τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	As in [2:9](../02/09.md), the implication is that this **glory** manifested visibly as a bright light. Alternate translation: “they saw brilliant light shining around Jesus” or “they saw a very bright light coming from Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:32	tsj6			καὶ τοὺς δύο ἄνδρας τοὺς συνεστῶτας αὐτῷ	1	The phrase **the two men** refers to Moses and Elijah. Alternate translation: “and they also saw Moses and Elijah”
9:33	l504		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new development within this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:33	npk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν τῷ διαχωρίζεσθαι αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun **they** refers to Moses and Elijah, not to the disciples. Alternate translation: “as Moses and Elijah were about to leave Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
9:33	l505		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς & ποιήσωμεν	1	Since Peter wants to make it possible for Moses and Elijah to stay, when he says **for us**, he likely means “all six of us.” So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “us,” use the inclusive form in that case. However, when Peter says **let us**, he is likely referring to himself and to James and John, so use the exclusive form of “us” in that case. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
9:33	mby6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σκηνὰς	1	The term **tents** means simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep. Peter probably had in mind that he and the other two disciples would build them from the materials available on the mountain such as tree branches. Alternate translation: “shelters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:33	l506			μὴ εἰδὼς ὃ λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “he did not know what he was saying”
9:34	ct1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος	1	Alternate translation: “While Peter was saying these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
9:34	e75d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθησαν	1	These adult disciples were not afraid of clouds. Rather, given all the unusual things that had already taken place on this mountain, they were afraid of what might happen to them once the cloud came completely over them. Alternate translation: “they were very apprehensive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:34	asa6			εἰσελθεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν νεφέλην	1	This can be expressed in terms of what the cloud did. Alternate translation: “the cloud surrounded them”
9:35	q8xy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης	1	Luke expects readers to understand that this voice could only have belonged to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God spoke to them from the cloud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:35	c3gt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	**Son** is an important title for Jesus, the **Son** of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
9:35	l733		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ ἐκλελεγμένος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could indicate who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the one I have chosen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:36	l507			ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνὴν	1	Alternate translation: “after the voice had spoken”
9:36	l508		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εὑρέθη Ἰησοῦς μόνος	1	The term **found** is an idiom that means “could be found” or “was there.” Alternate translation: “only Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:36	l509		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὑρέθη Ἰησοῦς μόνος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state **Jesus was found alone** with an active form. Alternate translation: “only Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:36	v9uy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	αὐτοὶ ἐσίγησαν, καὶ οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. (The Greek verb in the first phrase does not always mean to make no sound. It can also mean to keep a secret.) Luke uses the two phrases together for emphasis. In your translation, you could also use repetition for emphasis, or, If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “they kept it a secret and did not tell anyone” or “they said nothing about it to anyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
9:36	l510		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν & οὐδὲν	1	Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis here, “told no one … nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “told someone … something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
9:36	l511		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	Here Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:37	q5f5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:38	l512		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:38	k35b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀνὴρ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man in the crowd who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
9:38	l513			Διδάσκαλε	1	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
9:38	l514		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπιβλέψαι ἐπὶ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “help” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:39	l515		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	The man uses the term **behold** to calls Jesus’ attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:39	ka7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	πνεῦμα	1	The man uses this phrase to introduce the spirit into his story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there is an evil spirit that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
9:39	abm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μετὰ ἀφροῦ	1	When a person is having convulsions, they can have trouble breathing or swallowing. This causes white foam to form around their mouths. Alternate translation: “and foam comes out of his mouth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:39	l516		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	μόγις ἀποχωρεῖ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	The man is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “it attacks him very often” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
9:39	l517		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	συντρῖβον αὐτόν	1	The man speaks of the spirit as if it were a heavy weight whose attacks crush the boy. This is a reference to the injuries that the spirit causes. Alternate translation: “injuring him badly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:41	sdu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Together **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the man’s request. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
9:41	bi9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus is speaking to something that he knows cannot hear him. He is addressing the entire **generation** of people who were living at that time, and they are not all present to hear him. He is doing this to show in a very strong way how he feels about this generation. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the crowd that has gathered there. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to the crowd, since they are included in the generation that Jesus is addressing. Alternate translation: “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you for very long!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
9:41	l518		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you for very long!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
9:41	apa3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη	1	The terms **unbelieving** and **perverted** mean similar things. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
9:41	qk1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	In both cases here, **you** is plural in Greek because Jesus is addressing a **generation** that is made up of many people. However, **generation** is a collective noun, and if your language would treat a collective noun as singular in a context like this, you could use the singular form of **you**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
9:41	ls7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	προσάγαγε ὧδε τὸν υἱόν σου	1	Jesus is now speaking to the father of the boy, and so **your** is singular here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
9:42	l519		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἔτι & προσερχομένου αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun **he** refers to the boy, not to the father. Alternate translation: “while the boy was coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
9:43	hz1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξεπλήσσοντο δὲ πάντες ἐπὶ τῇ μεγαλειότητι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus performed the miracle, but the crowd recognized that **God** was the power behind the healing. Alternate translation: “Then they were all amazed that God would work so powerfully through Jesus in this way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:43	d61c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	πᾶσιν οἷς ἐποίει	1	The word **he** refers to Jesus, not to God the Father. Alternate translation: “everything Jesus was doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
9:44	gah9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	θέσθε ὑμεῖς εἰς τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	Jesus is using an idiom to tell his disciples to pay careful attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully to this and remember it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:44	im3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone is going to betray the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:44	ygr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “Someone is going to betray me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
9:44	l520		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “someone is going to betray me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:44	l521		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	The term **hands** represent power and control. Alternate translation: “to his enemies, who will have power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “to my enemies, who will have power over me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:44	l522		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	It may be helpful to make explicit who these **men** are. Alternate translation: “to his enemies, who will have power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “to my enemies, who will have power over me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:45	l523		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο & περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τούτου	1	Luke uses the term **word** to describe what Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “this saying … about this saying” or “this statement … about this statement” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:45	ub1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God hid its meaning from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:46	dh3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the pronoun **them** does not include Jesus. He was not arguing, along with the disciples, about who was the **greatest**. Alternate translation: “among the disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
9:46	l524			τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “which one of them was the greatest”
9:47	cx62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰδὼς τὸν διαλογισμὸν τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	Here Luke uses **hearts** to represent the disciples’ thoughts and evaluations. Alternate translation: “knowing what they were thinking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:48	l525		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τοῦτο τὸ παιδίον	1	Jesus is using the **child** as an extreme example. He is illustrating that since he will be present in even the most humble of his followers, the disciples do not need to argue among themselves about which of them is the greatest. Everyone who is working on behalf of Jesus possesses his full honor and dignity. Alternate translation: “even someone as seemingly insignificant as this child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
9:48	afx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Alternate translation: “as someone who is working on my behalf” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:48	mav1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐμὲ δέχεται	1	This is a metaphor, but If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate it as a simile. Alternate translation: “it is as if he is welcoming me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:48	awc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that this means God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:48	zw5t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	οὗτός ἐστιν μέγας	1	Here Jesus uses the pronoun **he** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that is the person whom God considers to be great” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
9:49	uwr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ Ἰωάννης εἶπεν	1	Together **answering** and **said** mean that John responded to what Jesus had just said. Alternate translation: “Then John responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
9:49	bj41		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	εἴδομέν & μεθ’ ἡμῶν	1	When John says **we**, he is speaking of himself and some other disciples who spoke to this man, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language uses that form. However, when John says **us**, he seems to be referring to the disciples and Jesus traveling together, and since he is speaking to Jesus, **us** would be inclusive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
9:49	py8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	The term **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with them. This expression means the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:49	l526		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀκολουθεῖ μεθ’ ἡμῶν	1	In this case, to **follow** Jesus does not seem to mean to be one of his disciples, as in [5:27](../05/27.md), since this man was acting in Jesus’ **name**. Rather, in this context it seems to refer to traveling together in this group with Jesus. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:50	hw85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	μὴ κωλύετε	1	Jesus is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. You can state this positively. Alternate translation: “Allow him to continue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
9:51	l527		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:51	c8gx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ἀναλήμψεως αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbal forms in place of these two passive forms, and in the second case you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “when it was almost time for God to take him up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:51	l528		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας	1	Here Luke uses **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “when it was almost time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:51	l529		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς ἀναλήμψεως αὐτοῦ	1	The implication is that God would take Jesus back up to heaven, and the further implication is that this would be after Jesus died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express one or both of those things explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God to take him up to heaven” or “for him to die and for God to take him back up to heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:51	mq2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ πρόσωπον ἐστήρισεν	1	The phrase **set his face** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he firmly decided” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:52	l530		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ	1	The term **face** means the front of a person. Alternate translation: “ahead of him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:52	l531		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	κώμην Σαμαρειτῶν	1	**Samaritan** is a name that refers to a place that is in the region of Samaria or to a person who is from that region. Samaria was between Galilee and Judea, and the people who lived there were not Jewish and they were hostile to the Jews. The terms **Samaritan** and Samaria occur several times in this book. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
9:52	b6ct		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὡς ἑτοιμάσαι αὐτῷ	1	This phrase means to make arrangements in anticipation of his arrival there, such as for food to eat, a place to stay, and possibly also a place to speak. Alternate translation: “to arrange his accommodations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:53	v61k			οὐκ ἐδέξαντο αὐτόν	1	Alternate translation: “the Samaritans did not want him to stay with them”
9:53	l532		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευόμενον εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Luke is using one part of Jesus to represent all of him. Luke may use the **face** because Jesus was facing in the direction he was traveling. Or this may echo the expression “he set his face” in [9:52](../09/52.md). Alternate translation: “he was traveling toward Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
9:53	n62j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευόμενον εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	The Samaritans and the Jews hated each other. Therefore the Samaritans did not want to help Jesus travel to Jerusalem, which was the Jewish capital and the place where the Jews held their major religious observances. Alternate translation: “because they did not want to help any Jew make a journey to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:54	a8sf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδόντες	1	The verb **having seen** represents notice and attention. Alternate translation: “having recognized that the Samaritans were not going to accommodate Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:54	y4rq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	θέλεις εἴπωμεν πῦρ καταβῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀναλῶσαι αὐτούς?	1	James and John suggested this method of judgment because they knew that this was how the prophets such as Elijah had called down judgment upon people who rejected God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you want us to tell fire to come down from heaven to consume them, as Elijah did?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:54	l533		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	θέλεις εἴπωμεν	1	By **us**, James and John mean themselves, but not Jesus, so **us** is exclusive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
9:55	pj6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	στραφεὶς & ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς	1	The pronoun **them** refers to James and John. Jesus did not condemn the Samaritans, as the disciples expected. Alternate translation: “Jesus turned around and rebuked James and John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
9:57	l534			τις	1	This was not one of the disciples. Alternate translation: “a certain person”
9:58	yq5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν, καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	Jesus is using a figure of speech. By naming a creature that lives on land and a creature that flies in the air, Jesus is referring to all creatures. Alternate translation: “Every creature has a place to live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
9:58	anv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν	1	The word **foxes** describes land animals that are similar to small dogs. The word **dens** refers to holes that these animals dig in the ground as shelters. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal and its habits, you could describe them in general terms. Alternate translation: “Little animals live in holes in the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:58	c88m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of **sky**, to complement the idea of “ground” in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “birds live in nests” or “birds that fly in the air live in nests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
9:58	ls02		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “birds live in nests” or “birds that fly in the air live in nests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
9:58	r7vq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ & Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	2	**Jesus** is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
9:58	l535		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ & Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	2	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:58	l536		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	Jesus implies that if this person were to follow him, he too might not have a home. Alternate translation: “does not have a home anywhere, so if you become his disciple, expect that you will not have a home either” or (if you translated in the first person) “do not have a home anywhere, so if you become my disciple, expect that you will not have a home either” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:58	l537		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	This expression means “does not have anywhere to sleep,” by association with something that a person does in order to sleep, **lay** down his **head**. And a place to sleep, by association, means a home, since that is where people sleep. Alternate translation: “does not have a home anywhere” or (if you translated in the first person) “do not have a home anywhere” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:58	ff62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	Jesus actually did find places to sleep wherever he went to teach and heal, but he says that he has no such place at all to emphasize that he has no permanent home. Alternate translation: “does not have a permanent home” or (if you translated in the first person) “do not have a permanent home” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
9:59	l538		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	As in [5:27](../05/27.md), to **Follow** Jesus means to become one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “I want you to be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:59	l539			ἐπίτρεψόν μοι ἀπελθόντι, πρῶτον θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου	1	It is unclear whether the man’s father had died and that he would bury him immediately, or whether the man wanted to wait for a longer amount of time until his father died so that he could bury him then. The main point is that the man wanted to do something else first before going with Jesus. Alternate translation: “before I do that, let me go and bury my father”
9:59	l540		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπίτρεψόν μοι ἀπελθόντι, πρῶτον θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου	1	One possible meaning of this expression is that the man wanted to wait until he had received his inheritance from his father so that he could live on that money while traveling with Jesus. If so, then he would be referring to the inheritance by association with his father’s death, and he would be referring to his father’s death by association with his burial. Alternate translation: “let me wait until I receive my inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:60	l541		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς	1	Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Instead, the expression **the dead** likely refers to those who do not follow Jesus and so are spiritually dead. Alternate translation: “Let people who are not concerned about spiritual things take care of everyday matters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:60	l542		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς νεκροὺς	1	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are dead” or “people who are not concerned about spiritual things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
9:60	l543		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God will rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
9:61	l544		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀκολουθήσω σοι	1	As in [5:27](../05/27.md), to **follow** Jesus means to become one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “I want to be one of your disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:61	l545			πρῶτον δὲ ἐπίτρεψόν μοι	1	Alternate translation: “but before I do that, please let me”
9:61	l546		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῖς εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου	1	This person is referring to his family by association with where they live. Alternate translation: “to my family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:62	l547		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἄροτρον καὶ βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, εὔθετός ἐστιν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus responds with an illustration that is designed to teach this person about what is required to be his disciple. He means that a person is not suitable for the kingdom to God if his past loyalties are more important to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this illustration. Alternate translation, add: “No one can plow straight if he is looking backwards, and in the same way, no one will be useful in the kingdom of God if his past loyalties are more important to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:62	l548		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἄροτρον	1	Jesus refers to a person using a plow by describing one part of that activity, guiding the plow with the **hand**. Alternate translation: “No one who is using a plow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
9:62	l553		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἄροτρον	1	A **plow** is a tool that farmers use to break up soil to prepare a field for planting. Plows have sharp, pointed prongs that dig into the soil. They usually have handles that the farmer uses to guide the plow. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of tool, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “No one who needs to go straight forward” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:62	l549		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	The implication is that anyone who is looking backwards while plowing cannot guide the plow where it needs to go. That person must focus on looking forward in order to plow well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “looking backwards, and so not going in the right direction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:62	l550		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εὔθετός ἐστιν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “can really let God rule his life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
10:intro	z899				0	# Luke 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus sends seventy-two disciples to teach and heal (10:1–24)\n2. Jesus tells the Parable of the Good Samaritan (10:25–37)\n3. Jesus visits Mary and Martha (10:38–43)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Harvest\n\nHarvest refers to the time when people gather in the food they have planted so they can eat some of it right away and store the rest for future use. Jesus uses this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about him so that those people can become part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### Neighbor\n\nThe Jews helped their Jewish neighbors who needed help, and they expected their Jewish neighbors to help them. Jesus wanted them to understand that people who were not Jews were also their neighbors, so he told them a story about this (10:29–37). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\n### “72”\n\nIn 10:1 and 10:17, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible read “72,” but others read “70.” ULT reads “72,” but it mentions in a footnote that scholars are divided as to which number was originally in the book of Luke.\n\n### “Jesus”\n\nIn 10:39, many of the best ancient manuscripts read “Jesus,” but some read “the Lord.” ULT reads “Jesus.”\n\nIn both of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
10:1	u8l6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα	1	Luke uses this phrase to mark a new event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for this same purpose, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
10:1	l551			ὁ Κύριος	1	Here Luke refers to Jesus by the title **the Lord** to show his authority. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
10:1	m75c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἑβδομήκοντα δύο	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to say **72** or “70” in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
10:1	g8ka		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς ἀνὰ δύο	1	This phrase is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sent them out two by two” or “sent them out in groups of two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:1	l554		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **face** means the front of a person. Alternate translation: “ahead of him” or “to prepare the way for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:2	fx9w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	ἔλεγεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς	1	Jesus said these things to the 72 disciples before they actually went out. Alternate translation: “He had said to them” or “Before they went out, he told them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
10:2	ju6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι	1	This statement means, “There is a big crop, but there are not enough workers to bring it in.” Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: “There are many people who are ready to enter God’s kingdom, but there are not enough disciples to help them understand how to do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:2	l555		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ	1	Jesus continues to speak and extends his metaphor by describing God as **the Lord of the harvest**. Alternate translation: “God, who leads people to believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
10:2	l556		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ὅπως ἐργάτας ἐκβάλῃ εἰς τὸν θερισμὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus extends his metaphor even further by describing disciples who help others to trust in him as **laborers** in the **harvest**. Alternate translation: “to send more disciples to go and help people trust in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
10:3	x732		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑπάγετε	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly where Jesus wants these disciples to go. Alternate translation: “Go to the cities and places where I am sending you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:3	l557		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term **Behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:3	u8h7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς ἄρνας ἐν μέσῳ λύκων	1	Wolves attack and kill sheep. This simile is a warning to the disciples whom Jesus is sending out that there will be people who will want to harm them. You could explain the meaning of this figurative expression in your translation. (However, you could also reproduce the simile, as suggested in the next note.) Alternate translation: “when I send you out, there are going to be some people who will want to harm you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
10:3	l558		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς ἄρνας ἐν μέσῳ λύκων	1	Jesus’ disciples would have known that **lambs** are gentle animals that have been domesticated for their wool, milk, meat, and leather, and that **wolves** are predatory land animals, similar to large dogs, that hunt and kill in packs. If you would like to reproduce the simile, but your readers would not be familiar with these animals, you could use general terms. Alternate translation: “I am sending you out like harmless animals that will encounter a group of predators” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
10:3	l559		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1	Since Jesus is speaking to these 72 disciples as a group, **you** is plural here and through [10:12](../10/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
10:4	l560		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ ὑποδήματα	1	Here Jesus is using the word **carry** in an idiomatic sense to mean “bring along.” He is not envisioning that these disciples might carry their sandals in their hands. Alternate translation: “Do not bring any money or provisions or extra clothes with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:4	fz6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ ὑποδήματα	1	While Jesus probably means what he says literally about not bringing these specific items, he is also using them with larger meanings. The **money bag** represents the money it would contain. The **sack** represents the provisions someone would carry in it for a journey. The **sandals** represent, in this culture, more clothing and equipment than is strictly needed. Alternate translation: “Do not bring any money or provisions or extra clothes with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:4	l561		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ ὑποδήματα	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why Jesus does not want his disciples to bring these things with them. As he will explain in [10:7](../10/07.md), he wants the people who receive his message to provide for those who bring the message. Alternate translation: “Do not bring any money or provisions or extra clothes with you, because the people who receive my message will provide for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:4	tj52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	μηδένα κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἀσπάσησθε	1	Jesus is generalizing to indicate that these disciples should go quickly to the places where he is sending them to prepare the way for him. He is not telling them to be rude. Alternate translation: “make your journey as quickly as possible” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
10:5	l562		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ	1	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what he wants his disciples to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say that you want there to be peace in that house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
10:5	zk69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ	1	The term **house** refers to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “May the people in this household have peace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:5	l563		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ	1	This was an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew concept of “shalom,” that was both a greeting and a blessing. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you in this household and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:6	x5e4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	υἱὸς εἰρήνης	1	The expression **son of** refers to a person who shares the qualities of something. Alternate translation: “a person who wants peace with God and with people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:6	pq5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπαναπαήσεται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν	1	Here, **upon** creates a spatial metaphor. It means that this person will experience the peace that God gives in a special and lasting way. Alternate translation: “he will deeply experience the peace that you wish him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:6	it4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	εἰ & μή γε	1	It may be helpful to restate the entire phrase. Alternate translation: “if there is no one there who wants peace with God and with people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
10:6	zpx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀνακάμψει	1	Jesus describes **peace** as a living thing that could choose to leave one person and go to another person. Alternate translation: “you will experience that peace yourselves instead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
10:7	ki3k			ἐν αὐτῇ δὲ τῇ οἰκίᾳ μένετε	1	Jesus was not saying that they should stay in the house all the time and never leave it, but that they should make it their base of operations for as long as they were in that place. Alternate translation: “stay at that house”
10:7	l564		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὰ παρ’ αὐτῶν	1	This phrase is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the food and drink that they provide” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:7	u3vs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ἄξιος γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τοῦ μισθοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life, to explain the reason for these arrangements. You could translate the proverb directly into your language, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “for since you will be teaching and healing the people, they should provide you with a place to stay and food to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
10:7	kd8i			μὴ μεταβαίνετε ἐξ οἰκίας εἰς οἰκίαν	1	This expression describes staying in different houses rather than making one house the base of operations the whole time. Jesus is repeating his earlier instruction, **remain in that house**, for emphasis. Jesus is not saying that these disciples cannot go to meet with people in other homes. Alternate translation: “As I said, stay at that house”
10:8	k8yb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καὶ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς	1	The pronoun **they** refers to the people living in this city. Alternate translation: “if the people there welcome you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
10:8	wd2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσθίετε τὰ παρατιθέμενα ὑμῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “eat whatever food the people of that city serve you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:9	ws6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς & ἀσθενεῖς	1	Jesus is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who are sick” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
10:9	l565		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῇ	1	Alternate translation: “who live in that city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
10:9	l566		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε αὐτοῖς, ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “tell them that the kingdom of God has come close to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
10:9	e1he		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** can be expressed with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean: (1) the kingdom of God is close in location, that is, its activities are happening nearby. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) the kingdom of God is close in time, that is, it will begin soon. Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
10:10	nt9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καὶ μὴ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς	1	This is a direct contrast to the similar expression in [10:8](../10/08.md). Once again the pronoun **they** refers to the people living in this city. Alternate translation: “if the people there do not welcome you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
10:11	l567		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὑμῶν εἰς τοὺς πόδας ἀπομασσόμεθα ὑμῖν; πλὴν τοῦτο γινώσκετε, ὅτι ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what he wants his disciples to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing from the end of the previous verse): “that you are going to wipe even the dust from their city off your feet as a warning to them, but that you still want them to know that the kingdom of God came close to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
10:11	bc9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	καὶ τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὑμῶν εἰς τοὺς πόδας ἀπομασσόμεθα ὑμῖν	1	This is a symbolic action by which these disciples are to show that they do not want to have the slightest connection with the people of any city who reject Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain its significance. Alternate translation: “Because you have rejected Jesus, we want to have nothing to do with you. We do not even want to have the dust from your town on our feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
10:11	l634		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	ἀπομασσόμεθα	1	Since Jesus was sending these people out in groups of two, two people would be saying this. So languages that have a dual form of “we” should use that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
10:11	s7ks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πλὴν τοῦτο γινώσκετε	1	The phrase introduces a warning. Alternate translation: “But we must warn you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:11	fdk3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you translated the similar sentence in [10:9](../10/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
10:12	hhl1			λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι	1	Jesus says this to emphasize that what he is about to tell these disciples is very important. Alternate translation: “Take special note that”
10:12	l568		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	Jesus is using the term **day** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:12	m7ch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	Jesus expected his disciples to understand that he was referring to the time when God will bring final judgment. Alternate translation: “when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:12	qg62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Σοδόμοις & ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται, ἢ τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	Jesus uses the name of the city, **Sodom**, to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge the people of that town more severely than he will judge the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:12	l569		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Σοδόμοις & ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται, ἢ τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the city of **Sodom** because the people in it were so wicked. The implication is that it must therefore be an extremely serious offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge the people of that town more severely than he will judge the people of Sodom, even though he destroyed their city because they were so wicked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:13	sf42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά!	1	Jesus is speaking to two cities that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this to show in a very strong way how he feels about those cities. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the disciples whom he is sending out. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Chorazin and Bethsaida are two of the cities whose people God will judge severely for rejecting my message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
10:13	l570		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά!	1	See how you translated this phrase in [6:24](../06/24.md). Alternate translation: “how terrible it will be for you, Chorazin and Bethsaida!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:13	l571		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά!	1	Jesus is using the names of these cities to refer to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:13	l572		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά!	1	Jesus is addressing an individual city in each of these phrases, so **you** is singular in both cases. However, if you decide to translate this as “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida,” then **you** would be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
10:13	l573		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδά!	1	**Chorazin** and **Bethsaida** are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:13	mvq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν & μετενόησαν	1	Jesus is describing a situation that might have happened in the past but actually did not. He is doing this to express disappointment and regret about what is happening in the present. Be sure to translate this in such a way that your readers will know that this event actually did not happen but they will understand why Jesus is imagining it. Alternate translation: “I can well imagine that if the people of Tyre and Sidon had witnessed the miracles that I performed for you, they would have repented a long time ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
10:13	l574		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν & μετενόησαν	1	Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of **Tyre** and **Sidon** because the people in them were so wicked. So the implication is similar to the one about the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because they were so wicked. But even the people who lived in those cities would have repented if they had seen the miracles I did in Chorazin and Bethsaida. So the people of Chorazin and Bethsaida certainly should have repented as well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:13	l575		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι	1	Jesus uses the names of these cities to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “the people of Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:13	l577		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
10:13	it4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ καθήμενοι μετενόησαν	1	Jesus is saying that the people of Tyre and Sidon would have performed these actions, which are signs of humility and sorrow, to show that they were very sorry for committing their sins. Alternate translation: “they would have shown how sorry they were for their sins … by sitting on the ground wearing rough clothes and putting ashes on their heads” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
10:14	l578		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται & ἢ ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses the names of these cities, **Tyre** and **Sidon**, to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:14	ikt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν τῇ κρίσει ἢ ὑμῖν	1	Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. The implication, as in the case of Sodom, is that it must therefore be an extremely grave offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon, even though he destroyed their cities because they were so wicked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:14	l579		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν τῇ κρίσει ἢ ὑμῖν	1	It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Chorazin and Bethsaida. Alternate translation: “because you did not repent and believe in me even though you saw me do miracles, God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:14	txw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	The disciples would have understood that Jesus was referring to the time when God will bring final judgment. Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:14	l580		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	ὑμῖν	1	Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. Alternate translation: “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
10:15	h28u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	Jesus is speaking to another city that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this once again to show in a very strong way how he feels about this city. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the disciples whom he is sending out. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to his disciples. Alternate translation: “The people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor them greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
10:15	l581		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	In Greek, the first word of the question that Jesus asks Capernaum is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **will you?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum, do you really think that God is going to honor you greatly?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
10:15	enp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
10:15	gk9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	To be **exalted** or “lifted up” is a spatial metaphor that indicates receiving honor. To be lifted all the way up **to heaven** (or “to the sky,” another possible meaning) means to receive very great honor. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:15	l582		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	σύ, Καφαρναούμ	1	Jesus uses the name of this city to refer to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:15	l583		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σύ, Καφαρναούμ	1	Jesus is addressing an individual city, so **you** is singular here and in the rest of this verse. However, if you decide to translate this as “you people of Capernaum,” then **you** would be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
10:15	l585		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is not going to honor you greatly, is he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:15	l586		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the reason why the people of Capernaum think that God would want to honor them. Alternate translation: “God is not going to honor you greatly because you are such good people and your city is so prosperous, is he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:15	l587		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἕως τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ	1	To be **brought down** is another spatial metaphor. It indicates experiencing punishment and dishonor. To be brought down all the way to Hades, the underworld (that is, the abode of the dead), means to receive very great punishment or dishonor. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:15	bjh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἕως τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:15	l588		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕως τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ	1	It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Capernaum. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:16	i786		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀκούων ὑμῶν, ἐμοῦ ἀκούει	1	You could translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “When someone listens to you, it is as if they were listening to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:16	q56b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀθετῶν ὑμᾶς, ἐμὲ ἀθετεῖ	1	You could also translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “when someone rejects you, it is as if they were rejecting me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:16	g3fx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ & ἐμὲ ἀθετῶν, ἀθετεῖ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	3	You could also translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “when someone rejects me, it is as if they were rejecting the one who sent me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:16	eus8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	This refers implictly to God, who appointed Jesus for this special task. Alternate translation: “God who sent me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:17	m7nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεψαν δὲ οἱ ἑβδομήκοντα δύο	1	Some languages will need to say that the 72 actually went out first, as UST does. Alternate translation: “So the 72 disciples went out and did as Jesus had told them to do, and then they returned” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:17	prj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἑβδομήκοντα δύο	1	As in [10:1](../10/01.md), see the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to say **72** or “70” in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
10:17	l589		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the demons obey us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:17	cx7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	The term **name** refers to Jesus’ power and authority. Alternate translation: “when we command them using the authority that you gave us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:18	a37w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἐθεώρουν τὸν Σατανᾶν ὡς ἀστραπὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα	1	Jesus uses a simile to express that while his 72 disciples were out proclaiming the kingdom of God, he discerned that this was a quick and decisive defeat for Satan. If your readers would be familiar with lightning, you could use the same simile in your translation. Otherwise, you could use another comparison to something that happens rapidly and evidently. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
10:18	v8fl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα	1	While Jesus actually did see this in his vision, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this image, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:19	l591		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses **Behold** to focus his disciples’ attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:19	xl7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων	1	This could mean: (1) Jesus is referring to actual **snakes and scorpions** and saying that God will protect his disciples from these dangers everywhere they travel to proclaim the kingdom. Alternate translation: “protection from snakes and scorpions, even if you step on them” (2) the phrase **snakes and scorpions** is a figurative way of describing evil spirits. Alternate translation: “the power to defeat evil spirits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:19	l592		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὄφεων	1	In context, this clearly means poisonous **snakes**. If your readers would not be familiar with **snakes**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous biting animals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
10:19	mla6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σκορπίων	1	The term **scorpions** describes small animals that are related to spiders. They have two claws and a poisonous stinger in their tail. If your readers would not be familiar with **scorpions**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous stinging animals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
10:19	uvt4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ	1	This phrase continues the meaning from earlier in the sentence. The **enemy** is Satan, as described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “I have also given you authority to overcome the resistance of Satan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:19	l593		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν ὑμᾶς οὐ μὴ ἀδικήσῃ	1	Here Jesus uses a double negative for emphasis, “nothing in no way will hurt you.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “something in some way might hurt you.” If your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
10:20	cs52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἐν τούτῳ μὴ χαίρετε, ὅτι τὰ πνεύματα ὑμῖν ὑποτάσσεται, χαίρετε δὲ ὅτι τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐνγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Jesus is not actually telling the disciples not to rejoice over the way God has allowed them to deliver people who were oppressed by demons. Rather, he is exaggerating to emphasize that the disciples should rejoice even more that their names are written in heaven. Alternate translation: “rejoice that your names are written in heaven even more than you rejoice that the spirits submit to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
10:20	l594		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὰ πνεύματα ὑμῖν ὑποτάσσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the demons must obey you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:20	s4cj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐνγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has written down your names in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:20	l595		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐνγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	While it may be literally true that there is a written record of names in heaven, you may wish to express the meaning and significance of this in your translation. Alternate translation: “God in heaven knows that you belong to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:21	l596		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	Here Luke uses the term **hour** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “At that same time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:21	l597		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal	ἐξομολογοῦμαί σοι, Πάτερ	1	Use your best judgment about whether the formal or informal form of **you** would be more natural in your language here. Jesus is speaking as an adult son would to a father with whom he had a close relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
10:21	mf9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
10:21	rs3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς	1	Jesus is using a figure of speech to describe something by naming its two components. Together **heaven** and **earth** represent everything that exists. Alternate translation: “you who rule over everything that exists” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
10:21	n6xb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ταῦτα	1	Jesus is likely using this expression to refer to his identity as God’s Son and God’s identity as his Father. He describes these things in the next verse and says that only people to whom he reveals these identities can understand them, just as he says here that they are revealed only to certain people. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
10:21	l598		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	Jesus is using the adjectives **wise** and **intelligent** as nouns in order to indicate people who have those qualities. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
10:21	i2zf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	Because God had concealed the truth from these people, they actually were not wise and intelligent, even though they thought they were. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
10:21	l599		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	The terms **wise** and **intelligent** mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “people who think they understand everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
10:21	a175		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	νηπίοις	1	The phrase **little children** refers to people who may not have much education, but who are willing to accept Jesus’ teachings in the same way that little children willingly listen to those they trust. You could explain the meaning of this metaphor in your translation, or you could translate it as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “people who trust my teachings implicitly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:21	nm6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	Jesus says **before you** to mean “where you could see” or “in your sight.” Sight, in turn, means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in your judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:22	e47e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has handed everything over to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:22	l600		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδεὶς γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows who the Son is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
10:22	six4			γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς	1	Here, the Greek word translated **knows** means to know from personal experience. God the Father knows Jesus in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with the Son” or “is acquainted with me”
10:22	xm3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “knows who I am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
10:22	fp68		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς & ὁ Πατήρ	1	**Son** and **Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
10:22	rkt2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδεὶς γινώσκει & τίς ἐστιν ὁ Πατὴρ, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Son knows … who the Father is” or “only I know … who the Father is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
10:22	zg14			γινώσκει	1	Here the Greek word translated **knows** means to know from personal experience. Jesus knows God his Father in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with”
10:22	evw3			ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι	1	Alternate translation: “whoever the Son wants to introduce the Father to” or (if you translated in the first person) “whoever I want to introduce the Father to”
10:23	yd5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς κατ’ ἰδίαν, εἶπεν	1	The implication is that a crowd was present when the 72 disciples returned to report to Jesus what they had done, and that this crowd heard what Jesus told them and what he prayed to God. But now Jesus is speaking only to the disciples in a way that the crowd will not be able to hear him. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, in the direction of his disciples so that only they could hear him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:23	l601		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ οἱ βλέποντες ἃ βλέπετε	1	Jesus is using the term **eyes** to describe these disciples by reference to one part of them, the part they are using to witness the great works that reveal who he is. Alternate translation: “How good it is for you to see what you see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
10:23	mq23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ οἱ βλέποντες ἃ βλέπετε	1	The phrase **what you see** probably refers to the great works of healing and miracles that Jesus is doing, which reveal who he is. Alternate translation: “How good it is for you to see the things that I am doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:24	f32w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ οὐκ εἶδαν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings did not see these things. Alternate translation: “but could not see them because they lived before this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:24	q61s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἃ ἀκούετε	1	The phrase **what you hear** probably refers to the teachings of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the things that you have heard me say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:24	mb4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ οὐκ ἤκουσαν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings did not hear these things. Alternate translation: “but could not hear them because they lived before this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:25	l602		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:25	klh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	νομικός τις	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a lawyer who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
10:25	l603		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	νομικός τις	1	See how you translated **lawyer** in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “a certain expert in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
10:25	l604		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἀνέστη	1	By standing up, this lawyer was indicating that he had a question to ask Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this was the reason for his action. Alternate translation: “stood up to show that he wanted to ask a question” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
10:25	c6ac			ἐκπειράζων αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “to see how well he would answer”
10:25	l605			Διδάσκαλε	1	**Teacher** was a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
10:25	dh16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τί ποιήσας, ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω?	1	The lawyer is using the term **inherit** in a figurative sense to mean “come to possess” or “have.” Alternate translation: “what must I do in order to have everlasting life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:25	l606		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	τί ποιήσας, ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω?	1	This lawyer may be asking about a single deed that would be worthy of eternal life, because he uses a verb form that does not indicate continuing action. Alternate translation: “What one thing do I need to do so that God will give me eternal life?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
10:25	ls03		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τί ποιήσας, ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω	1	The lawyer means implicitly that he would **inherit** or “come to possess” this **everlasting life** from God. Alternate translation: “what must I do so that God will give me everlasting life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:26	nj77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τί γέγραπται? πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις?	1	Jesus is using these questions to get this man to reflect on the Jewish law and apply it to his own question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement that incorporates both of Jesus’ questions. Alternate translation: “Tell me what Moses wrote about that in the law and how you understand it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
10:26	l607		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τί γέγραπται? πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις?	1	These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus may be using repetition for emphasis and clarity. Both phrases have to do with what the law says. The first phrase views this objectively in terms of what is written there, and the second phrase views this subjectively from the perspective of a person reading it. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if your readers might wonder why Jesus was saying basically the same thing twice. Alternate translation: “Tell me what answer a person would find to your question in the law of Moses.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
10:26	m2nl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τί γέγραπται?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “What did Moses write in the law?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:26	a8nt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις?	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “What do you understand it to be saying?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:27	l608		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν	1	Together **answering** and **said** mean that the lawyer responded to the question that Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “The lawyer responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
10:27	l609		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	ἀγαπήσεις	1	Here it may not be clear whether to use the singular or plural form of **You** because this is a short quotation from the Scriptures and the context is not given. The word is actually singular because, even though Moses said this to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey this command. So in your translation, use the singular forms of **You** **your**, and **yourself** in this verse, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
10:27	hxk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἀγαπήσεις	1	The Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must love” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
10:27	fzb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ἰσχύϊ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου	1	Moses is using a figure of speech that describes something by listing its parts. Alternate translation: “with your entire being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
10:27	l610		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου	1	The words **heart** and **soul** represent a person’s inner being. If you do not translate all four of the terms here with a single phrase, you could represent these two together. Alternate translation: “with all of your inner self” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:27	k1el		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ, τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν	1	The lawyer is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation (filling in ellipsis): “and you must also love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
10:28	l611		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	τοῦτο ποίει, καὶ ζήσῃ	1	Jesus is describing a conditional situation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it that way. Alternate translation: “If you do this, then God will give you eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
10:28	xd4n			ζήσῃ	1	Alternate translation: “God will give you eternal life”
10:29	xt23			ὁ δὲ θέλων δικαιῶσαι ἑαυτὸν, εἶπεν	1	Alternate translation: “But the lawyer wanted to prove that he had done what he needed to do, so he said”
10:29	lr4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τίς ἐστίν μου πλησίον?	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the reason why the lawyer asked this specific question. Alternate translation: “whom should I consider to be my neighbor, that is, someone I need to love as I love myself?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:30	l612		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ὑπολαβὼν δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Together **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the question that the lawyer asked him. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
10:30	bh6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὑπολαβὼν δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Jesus answers the man’s question by telling a brief story that provides an illustration. Alternate translation: “As an answer to the man’s question, Jesus told him this story” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
10:30	e1lv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις	1	This introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
10:30	l614		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κατέβαινεν ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ εἰς Ἰερειχὼ	1	Jesus says **going down** because this man would have had to travel from a mountain height down into a valley to go from Jerusalem to Jericho. Alternate translation: “was traveling from Jerusalem to Jericho” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:30	v2ms		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	λῃσταῖς περιέπεσεν	1	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that this does not mean that the man fell down accidentally. Rather, this is an idiom. Alternate translation: “some robbers attacked him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:30	heb5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “after they had taken everything he had” or “after they had stolen of all his things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:30	l615		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καὶ πληγὰς ἐπιθέντες	1	This expression means that the robbers also beat this man. Alternate translation: “and beaten him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:30	r3gd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἡμιθανῆ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “almost dead.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:31	i3sf			κατὰ συνκυρίαν	1	This expression means that this event was not anything that anyone had planned. Alternate translation: “it just so happened that”
10:31	plr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἱερεύς τις	1	This expression introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “there was a priest who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
10:31	l616		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἱερεύς τις	1	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that a priest is a religious leader. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was a priest, a religious leader, who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:31	gh79		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν	1	Since a priest is a religious leader, the audience would assume that he would help the injured man. Since he did not, this phrase could be introduced with a contrasting word to call attention to this unexpected result. Alternate translation: “but when the priest saw the injured man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
10:31	xiu7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀντιπαρῆλθεν	1	The implication is that the priest did not help the man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he did not help him, but instead walked past him on the other side of the road” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:32	z3ct		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	καὶ Λευείτης	1	This expression introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “there was also a Levite” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
10:32	l617		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ Λευείτης	1	Jesus is leaving out some words, but they can be inferred from the rest of the story. Alternate translation: “there was also a Levite traveling on that road who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
10:32	lf3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ Λευείτης	1	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that a **Levite** was someone who served in the temple. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was also a Levite, someone who served in the temple, who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:32	l618		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁμοίως & καὶ Λευείτης κατὰ τὸν τόπον, ἐλθὼν καὶ ἰδὼν ἀντιπαρῆλθεν	1	Since Levites served in the temple, the audience would assume that this Levite would help the injured man. Since he did not, this phrase could be introduced with a contrasting word to call attention to this unexpected result. Alternate translation: “likewise a Levite also came to the place, but when he saw him, he walked past him on the other side of the road” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
10:32	l619		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀντιπαρῆλθεν	1	The implication is that the Levite did not help the man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he did not help the injured man, but instead walked past him on the other side of the road” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:33	z3xt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Σαμαρείτης δέ τις	1	This expression introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “But there was also a Samartian who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
10:33	cyp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Σαμαρείτης δέ τις	1	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that Jews and Samaritans were bitter enemies. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But there was a Samaritan, whose people were enemies of the Jews, who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:33	l620		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	Σαμαρείτης δέ τις	1	Since Jews and Samaritans were enemies, the listeners would have assumed that this Samaritan would not help an injured Jewish man. Since he did help him, Jesus introduces this character with a contrasting word that calls attention to this unexpected result. you could do the same in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
10:33	w8qm			ἐσπλαγχνίσθη	1	Alternate translation: “he felt sorry for him and wanted to help him”
10:34	emq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	κατέδησεν τὰ τραύματα αὐτοῦ, ἐπιχέων ἔλαιον καὶ οἶνον	1	The Samaritan would have put the **oil and wine** on the **wounds** first, and then **bound up** the **wounds**. Alternate translation: “he put oil and wine on the wounds and then wrapped them with cloth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
10:34	um21		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπιχέων ἔλαιον καὶ οἶνον	1	The **wine** was used to clean the **wounds**, and the **oil** was used to prevent infection. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “pouring oil and wine on them to help heal them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:34	ktz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ ἴδιον κτῆνος	1	The Greek term translated as **animal** refers to an animal that carried heavy loads. In this culture, it was probably a donkey. You could state that, but if your readers might not know what a donkey is, you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “his own pack animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
10:35	z9w5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δύο δηνάρια	1	See how you translated the term **denarii** in [7:41](../07/41.md). Alternate translation: “two silver coins” or “an amount equivalent to two days’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
10:35	nu6t			τῷ πανδοχεῖ	1	Alternate translation: “the person who was in charge of the inn”
10:35	f5dz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὅ τι ἂν προσδαπανήσῃς, ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ ἐπανέρχεσθαί με ἀποδώσω σοι	1	The Samaritan is describing a hypothetical situation and saying what he would do if the condition were true. Alternate translation: “if you need to spend more than this, then I will repay you when I return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
10:36	pa6a			τίς τούτων τῶν τριῶν πλησίον δοκεῖ σοι γεγονέναι, τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as two questions. Alternate translation: “What do you think? Which of these three men acted like a neighbor to the man whom the robbers attacked?”
10:36	v31w			πλησίον & γεγονέναι	1	Alternate translation: “acted like a neighbor”
10:36	kv4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς	1	As in [10:30](../10/30.md), be sure it is clear in your translation that this does not mean that the man fell down accidentally. Rather, this is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to the man whom the robbers attacked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:37	ig9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πορεύου καὶ σὺ ποίει ὁμοίως	1	The implication is that the lawyer has given the correct answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, and you could also indicate what **do likewise** means. Alternate translation: “You are right. In the same way, you should also be a neighbor to people who need your help” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:38	kv4q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐν δὲ τῷ πορεύεσθαι αὐτοὺς	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event. Alternate translation: “The next thing that happened on their journey was that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
10:38	l621		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	αὐτὸς εἰσῆλθεν & ὑπεδέξατο αὐτόν	1	Luke says **he** and **him**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “they entered … welcomed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
10:38	i17j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	γυνὴ δέ τις ὀνόματι Μάρθα	1	This introduces **Martha** as a new character. Your language may have its own way of introducing new people. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There was a woman named Martha who lived there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
10:39	l623		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	καὶ τῇδε ἦν ἀδελφὴ καλουμένη Μαριάμ	1	This introduces **Mary** as a new character. Alternate translation: “Now Martha had a sister whose name was Mary” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
10:39	l624		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καλουμένη Μαριάμ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whose name was Mary” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:39	fal8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρακαθεσθεῖσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	This was the customary and respectful position for a learner at this time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she sat respectfully on the floor near Jesus to learn from him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:39	l626		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading in your translation, or another reading, “the Lord.” The note below discusses a translation issue in that reading, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
10:39	l627			τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	If you use the variant reading “the Lord” at this place in your translation, you may wish to indicate that this is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
10:39	i74b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἤκουεν τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	Luke uses the term **word** to describe what Jesus said while he was at Martha’s house. Alternate translation: “and listened to what he said” or “and listened to him teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:40	adr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ Μάρθα περιεσπᾶτο περὶ πολλὴν διακονίαν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “But all Martha could think about was the big meal she was preparing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:40	jd9a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐ μέλει σοι, ὅτι ἡ ἀδελφή μου μόνην με κατέλιπεν διακονεῖν?	1	Martha is complaining that Jesus is allowing Mary to sit listening to him when there is so much work to do. Martha respects the Lord, so she uses a rhetorical question to make her complaint more polite. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate her words as a statement. Alternate translation: “it seems as if you do not care that my sister has left me alone to serve.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
10:41	l628		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῇ ὁ Κύριος	1	Together **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to Martha’s request. Alternate translation: “But the Lord replied to her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
10:41	l629			ὁ Κύριος	1	Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
10:41	dsw3			Μάρθα, Μάρθα	1	Jesus repeats Martha’s name for emphasis. Alternate translation: “My dear Martha”
10:41	l630		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	μεριμνᾷς καὶ θορυβάζῃ περὶ πολλά	1	The terms **anxious** and **troubled** mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate them with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “you are worrying too much about things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
10:41	l631		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μεριμνᾷς καὶ θορυβάζῃ περὶ πολλά	1	If you do not combine the term for **troubled** with the word **anxious** into a single phrase, you could state **you are anxious and troubled** with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are anxious and letting too many things bother you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:42	hqt4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία	1	Jesus says **one thing** as an overstatement for emphasis. Other things actually are necessary for life, but this is the most important one. Alternate translation: “but one thing is more important than all the others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
10:42	l632		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία	1	The implication is that this most important thing is what Jesus is teaching about God, and that Martha should have been concentrating on that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but one thing, what I am teaching about God, is more important than all the others, and you should have been concentrating on that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:42	l633			Μαριὰμ & τὴν ἀγαθὴν μερίδα ἐξελέξατο	1	While Jesus spoke just earlier about “one thing” as opposed to “many things,” here he seems to contrast only two things, **the good part** with another part, perhaps not “the bad part,” but at least the part that is not to be preferred. This likely refers to the two activities that Mary and Martha have chosen to pursue while Jesus is present in their home. Alternate translation: “Mary has chosen the better activity”
10:42	nzn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἥτις οὐκ ἀφαιρεθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτῆς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. This could mean: (1) “I will not take that opportunity away from her.” (2) “God will not let her lose what she has gained from listening to me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:intro	j6le				0	# Luke 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus teaches about prayer (11:1–13)\n2. Jesus teaches about driving out demons and other subjects (11:14–36)\n3. Jesus criticizes the Pharisees and experts in the law (11:37–54)\n\nULT sets the lines in 11:2–4 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a special prayer.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The Lord’s Prayer\n\nWhen Jesus’ followers asked him to teach them how to pray, he taught them this prayer. He did not expect them to use the same words every time they prayed, but he did want them to know what God wanted them to pray about.\n\n### Jonah\n\nJonah was an Old Testament prophet whom God sent to the Gentile city of Nineveh to tell the people there to repent. When he went and preached to them, they did repent. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nThe Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, that is, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. The Bible speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, that is, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### Washing\n\nThe Pharisees would wash themselves and the things they ate with. They would even wash things that were not dirty. The law of Moses did not tell them to wash those things, but they would wash them anyway. They did that because they thought that if they obeyed both the rules that God had made and some rules that their ancestors had added, God would think that they were better people. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\n### Bread and stone, fish and snake\n\nIn 11:11, some ancient manuscripts have a longer reading, which also is found in Matthew 7:9. It says, “Which father among you, if your son asks for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone? Or a fish, will give him a snake?” ULT uses the shorter reading, which mentions just the fish and snake. This shorter reading is well attested to in many other ancient manuscripts. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to follow its reading. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
11:1	fl3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
11:1	l635		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1	This disciple is referring to **John** the Baptist. you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:2	n3pz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Jesus is commanding the disciples to honor the name of God the Father by addressing him as **Father** when praying to him. This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
11:2	l636		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	Jesus is not saying that God’s **name** is not already **holy** in itself. Rather, he is referring to how people consider God’s **name**. Alternate translation: “may people treat your name as holy” or “may people regard your name as holy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:2	l637		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “may people treat your name as holy” or “may people regard your name as holy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:2	b6sr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	The term **name** is a figurative way of referring to an entire person by reference to something associated with them. Alternate translation: “may all people honor you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:2	tm1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase “the kingdom of God” in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” As the General Introduction to Luke explains, in one sense, the **kingdom** of God is already present on earth, while in another sense, it is still a future reality. Try to translate this in a way that acknowledges both aspects. Alternate translation: “Come and rule more and more throughout the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
11:2	l638		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal	σου	1	Here, **your** is singular because Jesus is teaching his disciples how to pray to God. If your language has a formal form of “you” that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form for **your** in its two instances here and for **you** in [11:4](../11/04.md). Alternatively, it might be more appropriate in your culture to address God using a familiar form, such as friends would use with one another. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
11:3	q89w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	δίδου ἡμῖν	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
11:3	l639		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	δίδου ἡμῖν	1	Jesus teaches his disciples to speak to God in the plural because he wants them to pray together in community about the matters he describes. Since the word **us** would refer to the people praying, but not to God, it would be exclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
11:3	s6qp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον	1	Jesus refers to **bread**, one common food, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
11:4	iid7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἄφες ἡμῖν & μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς	1	These are imperatives, but they should be translated as polite requests rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” in each case to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please forgive us … please do not lead us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
11:4	wi99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	παντὶ ὀφείλοντι ἡμῖν	1	Jesus uses the image of being in debt to describe having sinned against a person. Alternate translation: “everyone who has sinned against us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:4	db55			μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν	1	You could state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “please lead us away from temptation”
11:5	l640		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἕξει φίλον, καὶ πορεύσεται πρὸς αὐτὸν μεσονυκτίου	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you went to the house of a friend in the middle of the night” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
11:5	l641		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ εἴπῃ αὐτῷ, φίλε, χρῆσόν μοι τρεῖς ἄρτους	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and asked his friend to let him borrow three loaves of bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
11:5	y1s9			χρῆσόν μοι τρεῖς ἄρτους	1	Alternate translation: “let me borrow three loaves of bread” or “give me three loaves of bread, and I will pay you back later”
11:6	l642		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐπειδὴ φίλος μου παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός με, καὶ οὐκ ἔχω ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing the sentence from the previous verse): “explaining that another friend has just arrived on a journey and that he does not have enough food to feed him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
11:6	l643		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπειδὴ φίλος μου	1	The speaker uses the word **since** to introduce the reason why he is making this request at this time. If you translate this as a direct quotation, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you why I am asking. My friend” or “I am asking because my friend” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
11:6	zl5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός με	1	The speaker uses the term **road** to describe being on a journey. Alternate translation: “another friend of mine is on a journey and has just arrived at my house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:6	zp7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ	1	It is unlikely that the speaker has no food at all in his house that he could serve his friend. Rather, this is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “enough food to feed him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
11:6	l731		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ	1	This could mean: (1) as UST implies, while his family has the ingredients to make a meal, they do not want to make a weary traveler wait the time it would take for them to bake bread and prepare other food. Alternate translation: “any food prepared to feed him” (2) the speaker wants to extend hospitality by sharing a meal with his guest, and so he needs enough food for a family meal. Alternate translation: “enough food to share a meal with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:7	l644		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἔσωθεν ἀποκριθεὶς εἴπῃ	1	The word **answering** indicates that what this friend **may say** would be a response. Alternate translation: “he may reply from inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
11:7	l645		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπῃ, μή μοι κόπους πάρεχε; ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται, καὶ τὰ παιδία μου μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὴν κοίτην εἰσίν; οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς δοῦναί σοι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he may tell you not to bother him, because he has already locked the door for the night and his children are in bed with him, so he cannot get up and give you anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
11:7	l646		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “We have already closed and locked the door” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:7	vhf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς	1	The friend inside is not literally incapable of getting up. Rather, this is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “It would be very difficult for me to get up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
11:8	zl2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Even though Jesus began this hypothetical situation by asking “which of you,” that is, “which one of you,” here he is addressing all of the disciples together, not the hypothetical single disciple who might go to a friend’s house at midnight. So here, the word **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
11:8	prx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	διά γε τὴν ἀναίδειαν αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **persistence** with a verb such as “continue.” Alternate translation: “because you continue to ask him urgently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
11:8	l647			ἐγερθεὶς	1	Alternate translation: “getting out of bed”
11:9	j4ef		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν λέγω & ὑμῖν & εὑρήσετε & ὑμῖν	1	In the first instance in this verse, **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to the disciples. In the next three instances, even though Jesus is describing what could be an individual situation of a person praying to God, **you** is also plural because Jesus is still speaking to the disciples as a group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
11:9	l648		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αἰτεῖτε & ζητεῖτε	1	It might be customary in your language to say what a person would be asking for and seeking, and from whom. Alternate translation: “keep asking God for what you need … keep seeking what you need from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:9	i7j9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” or “you will receive it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:9	l1f6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κρούετε	1	To **knock** at a door means to hit it a few times to let a person inside the house know you are standing outside. You could translate this expression with the way people in your culture show that they have arrived at a house, such as “call out” or “cough” or “clap.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
11:9	l649		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κρούετε	1	Jesus is using the expression **knock** to mean getting someone’s attention. Alternate translation: “seek God’s attention in prayer” or “let God know you are depending on him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:9	kp3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will open the door for you” or “God will welcome you inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:9	l650		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν	1	This phrase continues the metaphor of prayer as knocking on a door. Alternate translation: “God will give you what you need” or “God will enable you to do what you are praying about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:10	l651		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῷ κρούοντι	1	See how you translated the word “knock” in [11:9](../11/09.md). Alternate translation: “to the one who calls out” or “to the one who coughs” or “to the one who claps” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
11:10	l652		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνοιγήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will open the door” or “God will welcome you inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:10	l653		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀνοιγήσεται	1	This phrase continues the metaphor of prayer as knocking on a door. Alternate translation: “God will give you what you need” or “God will enable you to do what you are praying about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:11	l654		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	τίνα δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἰχθύν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος, ὄφιν αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει?	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading or a longer one that is found in some ancient manuscripts. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
11:11	l655			τίνα δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἰχθύν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος, ὄφιν αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει	1	Alternate translation: “Which of you fathers, if his son asked for a fish, would give him a snake instead of a fish”
11:11	q63d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνα δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἰχθύν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος, ὄφιν αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “None of you fathers would give your son a snake if he asked for a fish!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
11:11	l656		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	τίνα δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἰχθύν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος, ὄφιν αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει?	1	Jesus is also using a hypothetical situation to teach, and you could translate his words that way. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had a son who asked for a fish to eat. None of you fathers would give him a snake instead.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
11:11	ls04		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὄφιν	1	In this culture, people did not eat snakes. So Jesus is saying that a father would not give a son something the son could not eat if the son asked for something that he could eat. If people do eat snakes in your culture, you could use the name of something that they do not eat, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something he cannot eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:12	l657		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἢ καὶ αἰτήσει ᾠόν, ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ σκορπίον	1	Jesus is speaking in an abbreviated way. Alternate translation: “Or if a son asked for an egg, would his father give him a scorpion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
11:12	r52w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ καὶ αἰτήσει ᾠόν, ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ σκορπίον?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “And no father would give his son a scorpion if he asked for an egg!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
11:12	l658		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἢ καὶ αἰτήσει ᾠόν, ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ σκορπίον?	1	Jesus is also using a hypothetical situation to teach. You could translate his words that way. Alternate translation: “Or suppose a son asked for an egg to eat. His father would not give him a scorpion instead.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
11:12	e8hr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σκορπίον	1	A **scorpion** is a small animal related to the spider. It has two claws and a poisonous stinger in its tail. If your readers would not be familiar with scorpions, you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a poisonous stinging animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
11:12	ls05		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σκορπίον	1	In this culture, people did not eat scorpions. So Jesus is saying that a father would not give a son something the son could not eat if the son asked for something that he could eat. If people do eat scorpions in your culture, you could use the name of something that they do not eat, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something he cannot eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:13	g99r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ & ὑμεῖς πονηροὶ ὑπάρχοντες, οἴδατε	1	Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since you who are evil know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
11:13	aww7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, δώσει Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “your Heavenly Father will even more certainly give the Holy Spirit to those who ask him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
11:14	uyu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
11:14	afa8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦν ἐκβάλλων δαιμόνιον κωφόν	1	The **demon** itself was not unable to speak. Rather, it was preventing the man whom it was controlling from speaking. Alternate translation: “Jesus was driving out a demon that was causing a man to be unable to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:14	l6cg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to mark where the action begins that this episode centers around. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
11:14	p72b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τοῦ δαιμονίου ἐξελθόντος	1	Luke is relating this episode briefly, and he does not say from whom the demon had **gone out**. Your language may require you to say that. Alternate translation: “when the demon had gone out of the man” or “once the demon had left the man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
11:14	tnq3			ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός	1	Alternate translation: “the man who had been unable to speak then spoke”
11:15	y6zi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	These people are using the name of this chief demon to refer by association to his power, which they are accusing Jesus of using. Alternate translation: “By the power of Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:16	r519		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἕτεροι δὲ πειράζοντες	1	The pronoun **{him}** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Other people challenged Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
11:16	l660		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	σημεῖον ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐζήτουν παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke uses the term **heaven** to refer to God by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “demanding that he ask God to do a miracle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:16	x9fw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σημεῖον ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐζήτουν παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1	The implication is that the people who were challenging Jesus wanted him to ask God for a miracle to prove that his authority came from God. Alternate translation: “by demanding that he ask God to do a miracle to show that God had given him his authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:17	l661		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πᾶσα βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν διαμερισθεῖσα ἐρημοῦται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbs to express the ideas behind the two passive verb forms **divided** and **is made desolate**. Alternate translation: “If the people of a kingdom fight among themselves, they will destroy their own kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:17	e36g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	βασιλεία	1	Jesus uses the term **kingdom** to refer to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “the people of a kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:17	l662		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οἶκος ἐπὶ οἶκον πίπτει	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. The sense of **divided** can be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “any house that is divided against itself will collapse” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
11:17	rc4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἶκος ἐπὶ οἶκον πίπτει	1	The term **house** refers to the people of a family who live in the same **house**. Alternate translation: “if family members fight against each other, they will ruin their family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:17	ze6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πίπτει	1	This image of a house collapsing depicts the destruction of a family when the members fight against each other. Alternate translation: “will ruin the family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:18	jd5t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ?	1	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But if Satan is divided against himself, then his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
11:18	l663		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ?	1	Jesus is also using a conditional statement to teach. Specifically, he is suggesting a condition that is not true in order to show by the results of the condition that it is certainly not true. Alternate translation: “Suppose Satan and all the other members of his kingdom are fighting among themselves. In that case, his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
11:18	i74u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εἰ & καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη	1	Here Jesus uses the person of **Satan** to refer to all of the demons who follow Satan, as well as to Satan himself. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are also fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
11:18	l664		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰ & καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are also fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:18	l665		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ?	1	Jesus asks how a **kingdom** could **stand** as if it were a building or a person. Alternate translation: “how can his kingdom last?” or “then his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:18	vnt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι λέγετε, ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλειν με τὰ δαιμόνια	1	The implication is that if Jesus is doing this, then Satan’s kingdom is divided against itself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may also be helpful to say who people considered **Beelzebul** to be. Alternate translation: “You are saying that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, the ruler of the demons. That would mean that Satan is divided against himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:19	i48v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
11:19	l667		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	Jesus is also using a conditional statement to teach. Specifically, he is suggesting a condition that is not true in order to show by the results of the condition that it is certainly not true. Alternate translation: “Suppose I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul. In that case, your followers must be using that same power themselves.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
11:19	l668		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	The implication is that the people challenging Jesus would not say that their own followers were using the power of **Beelzebul**, and so they should agree that he is not using that power himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power. But you do not believe that is true about them. So it must not be true about me, either.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:19	l670		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν	1	Here, Jesus uses the word **sons** to mean “followers.” Alternate translation: “your followers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:19	bs8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτοὶ ὑμῶν κριταὶ ἔσονται	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “your own followers will say that you are wrong for claiming that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, because they know that they are not using that power themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:20	l671		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ & ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ, ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “So I must be making demons leave people by the power of God. This shows that the kingdom of God has come to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
11:20	y643		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ	1	This phrase refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “by the power of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:20	ja3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean: (1) the kingdom of God has arrived in this place, that is, its activities are happening here. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) the kingdom of God has arrived in time, that is, it already beginning. Alternate translation: “God is beginning to rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
11:21	e4d1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὅταν ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος	1	To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told the crowd this story to help them understand. ‘When a strong man who has all his weapons’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
11:21	l672		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a strong man who has all his weapons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:21	l673		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	φυλάσσῃ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ αὐλήν	1	Jesus speaks of one part of a house, its **courtyard** or entrance area, to refer to the entire house. Alternate translation: “is guarding his own house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
11:21	pb5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἐστὶν τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	This expression means that no one will disturb the man’s **possessions**, that is, they are safe from being stolen. Alternate translation: “no one can steal his possessions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:22	g1hx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἰσχυρότερος αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is using the adjective **stronger** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is stronger than he is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
11:22	zv57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ διαδίδωσιν	1	Jesus speaks of the first man’s possessions as if they were the **spoils** of war. He also says that the stronger man will **divide** these possessions, as if he were a soldier who needed to share them with other soldiers. Alternate translation: “take away his possessions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:22	l674		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ διαδίδωσιν	1	The implication of this parable is that Jesus must be stronger than Satan, because he has been overpowering him and rescuing the people whom Satan formerly controlled. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “take away his possessions. So I must be stronger than Satan and overpowering Satan, because I am taking away from him the people he formerly controlled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:23	yw6h			ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ, κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν; καὶ ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ, σκορπίζει	1	Jesus is not referring to a specific individual. Rather, he is making a general statement that applies to any person or group of people. Alternate translation: “Anyone who is not with me is against me, and anyone who does not gather with me scatters” or “Those who are not with me are against me, and those who do not gather with me scatter”
11:23	h3kb			ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “Anyone who is not working with me”
11:23	t7zn			κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν	1	Alternate translation: “is working against me”
11:23	wa13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ, σκορπίζει	1	Jesus is referring implicitly to the work of gathering disciples to follow him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone who is not working to help people come and follow me is keeping them away from me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:24	l675		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὅταν τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα ἐξέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, διέρχεται δι’ ἀνύδρων τόπων ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose a demon goes out of a person. And suppose it then wanders through the desert looking for another place to live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
11:24	l676		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “a demon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:24	l677		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
11:24	fpj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀνύδρων τόπων	1	Jesus is describing the desert by reference to the lack of water there. Alternate translation: “the desert” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:24	l678		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “looking for another place to live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:24	yvp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	καὶ μὴ εὑρίσκον, λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	Jesus continues to use a hypothetical situation to teach. If you show that directly in your translation, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose the demon does not find another place to live. Then it would say, ‘I will return to my house from which I came’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
11:24	l679		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the unclean spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it says that it will return to the house from which it came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
11:24	s89t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	The demon is referring to the person it formerly controlled as its **house**. Alternate translation: “the person I used to control” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:25	b4u3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “it finds that someone has swept the house and put it in order” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:25	l680		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	Jesus speaks about the person whom the demon left by continuing the metaphor of a house. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
11:25	l681		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	The implication is that the house is still empty. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs, but which is still empty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:26	wqq4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου, χείρονα τῶν πρώτων	1	Here the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition of that person is worse than his original condition” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
11:26	l682		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου	1	Here Jesus is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
11:27	m86m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
11:27	pk7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπάρασά & φωνὴν & εἶπεν	1	The idiom **lifting up her voice** means that the woman spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “said in a loud voice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:27	l683		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἐπάρασά & φωνὴν & εἶπεν	1	The phrase **lifting up her voice** tells how the woman **said** what she did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two terms. Alternate translation: “shouted out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
11:27	vjt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μακαρία ἡ κοιλία ἡ βαστάσασά σε, καὶ μαστοὶ οὓς ἐθήλασας	1	The woman who is shouting out to Jesus is using some of a woman’s body to refer to the whole woman. Alternate translation: “How good it is for the woman who gave birth to you and nursed you” or “How happy the woman must be who gave birth to you and nursed you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
11:27	l684			μακαρία ἡ κοιλία ἡ βαστάσασά σε, καὶ μαστοὶ οὓς ἐθήλασας	1	While this woman is speaking about the mother of Jesus, she is actually pronouncing a blessing on him. Alternate translation: “I bless you, because this world is a better place because your mother brought you into it”
11:28	c7e8			μενοῦν, μακάριοι	1	Jesus is not saying that his mother is not blessed. He is saying that the people he is about to describe are even more **blessed**. Alternate translation: “It is even better for”
11:28	l685			οἱ ἀκούοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ φυλάσσοντες	1	Alternate translation: “those who listen carefully to the message God has spoken and obey it”
11:28	c3f2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus uses the term **word** to describe the message that has come from God in the form of words. Alternate translation: “the message God has spoken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:29	cf2t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν δὲ ὄχλων ἐπαθροιζομένων	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what these **crowds** were. Alternate translation: “as the crowds around Jesus were growing larger” or “as more people kept joining the crowds around Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:29	kt6k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη γενεὰ πονηρά ἐστιν; σημεῖον ζητεῖ	1	Jesus uses the term **generation** to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “The people living at this time are evil people. They seek” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:29	q19q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σημεῖον ζητεῖ	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the purpose of the **sign** that the people were seeking. Alternate translation: “They want me to perform a miracle to prove that I have come from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:29	l686		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “God will only give it the sign of Jonah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
11:29	s29w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God will not give it a sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:29	ft6z			τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ	1	Alternate translation: “a miracle like the one that God did for Jonah”
11:30	vj9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καθὼς & ἐγένετο Ἰωνᾶς τοῖς Νινευείταις σημεῖον, οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly in what way Jesus will be a sign to this generation the way Jonah was a sign to the Ninevites. Alternate translation: “God did a miracle to show the people who lived long ago in the city of Nineveh that Jonah was his prophet. He brought Jonah out alive after he had been inside the great fish for three days. In the same way, God will do a miracle to show the people living at this time that I have come from him. He will bring me out alive after I have been in the grave for three days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:30	l687		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῖς Νινευείταις	1	**Ninevites** describes the people who lived in the ancient city of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:30	il7p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
11:30	l732		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:30	ax7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ	1	Jesus uses the term **generation** to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “to the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:31	t1mw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	βασίλισσα νότου	1	This means the Queen of Sheba. Sheba was a kingdom south of Israel. Alternate translation: “The Queen of Sheba” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:31	bx3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐγερθήσεται & μετὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	In this culture, a person would **stand up** to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for her action. Alternate translation: “will stand up … to give testimony before God against the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
11:31	l688			ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges people”
11:31	l689		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
11:31	rnq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς	1	This is an idiom that means she came from very far away. Alternate translation: “she traveled a great distance” or “she came from a faraway place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:31	l690		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **wisdom** with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “the wise things that Solomon said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
11:31	l691		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term **behold** to get the crowd to focus its attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “now listen carefully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:31	l692		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	Jesus is using the adjective **greater** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is greater than Solomon is here” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
11:31	cwa7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, who am greater than Solomon, am here” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
11:31	p75h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	It may be helpful to state explicitly that these people have not listened to Jesus. Alternate translation: “even though I, who am greater than Solomon, am here, the people of this time have not listened to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:32	pkh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται	1	It may be helpful to state explicitly that **Nineveh** refers to the ancient city of **Nineveh**. Alternate translation: “The people who lived in the ancient city of Nineveh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:32	g456		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνδρες	1	Here, **men** is generic and includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “The people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
11:32	l693		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἀναστήσονται & μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “will stand up … to give testimony before God against the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
11:32	l694			ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges people”
11:32	uwp5			τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	Alternate translation: “the people who lived at this time”
11:32	l695		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term **behold** to get the crowd to focus its attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:32	l696		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	Jesus is using the adjective **greater** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is greater than Jonah is here” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
11:32	ac61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, who am greater than Jonah, am here” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
11:32	l697		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	It may be helpful to state explicitly that these people have not repented after hearing the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “even though I, who am greater than Jonah, am here, you still have not repented after hearing my message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:33	l698		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	οὐδεὶς λύχνον ἅψας	1	To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus offers a brief illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘No one who lights a lamp’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
11:33	ht3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κρύπτην	1	This expression means a place in a house that would not ordinarily be seen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use the name of any part of a dwelling in your culture that would not ordinarily be seen. Alternate translation: “a closet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
11:33	l699		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν μόδιον	1	The term **the measure** refers to a container for dry material that had a capacity of about eight liters or about two gallons. You can represent the term in your translation with the name of a corresponding container in your culture. Alternate translation: “a basket” or “a bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
11:33	hz46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the understood subject and verb in this clause. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Instead, a person places a lighted lamp on a lampstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
11:34	n1pg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου	1	The **eye** is a **lamp** in a figurative sense. It is not a source of light, but a channel of light. Alternate translation: “Your eye lets light into your body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:34	l700		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σου	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so **your** and **you** are singular in [11:34–36](../11/34.md). But if the singular form of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
11:34	rm2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ὅταν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἁπλοῦς ᾖ, καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινόν ἐστιν	1	Jesus is drawing an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “When your eye is healthy, it lets light into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will understand and live by his message for every part of your life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
11:34	td49		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ἐπὰν δὲ πονηρὸς ᾖ, καὶ τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινόν	1	Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy, it does not let light into any of your body. In the same way, if you are not willing to obey God, you will not understand and live by his message for any part of your life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
11:34	l701			ἐπὰν δὲ πονηρὸς ᾖ	1	In this context, Jesus is using the term **evil** to contrast with **healthy**, so it means “unhealthy.” Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy”
11:35	z96u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	σκόπει & μὴ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος ἐστίν	1	Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “it would be dangerous for you to think that you could see clearly if you actually could not. In the same way, be careful not to think that you understand and live by God’s message if you really do not” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
11:36	g336		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἔσται φωτεινὸν ὅλον, ὡς ὅταν ὁ λύχνος τῇ ἀστραπῇ φωτίζῃ σε	1	Jesus now uses a simile to connect the illustration of the lamp with the extended metaphor of the eye. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of the simile. Alternate translation: “light will come into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will be able to understand his message and live by it completely, just as a lamp shines a bright light that allows you to see yourself and everything around you clearly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
11:37	h6zz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐν δὲ τῷ λαλῆσαι	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “And when Jesus had finished saying these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
11:37	l702			ἐρωτᾷ αὐτὸν Φαρισαῖος	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee asked him”
11:37	l703		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Φαρισαῖος	1	This introduces a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee who was there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
11:37	x6nx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀνέπεσεν	1	It was the custom in this culture at a relaxed meal such as this one for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around the table. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “he sat down at the table” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
11:38	bm8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ πρῶτον ἐβαπτίσθη	1	The Pharisees had a rule that people had to **wash** their hands before eating in order to be ceremonially clean before God. Alternate translation: “he wash his hands in order to be ceremonially clean” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:39	l704			ὁ Κύριος	1	Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
11:39	xf4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε, τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας	1	It becomes clear from the second part of this sentence that Jesus is using the cup and the bowl in the first part to represent the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “you Pharisees are careful to maintain good appearances on the outside, but your true character is that you are greedy and wicked people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:39	zkq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε	1	Washing the outside of containers was a part of the ritual practices of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “as part of your rituals, you Pharisees always clean the things that you are going to eat and drink from” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:39	b8gj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **greed** and **evil** with adjectives, as UST does. Alternate translation: “but your true character is that you are greedy and wicked people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
11:40	zq4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἄφρονες	1	Jesus is using an adjective as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
11:40	g39h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὁ ποιήσας τὸ ἔξωθεν, καὶ τὸ ἔσωθεν ἐποίησεν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge and correct the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The one who made the outside also made the inside!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
11:41	m3ww		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ ἐνόντα δότε ἐλεημοσύνην	1	Jesus assumes that the Pharisees will know that he is now referring literally to the cups and bowls because he wants to speak about what they contain. So in this saying, they no longer represent the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “give to the poor what is in your cups and bowls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:41	l705		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰ ἐνόντα δότε ἐλεημοσύνην	1	Jesus is referring to food by association with the cups and bowls that the food is **inside**. Alternate translation: “share your food with the poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:41	l706		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term **behold** to get the Pharisees to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:41	phz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντα καθαρὰ ὑμῖν ἐστιν	1	The implication is that if the Pharisees devote themselves to what is most important, helping people in need, then they will recognize that ceremonial cleansing is less important and less worthy of their attention. Alternate translation: “you will not have to be so concerned about ritually washing cups and bowls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:42	ans4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀποδεκατοῦτε τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ πήγανον, καὶ πᾶν λάχανον	1	The implication is that the Pharisees are counting the leaves on their garden herbs and giving a tenth of those to God, and that by doing that, they are going to almost absurd extremes in pursuing that devotional practice. Alternate translation: “you are so extreme that you give every tenth leaf from your mint and rue and other garden plants to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:42	p71g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ πήγανον	1	These are the names of herbs. People put just a little bit of their leaves into their food to give it flavor. If your readers would not know what **mint** and **rue** are, you could use the name of herbs that they would know. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
11:42	l25z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶν λάχανον	1	This does not mean every **herb** that exists, but every **herb** that the Pharisees were growing in their gardens. Alternate translation: “every other herb in your gardens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
11:42	yk7d			τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “to make sure that people are treated fairly and compassionately, as God would want”
11:42	l707			ταῦτα & κἀκεῖνα	1	By **these things**, Jesus means the justice and the love of God. By **those things**, he means devotional practices such as tithing. Your language may have its own way of expressing distinctions like this. Alternate translation: “the latter, and … the former”
11:42	myv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	κἀκεῖνα μὴ παρεῖναι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative, which consists of a negative particle and a negative verb, as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “while making sure to express your devotion to God as well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
11:43	w6pv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὴν πρωτοκαθεδρίαν	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the best seats” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:43	sz72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς	1	The implication is that people would greet the Pharisees in public by addressing them with honorary titles. Alternate translation: “for people to greet you with special titles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:44	hag2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἐστὲ ὡς τὰ μνημεῖα τὰ ἄδηλα, καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ περιπατοῦντες ἐπάνω οὐκ οἴδασιν	1	Jesus is saying that the Pharisees are like unmarked graves because they appear to be ceremonially clean, and so people do not realize that they should avoid them and their teaching. Alternate translation: “you are like burial places that people should not go near, but people do not realize that because the places are unmarked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
11:44	l708		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐστὲ ὡς τὰ μνημεῖα τὰ ἄδηλα	1	The implication is that these **graves** are **unseen**, that is, people do not know that they are there, because they do not have markers such as the stones or plaques that are customarily used to identify graves and to memorialize the people who are buried in them. Alternate translation: “you are like unmarked graves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:44	mrw1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μνημεῖα	1	The term **graves** refers to holes dug in the ground where dead bodies are buried. If your readers would not be familiar with **graves**, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “burial places” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
11:44	l709		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ περιπατοῦντες ἐπάνω	1	Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that people walk over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
11:44	h9x7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ οἴδασιν	1	The implication is that if the Jews walked over a grave, they would become ceremonially unclean because they had come close to a dead body. Unmarked graves would cause them to do that accidentally. Alternate translation: “do not realize that and so become ceremonially unclean” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:44	l710		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ οἴδασιν	1	Jesus is using the implied ceremonial uncleanness to represent not doing what pleases God. He has just said in [11:42](../11/42.md) that this is really a matter of showing love and justice to others. Alternate translation: “without realizing it and so, because they follow your teaching, they do not do the things that God wants them to do most” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:45	l711			ἀποκριθεὶς δέ τις τῶν νομικῶν λέγει αὐτῷ	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there said to him”
11:45	l712		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς & τις τῶν νομικῶν λέγει	1	Together the two verbs **answering** and **says** mean that this lawyer was responding to what Jesus had said about the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “one of the lawyers responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
11:45	u1vv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	τις τῶν νομικῶν	1	This phrase introduces a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
11:45	l713		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τις τῶν νομικῶν	1	See how you translated “lawyer” in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
11:45	l714			Διδάσκαλε	1	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
11:45	v1pr			ταῦτα λέγων, καὶ ἡμᾶς ὑβρίζεις	1	Alternate translation: “those are not very nice things to say, and they apply to us too”
11:46	wx9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς νομικοῖς οὐαί	1	The implication is that Jesus did intend to condemn the actions of the experts in the law along with the actions of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “God is just as displeased with you experts in the law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:46	l715		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοῖς νομικοῖς	1	See how you translated **lawyers** in [11:45](../11/45.md). Alternate translation: “experts in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
11:46	v2vl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	φορτίζετε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους φορτία δυσβάστακτα	1	Jesus is describing the many rules that these experts give people as burdens that are too heavy to carry. Alternate translation: “you give people more rules than they can possibly follow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:46	l716		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀνθρώπους	1	Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
11:46	mws4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	αὐτοὶ ἑνὶ τῶν δακτύλων ὑμῶν οὐ προσψαύετε τοῖς φορτίοις	1	Jesus uses the least possible thing someone could do to help someone else carry a burden, lifting part of it with a single finger, to emphasize how little these experts are actually doing to help people follow the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “you are not doing anything at all to help people truly obey the law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
11:47	l717		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	πατέρες	1	Jesus is using the term **fathers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “ancestors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
11:48	drs1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μαρτυρεῖτε καὶ συνευδοκεῖτε τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν	1	The implication is that the Pharisees and experts in the law are not really honoring the prophets whom their ancestors killed when they build elaborate tombs for them. Rather, their ancestors began the job by actually killing them, and now they are finishing the job by burying them. Alternate translation: “you show that you approve of and agree with what your ancestors did when you bury the prophets to finish the job of killing them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:48	l718		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is using the term **fathers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your ancestors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
11:48	l719		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς & οἰκοδομεῖτε	1	The implication is that the Pharisees and law experts are building tombs for the prophets, as [11:47](../11/47.md) says explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are building tombs for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:49	by5w			διὰ τοῦτο	1	The expression **Because of this** refers to the way that the current generation was effectively continuing the actions of its ancestors, who had killed the prophets. Alternate translation: “Because you are just as hostile to the prophets as your ancestors were”
11:49	c97g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	καὶ ἡ σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ εἶπεν	1	Jesus speaks of God’s **wisdom** as if it were able to speak by itself. Alternate translation: “God in his wisdom also said” or “God also wisely said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
11:49	lda4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀποστελῶ εἰς αὐτοὺς προφήτας καὶ ἀποστόλους, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν	1	Jesus is saying that God was not so foolish or naïve as to think that the Israelites would welcome the message of the prophets and apostles. God in his wisdom knew that they would oppose his messengers. But he sent them anyway, because their message was necessary and important. Alternate translation: “I am going to send prophets and apostles to them with my message, even though I know they will persecute and kill some of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:49	w1fh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν	1	Here, Jesus may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **persecute** may be telling why and how the people would **kill** the prophets. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “persecute even to the point of killing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
11:50	pi6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	The implication seems to be that God will also send prophets to the people living at this time because the people’s violent persecution of the prophets will constitute a conscious, deliberate rejection of God’s message that will provide grounds for definitive judgment. That is because the people of this time should know better than to persecute the prophets, based on the prominent bad example of their own ancestors. Alternate translation: “so that the people living at this time, who should have known better, can be held accountable for the blood that people have shed of all the prophets since the beginning of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:50	l720		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God can hold the people living at this time accountable for the blood of all the prophets that people shed from the foundation of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:50	l721		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ αἷμα & τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the blood … that people have shed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:50	d1rf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον	1	Jesus uses the term **the blood … that has been shed** to refer to the deaths of **the prophets** by association with their **blood.** Alternate translation: “the deaths of all the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:50	l722			ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	Alternate translation: “since the beginning of the world” or “since God made the world”
11:50	l723		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	Jesus uses the term **generation** to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:51	l724		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αἵματος Ἂβελ & αἵματος Ζαχαρίου	1	Jesus uses the terms **the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah** to refer to the deaths of these men by association with the shedding of their blood. Alternate translation: “the death of Abel … the death of Zechariah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:51	jes7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ζαχαρίου	1	**Zechariah** is the name of a man. It is not the same man as father of John the Baptist, whose story Luke tells at the beginning of this book. Rather, Jesus means the priest whom King Joash ordered the officials of Judah to stone to death in the temple courtyard after he rebuked the people of Judah for worshipping idols. See [2 Chronicles 24:21](../2ch/24/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:51	l726		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦ οἴκου	1	Jesus calls the temple the **house**, meaning the “house of God,” since God’s presence was in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:51	l727		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκζητηθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will hold the people living at this time accountable for all these deaths” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:51	l728		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	Jesus uses the term **generation** to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:52	vj5a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοῖς νομικοῖς	1	See how you translated **lawyers** in [11:45](../11/45.md). Alternate translation: “experts in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
11:52	s4fc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἤρατε τὴν κλεῖδα τῆς γνώσεως	1	Jesus speaks about the **knowledge** of God’s truth as if it were in a building whose door was locked, and about proper teaching as if it were a **key** that could unlock that door. Alternate translation: “you prevent people from knowing God’s truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:52	xg48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν κλεῖδα	1	A **key** is a small metal device that opens a lock that is used to keep things like a door, a box, or a drawer closed. If your readers would not know what a **key** is, you could use the name of a comparable device in your culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
11:52	fj7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσήλθατε, καὶ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἐκωλύσατε	1	Jesus continues the metaphor by saying that these experts in the law have not gone into the building where they could learn God’s truth, and they have not given others the **key** that would allow them to unlock the door and go inside to learn. Alternate translation: “you do not know God’s truth yourselves, and you are preventing others from knowing it as well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:53	mld3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	κἀκεῖθεν ἐξελθόντος αὐτοῦ	1	In this verse and the next verse, Luke comments on what happened as a result of the episode he has just related. Alternate translation: “After Jesus left the Pharisee’s house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
11:54	mr32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνεδρεύοντες αὐτὸν θηρεῦσαί τι ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	Luke speaks of the scribes and Pharisees trying to find grounds to accuse Jesus as if they were hunters hiding behind cover in order to catch an animal. Luke then speaks of what Jesus was saying as if it were the animal that these hunters were trying to catch. Alternate translation: “listening carefully to Jesus to see if they could use something he said to accuse him of teaching the wrong things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:54	l729		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τι ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	Luke describes what Jesus was saying by association with his **mouth**, by which he spoke these things. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:intro	jun3				0	# Luke 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus teaches about trusting and honoring God (12:1–12)\n2. Jesus tells a parable about a man who trusted in money (12:13–21)\n3. Jesus teaches not to trust in money (12:22–34)\n4. Jesus teaches about being ready for his return (12:35–59)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Blasphemy against the Holy Spirit”\n\nJesus says in 12:10 that anyone who blasphemes against the Holy Spirit will not be forgiven. This is a descriptive statement, not a prescriptive one. Jesus is not saying that if people happen to speak certain words, then God will refuse to forgive them, no matter how sorry they are afterwards. Rather, it is the Holy Spirit who brings conviction of sin and of the need to repent. “Blasphemy against the Holy Spirit” means attributing the influence of the Holy Spirit to evil powers, as the Pharisees did when they said in 11:15 that Jesus drove out demons by the power of Beelzebul, the ruler of demons. By definition, then, if a person thinks that the influence of the Holy Spirit is an evil influence, they will not respond to it, and so they will not experience conviction of sin, repent, and be forgiven. That is why people who “blaspheme against the Holy Spirit” will not be forgiven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n### Servants\n\nGod expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not. Jesus teaches about this in 12:34–40.\n\n### Division\n\nJesus knew that those who did not choose to follow him would hate those who did choose to follow him. He also knew that most people love their families more than they love anyone else. So he wanted his followers to understand that following and pleasing him had to be more important to them than having their family love them. Jesus teaches about this in 12:49–53.
12:1	en8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐν οἷς	1	Luke uses the word **When** to mark the beginning of a new event. This phrase seems to refer back to [11:54](../11/54.md). Alternate translation: “While the scribes and Pharisees were still looking for a way to trap him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
12:1	c8yk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	ἐπισυναχθεισῶν τῶν μυριάδων τοῦ ὄχλου, ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους	1	Luke provides this background information to give the setting for the events he is about to describe. Alternate translation: “while tens of thousands of the common people were gathering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
12:1	l730		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μυριάδων	1	The word **myriads** is the plural of the Greek word “myriad,” which means ten thousand (10,000). You can express this number in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “tens of thousands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:1	l734			τοῦ ὄχλου	1	In this context, the word **crowd** refers to ordinary people. Alternate translation: “of the common people”
12:1	l735		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπισυναχθεισῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “were coming together” or “were crowding around” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:1	ybz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους	1	This could be an exaggeration to emphasize how tightly packed together the crowd as. Alternate translation: “so that they were all tightly packed together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
12:1	x38n			ἤρξατο λέγειν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ πρῶτον	1	This could mean: (1) Jesus addressed his disciples before speaking to the crowd. Alternate translation: “Jesus first started speaking to his disciples, and said to them” (2) this was the first thing Jesus said to his disciples when he began to speak to them. Alternate translation: “Jesus started speaking to his disciples, and the first thing he said was”
12:1	f5b9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης, τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὑπόκρισις	1	Jesus is describing the influence of **the Pharisees** by comparing its spread throughout the community to the way **yeast** spreads through a whole batch of dough or batter. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you do not become hypocrites like the Pharisees, whose behavior is influencing everyone around them, just as yeast spreads through a whole batch of dough” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:1	l736		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ζύμης	1	The word **yeast** refers to a substance that causes fermentation and expansion within a batch of dough or batter. If your readers would not be familiar with yeast, you could use the name of a substance that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “leaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:2	m1ti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	**But** connects the statement it introduces to the previous statement about the hypocrisy of the Pharisees. In your translation, you could use the term that would show this connection in the way that is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
12:2	e5w4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	οὐδὲν & συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus uses them together to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them, especially if including both phrases might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “people will learn about everything that others try to hide” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
12:2	l737		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν & συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything that is now concealed will be revealed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
12:2	g46e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν & συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbal forms in place of the two passive forms here, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will reveal everything that people are now concealing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:2	l738		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and nothing is hidden that will not be known” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
12:2	l739		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	Supplying **nothing** from earlier in the sentence shows that this is a double negative. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “and everything that is now hidden will be known” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
12:2	l740		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbal forms in place of the two passive forms here, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and God will let everyone know about everything that people are now hiding” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:3	iv8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅσα ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ εἴπατε	1	Jesus uses the image of **darkness** to represent the idea of concealment. Alternate translation: “whatever you have said secretly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:3	l741		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ φωτὶ ἀκουσθήσεται	1	Jesus uses the image of **light** to represent the idea of no concealment. Alternate translation: “people will hear openly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:3	l742		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν τῷ φωτὶ ἀκουσθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people will hear openly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:3	ix7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πρὸς τὸ οὖς ἐλαλήσατε	1	Alternate translation: “whispered to another person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:3	jwe6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις	1	Jesus uses the image of this location to represent the idea of privacy. Alternate translation: “privately” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:3	b93h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κηρυχθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people will proclaim” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:3	rmx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων	1	Houses in Israel had flat roofs that were reached by stairs or ladders, so people could easily go up and stand on top of them. If houses are different in your culture and you think your readers might wonder how people would get up onto **housetops** and stand there, you could translate this with a general expression. Alternate translation: “from a high place from which everyone will be able to hear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:4	m6t7			λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, τοῖς φίλοις μου	1	Jesus readdresses his disciples to mark a shift in his speech to a new topic, about not being afraid. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you, friends”
12:4	l743		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ σῶμα	1	Jesus speaks about a person by association with **the body**, which is mortal. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:4	vc8j			μὴ ἐχόντων περισσότερόν τι ποιῆσαι	1	Alternate translation: “cannot cause any more harm”
12:5	fsr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	φοβήθητε τὸν & ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν	1	The expression **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Fear God, who … has authority” or “Fear God, because he … has authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:5	us3x			μετὰ τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι, ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν	1	Jesus is not suggesting that God actively kills each person. Alternate translation: “who, after a person dies, has authority”
12:5	l744		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Γέενναν	1	**Gehenna** is the Greek name for a place, the Valley of Hinnom just outside Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:5	ric8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Γέενναν	1	Jesus uses the name of this place, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:6	l745		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐχὶ πέντε στρουθία πωλοῦνται ἀσσαρίων δύο	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “Do people not sell five sparrows for only two small copper coins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:6	czr7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ πέντε στρουθία πωλοῦνται ἀσσαρίων δύο?	1	Jesus is using this question to teach the disciples. He is not asking them to verify the market price for sparrows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that five sparrows are sold for only two small copper coins.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:6	u697		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	στρουθία	1	The word **sparrows** refers to small, seed-eating birds. If your readers would not know what **sparrows** are, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “small birds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:6	l746		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	ἀσσαρίων δύο	1	The word **assaria** is the plural of “assarion.” An assarion was a small copper coin equivalent to about half an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “two small copper coins” or “half an hour’s wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
12:6	mru1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God never forgets a single one of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:6	l747		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative, which consists of a negative particle and a negative verb, as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “God is always aware of every one of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
12:6	l748		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The expression **before God** means “in front of God,” that is, “where God can see.” Sight, in turn, represents attention. Alternate translation: “God is always aware of every one of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:7	m833		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has even counted all the hairs on your head” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:7	l749		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται	1	Jesus is using one small part of a person, the **hairs** on the **head**, to indicate the entire person. Alternate translation: “God is aware of everything about you, right down to the smallest detail” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
12:7	l750		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν	1	Although **head** is singular because Jesus is describing an individual situation, **your** is plural because he is speaking to his disciples as a group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
12:7	l751			πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται	1	The word **numbered** can also mean “counted.” Jesus is not necessarily saying that God has assigned a number to each individual hair on a person’s head. Alternate translation: “have all been counted”
12:7	shk3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ φοβεῖσθε, πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε	1	The implication is that if God is aware of and concerned for sparrows, which are of less value, then God is certainly aware of and concerned for people, who are of greater value. And so followers of Jesus do not need to be afraid, since God is watching over them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are more valuable than many sparrows, so God is certainly even more aware of you and concerned for you, and so you do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:8	xzh3			λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν	1	Jesus readdresses his disciples to mark a shift in his speech to a new topic, confession. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you”
12:8	d1cs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πᾶς ὃς ἂν ὁμολογήσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what someone would **confess** or acknowledge. Alternate translation: “whoever tells other people that he believes in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:8	l752		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Here, **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” other people. Alternate translation: “in the presence of other people” or “so other people can hear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:8	l753		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
12:8	m5ek		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὁμολογήσει, ἐν αὐτῷ	1	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will also say that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
12:8	l754		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:8	l755		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀγγέλων	1	Here, **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of the angels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:9	fu3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ ἀρνησάμενός με ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what someone **having denied** might have said. Alternate translation: “but whoever denies to others that he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:9	l756		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Here, **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of other people” or “so other people can hear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:9	l757		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
12:9	x27t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπαρνηθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will would do the action. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man will deny that he belongs to him” or (if you translated with the first person) “I will deny that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:9	l758		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων	1	Here, **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of the angels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:10	rp5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καὶ πᾶς ὃς ἐρεῖ λόγον εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus uses **word** to describe something someone might say by using words. Alternate translation: “And everyone who says something bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:10	l759		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
12:10	l760		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:10	px39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:10	p9g7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will not extend forgiveness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:11	f2j9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅταν & εἰσφέρωσιν ὑμᾶς	1	The implication is that the opponents of Jesus would do this to his disciples. Alternate translation: “when my opponents bring you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:11	c1rk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τὰς συναγωγὰς	1	Jesus is referring to local Jewish tribunals by reference to the place where they met, in **synagogues**. Alternate translation: “to be tried by local Jewish tribunals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:11	gm94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	τὰς ἀρχὰς, καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας	1	These two terms mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together for emphasis. He is referring to officials of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the terms into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the officials whom the Romans have appointed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
12:12	l761			τὸ & Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα διδάξει ὑμᾶς & ἃ δεῖ εἰπεῖν	1	Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will tell you … what to say” or “the Holy Spirit will give you … the words to say”
12:12	gz6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” or “in that moment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:13	i2vi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	εἶπεν δέ τις ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου αὐτῷ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Then a man who was there in the crowd said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
12:13	l762			Διδάσκαλε	1	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
12:13	d1dj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μερίσασθαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὴν κληρονομίαν	1	In this culture, inheritances came from the father, usually after the father had died. You may need to make explicit that the speaker’s father had probably died. Alternate translation: “to divide the family property with me now that our father is dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:14	i8sm			ἄνθρωπε	1	Here Jesus is using the impersonal term **Man** to put some social distance between himself and the questioner, by contrast with the way he called his disciples “friends” in [12:4](../12/04.md). He is effectively rebuking the man for asking such a question. Your language might have a way of addressing people in a similar situation. Alternate translation: “Mister”
12:14	hmn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς με κατέστησεν κριτὴν ἢ μεριστὴν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “no one appointed me to be a judge or mediator over you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:14	l763		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	κριτὴν ἢ μεριστὴν	1	These two terms mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together for emphasis as he rebukes this man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate them with a single word that would carry the meaning of both terms. Alternate translation: “an arbitrator” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
12:14	l764		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	κριτὴν ἢ μεριστὴν	1	Jesus could also be using these two words to express a single idea. The term **mediator** may explain for what purpose a person was appointed as a **judge**, specifically, to settle disputes. Alternate translation: “a judge who settles disputes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
12:14	l765		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	ὑμᾶς	1	The term **you** refers to the man and his brother. It would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
12:15	me49		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶπεν & πρὸς αὐτούς	1	The implication is that Jesus said what follows to the whole crowd, which included the man who asked about the inheritance. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:15	l766		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁρᾶτε	1	Jesus uses a word for seeing to indicate a need for caution. Alternate translation: “Watch out” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:15	ckn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πάσης πλεονεξίας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **covetousness** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the urge to have more things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12:15	l767			τῷ περισσεύειν τινὶ & ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ	1	Alternate translation: “the number of things he has”
12:16	d37q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	εἶπεν δὲ παραβολὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς	1	Jesus now gives a brief illustration to teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he told them this story to help them understand this teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
12:16	gc9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς	1	The pronoun **them** refers to the whole crowd, to which Jesus is continuing to speak. Alternate translation: “the whole crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
12:16	nkw9			εὐφόρησεν	1	Alternate translation: “produced a very good harvest”
12:17	w55n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	διελογίζετο ἐν ἑαυτῷ λέγων, τί ποιήσω, ὅτι οὐκ ἔχω ποῦ συνάξω τοὺς καρπούς μου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked himself what he should do, since he did not have anywhere to store his crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
12:17	l768		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ποῦ	1	This is a generalization for emphasis. As the man says in the next verse, he already does have some barns. He means that those barns do not have the capacity to store this new large harvest. Alternate translation: “anywhere large enough” or “enough room in my barns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
12:18	l769		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν, τοῦτο ποιήσω: καθελῶ μου τὰς ἀποθήκας καὶ μείζονας οἰκοδομήσω, καὶ συνάξω ἐκεῖ πάντα τὸν σῖτον καὶ τὰ ἀγαθά μου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he finally decided that he should tear down the barns he had and build bigger barns so that he could store all of his grain and other possessions in them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
12:18	d82f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰς ἀποθήκας	1	The term **barns** describes buildings in which farmers store crops they have harvested. If your readers would not be familiar with **barns**, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “storage buildings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:18	w6gc			τὰ ἀγαθά μου	1	Alternate translation: “my other possessions”
12:19	l770		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐρῶ τῇ ψυχῇ μου, ψυχή, ἔχεις πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα εἰς ἔτη πολλά; ἀναπαύου, φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “he told himself that he had many goods stored up for many years, and so he could relax, eat, drink, be merry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
12:19	mqm6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τῇ ψυχῇ μου	1	The man addresses one part of himself, his **soul** or inner being, in order to speak to all of himself. Alternate translation: “to myself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
12:20	l771		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Θεός, ἄφρων, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ; ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας, τίνι ἔσται?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “But God told him that he was very foolish, because he was going to die that night, and the things he had stored up would belong to someone else” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
12:20	l772		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἄφρων	1	God is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun in order to indicate what kind of person this man is. ULT adds the term **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
12:20	l773			ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	This is an indefinite construction, such as many languages use, but God is the actual subject. Alternate translation: “I am demanding your soul from you this very night”
12:20	l774		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	The term **soul** means the life of a person. God is using the same term as the man did, but with a different meaning, to show that he was foolish to have such confidence in his possessions. Alternate translation: “you are going to lose your life this very night” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:20	xgr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	This expression speaks about death in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “you are going to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
12:20	vyn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας, τίνι ἔσται?	1	God does not expect the man to tell him who will inherit his things. Rather, God is using the question as a teaching tool, to make the man realize that he could not count on possessing those things, and so he was wrong to put his confidence in them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “the things you have stored up will belong to someone else!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:21	m47i			ὁ θησαυρίζων	1	Alternate translation: “a person who saves up valuable things”
12:21	fst9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ εἰς Θεὸν πλουτῶν	1	Jesus uses the term **rich** to mean using one’s time and possessions for the things that are important to God. Alternate translation: “has not invested in the things that matter to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:22	ihk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶπεν & πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ	1	Since Peter asks in [12:41](../12/41.md) whether Jesus has been speaking only to the disciples, or also to the crowd as well, the implication is that Jesus did not say these things to his disciples privately, as in [12:1–12](../12/01.md), but rather to them publicly so that the crowd could also hear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he said to his disciples, as the crowd was listening” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:22	vim6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1	By **this** Jesus means the lesson of the story, that it is foolish to be overly concerned about having a lot of food and possessions. Alternate translation: “In light of what this story teaches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:22	cy4e			λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ μεριμνᾶτε	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that you should not worry”
12:22	u1cf			τῷ σώματι τί ἐνδύσησθε	1	Alternate translation: “about having clothes to put on your body”
12:23	l775		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος	1	Jesus leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “Life is more than food, and the body is more than clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
12:23	y4qa			ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος	1	This is a general statement of value. Alternate translation: “There is more to life than the food you eat, and there is more to the body than the clothes that you wear”
12:24	zx97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοὺς κόρακας	1	The word **ravens** refers to large black birds, and it can apply either to crows or to actual **ravens**. If your readers would not be familiar with either of those birds, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “the birds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:24	l776		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	οὐκ & ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη	1	These two words mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together to express a general meaning. Alternate translation: “no place to store food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
12:24	y4t1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οὐκ & ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη	1	These are places where food is stored. If your readers would not be familiar with either term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “no place to store food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:24	i238		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμεῖς διαφέρετε τῶν πετεινῶν!	1	This is an exclamation, not a question. Jesus uses the exclamation to emphasize the point he wants his listeners to realize. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “You need to realize how much more valuable people are to God than birds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
12:25	lsx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς & ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν, δύναται ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ προσθεῖναι πῆχυν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “no one can make his life any longer by being anxious!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:25	n286		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ προσθεῖναι πῆχυν	1	Jesus is speaking of the **lifespan** as if it were measured in length rather than in time. Alternate translation: “make his life any longer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:25	l777		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πῆχυν	1	A **cubit** is a measure of length equal to about half a meter or about a foot and a half. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this length using the measure that is customary your culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:25	l778		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πῆχυν	1	The implication may be that since a **cubit** is a relatively short distance, it represents only a short time. Alternate translation: “even a little bit” or “even a short time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:26	hl4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	εἰ οὖν οὐδὲ ἐλάχιστον δύνασθε, τί περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν μεριμνᾶτε?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Since you could not do even this small thing, you should not worry about the other things!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:26	l779		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἐλάχιστον	1	Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “such a very little thing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
12:26	l780		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν λοιπῶν	1	The implication in context is that Jesus is referring to having food to eat and clothes to wear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having food and clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:27	h293			κατανοήσατε τὰ κρίνα πῶς αὐξάνει	1	Alternate translation: “Think about how the lilies grow”
12:27	s8d3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰ κρίνα	1	The word **lilies** describes beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for this flower, you can use the name of a similar flower that your readers would recognize, or you can use a general term. Alternate translation: “the flowers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:27	u3mf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οὐδὲ νήθει	1	In this context, to **spin** means to make thread or yarn for cloth. It does not mean to turn in a circle while standing in one place. If your readers might be confused by the term, you could explain the meaning with a phrase. Alternate translation: “and they do not make thread for cloth” or “and they do not make yarn for cloth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:27	l781			λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, οὐδὲ Σολομὼν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that not even Solomon”
12:27	nug5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ	1	The abstract noun **glory** could mean: (1) “Solomon, who had great wealth.” (2) “Solomon, who wore beautiful clothes.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12:28	rur9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰ & ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	Jesus speaks of God making the wild plants beautiful as if God were putting beautiful clothing on them. Alternate translation: “if God makes the wild plants beautiful like this, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:28	l783		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ & ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since God makes the wild plants so beautiful, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
12:28	l784		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	While Jesus uses a term that typically means **grass**, in this context he must implicitly mean wild plants in general, since he is referring back to the wild lilies he has just mentioned. So you could express this with a general term in your translation. Alternate translation: “the wild plants, which are alive today and tomorrow are thrown into the oven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:28	l785		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	It would be particularly appropriate to use a general term in your translation if your readers would not know what **grass** is. Alternate translation: “the wild plants, which are alive today and tomorrow are thrown into the oven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:28	t9am		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “the grass in the field, which exists today, but tomorrow someone throws it into an oven” or, if you decided to say “plants,” “the wild plants, which exist today, but tomorrow someone throws them into an oven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:28	l786		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	The implication is that dried plant matter would be used for fuel, for heating and cooking. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could describe it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the grass in the field, which exists today, but tomorrow people use it for fuel” or, if you decided to say “plants,” “the wild plants, which exist today, but tomorrow people use them for fuel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:28	l787		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “how much more will God clothe you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
12:28	gr4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς	1	This is an exclamation, not a question. Jesus is emphasizing that God will certainly take care of people even better than he takes care of grass. Alternate translation: “God will certainly clothe you even better” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
12:29	q67w			ὑμεῖς μὴ ζητεῖτε τί φάγητε, καὶ τί πίητε	1	The word **seek** has a specific meaning here. It does not mean to look for these things because they have been lost. Alternate translation: “do not concentrate on what you will eat and drink”
12:30	g8jy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ κόσμου	1	The term **nations** means non-Jewish people groups. The term **all** is not a generalization for emphasis. Jesus is saying that this is the way of life for any group that does not know God. Alternate translation: “all the people groups who do not know God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:30	ns35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὑμῶν & ὁ Πατὴρ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
12:31	gvj9			ζητεῖτε τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ	1	As in [12:29](../12/29.md), the word **seek** has a specific meaning here. Alternate translation: “concentrate on God’s kingdom”
12:31	jni1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ταῦτα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also give you these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:31	l788		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	In context, the expression **these things** refers to food and clothing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God will also give you the food and clothing that you need” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:32	eej3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ μικρὸν ποίμνιον	1	Jesus speaks to his disciples as if they were a small group of sheep or goats. The image means that as a shepherd cares for his **flock**, God will care for the disciples. Alternate translation: “my dear disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:32	e3tv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
12:33	rlg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πωλήσατε τὰ ὑπάρχοντα ὑμῶν, καὶ δότε ἐλεημοσύνην	1	This culture referred to charitable donations or gifts to the poor as **alms**. Alternate translation: “Sell your possessions and give the proceeds to the poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:33	dc7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς	1	The implication is that this will be the result of selling one’s possessions and giving the proceeds to the poor. Alternate translation: “In this way you will make for yourselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:33	l789		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα, θησαυρὸν ἀνέκλειπτον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them, especially if putting both phrases in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “treasure that will always be safe in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
12:33	xb63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα	1	If you would like to reproduce the figure of speech that Jesus uses, but you think your readers might not know what **purses** are, you could explain that term, or you could use the name of a different container that people in your culture use to keep valuable things safe. Alternate translation: “moneybags that will not get holes in them” or “a jar that will never break” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:33	am8q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα	1	Jesus is describing valuable things that will last by reference to **purses** or moneybags that will keep these things safe because they will never wear out. He makes this clear by speaking literally of **unfailing treasure** right afterwards. Alternate translation: “wealth that will always be safe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:33	h6qw			θησαυρὸν ἀνέκλειπτον	1	You could state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “treasure that will always last”
12:33	t1fb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὅπου κλέπτης οὐκ ἐγγίζει	1	Jesus speaks of a thief coming **near** to wealth to mean stealing it. Alternate translation: “where no thief ever steals anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:33	e2nj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ σὴς διαφθείρει	1	Jesus leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and where no moth ever destroys anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
12:33	u258		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σὴς	1	A **moth** is a small insect that eats holes in fabric. If your readers would not know what a **moth** is, you could use the name of a different insect they would recognize that destroys materials, such as an ant or termite. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:34	ad29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅπου & ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν, ἐκεῖ καὶ ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν ἔσται	1	Jesus speaks of a person’s **heart** and **treasure** being in the same location. Alternate translation: “the things you value are the things you will think about and try to obtain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:34	l790		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅπου & ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Jesus uses the word **treasure** to mean what a person values. Alternate translation: “the things you value” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:34	r26g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν ἔσται	1	Here, the **heart** represents the thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “are the things you will think about and want to have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:34	l791		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῶν & ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is speaking of each individual person’s values and desires, but **your** is plural because he is addressing the disciples as a group. You could use the singular form of **your** in your translation if that is what your language would do in a context like this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
12:35	c4j1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	To help his disciples understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave his disciples this illustration to help them understand. ‘Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
12:35	nk2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	People in this culture wore long flowing robes. They would wrap the lower part of the robe around their hips to keep it out of the way while they engaged in physical activity. Alternate translation: “Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:35	l792		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:35	l793		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	The implication within the illustration is that a servant would do this in order to be ready to do any physical activity that was needed as soon as the master returned. Alternate translation: “Be dressed and ready to serve” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:35	l794		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	Jesus is speaking of what an individual should do, but **your** is plural because he is addressing the disciples as a group. You could use the singular form of **your** in your translation if that is what your language would do in a context like this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
12:35	lh96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and keep the lamps burning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:35	l795		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι	1	The implication within the illustration is that a servant would do this so that the house would be well lit when the master returned. Alternate translation: “and make sure that the house is well lit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:36	l796		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις	1	This is a simile. Alternate translation: “you should be like people who are waiting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
12:36	mhg8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις	1	The implication is that Jesus’ disciples should be like this as they wait for his return. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as you wait for my return, you should be like people who are waiting for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:36	l797		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1	Since household servants would probably include women as well as men, Jesus is likely using the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
12:36	l798			πότε ἀναλύσῃ ἐκ τῶν γάμων	1	Alternate translation: “to come home after a wedding celebration”
12:36	l799		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κρούσαντος	1	See how you translated the word “knock” in [11:9](../11/09.md). Alternate translation: “calls out” or “coughs” or “claps” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:36	l800		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εὐθέως ἀνοίξωσιν αὐτῷ	1	The phrase **open for him** refers to the door of the master’s house. It was the responsibility of his servants to open it for him. Alternate translation: “they can open the door for him right away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:37	qk47			μακάριοι	1	Alternate translation: “How good it will be for”
12:37	xiv7			οὓς ἐλθὼν, ὁ Κύριος εὑρήσει γρηγοροῦντας	1	Alternate translation: “whose master finds them waiting for him when he returns” or “who are ready when the master returns”
12:37	l801			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
12:37	s3yd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρελθὼν, διακονήσει αὐτοῖς	1	The implication is that, because the servants were faithful in their tasks and they were ready to serve their master when he arrived, the master will now reward them by serving them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will come and serve them as a reward” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:38	l802			κἂν ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ κἂν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ ἔλθῃ	1	Alternate translation: “Even if he comes in the second or third watch of the night”
12:38	x25s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ & φυλακῇ	1	The **second watch** of the night was from 9:00 PM until midnight. Alternate translation: “late at night” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:38	qa35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κἂν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ	1	The **third watch** was from midnight until 3:00 AM. Alternate translation: “or even after midnight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:38	l803			καὶ εὕρῃ οὕτως, μακάριοί εἰσιν ἐκεῖνοι	1	Alternate translation: “how good it will be for servants whom he finds waiting for him” or “how good it will be for servants who are ready when he returns”
12:39	l804			τοῦτο δὲ γινώσκετε	1	Jesus says this to encourage his disciples to think carefully about what he is going to tell them. Alternate translation: “Now I want you to think carefully about this”
12:39	l805		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	τοῦτο δὲ γινώσκετε, ὅτι εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης	1	To help his disciples understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave his disciples this further illustration to help them understand. ‘If the owner of the house had known’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
12:39	l806		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	τοῦτο δὲ γινώσκετε, ὅτι εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται	1	The illustration that Jesus chooses involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose a thief were going to rob a house, and suppose the owner of the house knew when the thief was coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
12:39	v73u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ	1	Jesus uses the term **hour** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “when” or “at what time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:39	ej9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he would not have let the thief break into his house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:39	ej9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	If you translated the earlier part of this verse as a hypothetical condition, you could translate this part as the result. You may want to make this part a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Then he would not let the thief break into his house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
12:40	p1y9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ᾗ ὥρᾳ οὐ δοκεῖτε	1	Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at a time when you are not expecting him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:40	dw4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται	1	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will return” (and for the previous phrase, “at a time when you are not expecting me”) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
12:40	l807		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, will return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:41	i9d2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Πέτρος	1	Luke says this to reintroduce **Peter** as a participant in the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could remind them who Peter was. Alternate translation: “Then Peter, one of his disciples, asked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
12:41	l808		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	By **us**, Peter means “me and the rest of your disciples” but not Jesus himself. So **us** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
12:41	l809		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντας	1	Peter is generalizing to mean “everyone who can hear you.” Alternate translation: “everyone here” or “the crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
12:42	l810			ὁ Κύριος	1	Here, Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
12:42	g8lu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς οἰκονόμος ὁ φρόνιμος	1	Jesus uses a question to answer Peter’s question indirectly. He means that he expected that those who recognized that they should be like faithful managers would understand that the parable had been about them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I said it for everyone who would recognize that they should be like a faithful, wise manager” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:42	dxd2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς οἰκονόμος ὁ φρόνιμος	1	In the course of using a question to answer Peter’s question indirectly, Jesus provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus gave Peter this further illustration to answer his question. ‘I said it for everyone who would recognize that they should be like a faithful, wise manager’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
12:42	mnn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὃν καταστήσει ὁ Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς θεραπείας αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus refers to the other servants as the master’s **care** by association with the way they care for him. Alternate translation: “will put in charge of his other servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:42	l811		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃν καταστήσει ὁ Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς θεραπείας αὐτοῦ	1	The implication, as the rest of the parable makes clear, is that the master is making this arrangement temporarily and provisionally because he is going to be absent for a time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will put in charge of his other servants while he goes away for a while” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:43	g6xl			μακάριος ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος	1	Alternate translation: “How good it will be for that servant”
12:43	h35t			ὃν ἐλθὼν, ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει ποιοῦντα οὕτως	1	Alternate translation: “if his master finds him doing that work when he comes back”
12:44	i2cq			ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
12:44	y47s			ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτοῦ καταστήσει αὐτόν	1	Alternate translation: “he will put him in charge of all of his property”
12:45	cu5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if that servant thinks to himself that his master is going to come back later than he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
12:45	l812		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ & καὶ ἄρξηται	1	The illustration that Jesus is using involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose that servant thinks to himself … and suppose he begins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
12:45	aku7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἴπῃ & ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the **heart** represents the thoughts. Alternate translation: “thinks to himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:45	l813			χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι	1	Alternate translation: “My master is going to come back later than he said”
12:45	juc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τὰς παιδίσκας	1	Jesus is using the two types of servants to mean all of the master’s servants. Alternate translation: “all the other servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
12:46	l814		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου	1	If you translated the previous verse as a hypothetical condition, you could translate this verse as the result of that condition. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then the master of that servant will arrive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
12:46	j1m1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using the repetition to emphasize that the return of the master will be completely unexpected by the servant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases, especially if putting both of them in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “at a time that is a complete surprise to the servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
12:46	l815		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ	1	Here, Jesus uses the term **day** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he is not expecting him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:46	l816		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	Here, Jesus uses the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he does not think he will come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:46	vg1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν	1	The expression **cut him in two** could mean one of two things, depending on how the word **unfaithful** is understood (see next note): (1) if **unfaithful** means “untrustworthy,” then the expression is probably figurative, since the master could not reassign this servant to less important responsibilities if he **cut him in two**. Alternate translation: “will punish him severely” (2) if **unfaithful** means “unbelieving,” then the expression is more literal, since it would describe something that will happen when God judges the world. Alternate translation: “destroy his body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:46	l817			τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει	1	The term that ULT translates as **unfaithful** could mean: (1) “untrustworthy.” The meaning would be that the master will assign this servant to less important responsibilities, along with other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted with important ones. Alternate translation: “will give him unimportant responsibilities, like other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” (2) “unbelieving.” The master in the parable represents God, and Jesus would be speaking of what God will do, when he judges the world, to people who show by their disobedience that they do not have genuine faith. Alternate translation: “will assign him a place with the unbelievers”
12:46	l818		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν ἀπίστων	1	Jesus is using the adjective **unfaithful** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. The meaning will depend on how you decided to translate **unfaithful** (see previous note). Alternate translation: “servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” or “people who have shown that they are not genuine believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
12:47	p1l2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐκεῖνος δὲ ὁ δοῦλος, ὁ γνοὺς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ἑτοιμάσας ἢ ποιήσας πρὸς τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, δαρήσεται πολλάς	1	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “Suppose a servant knew what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did not get ready or do what the master wanted. Then his master would punish him severely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
12:47	aj41			τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “what his master wanted him to do”
12:47	im3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δαρήσεται πολλάς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “his master will punish him severely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:48	l819		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὁ δὲ μὴ γνοὺς, ποιήσας δὲ ἄξια πληγῶν, δαρήσεται ὀλίγας	1	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “But suppose a servant did not know what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did things that deserved punishment. Then his master would punish him lightly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
12:48	nn9c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δαρήσεται ὀλίγας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “his master would punish him lightly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:48	qg96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	παντὶ & ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρ’ αὐτοῦ; καὶ ᾧ παρέθεντο πολύ, περισσότερον αἰτήσουσιν αὐτόν	1	These two clauses mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them, especially if putting both of them in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “if someone entrusts many resources to a person, he will expect that person to produce much from those resources” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
12:48	ehu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	παντὶ & ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbal forms to express the meaning of the two passive verbal forms here. Alternate translation: “the master will require more of everyone to whom he has given much” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:48	ir7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ᾧ παρέθεντο πολύ, περισσότερον αἰτήσουσιν αὐτόν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbal forms to express the meaning of the two passive verbal forms here. Alternate translation: “the master will ask even more of the one to whom he has given much property to care for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:49	qy62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πῦρ ἦλθον βαλεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	Jesus is speaking of the effects of his ministry and teaching. In context, since he says contrastingly in [12:51](../12/51.md) that he did not come to bring peace to the earth, **fire** likely represents the passionate responses to him, both favorable and unfavorable, that would lead to the divisions he describes in [12:52–53](../12/52.md). Alternate translation: “My coming will lead to conflict among people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:49	l820		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὴν γῆν	1	Jesus says **the earth** to mean the people living on the earth. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:49	ygv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	τί θέλω εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφθη	1	This exclamation emphasizes how much Jesus wants this to happen. Alternate translation: “I wish very much that this fire were already lit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
12:49	ygx3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τί θέλω εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφθη	1	This exclamation continues the metaphor of **fire** as conflict. Alternate translation: “how I wish that people were already taking sides” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:49	l821		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἤδη ἀνήφθη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the fire were already burning” or “people were already taking sides” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:50	k4e8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Jesus uses the word **But** to indicate that he cannot do what the previous sentence describes until after he does what this sentence describes. Alternate translation: “But first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
12:50	hn1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	βάπτισμα & ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι	1	Jesus speaks of **baptism** to describe how he must suffer. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering will overwhelm Jesus. Alternate translation: “I must be overwhelmed by suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:50	l822		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βάπτισμα & ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “suffering must overwhelm me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:50	r2yj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	πῶς συνέχομαι ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ	1	This exclamation emphasizes how distressed Jesus is. Alternate translation: “I am terribly distressed and will continue to be distressed until my suffering is completed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
12:50	l823		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πῶς συνέχομαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “this suffering will continue to distress me terribly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:50	l824		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “until I have endured all of it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:51	s32r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην παρεγενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ?	1	Jesus is not asking the people in the crowd to tell him what they think. He is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that I came to bring peace on the earth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:51	l825		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην παρεγενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ	1	Jesus says **the earth** to mean the people living on the earth. Alternate translation: “Do you think that I came to make peace between people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:51	l826		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνην & δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to make people get along with one another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12:51	l827		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐχί & ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “No … I came to bring division instead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
12:51	np4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	οὐχί & ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **division** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “No … my coming will cause people to oppose each other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12:51	l828			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples and the crowd. Alternate translation: “I want you to understand”
12:52	vrt5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πέντε ἐν ἑνὶ οἴκῳ	1	Jesus uses the term **house** to refer to people who live together in a house, that is, to a family. Alternate translation: “five members of the same family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:52	l829		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διαμεμερισμένοι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who will take sides against one another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:52	fln4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶν, καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τρισίν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. you could supply these words from what he says earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “three of the family members will be on one side, and the other two will be on the opposing side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
12:52	l830		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶν, καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τρισίν	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “three of the family members will be on one side, and the other two will be on the opposing side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
12:53	qr7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διαμερισθήσονται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Family members will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:53	l831		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	πατὴρ ἐπὶ υἱῷ, καὶ υἱὸς ἐπὶ πατρί	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “Fathers and sons will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
12:53	l832		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	μήτηρ ἐπὶ τὴν θυγατέρα, καὶ θυγάτηρ ἐπὶ τὴν μητέρα	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “Mothers and daughters will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
12:53	l833		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	πενθερὰ ἐπὶ τὴν νύμφην αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφη ἐπὶ τὴν πενθεράν	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “Mothers-in-law and daughters-in-law will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
12:54	i84z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	νεφέλην ἀνατέλλουσαν	1	A **cloud rising** in the west would indicate that rain was coming in Israel, because the sea was to the **west**. If rainstorms tend to come from a different direction in your region, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “clouds forming in a certain direction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:54	d3gk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, ὅτι ὄμβρος ἔρχεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that it is going to rain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
12:54	l834			καὶ γίνεται οὕτως	1	Alternate translation: “and it does rain”
12:55	gq22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	νότον πνέοντα	1	Wind coming from this direction would indicate that hot weather was coming in Israel, because the desert was to the **south**. If hot winds blow from a different direction in your region, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “the wind is blowing from a certain direction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:55	l835		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, ὅτι καύσων ἔσται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that it is going to be very hot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
12:55	l836			καὶ γίνεται	1	Alternate translation: “and it does get hot”
12:56	l837		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑποκριταί!	1	The implication, which Jesus draws out in the rest of this verse, is that people who could understand the weather from signs such as wind and clouds also ought to be able to understand what God was doing through Jesus from the signs surrounding his ministry. So if they did not welcome him, it was not because they did not see or understand these signs. Rather, it was because they were pretending not to see or understand them. Alternate translation: “You are pretending not to understand!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:56	jdj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ πρόσωπον	1	Jesus uses the term **face** to mean “appearance.” Alternate translation: “the appearance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:56	y3yj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τὸν καιρὸν δὲ τοῦτον, πῶς οὐκ οἴδατε δοκιμάζειν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “so you ought to be able to understand what is happening right now.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:57	w8rz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί δὲ καὶ ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν, οὐ κρίνετε τὸ δίκαιον?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You ought to discern on your own what is right.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:58	y75j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὡς γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου ἐπ’ ἄρχοντα	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the crowd. Alternate translation: “Suppose you owed someone money, and suppose they were taking you to court to collect it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
12:58	l838		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὡς γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου ἐπ’ ἄρχοντα	1	This hypothetical situation is also an illustration designed to help the people understand that they should be welcoming Jesus. Just as the debtor is going to be judged imminently, God is going to judge them imminently based on their responses to Jesus, and so they should make a positive response now, before it is too late. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘Suppose you owed someone money, and suppose he was taking you to court to collect it’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
12:58	f1ea		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	ὑπάγεις & σου & σε	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
12:58	t4v8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου	1	In the context of this story, the term **adversary** means specifically an opponent in a legal proceeding. You could translate it with the equivalent term in your language. Alternatively, since the next verse indicates that the **adversary** is trying to collect a debt, you could describe him in a way that indicates that. Alternate translation: “your opponent” or “your creditor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:58	e7hz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἄρχοντα	1	A **magistrate** is a general term for a person in legal authority. You can translate it with the equivalent general term in your language. Alternate translation: “the official” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:58	b7sh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπηλλάχθαι ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to settle the matter out of court” or “to have him forgive your debt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:58	l839		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν κριτήν	1	The term **the judge** refers to the same person as the **magistrate**, but the term here is more specific and threatening. In your translation you can use the specific term in your language that describes someone with the power to deliver a verdict and pass sentence on a defendant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:58	l840		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῷ πράκτορι	1	In the context of the story, the term **the officer** refers to a court official who was empowered to collect debts that a judge had ruled were owed and to put the debtor in prison if he did not pay. Your language may have a similar term that you can use. Alternate translation: “the bailiff” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:59	wi7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	λέγω σοι	1	Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples and the crowd. If you translated the previous verse as a hypothetical condition, you could translate this expression as an introduction to the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “If that happens, then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
12:59	l841		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	λέγω σοι	1	Even though Jesus is speaking directly to the crowd, he is still addressing an individual situation, so **you** is singular here and in the rest of this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
12:59	i124		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	καὶ τὸ ἔσχατον λεπτὸν	1	A **lepton** was the smallest and least valuable coin in circulation in this place and time. It was equivalent to about a tenth of an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “the very last penny” or “every bit of money that your creditor demands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
13:intro	xaa2				0	# Luke 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus teaches with parables (13:1–30)\n2. Jesus speaks about Herod and Jerusalem (13:31–35)\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Unknown events\n\nThe people and Jesus speak about two events that they knew about, but about which no one today knows anything except what Luke has written. These events are Pilate executing some Galileans in the temple, 13:1–2, and 18 people being killed when a tower collapsed in Jerusalem, 13:4. In your translation, you should tell your readers no more than what Luke tells about what happened. Your translation should tell only what Luke tells.\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Those who are least important will be first, and those who are most important will be last” (Luke 13:30)
13:1	t1fi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δέ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
13:1	l842		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	παρῆσαν & τινες ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ, ἀπαγγέλλοντες αὐτῷ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “there were some people present at that time who were telling him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
13:1	wg2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρῆσαν & τινες ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ	1	This implicitly means while Jesus was still teaching the crowds, as Luke said he was doing in [11:54](../11/54.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while he was still teaching the crowds, some of them were” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:1	l843		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν	1	Luke is speaking about this event to indicate that the **blood** of the Galileans was shed at the same time as the blood of their animal **sacrifices**. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate had killed while they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:1	fj2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν	1	Luke uses the term **blood** to refer to the death of these Galileans. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate had killed while they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:1	l844		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν	1	Pilate likely did not kill these Galileans personally. Rather, he ordered his soldiers to kill them. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate’s soldiers had killed as they were offering sacrifices at the temple” or “whom Pilate had ordered his soldiers to kill as they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:2	l846		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what the people in the crowd told him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
13:2	zfa8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	δοκεῖτε ὅτι οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι οὗτοι, ἁμαρτωλοὶ παρὰ πάντας τοὺς Γαλιλαίους ἐγένοντο, ὅτι ταῦτα πεπόνθασιν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach these people and the whole crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that these Galileans were more sinful than all the Galileans because they suffered this!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
13:2	l847			ἁμαρτωλοὶ παρὰ πάντας τοὺς Γαλιλαίους	1	Alternate translation: “more sinful than all the other Galileans” or “the most sinful of all Galileans”
13:2	l848			ταῦτα πεπόνθασιν	1	Alternate translation: “this happened to them”
13:3	xl6m			οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell these people and the crowd. Alternate translation: “That is certainly not the case”
13:3	a3ez		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντες ὁμοίως ἀπολεῖσθε	1	This statement seems to be similar to the one that Jesus makes in [19:41–44](../19/41.md), in which he says that if the Jewish people reject him and instead follow violent false messiahs, this will bring them into conflict with the Romans and they will be destroyed. That seems to be the implicit meaning here as well, and you could express that in your translation. Alternate translation: “you too will be destroyed by the Romans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:4	hj5w			ἢ ἐκεῖνοι	1	Jesus is giving a second example of people who suffered. Alternate translation: “Also consider those”
13:4	e2s8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἐκεῖνοι οἱ δεκαοκτὼ	1	Jesus is using the adjective **18** (eighteen) as a noun in order to indicate a certain group of people. Alternate translation: “those 18 people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
13:4	p6r8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σιλωὰμ	1	**Siloam** is the name of an area in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:4	vg9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	δοκεῖτε ὅτι αὐτοὶ ὀφειλέται ἐγένοντο παρὰ πάντας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας Ἰερουσαλήμ?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach these the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that they were worse debtors than all the men residing in Jerusalem!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
13:4	at9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὀφειλέται	1	This is a figurative way of describing someone as a sinner. Alternate translation: “sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:4	l849		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπους	1	Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
13:5	m77t			οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell these people and the crowd. Alternate translation: “That is certainly not the case”
13:5	ckc2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντες ὡσαύτως ἀπολεῖσθε	1	See how you translated the similar statement in [13:3](../13/03.md). In this case, the people whom Jesus is using as an example were not destroyed by the Romans, so the comparison does not include that detail. Alternate translation: “you too will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:6	sm1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἔλεγεν δὲ ταύτην τὴν παραβολήν	1	Jesus now gives a brief illustration to help the crowd understand what he has been saying. Alternate translation: “Then he told them this story to help them understand what he had been saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
13:6	l850		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	συκῆν εἶχέν τις πεφυτευμένην ἐν τῷ ἀμπελῶνι αὐτοῦ	1	This introduces a character in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who owned a vineyard in which a fig tree had been planted” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
13:6	x42j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συκῆν εἶχέν τις πεφυτευμένην	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Someone had planted a fig tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:6	l851		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	συκῆν	1	A **fig tree** is a type of fruit tree that is common in the land of Israel. If your readers would not know what a fig tree is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fruit tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:6	l852		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἦλθεν ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ οὐχ εὗρεν	1	This is background information that helps listeners understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “he went to see if there were any figs on the tree, but there were none” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
13:6	l853		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἦλθεν ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν αὐτῇ	1	Here your language might use a form of “go” rather than a form of “come.” Alternate translation: “he went to see if there were any figs on the tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
13:7	l854		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν & πρὸς τὸν ἀμπελουργόν, ἰδοὺ, τρία ἔτη ἀφ’ οὗ ἔρχομαι ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν τῇ συκῇ ταύτῃ, καὶ οὐχ εὑρίσκω. ἔκκοψον αὐτήν, ἵνα τί καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told the gardener to pay attention, that he had been coming for three years to look for fruit on the fig tree, but he had not found any, and so the gardener should cut the tree down because it was keeping the ground from being productive.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
13:7	l855		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	The man uses the term **behold** to get the gardener to pay attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Pay attention” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:7	hg35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἵνα τί καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ?	1	The man uses the question form to emphasize that the tree is useless and that the gardener should cut it down. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not let it keep the ground from being productive any longer.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
13:7	l856		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ	1	The man speaks of the tree as if it were keeping the ground from working, since the ground would be productive if a different tree that actually was bearing fruit were in its place. Alternate translation: “is it even keeping the ground from being productive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:8	pm3j			ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτῷ	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “But he responded”
13:8	l857		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ὁ & ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει	1	Together the terms **answering** and **says** mean that the gardener responded to what his master told him to do. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
13:8	l2ks			ἄφες αὐτὴν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἔτος	1	Alternate translation: “wait one more year before cutting down the tree”
13:8	st4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βάλω κόπρια	1	The word **manure** means animal dung. In some places people mix it into the ground to make the soil more fertile for plants and trees. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could explain it, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “mix animal dung into the soil to enrich it” or “fertilize it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:9	w5qh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	κἂν μὲν ποιήσῃ καρπὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον	1	The gardener does not specify what he thinks the master should do with the tree if it does bear fruit, but you can supply that information from the context. Alternate translation: “If the tree has figs on it next year, then you can allow it to keep growing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
13:9	j4ul		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἐκκόψεις αὐτήν	1	The servant is using a statement to make a suggestion. He is not giving a command in the form of a future statement, as some languages allow speakers to do. Alternate translation: “you can have me cut it down for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
13:10	p3el		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
13:10	c3j8			ἐν τοῖς Σάββασιν	1	Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since Luke does not specify which particular Sabbath day this was. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
13:11	l858		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:11	wn7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	γυνὴ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a woman there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
13:11	hqj5			πνεῦμα ἔχουσα ἀσθενείας	1	Alternate translation: “whom an evil spirit had been making weak”
13:11	l859		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	εἰς τὸ παντελές	1	Luke is using the adjective **complete** as a noun in order to indicate the woman’s full height. Alternate translation: “to her complete height” or “completely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
13:12	l860		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	γύναι	1	Unlike the term **man** in [12:14](../12/14.md), in this context Jesus uses the term **Woman** gently and compassionately. Alternate translation: “My dear woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
13:12	h6ne		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἀπολέλυσαι τῆς ἀσθενείας σου	1	By saying this, Jesus healed the woman. You could express this in your translation with a statement that shows that Jesus was causing this to happen. Alternate translation: “I now set you free from your weakness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
13:12	l29y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γύναι, ἀπολέλυσαι τῆς ἀσθενείας σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I now set you free from your weakness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:13	k3k1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνωρθώθη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she stood up straight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:14	d8ir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς & δὲ ὁ ἀρχισυνάγωγος, ἀγανακτῶν ὅτι τῷ Σαββάτῳ ἐθεράπευσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔλεγεν	1	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that the synagogue leader spoke in response to the healing he had just witnessed. Alternate translation: “the synagogue ruler, being indignant because Jesus had healed on the Sabbath, responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
13:14	l861			ἓξ ἡμέραι εἰσὶν ἐν αἷς δεῖ ἐργάζεσθαι	1	Alternate translation: “You must only do work on the first six days of the week”
13:14	ai1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν αὐταῖς & ἐρχόμενοι θεραπεύεσθε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “come and have Jesus heal you on those days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:14	qap4			τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
13:15	l862			ὁ Κύριος	1	Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
13:15	k7p8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀπεκρίθη & αὐτῷ & καὶ εἶπεν	1	Together the two words **answered** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the synagogue ruler. Alternate translation: “responded to the synagogue ruler” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
13:15	u6zr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑποκριταί	1	Jesus is speaking directly to the synagogue ruler, but the plural form indicates that he is including other religious leaders as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You and your fellow religious leaders are hypocrites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:15	xt5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἕκαστος ὑμῶν τῷ Σαββάτῳ οὐ λύει τὸν βοῦν αὐτοῦ, ἢ τὸν ὄνον ἀπὸ τῆς φάτνης, καὶ ἀπαγαγὼν ποτίζει?	1	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He is not asking his listeners to tell him whether they would do this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “On the Sabbath, each one of you unties his ox or donkey from the stall and leads it away to drink.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
13:15	ha7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν βοῦν αὐτοῦ, ἢ τὸν ὄνον	1	These are domesticated animals. If your readers would not be familiar with what an **ox** or a **donkey** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “his farm animals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:15	kbj4			τῷ Σαββάτῳ	1	Here your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article, since Jesus is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “even on a Sabbath day”
13:16	br72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θυγατέρα Ἀβραὰμ	1	Jesus is using the word **daughter** to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:16	euq2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἣν ἔδησεν ὁ Σατανᾶς	1	Jesus speaks of the evil spirit causing the crippling disease as if Satan had tied the woman up. Alternate translation: “whom Satan kept crippled by this illness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:16	l863		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ Σατανᾶς	1	Jesus calls the evil spirit **Satan** by association with the leader of the evil spirits. Alternate translation: “this evil spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:16	mh31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, δέκα καὶ ὀκτὼ ἔτη	1	Jesus uses the term **behold** to emphasize the fact that eighteen years was a very long time for the woman to suffer. Your language may have its own way of emphasizing this. Alternate translation: “for eighteen long years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:16	g5b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔδει λυθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ δεσμοῦ τούτου τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου?	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge the synagogue ruler’s assertion that people should not come for healing on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “it is right to free her from this bond on the day of the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
13:16	l864		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τοῦ δεσμοῦ τούτου	1	Jesus speaks again about the woman’s disease as if it had kept her tied up. Alternate translation: “from this crippling illness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:16	l865			τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	Here your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article, since Jesus is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
13:17	l866		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κατῃσχύνοντο	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “felt ashamed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:17	r1jn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῖς ἐνδόξοις τοῖς γινομένοις ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the glorious things Jesus was doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:18	wdq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίνι ὁμοιώσω αὐτήν	1	These two questions mean basically the same thing. Jesus uses the repetition to catch the attention of his audience. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the questions, especially if it might be confusing for your readers if you put both of them in. Alternate translation: “What example can I use to show you what the kingdom of God is like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
13:18	ua3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίνι ὁμοιώσω αὐτήν?	1	Jesus is using the question form as teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “I want to tell you what the kingdom of God is like. I am going to compare it with something.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
13:18	l867		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “What is it like when God rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
13:19	g4hr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	This is a simile or comparison. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
13:19	l868		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	This comparison is also a parable, a brief illustration designed to help the people understand what Jesus is teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the people in the synagogue this illustration to help them understand. ‘The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
13:19	x3p8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If your readers would not be familiar with it, in your translation you could use the name of another seed like it, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “a very small seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:19	l869		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	This could: (1) be a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (2) refers to a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God, since Jesus speaks in his next illustration of a **woman** doing something. In that case, it would be appropriate to say **a man** here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
13:19	wv4q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔβαλεν εἰς κῆπον ἑαυτοῦ	1	In this culture, people planted some kinds of seeds by throwing them so that they scattered in a garden. Jesus assumes that his listeners will know this. Alternate translation: “and planted in his garden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:19	avk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατεσκήνωσεν ἐν τοῖς κλάδοις αὐτοῦ	1	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “birds built their nests in its branches” or “birds flew down and made nests in its branches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
13:20	hn4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	Jesus once again uses a question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am going to compare the kingdom of God to something else.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
13:20	l870		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “I am going to use another comparison to show you what is it like when God rules.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
13:21	ub44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ζύμῃ	1	This is a simile or comparison. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is like yeast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
13:21	l871		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ζύμῃ	1	This comparison is also a parable, a brief illustration designed to help the crowds understand what Jesus is teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave them this further illustration to help them understand. ‘The kingdom of God is like yeast’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
13:21	l872		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ζύμῃ	1	See how you translated **yeast** in [12:1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “leaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:21	wms4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ζύμῃ	1	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that only a little bit of **yeast** is needed to make a lot of dough rise. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a little bit of yeast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:21	wz5u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία	1	The term **seahs** is the plural of “seah,” a dry measure equivalent to nearly eight liters or two gallons. You can express this quantity in terms of a measure that your culture uses, or you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a large amount of flour” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:21	l873		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐζυμώθη ὅλον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the yeast caused all of it to rise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:22	bh87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ διεπορεύετο κατὰ πόλεις καὶ κώμας	1	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now he was traveling through cities and villages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
13:23	l874		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	εἶπεν & τις αὐτῷ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “someone in one of those places asked him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
13:23	l875		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰ ὀλίγοι οἱ σῳζόμενοι?	1	This was an idiomatic way of asking a question. Alternate translation: “is God going to save only a few people?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
13:23	yf6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰ ὀλίγοι οἱ σῳζόμενοι?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “is God going to save only a few people?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:23	l876		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ & εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	The implication is that a crowd had gathered to meet Jesus as he went through this place on his journey, and that the questioner was one person in the crowd. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied to this person and to the whole crowd that was there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:24	i39q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀγωνίζεσθε εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τῆς στενῆς θύρας	1	Jesus is speaking about God’s kingdom as if people had to go through a small doorway with great difficulty to enter it. Alternate translation: “Work hard to overcome every difficulty that would keep you from entering God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:24	l877			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is telling the crowd. Alternate translation: “you must understand”
13:24	l878		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Even though Jesus is answering an individual’s question, he is talking to the whole crowd, so the word **you** is plural. The implied **you** in the command to **struggle** earlier in this verse is also plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
13:24	x137		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πολλοί & ζητήσουσιν εἰσελθεῖν καὶ οὐκ ἰσχύσουσιν	1	The implication is that they will not be able to enter because it is so difficult. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many of the people who try to enter the kingdom of God … will not be able to, because it is so difficult” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:25	b35z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ἀφ’ οὗ ἂν ἐγερθῇ ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης καὶ ἀποκλείσῃ τὴν θύραν	1	Jesus extends the metaphor of the **door** by speaking of God at the time of final judgment as if God were the owner of a house and the people he is addressing were outside the house trying to get in. Alternate translation: “After God has admitted everyone who is going to enter his kingdom and is not letting anyone else in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
13:25	gk3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἄρξησθε & ὑμῖν & ὑμᾶς	1	Even though Jesus is answering an individual’s question, he is talking to the whole crowd, so the word **you** is plural in all of these cases. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
13:25	l879		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	κρούειν τὴν θύραν λέγοντες, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “knock on the door and ask the Lord to open it for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
13:25	jqh7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κρούειν τὴν θύραν	1	See how you translated the word “knock” in [11:9](../11/09.md). Alternate translation: “call out” or “cough” or “clap” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:25	l880		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	The people knocking on the door mean themselves but not the owner of the house, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us,** use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
13:25	l881		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ἐρεῖ	1	Together the two words **answer** and **say** mean that the owner of the house will respond to the people who are knocking on the door. Alternate translation: “he will respond” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
13:25	l882		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἀποκριθεὶς ἐρεῖ ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he will respond that he does not know you or where you are from” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
13:25	l883		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ	1	The owner is speaking in an abbreviated way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could draw on the first phrase to supply the words that are missing from the second phrase, as UST does. Alternate translation: “I do not know you, and I do not know where you are from” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
13:25	l884		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ	1	The owner is also using repetition for emphasis. If this would not be clear in your language and your readers might wonder why he was saying the same thing twice, you could translate this with a single phrase that expresses the basic meaning. Alternate translation: “I do not know who you are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
13:26	l885		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἄρξεσθε λέγειν, ἐφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν σου καὶ ἐπίομεν, καὶ ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις ἡμῶν ἐδίδαξας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you will begin to tell him that you shared meals with him and he taught in the streets of your town” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
13:26	l886		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν σου καὶ ἐπίομεν	1	Here, **before** means “in the presence” of another person. Alternate translation: “You were with us when we ate and drank” or “We ate and drank together with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:26	l887		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἐφάγομεν & καὶ ἐπίομεν	1	The people are using the two components of a meal to mean an entire meal. Alternate translation: “We shared meals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
13:26	l888		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σου	1	Since the people are addressing the owner alone, the pronoun **you** would be singular here, and also in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, **you taught**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
13:26	l889		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις ἡμῶν	1	Within the extended metaphor, the people are addressing Jesus, who was not from their town, but who taught them as he traveled through. So the people would consider the streets to be theirs but not his, and **our** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
13:27	l890		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐρεῖ λέγων ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα πόθεν ἐστέ; ἀπόστητε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ, πάντες ἐργάται ἀδικίας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he will reply that he does not know where you are from, and he will tell you to go away because you are evildoers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
13:27	l891		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	ἐρεῖ λέγων ὑμῖν	1	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “he will tell you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
13:27	l892		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν & πάντες	1	Since the owner of the house is speaking to the people outside, **you** would be plural in these instances. The implied “you” in the command to **get away** would also be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
13:27	l893		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ οἶδα πόθεν ἐστέ	1	This is a shorter version of what the house owner says at first. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the implicit meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “I do not know who you are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:27	n39n			ἀπόστητε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “Go away from here”
13:27	l894			ἐργάται ἀδικίας	1	Alternate translation: “you evildoers”
13:28	uhh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	These are actions that indicate deep regret and sadness. If people in your culture would not express themselves in this way, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “actions that express great mourning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
13:28	l895		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Ἰακὼβ	1	These are the names of three men. See how you translated them in [3:34](../03/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:28	crf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “in the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
13:28	ep1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑμᾶς δὲ ἐκβαλλομένους ἔξω	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will have done the action. Alternate translation: “when God will have thrown you outside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:29	wcg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν καὶ ἀπὸ βορρᾶ καὶ νότου	1	Jesus speaks of all directions in order to include everything in between. Alternate translation: “from all over the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
13:29	sbv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀνακλιθήσονται ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus speaks of the joy that people will share in God’s kingdom as if they were all having a feast. Alternate translation: “will feast together in the kingdom of God” or “will rejoice together in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:29	l896		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀνακλιθήσονται	1	If you decide to translate this phrase literally, see how you did that in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “will take their places at the table” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:29	l897		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate this phrase in [13:28](../13/28.md). Alternate translation: “in the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
13:30	l898		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses this expression to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:30	lk75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰσὶν ἔσχατοι οἳ ἔσονται πρῶτοι	1	Being **last** represents having few privileges, being **first** represents having many privileges. Alternate translation: “people who are not privileged now will come to have great privileges” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:30	l899		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἔσχατοι	1	Jesus is using the adjective **last** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the word **ones** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are not privileged” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
13:30	l900		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰσὶν πρῶτοι οἳ ἔσονται ἔσχατοι	1	Being **first** represents having many privileges, and being **last** represents having few privileges. Alternate translation: “people who are greatly privileged now will lose those privileges” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:30	l901		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πρῶτοι	1	Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the word **ones** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this term with an equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are greatly privileged” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
13:31	pe5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	Luke uses the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “At that same time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
13:31	l902		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	Luke also uses this time reference to introduce a new event in the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate the phrase in a way that shows how this next event follows the previous event. Alternate translation: “Soon after Jesus finished speaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
13:31	l903		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	προσῆλθάν τινες Φαρισαῖοι λέγοντες αὐτῷ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees who were there came and told him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
13:31	r41z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἔξελθε καὶ πορεύου ἐντεῦθεν	1	These two expressions mean the same thing. The Pharisees are using repetition to emphasize how urgent they believe it is for Jesus to flee for his life. Alternate translation: “You need to get away from here right now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
13:31	l7fe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Ἡρῴδης θέλει σε ἀποκτεῖναι	1	Herod would not kill Jesus personally. Rather, he would order people to do it. Alternate translation: “Herod plans to send his soldiers to kill you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:32	l904		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	πορευθέντες εἴπατε τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ, ἰδοὺ, ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Go and tell that fox that I will certainly continue to drive out demons and perform healings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
13:32	l905		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ	1	A **fox** is a small wild dog. If your readers would not be familiar with what a **fox** is, you could use the name of a similar animal in your region, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “that little dog” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:32	af7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ	1	Jesus is referring to Herod as a **fox**. This could mean: (1) since foxes need to rely on cunning to catch their prey, Jesus may be saying that Herod is devious. Alternate translation: “that devious person” (2) since a fox is a small animal, Jesus may be saying that Herod was not much of a threat. Alternate translation: “that insignificant person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:32	l906		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term **Behold** to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:32	l907		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον	1	The expression **today and tomorrow** is an idiom that means “at the present time” or “for now.” Alternate translation: “for now I will continue to drive out demons and perform healings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
13:32	l908		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον	1	Jesus speaks of two parts of his ministry, **driving out demons and performing healings**, to mean all of his ministry, which also included teaching and other things. Alternate translation: “for now I will continue to carry on my ministry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
13:32	l909		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον	1	The implication is that Jesus is saying he knows he does not need to be afraid of Herod’s deadly intentions, even though he is in territory that Herod rules, because God will keep him safe while he carries out his ministry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that for now, with God’s protection, I can safely carry on my ministry even in Herod’s territory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:32	l910		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τῇ τρίτῃ	1	In this culture, **the third day** meant “the day after tomorrow.” Jesus is using the expression as an idiom. Alternate translation: “at a short time in the future” or “soon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
13:32	l911		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τελειοῦμαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. This could mean: (1) Jesus is saying he will soon complete his work of teaching and healing. Alternate translation: “I will complete my ministry” (2) this expression refers to someone reaching a goal or destination. Alternate translation: “I will finish traveling through Herod’s territory and reach Jerusalem” (3) Jesus is referring to a goal or destination, and mean that he will reach the end of his life. Alternate translation: “I will give my life as a sacrifice” (4) the expression describes someone reaching maturity or perfection of character, and if that is what it means here, it would describe the character that Jesus demonstrated when he gave his life as the Savior. Alternate translation: “I will demonstrate supreme love” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:33	p9za			πλὴν δεῖ με & πορεύεσθαι	1	Alternate translation: “But I must keep traveling”
13:33	l912		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σήμερον καὶ αὔριον καὶ τῇ ἐχομένῃ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “now and in the time just ahead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
13:33	nbk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	οὐκ ἐνδέχεται προφήτην ἀπολέσθαι ἔξω Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	This could also mean “it is not acceptable.” Either way, Jesus is speaking ironically. The Jewish leaders claimed to serve God, and yet their ancestors killed many of God’s prophets in Jerusalem. Jesus knew that they would kill him there too. Alternate translation: “it is in Jerusalem that the Jewish leaders have killed so many of God’s messengers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
13:34	cac7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jesus is addressing something he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. Alternate translation: “I am very upset with the city of Jerusalem” or, if you decide to use the second person (see later note), “I am very upset with you, Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
13:34	l913		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “you who kills the prophets God sends her by stoning them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
13:34	l914		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	Jesus speaks of the city as if it were female. Your language may customarily use neuter pronouns for cities. Alternate translation: “which kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
13:34	gb6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	If your readers would find it strange that Jesus is addressing the city, you could make it clear that he is really speaking about the people who live in the city: “whose people kill the prophets and stone those sent to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:34	l915		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	Jesus speaks of the city in the third person, even though he is addressing it directly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “you who kill the prophets and stone those who are sent to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
13:34	zhg8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “those God has sent to her” or “those God has sent to it” or “those God has sent to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:34	rj48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ποσάκις ἠθέλησα	1	This is an exclamation and not a question. Alternate translation: “I have desired so often” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
13:34	q1i3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπισυνάξαι τὰ τέκνα σου	1	Jesus is describing the people who live in Jerusalem as if they were the **children** of the city. Alternate translation: “to gather your people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:34	q4nf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	Jesus is leaving out the word **gathers** that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. you could supply this word from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “the way a hen gathers her own brood under her wings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
13:34	l916		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σου	1	Even though Jesus is speaking of the people who live in Jerusalem, he is addressing the city, so **your** would be singular. The pronoun **you** would also be a singular pronoun in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, “you were not willing,” and in the phrase “sent to you,” if you decide to use the second person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
13:34	kb9t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	Jesus uses this comparison to describe how he wishes he could care for the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “just as if I were a hen gathering her chicks under her wings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
13:34	l917		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν	1	The term **brood** refers collectively to all of the young offspring of a bird. Alternate translation: “her chicks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:34	l918		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	The implication is that a hen would put her baby chicks there to protect them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under her wings to protect them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:35	l919		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term **Behold** to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:35	l920		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “your house will be left to you alone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
13:35	w1v2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	Jesus speaks of the city of Jerusalem as if it were a **house** in which its people lived. Alternate translation: “your city will be left to you alone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:35	l921		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to leave your city to you alone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:35	l922		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	The implications of this statement are that God will no longer consider that Jerusalem belongs to him, as a holy city where he dwells in his temple, and that God will therefore not protect the people of Jerusalem from their enemies. Alternate translation: “God will not protect you from your enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:35	l923		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν & ὑμῶν & ὑμῖν	1	Jesus is now speaking directly to the people who live in Jerusalem, so **your** and **you** would be plural. The pronoun **you** would also be a plural pronoun in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, “you say.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
13:35	l924			λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is telling the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
13:35	x4y6			οὐ μὴ με ἴδητέ ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this a positive statement. Alternate translation: “the next time you see me, you will say”
13:35	l925		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε	1	The expression **it comes** means “the time comes.” You could express that in your translation, or, if your language does not speak of time as “coming,” you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “until the time comes when you say” or “until the time when you say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
13:35	l926		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτε εἴπητε, εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “when you say that the one who comes in the name of the Lord is blessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
13:35	v6lj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	God’s **name** represents his power and authority. Alternate translation: “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14:intro	xk3w				0	# Luke 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus attends a banquet and tells a parable about a banquet (14:1–24)\n2. Jesus teaches more about being his disciple (14:25–35)\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Parable\n\nJesus told the parable in Luke 14:15–24 to teach that the kingdom of God will be something that everyone can enjoy, but many people will refuse to be part of it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “For everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, and he who humbles himself will be exalted” (14:11).
14:1	dj2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
14:1	a3ya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
14:1	l89x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
14:1	lh8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	φαγεῖν ἄρτον	1	Luke refers to **bread**, one kind of food, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “to have a meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
14:1	jst8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ αὐτοὶ ἦσαν παρατηρούμενοι αὐτόν	1	The implication is that other Pharisees were also present, as [14:3](../14/03.md) indicates explicitly, and that they all wanted to find a way to accuse Jesus of saying or doing something wrong. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Many other Pharisees were present, and they were all watching Jesus closely to try to catch him saying or doing something wrong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:2	l927		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:2	f5gh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
14:2	l4a1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἦν ὑδρωπικὸς	1	This means that the man had edema. That is a condition that causes swelling when water builds up in parts of the body. Your language may have a specific name for this condition. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “who was suffering because parts of his body were swollen with water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
14:2	l929		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἦν ὑδρωπικὸς	1	Luke provides this background information about the man to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Jesus was facing the issue of whether to heal this man on the Sabbath, which the Pharisees thought was wrong. Alternate translation: “who was suffering because parts of his body were swollen with water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
14:2	l930		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. Alternate translation: “was in the presence of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:3	l931		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	The term **answering** indicates that Jesus **spoke** in response to the situation that he observed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when he saw the man, Jesus spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:3	l932		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοὺς νομικοὺς	1	See how you translated **lawyers** in [7:45](../07/45.md). In this context, the term **lawyers** refers to experts in the law of Moses and its application to various situations. Alternate translation: “the experts in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
14:3	qak4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἔξεστιν τῷ Σαββάτῳ θεραπεῦσαι ἢ οὔ?	1	Jesus is not asking this question for information or to get guidance about what he should do. Rather, he is using the question to challenge the Pharisees and lawyers to think about the meaning and purpose of the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “If you think the law does not permit healing on the Sabbath, explain why.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:4	pj9t			οἱ δὲ ἡσύχασαν	1	Alternate translation: “But the religious leaders would not answer Jesus’ question”
14:4	l933		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the religious leaders made no objection to healing on the Sabbath, as a result, Jesus healed the man. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
14:4	x4lq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐπιλαβόμενος	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus took hold of the man who was suffering from edema and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
14:5	l934		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
14:5	rr5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνος ὑμῶν υἱὸς ἢ βοῦς εἰς φρέαρ πεσεῖται, καὶ οὐκ εὐθέως ἀνασπάσει αὐτὸν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	Jesus does not expect these religious leaders to tell him whether they would do this. Rather, he is using the question form as a teaching tool. He wants these religious leaders to recognize that on the Sabbath day, they themselves would do something to address a situation of suffering and need. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “If one of you had a son who fell into a well on the Sabbath, surely you would pull him out immediately. You would even do the same thing for your ox.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:6	cti5			καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἀνταποκριθῆναι πρὸς ταῦτα	1	Alternate translation: “And there was nothing they could say in response”
14:7	l935		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἔλεγεν & πρὸς τοὺς κεκλημένους παραβολήν, ἐπέχων πῶς τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐξελέγοντο, λέγων	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in this verse, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus noticed that those whom the leader of the Pharisees had invited to the meal were trying to sit in the seats for honored guests, so he gave them an illustration, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
14:7	u86b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἔλεγεν & παραβολήν	1	In this instance, Luke is not using the term **parable** to mean a brief story that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Jesus used a hypothetical situation as an illustration to get the guests at this meal to consider how they should behave at feasts. Alternate translation: “he gave an illustration” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
14:7	em4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοὺς κεκλημένους	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who had done the action. Alternate translation: “those whom this Pharisee had invited to the meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:7	yd4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰς πρωτοκλισίας	1	The term **first** represents being important and honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you could use that in your translation. Otherwise, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the seats closest to the host” or “the seats for honored guests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:8	l936		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος εἰς γάμους, μὴ κατακλιθῇς	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the guests at this meal. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone invites you to a wedding celebration. Then you should not take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
14:8	pd7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “When someone invites you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:8	l937		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μὴ κατακλιθῇς	1	See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “do not take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
14:8	l938		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν	1	See how you translated this phrase in [14:7](../14/07.md). Alternate translation: “in a seat for an honored guest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:8	t1r5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐντιμότερός σου ᾖ κεκλημένος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the host may also have invited a person who is more important than you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:8	l939		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἐντιμότερός	1	Jesus is using the comparative adjective **more honorable** as a noun. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who is more important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
14:8	m5b9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σου	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular in [14:8–10](../14/08.md). But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
14:9	l940		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐλθὼν, ὁ σὲ καὶ αὐτὸν καλέσας	1	In this culture, the host would come into the banquet hall after all the guests were seated. If the practice is different in your culture, you could use a general expression in your translation here. Alternate translation: “when the person who invited both of you sees the seating arrangements” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
14:9	ecp7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἄρξῃ μετὰ αἰσχύνης τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον κατέχειν	1	Jesus uses the term **begin** to suggest slowly unfolding, reluctant action. Alternate translation: “you will be ashamed and reluctantly have to take the last place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
14:9	gqa6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον	1	The term **last** represents being unimportant and not honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you could use that in your translation. Otherwise, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a seat far from the host” or “a seat for the least important person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:9	l941		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον	1	The implication is that this guest must go to the least important section of seats because all the other places have been taken in the meantime. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a seat for the least important person, since all the other seats will be taken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:10	x5qh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅταν κληθῇς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “when someone invites you to a feast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:10	l942		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀνάπεσε	1	See how you translated this phrase in [14:8](../14/08.md). Alternate translation: “take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
14:10	by81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον	1	See how you translated this phrase in [14:9](../14/09.md). Alternate translation: “among the least important people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:10	l943		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὅταν ἔλθῃ ὁ κεκληκώς σε	1	In this culture, the host would come into the banqueting hall after all the guests were seated. If the practice is different in your culture, you could use a general expression in your translation here. Alternate translation: “when the person who invited you sees where you are sitting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
14:10	ck9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	προσανάβηθι ἀνώτερον	1	The host speaks of the more important places at the feast being **higher** than the less important ones. Alternate translation: “move to a seat for a more important person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:10	h5ee		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔσται σοι δόξα	1	This is an idiom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state who would make this happen. Alternate translation: “your host will honor you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
14:10	l944		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον	1	Here, the word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of all the other guests” or “as all the other guests are watching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:11	i5e7			ὁ ὑψῶν ἑαυτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “the one who tries to look important” or “everyone who takes an important position”
14:11	zrs1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ταπεινωθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will have to act humbly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:11	dk2c			ὁ ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “the one who chooses to look unimportant” or “everyone who takes an unimportant position”
14:11	eki7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑψωθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will receive honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:12	p9hc			τῷ κεκληκότι αὐτόν	1	Alternate translation: “to the Pharisee who had invited him to his house for a meal”
14:12	v4uk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὅταν ποιῇς	1	Even though this is general advice for everyone listening, the word **you** is singular here, and **you** and **your** are singular in all of [14:12–14](../14/12.md), because Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisee who invited him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
14:12	gmh6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	μὴ φώνει	1	Jesus is probably not telling his host never to invite such people. Rather, this is likely a generalization that means he should invite others as well. Alternate translation: “do not invite only” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
14:12	l945		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου & τοὺς συγγενεῖς σου	1	The term **brothers** probably refers to close family members, while the term **relatives** likely indicates more distant members of an extended family. Alternate translation: “your close family members … other relatives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:12	l946		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου	1	If **brothers** is a figurative term, then Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your close family members” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
14:12	l947			μήποτε καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀντικαλέσωσίν σε	1	Alternate translation: “because they might feel an obligation to invite you to a banquet of their own”
14:12	l948			γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι	1	Your language may require you to say who would make this happen. Alternate translation: “they would repay you”
14:13	uc5f			κάλει	1	It may be helpful to add “also” in your translation, since, as in [14:12](../14/12.md), Jesus probably does not mean to invite only these people. Alternate translation: “also invite”
14:13	abcf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πτωχούς, ἀναπείρους, χωλούς, τυφλούς	1	Jesus is using these adjectives as nouns to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor, people with disabilities, people who are handicapped, and people who are blind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
14:14	vpt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μακάριος ἔσῃ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:14	r6cp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνταποδοῦναί σοι	1	This expression does not mean that these people would not have a social obligation to return hospitality, the way others would. Rather, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “they do not have the means to repay you” or “they cannot invite you to a banquet in return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
14:14	z4tv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνταποδοθήσεται & σοι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will repay you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:14	rd75			ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει τῶν δικαίων	1	Alternate translation: “when God brings righteous people back to life”
14:15	cm12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δέ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
14:15	h4wu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	τις τῶν συνανακειμένων	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “another one of the guests at that meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
14:15	l949		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τις τῶν συνανακειμένων	1	See how you translated the expression “recline to eat” in [14:8](../14/08.md). Alternate translation: “another one of the guests at that meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
14:15	a8pf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ὅστις φάγεται ἄρτον ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This man is using the word **bread** to refer to an entire meal. Alternate translation: “anyone who is invited to the feast in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
14:15	gu4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅστις φάγεται ἄρτον ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This man is using the image of a feast to depict the joy that people will share in God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “anyone who will rejoice with others in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:15	l950		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate this phrase in [13:28](../13/28.md). Alternate translation: “in the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
14:16	m4y2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ἄνθρωπός τις ἐποίει δεῖπνον μέγα	1	To help this guest understand better what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “In response, Jesus told this guest a story to help him understand. ‘There was a man who prepared a large banquet’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
14:16	m7bc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις	1	This introduces a character in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
14:16	yrp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐποίει δεῖπνον μέγα, καὶ ἐκάλεσεν πολλούς	1	The implication is that this man had his servants prepare the meal and invite the guests. Alternate translation: “told his servants to prepare a large banquet and to invite many guests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:17	us3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ δείπνου	1	Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time for the dinner” or “when the dinner was about to begin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
14:17	xkp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῖς κεκλημένοις	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “to those he had invited” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:17	l951		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἔρχεσθε, ὅτι ἤδη ἕτοιμά ἐστιν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that they should come because everything was now ready” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
14:18	eh3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	The word **And** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that all the invited guests would come to the dinner, and what happened, that they all declined to do that. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
14:18	l952		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀπὸ μιᾶς πάντες	1	Jesus is leaving out a word that this sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This could mean a number of things, depending on what word is supplied, but the general sense is the same in every case: (1) “all from one mind” or “all from one voice,” that is, unanimously. Alternate translation: “all alike” (2) “all from one manner.” Alternate translation: “all in the same way” (3) “all from one time” Alternate translation: “all, as soon as the servant came to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
14:18	s9as			παραιτεῖσθαι	1	Alternate translation: “to give polite reasons why they could not come to the dinner”
14:18	l3r6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ πρῶτος εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	While **him** refers to the servant, the implication is that this first guest was giving the servant a message for his master, since it would be the master, not the servant, who would excuse him from attending the banquet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached told him to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:18	l953		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
14:18	l954		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἀγρὸν ἠγόρασα καὶ ἔχω ἀνάγκην ἐξελθὼν ἰδεῖν αὐτόν; ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just bought a field and that he needed to go out and look at it, so he wanted to be excused” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
14:18	l955		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	In this culture, this was a polite formula for declining a social invitation. If your language has a similar formula, you could use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Please accept my apology for not being able to attend” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
14:18	l956		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “excuse me from attending” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:19	d9p2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕτερος εἶπεν	1	See how you translated this phrase in [14:18](../14/18.md). Alternate translation: “another guest told the servant to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:19	l957		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ζεύγη βοῶν ἠγόρασα πέντε καὶ πορεύομαι δοκιμάσαι αὐτά; ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just bought five pairs of oxen and that he was going to try them out, so he wanted to be excused” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
14:19	cd9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ζεύγη βοῶν & πέντε	1	**Oxen** are large cattle. In this culture, they were used in pairs to pull farming tools such as plows. Alternate translation: “five pairs of oxen to work in my fields” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
14:19	l958		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	See how you translated this phrase in [14:18](../14/18.md). Alternate translation: “Please accept my apology for not being able to attend” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
14:19	l959		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “excuse me from attending” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:20	lf9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕτερος εἶπεν	1	See how you translated this phrase in [14:18](../14/18.md). Alternate translation: “Another guest told the servant to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:20	l960		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γυναῖκα ἔγημα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ δύναμαι ἐλθεῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just gotten married and so he could not come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
14:20	gy6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	γυναῖκα ἔγημα	1	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Use the expression that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have just gotten married” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
14:20	l961			οὐ δύναμαι ἐλθεῖν	1	This is not the same polite formula that the previous two people used. This man feels he has solid grounds to decline the invitation, and he says so directly. Reflect this difference in the way your language naturally would. Alternate translation: “I will not be coming”
14:21	v7v7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὀργισθεὶς	1	The implication is that the host became angry with the people who had turned down his invitation, not with his servant. Alternate translation: “becoming angry with the people he had invited” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:21	s88p			εἰσάγαγε ὧδε	1	Alternate translation: “invite to my house”
14:21	l962		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς, καὶ ἀναπείρους, καὶ τυφλοὺς, καὶ χωλοὺς	1	Jesus is using these adjectives as nouns to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor, people with disabilities, people who are blind, and people who are handicapped” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
14:22	y4rb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ εἶπεν ὁ δοῦλος	1	The implication is that the servant did what the master commanded him and then came back with this report. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “After the servant went out and did that, he came back and reported” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:22	l963		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	Κύριε, γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας, καὶ ἔτι τόπος ἐστίν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had done what the master had commanded but there was still room” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
14:22	dgt3			γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας	1	Alternate translation: “I have done what you commanded”
14:23	l964		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν ὁ κύριος πρὸς τὸν δοῦλον, ἔξελθε εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμοὺς, καὶ ἀνάγκασον εἰσελθεῖν, ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the master told the servant to go out into the roads and hedges and compel people to come in so that his house would be filled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
14:23	n9x7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	φραγμοὺς	1	The word **hedges** describes boundary fences that enclose and protect fields and buildings. They may be made of bushes and shrubs growing closely together, or they may be made of wood or stone or similar building materials. This could mean: (1) actual hedges. In that case, you could use the equivalent term in your language or a general expression. Alternate translation: “boundary fences” (2) since the term is paired with **roads**, it may mean the footpaths that run along hedges at the borders of fields. Alternate translation: “paths” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14:23	w5w6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that guests may fill my house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:24	i5lt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	The master is using a future statement to express the result he desires from the instructions he has just given his servants. Alternate translation: “For I say to you that I do not want any of those men who were invited to taste of my supper” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
14:24	v5m6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	While the word **you** is singular in [14:21–23](../14/21.md) because the master and the servant are addressing one another individually, here the word **you** is plural. It is not clear why. Possibly it may be assumed that other servants have been helping and that the master is now addressing all of the servants at once. In that case, it would make sense to translate **you** using the plural form, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
14:24	ooz4			λέγω & ὑμῖν	1	The master says this to emphasize what he is telling his servants. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
14:24	l965		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The master told all of his servants that he did not want any of the men he had invited to taste his supper” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
14:24	liz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων	1	Here, the word for **men** means “male adults,” not people in general. So it would be appropriate to use a specifically masculine term in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
14:24	n867		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τῶν κεκλημένων	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom I invited” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:24	hl7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	The master may be using the word **taste** to mean eating the meal. Alternate translation: “will enjoy the dinner that I have prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14:24	l984		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	Alternatively, the master may be making an extreme statement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “will get even a taste of the dinner that I have prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
14:24	l966			μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	By this expression, the master does not mean his own meal, but the dinner that he has prepared for others. Alternate translation: “the dinner that I have prepared”
14:25	l967		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
14:25	gv94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	συνεπορεύοντο & αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Jesus is no longer at the dinner at the home of the Pharisee. He has resumed his journey to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could introduce this new situation more fully. Alternate translation: “Jesus then continued on his way to Jerusalem, and large crowds were traveling with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
14:26	l968		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρός με,	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
14:26	l969		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	εἴ τις & οὐ μισεῖ & οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only someone who … loves me more than … is able to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
14:26	l985		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	Jesus uses the word **and** to introduce a contrast. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
14:26	rmt8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	οὐ μισεῖ	1	Jesus is using the word **hate** as an exaggeration to say that his disciples are not to love other people and themselves more than they love Jesus. Alternate translation: “does not love me more than” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
14:27	pm44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ὅστις οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔρχεται ὀπίσω μου, οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Whoever wants to be my disciple must carry his cross and follow me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
14:27	l970		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus assumes that the crowds will know that the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar that was set upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. Jesus assumes that the crowds will also know that the Romans made these criminals carry these wooden crosses through the streets to the place where they were going to be executed. Alternate translation: “does not carry the wooden cross on which he will be executed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:27	jn5u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus uses the phrase **carry his cross**, referring to this practice of execution, to say that his disciples must be people who have given up their lives to God and who are willing to suffer. Alternate translation: “does not surrender his life to God and be willing to suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:27	l971		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔρχεται ὀπίσω μου	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “follow my example” or “obey me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
14:28	q3cx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς γὰρ ἐξ ὑμῶν θέλων πύργον οἰκοδομῆσαι, οὐχὶ πρῶτον καθίσας, ψηφίζει τὴν δαπάνην, εἰ ἔχει εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν?	1	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. Alternate translation: “If one of you wanted to build a tower, he would certainly sit down first and determine whether he had enough money to complete it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:28	l972		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	τίς γὰρ ἐξ ὑμῶν θέλων πύργον οἰκοδομῆσαι, οὐχὶ πρῶτον καθίσας, ψηφίζει τὴν δαπάνην, εἰ ἔχει εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν?	1	Jesus is offering the crowds an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you wanted to build a tower. Then you would certainly sit down first and determine whether you had enough money to complete it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
14:28	eyx4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πύργον	1	This may mean a watchtower. In one of his parables, recorded in [Matthew 21:33](../mat/21/33.md), Jesus uses this same word to describe a watchtower that a man built for a vineyard he was planting. Alternate translation: “a high lookout platform” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
14:28	l973		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	εἰ ἔχει εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “whether he has enough money to complete the project” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
14:29	qj4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἵνα μήποτε	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “If he does not first calculate the cost” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:29	axc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	θέντος αὐτοῦ θεμέλιον	1	See how you translated the word **foundation** in [6:48](../06/48.md). Alternate translation: “once he has built a base” or “once he has completed the lower part of the building” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
14:29	ym3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ ἰσχύοντος ἐκτελέσαι	1	The implication is that this person was not able to finish the building because he did not have enough money. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but does not have enough money to finish the whole building” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:29	l974		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντες οἱ θεωροῦντες	1	This is a generalization that describes what the common reaction would be. Alternate translation: “those who see it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
14:30	l975		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	Since Jesus addresses his question in [14:28](../14/28.md) to the whole crowd, his illustration envisions all of them, so the term **man** here may be generic. Alternate translation: “This person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
14:30	l976		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	The word **and** introduces a contrast between what the man planned to do and what he failed to do in the end. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
14:31	vp3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ τίς βασιλεὺς πορευόμενος ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ συμβαλεῖν εἰς πόλεμον, οὐχὶ καθίσας πρῶτον βουλεύσεται, εἰ δυνατός ἐστιν ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι τῷ μετὰ εἴκοσι χιλιάδων ἐρχομένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτόν?	1	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly a king who was going to war against another king would sit down first and determine whether with 10,000 troops he would be able to defeat a king who was attacking him with 20,000 troops.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:31	l977		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἢ τίς βασιλεὺς πορευόμενος ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ συμβαλεῖν εἰς πόλεμον, οὐχὶ καθίσας πρῶτον βουλεύσεται	1	Jesus is offering the crowds an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Or suppose one king were going to fight a war against another king. Then he would certainly sit down first and determine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
14:31	tl37			βουλεύσεται	1	This could mean: (1) he would think carefully about it. (2) he would consult with his advisors to decide.
14:32	dpc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ μή γε	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “If he realizes that he will not be able to defeat the other king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:32	l978			ἔτι αὐτοῦ πόρρω ὄντος, πρεσβείαν ἀποστείλας ἐρωτᾷ τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην	1	Alternate translation: “while the other king is still far away, the first king sends a delegation and asks for terms of peace”
14:32	p5h6			τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην	1	Alternate translation: “for terms to end the war” or “what the other king wants him to do so that he will not attack”
14:33	is32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	πᾶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν, οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those of you who give up all that you have are able be my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
14:33	f2he			ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν	1	Alternate translation: “who is not willing to give up everything he owns”
14:34	tz7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	καλὸν οὖν τὸ ἅλας	1	To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘Salt is certainly useful’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
14:34	l979		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐὰν & καὶ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if something indeed causes salt to lose its flavor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:34	l980		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what can make it salty again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:34	cz52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται?	1	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. He does not expect the crowd to tell him how the flavor of salt can be restored. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “nothing can make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:35	bp1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	εἰς κοπρίαν	1	See how you translated this phrase in [13:8](../13/08.md). Alternate translation: “to use as fertilizer” or “to add to the compost heap” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
14:35	n5a9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἔξω βάλλουσιν αὐτό	1	**They** does not refer to any individuals in particular. This is an indefinite usage. Alternate translation: “People throw it outside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
14:35	u9h3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize that what he has just said is important and that it may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **ears to hear** represents the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body by which his listeners have been taking in his teaching. Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14:35	c5fb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
14:35	l981		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	If you choose to translate this in the second person, **you** would be plural, since Jesus is speaking to the crowd. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
15:intro	p1ba				0	# Luke 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus tells parables about a lost sheep, a lost coin, and a lost son (15:1–32)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The parable of the prodigal son\n\nThe story that Jesus tells in Luke 15:11–32 is known as The Parable of the Prodigal Son, although he does not give the story that title himself. Most interpreters understand the father in the story to represent God (the Father), the sinful younger son to represent those who repent and come to faith in Jesus, and the self-righteous older son to represent the Pharisees. In the story, the older son becomes angry at the father for forgiving the younger son’s sins. He will not even go in to the party that the father is giving to welcome the younger son home. Jesus knew that the Pharisees wanted God to think that only they were good and not forgive other people’s sins. Jesus was teaching them that they would never become part of God’s kingdom if they continued to think that way. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])\n\n### Sinners\n\nWhen the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins such as stealing or sexual sins. But Jesus told three parables (15:4–7, 15:8–10, and 15:11–32) to teach that the people who acknowledge that they are sinners and who repent are the people who truly please God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
15:1	yj6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
15:1	l982		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἦσαν & αὐτῷ ἐγγίζοντες πάντες οἱ τελῶναι καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. These people were part of the crowd that Luke described generally in [14:25](../14/25.md). Alternate translation: “many of the people who were coming to listen to Jesus were tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
15:1	ss52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἦσαν & αὐτῷ ἐγγίζοντες πάντες οἱ τελῶναι καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ	1	The word **all** is an overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many of the people who were coming to listen to Jesus were tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
15:2	l986		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
15:2	l987		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	διεγόγγυζον οἵ τε Φαρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς	1	Luke uses this phrase to reintroduce these characters into the story. While these may not be exactly the same individuals whom Jesus encountered in places such as [5:17–30](../05/17.md), the members of this group in general function as the same character throughout the story. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees and scribes were there, and they were grumbling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
15:2	dd9b			οὗτος ἁμαρτωλοὺς προσδέχεται	1	Alternate translation: “This man lets sinners into his presence” or “This man associates with sinners”
15:2	ec2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὗτος	1	This expression implicitly means Jesus. Alternate translation: “This man” or “Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:3	l988		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
15:3	ill7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	εἶπεν & πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus told this story to the Pharisees and scribes to help them understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
15:4	pxm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ πορεύεται ἐπὶ τὸ ἀπολωλὸς, ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό?	1	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If one of you had 100 sheep and lost one of them, he would certainly leave the other 99 sheep in the wilderness and go looking for the sheep that had wandered off until he found it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
15:4	l989		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει	1	Jesus is offering the Pharisees and scribes an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had 100 sheep and you lost one of them. Then would you not certainly leave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
15:4	m048		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα & ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό	1	Since Jesus begins the parable by asking, “Which man among you,” some languages would continue the parable in the second person. Alternate translation: “Which one of you, if you had 100 sheep … until you found it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
15:4	l990		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	This could mean: (1) while all of the Pharisees and scribes who are grumbling are probably men, Jesus is describing what any person, man or woman, would likely do in this situation, and he is telling the parable for the whole crowd to hear. So the term **man** here may be generic. Alternate translation: “Which person among you” (2) since Jesus speaks in his next parable of a woman doing something, he may be using a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God. In that case, the term **man** here would not be generic. Alternate translation: “Which of you men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
15:5	l992		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	καὶ εὑρὼν, ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ χαίρων	1	If you decided in the previous verse that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “Once you found it, you would very happily lay it across your shoulders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
15:5	xwa5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ	1	This is the way a shepherd carries a sheep. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he lays it across his shoulders to carry it home” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:6	g3f3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	καὶ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὸν οἶκον, συνκαλεῖ τοὺς φίλους καὶ τοὺς γείτονας	1	If you decided that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “And when you got back to your house, you would call together your friends and neighbors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
15:6	l993		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων αὐτοῖς, συνχάρητέ μοι, ὅτι εὗρον τὸ πρόβατόν μου τὸ ἀπολωλός	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and tells them to rejoice with him because he has found his sheep that was lost” or, if you decided to use the second person, “and you would tell them to rejoice with you because you had found your sheep that was lost” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
15:7	l994			λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell these Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that”
15:7	k1l2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “just as the shepherd and his friends and neighbors would rejoice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:7	k8k6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	χαρὰ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἔσται	1	Jesus is using the word **heaven** to mean the inhabitants of heaven. Alternate translation: “everyone in heaven will rejoice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:7	abcg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	δικαίοις	1	Jesus is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
15:8	ly5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς γυνὴ δραχμὰς ἔχουσα δέκα, ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ δραχμὴν μίαν, οὐχὶ ἅπτει λύχνον, καὶ σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ ζητεῖ ἐπιμελῶς, ἕως οὗ εὕρῃ?	1	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “if a woman had ten drachma coins and she lost one of them, she would certainly light a lamp, sweep the house, and seek diligently until she found it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
15:8	qr36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	τίς γυνὴ δραχμὰς ἔχουσα δέκα, ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ δραχμὴν μίαν, οὐχὶ ἅπτει λύχνον, καὶ σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ ζητεῖ ἐπιμελῶς, ἕως οὗ εὕρῃ?	1	Jesus is offering an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose a woman had ten drachma coins and she lost one of them. Then she would certainly light a lamp, sweep the house, and seek diligently until she found it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
15:8	l995		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δραχμὰς	1	A **drachma** was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “valuable silver coins” or “coins each worth a day’s wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
15:8	l996		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν	1	Jesus speaks of the whole **house** to refer to one part of it, the floor. Alternate translation: “sweep the floor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
15:9	l997		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγουσα, συνχάρητέ μοι, ὅτι εὗρον τὴν δραχμὴν ἣν ἀπώλεσα	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and tells them to rejoice with her because she has found the drachma that she lost” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
15:10	wrs9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “Just as the woman and her friends and neighbors would rejoice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:10	l998			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell these Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “indeed”
15:10	m8zl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The term **before** means “in the presence” of someone. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God’s angels” or “among the angels of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:11	ib6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	εἶπεν δέ	1	To help the Pharisees and scribes understand what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told the Pharisees and scribes this story to help them understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
15:11	c2t6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις εἶχεν δύο υἱούς	1	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the main characters in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who had two sons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
15:12	l999		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν & τῷ πατρί, Πάτερ, δός μοι τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told his father that he wanted the share of the estate that he would inherit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
15:12	y6uq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	δός μοι	1	The son wanted his father to give him his inheritance immediately. If your language has a command form that indicates that the speaker wants something done immediately, it would be appropriate to use that form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
15:12	m000		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the part of your wealth that you intend to leave to me when you die” or “the share of the estate that I would inherit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15:12	m001		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	2	Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
15:12	r2q7			διεῖλεν αὐτοῖς τὸν βίον	1	Alternate translation: “he divided his wealth between his two sons”
15:13	m002		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας	1	This is a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “only a few days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
15:13	lu69			συναγαγὼν πάντα	1	Alternate translation: “having packed all of his things”
15:13	ew56			ἀσώτως	1	Alternate translation: “without thinking about the consequences of his actions”
15:14	z99l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Jesus uses the word **And**to introduce background information that will help his listeners understand what happens next in the parable. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
15:14	kpb8			ἐγένετο λιμὸς ἰσχυρὰ κατὰ τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην	1	Alternate translation: “something happened so that the entire country did not have enough food”
15:14	y8mf			ὑστερεῖσθαι	1	Alternate translation: “to lack what he needed” or “not to have enough to live on”
15:15	cdn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
15:15	y3bf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πορευθεὶς, ἐκολλήθη ἑνὶ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he began to work for one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15:15	k19m			ἑνὶ τῶν πολιτῶν τῆς χώρας ἐκείνης	1	Alternate translation: “to someone who lived in that country”
15:15	rxt4			βόσκειν χοίρους	1	Alternate translation: “to feed the pigs that the man owned”
15:16	m8zd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπεθύμει χορτασθῆναι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he wished he could satisfy his hunger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:16	pd3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κερατίων	1	These are the husks of the beans that grow on the **carob** tree. If your readers would not be familiar with this tree, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “bean husks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
15:16	m003			καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐδίδου αὐτῷ	1	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: “because no one was giving him anything else to eat” or “but his master would not allow him to eat even those”
15:17	x4jc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰς ἑαυτὸν & ἐλθὼν	1	This idiom means that he became able to understand his situation clearly and realized that he had made a terrible mistake. Alternate translation: “realizing the situation he was in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15:17	m004		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἔφη, πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ὧδε ἀπόλλυμαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told himself that all of his father’s hired servants had more than enough food to eat, but he was perishing from hunger where he was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
15:17	xw1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ὧδε ἀπόλλυμαι	1	This is an exclamation, not a question. Alternate translation: “All of my father’s hired servants have more than enough food to eat, but I am perishing from hunger here” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
15:17	m005		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἄρτων	1	The young man is using one kind of food, **bread**, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
15:17	tal2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	λιμῷ & ἀπόλλυμαι	1	This could mean: (1) it is a figurative overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “have so little to eat” (2) the young man has literally been starving. Alternate translation: “am about to die of starvation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
15:18	m006		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἀναστὰς, πορεύσομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου, καὶ ἐρῶ αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “He decided that he would leave that place and go to his father and tell him that he had sinned against God and directly against him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
15:18	m007		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “I will leave this place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15:18	m4pj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
15:18	m008		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιόν	1	The term **before** means “in the presence” of another person. In the speech he is planning, the younger son makes a distinction between the way he has sinned **against** heaven, by committing many sins, and **before** his father, by causing him personal shame and loss. Alternate translation: “directly against” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:19	m009		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου. ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He decided he would tell his father that he did not deserve to be his son any more, but that he hoped his father would hire him as one of his servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
15:19	aug2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I am no longer worthy for you to call me your son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:19	m010		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κληθῆναι	1	This expression could also be an idiom that means “to be.” See how you translated this phrase in [1:32](../01/32.md), [1:76](../01/76.md), and [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “to be” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15:19	up55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου	1	This is a request, not a command. To show that, it may be helpful to add “please,” as UST does. Alternate translation: “please hire me as one of your servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
15:20	m43r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
15:20	m011		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “leaving that place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15:20	za3c			ἔτι δὲ αὐτοῦ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος	1	This does not mean that the younger son was still in the other country. Alternate translation: “while he was still at a great distance from his father’s house”
15:20	a7ls		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσπλαγχνίσθη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “had pity on him” or “loved him deeply from his heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:20	z7p3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ καὶ κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν	1	The father did these things to show his son that he loved him and that he was glad he was coming home. If men in your culture would not show affection to their sons in this way, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “welcomed him affectionately” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
15:20	m012		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “gave him a hug” or “hugged him tightly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15:21	m013		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ ὁ υἱὸς αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου; οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Then the son told his father that he had sinned against God and directly against him, and that he did not deserve to be called his son anymore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
15:21	xz93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
15:21	m014		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιόν	1	The term **before** means “in the presence” of another person. The young man is making a distinction between the way he has sinned **against** heaven, by committing many sins, and **before** his father, by causing him personal shame and loss. Alternate translation: “directly against” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:21	qxg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I am no longer worthy for you to call me your son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:21	m015		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κληθῆναι	1	This expression could also be an idiom that means “to be.” See how you translated this phrase in [1:32](../01/32.md), [1:76](../01/76.md), and [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “to be” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15:22	m016		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ, ταχὺ ἐξενέγκατε στολὴν τὴν πρώτην, καὶ ἐνδύσατε αὐτόν, καὶ δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὑποδήματα εἰς τοὺς πόδας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But the father told his servants quickly to bring the best robe they had and put it on his son, and to put a ring on his hand and sandals on his feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
15:22	m017		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἐξενέγκατε & ἐνδύσατε & δότε	1	Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied “you” in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
15:22	nlx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	στολὴν τὴν πρώτην & δακτύλιον & ὑποδήματα	1	By having his servants put these things on his son, the father was showing that he was welcoming his son back as a member of the family in good standing. These were all signs of status, authority, and privilege. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in some way in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
15:22	b3hv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	στολὴν τὴν πρώτην	1	As in [14:7](../14/07.md), here the word **first** means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best robe we have” or “the festive garment we save for special occasions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:22	m018		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ	1	The father says **hand** to mean one part of the hand, a finger. Alternate translation: “put a ring on his finger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
15:22	xat6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὑποδήματα	1	In this culture, poorer people went barefoot, while more affluent people wore **sandals**. They are a type of open footwear, typically made of leather, consisting of a sole that is held onto the foot with straps. The modern equivalent in many cultures where the poor go barefoot and the more affluent have footwear would be shoes. Alternate translation: “shoes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
15:23	m019		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ φέρετε τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν, θύσατε, καὶ φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He also told his servants to bring the calf they had been fattening and butcher it so that they could have a celebration feast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
15:23	m020		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	φέρετε & θύσατε	1	Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied “you” in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
15:23	ll8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν	1	A **calf** is a young cow. People would give one of their calves special food so that it would grow well, and then, when they wanted to have a special feast, they would butcher and eat that calf. If your readers would not know what a **calf** or a cow is, or if a description of eating a cow would be offensive to them, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “the young animal we have been making fat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
15:23	t3cu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	θύσατε	1	In this context, the term **kill** means to slaughter an animal and prepare its meat to be eaten. The implication is that the servants were also to cook the meat for the feast that the father wanted to have. Alternate translation: “butcher and cook” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:23	m021		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν	1	The phrase **eat and celebrate** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **eat** indicates how the father wants to **celebrate** his son’s homecoming. Alternate translation: “celebrate by having a feast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
15:23	m022		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν	1	The word **us** includes the addressees, since the father means the whole household, including the servants to whom he is speaking. So use the inclusive form of **us** in your translation if your language marks that distinction. Other languages might say “all of us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
15:24	m023		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησεν, ἦν ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The father said that it was as if his son had died and come back to life, as if he had lost him and found him again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
15:24	ubz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ υἱός μου νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησεν	1	The father says that when his **son** was in the faraway country, it was as if he was **dead**. You could translate this as a simile or comparison if your readers might otherwise take the father’s statement to mean that the son actually had died. Alternate translation: “it was as if my son had died, but now I see he is very much alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:24	izx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἦν ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη	1	The father says that when his **son** was in faraway country, it was as if he was **lost** and no one knew where to find him. You could translate this as a simile or comparison if your readers might otherwise take the father’s statement to mean that the son actually had been missing. Alternate translation: “it was as if my son was missing, but now I have found him again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:24	m024		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὑρέθη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “I have found him again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:24	m025		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ ἤρξαντο εὐφραίνεσθαι	1	**Then** introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. The servants carried out the father’s orders and prepared a feast, and the people in the household then began to enjoy it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
15:25	jd7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
15:25	bk6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦν & ἐν ἀγρῷ	1	The implication was that he was out in the field because he was working there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was out working in the field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:25	m026		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὡς ἐρχόμενος	1	Alternate translation: “as he came back home from the field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:25	m027		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἤκουσεν συμφωνίας καὶ χορῶν	1	The older son could not literally hear **dancing**, so Jesus is using the term **heard** in that case. Alternate translation: “he heard music and the sound of people dancing” or “he heard music and could tell that people were dancing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:26	m028		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When the older son heard these sounds, he wondered what was going on, so he called for a servant and asked him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
15:26	m029		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕνα τῶν παίδων	1	Here the word that is translated as **servant** ordinarily means “boy.” So here it may indicate that the servant was young. Alternate translation: “a young servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:26	z51r			τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα	1	Alternate translation: “what was happening”
15:27	m030		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἥκει, καὶ ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν, ὅτι ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβεν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The servant told him that his brother had come home and that his father had killed the fattened calf because he had received him back in good health” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
15:27	m031		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν	1	The father did not do this personally. Alternate translation: “your father ordered us to butcher and cook the fattened calf” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:27	m032		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν	1	The implication, as the father says explicitly in [15:23](../15/23.md), was that this was in order to have a celebration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your father ordered us to butcher and cook the fattened calf so we could have a celebration” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:27	r8py		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν	1	See how you translated this term in [15:23](../15/23.md). Alternate translation: “the young animal we had been making fat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
15:27	m033			ὅτι ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβεν	1	Alternate translation: “because his son has come home safely”
15:28	m034		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὁ δὲ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ἐξελθὼν, παρεκάλει αὐτόν	1	Here Jesus uses the term **and** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “so his father came outside and pleaded with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
15:29	m035		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ, ἰδοὺ, τοσαῦτα ἔτη δουλεύω σοι, καὶ οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον, καὶ ἐμοὶ οὐδέποτε ἔδωκας ἔριφον, ἵνα μετὰ τῶν φίλων μου εὐφρανθῶ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But he responded to his father that even though he had been slaving for him for so many years and had never disobeyed one of his commands, his father had never given him a young goat so that he could celebrate with his friends” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
15:29	m036		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ὁ & ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that the older son said what follows in response to his father’s pleadings. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
15:29	m037		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	The older son uses **Behold** to get his father to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:29	f8w9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δουλεύω σοι	1	To emphasize how hard he believes he has worked for his father, the older son describes himself as a slave. You could translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “I have been working like a slave for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:29	m038		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I have always done what you told me to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
15:29	d2t6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον	1	To emphasize how carefully he believes he has obeyed his father, the older son makes a figurative generalization and says **never**. Alternate translation: “I have not disobeyed your commands” or “I have done what you told me to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
15:29	ph4q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔριφον	1	A young goat was smaller and much less expensive than a fatted calf. The son’s implication is that his father has not done even a small thing to show appreciation for him. You could express that more explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “even a young goat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:30	m039		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτε δὲ ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος, ὁ καταφαγών σου τὸν βίον μετὰ πορνῶν ἦλθεν, ἔθυσας αὐτῷ τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing the sentence from the previous verse, if you translated it as an indirect quotation): “but that when this son of his came home, who had wasted his money on prostitutes, he killed the fattened calf for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
15:30	y27h			ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος	1	The older son refers to his brother as **this son of yours** because he does not want to be associated with him. He does not want to call him “my brother.” Alternate translation: “that other son of yours”
15:30	vip3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ καταφαγών σου τὸν βίον	1	The older son describes his brother as having eaten up the wealth his father gave him, to the point where there is nothing left. Alternate translation: “who squandered your wealth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:30	e6ig		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μετὰ πορνῶν	1	In order to depict how the younger son wasted his father’s money on reckless living, the older son speaks of one thing he assumes the younger son spent money on. Alternate translation: “living recklessly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
15:30	m040		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔθυσας αὐτῷ τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον	1	The father did not do this personally. Alternate translation: “you told the servants to butcher and cook the fattened calf” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:30	m041		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔθυσας αὐτῷ τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly the implicit purpose for this action. Alternate translation: “you told the servants to butcher and cook the fattened calf so you could hold a celebration for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:30	vf31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον	1	See how you translated this term in [15:23](../15/23.md). Alternate translation: “the young animal we had been making fat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
15:31	b5s3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, τέκνον, σὺ πάντοτε μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἶ, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐμὰ σά ἐστιν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But his father called him his dear son and acknowledged his loyal service and reminded him that now he was heir to the entire remaining estate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
15:31	m042			τέκνον	1	The father is using the word **Child** as a term of affection. Alternate translation: “My dear son”
15:31	m043			σὺ πάντοτε μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἶ	1	Alternate translation: “I appreciate the way you have stayed here and helped me”
15:32	m044		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εὐφρανθῆναι δὲ καὶ χαρῆναι ἔδει, ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος, νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἔζησεν, καὶ ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But he insisted that it was right to have a celebration for his brother, since it was as if he had died and come back to life, and as if he had been lost and had been found” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
15:32	m045		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	εὐφρανθῆναι & καὶ χαρῆναι	1	The phrase **celebrate and rejoice** expresses a single idea emphatically by using two similar words connected with **and**. Alternate translation: “celebrate joyfully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
15:32	c35s			ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος	1	The older son had referred to “this son of yours,” but the father wants him to recognize him as his **brother**. Alternate translation: “your very own brother”
15:32	due5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος, νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἔζησεν	1	See how you translated this figurative expression in [15:24](../15/24.md). Alternate translation: “it is as if your very own brother had died and come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:32	v55y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη	1	See how you translated this figurative expression in [15:24](../15/24.md). Alternate translation: “it is as if he had been missing and we found him again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:32	m046		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ εὑρέθη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “we found him again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:intro	qz3g				0	# Luke 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus tells a parable about a household manager (16:1–15)\n2. Jesus gives further teachings (16:16–18)\n3. Jesus tells a parable about a rich man who died (16:19–31)
16:1	m047		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
16:1	p54g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἔλεγεν & καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς	1	Luke uses this phrase to reintroduce these characters into the story. Jesus directed the previous three parables to the Pharisees and scribes, although **the disciples**may have been part of the crowd that was listening. He directs this next parable to **the disciples**. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to his disciples, who were there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
16:1	r6ck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἔλεγεν δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς	1	One theme of the story of the two sons was the use of possessions. To help his disciples understand something further about that, Jesus tells them a brief story that provides an illustration. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Jesus then told his disciples an illustrative story” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
16:1	k6jv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος, ὃς εἶχεν οἰκονόμον	1	This introduces the main characters in the parable. Alternate translation: “There once was a rich man who employed a manager” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
16:1	blp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὗτος διεβλήθη αὐτῷ ὡς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people reported to the rich man that his manager was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:1	lpc3			διασκορπίζων τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “managing his wealth badly”
16:2	m049		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
16:2	abci		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	φωνήσας αὐτὸν	1	The pronoun **he** refers to the rich man, and **him** refers to the manager. Alternate translation: “the rich man called the manager” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
16:2	m050		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν αὐτῷ, τί τοῦτο ἀκούω περὶ σοῦ? ἀπόδος τὸν λόγον τῆς οἰκονομίας σου; οὐ γὰρ δύνῃ ἔτι οἰκονομεῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told him that he had been hearing bad things about him and that he needed to turn over his financial records, since he would not be the manager any more” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
16:2	p7y7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί τοῦτο ἀκούω περὶ σοῦ?	1	The rich man is not looking for information. He is using the question form to scold the manager. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I have heard what you are doing!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:2	q433			ἀπόδος τὸν λόγον τῆς οἰκονομίας σου	1	Alternate translation: “Turn over your financial records” or “Set your records in order to pass on to someone else”
16:2	m051			οὐ γὰρ δύνῃ ἔτι οἰκονομεῖν	1	Alternate translation: “since you cannot be my financial manager any longer”
16:3	m052		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν & ἐν ἑαυτῷ & τί ποιήσω, ὅτι ὁ κύριός μου ἀφαιρεῖται τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ? σκάπτειν οὐκ ἰσχύω; ἐπαιτεῖν αἰσχύνομαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do, since his master was taking the management job away from him. He realized that he was not strong enough to dig ditches, and that he would be ashamed to beg for money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
16:3	kng1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ κύριός μου	1	The expression **my master** refers to the rich man. The manager was not a slave, although he was financially dependent on the rich man for his housing, food, etc. Alternate translation: “my employer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:3	t3kj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	σκάπτειν οὐκ ἰσχύω	1	The manager is saying that he is not strong enough to work all day digging ditches in the ground. He is likely using this one kind of manual work to represent all work that would require sustained physical exertion. Alternate translation: “I am not strong enough to do manual labor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
16:4	m053		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἔγνων τί ποιήσω, ἵνα ὅταν μετασταθῶ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας, δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He realized that there was something he could do so that when his master took away his management job, his master’s debtors would welcome him into their houses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
16:4	xxe2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅταν μετασταθῶ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “when my master takes away my management job” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:4	m054		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν	1	By **they**, the manager means his master’s debtors, as the next verse indicates explicitly. Alternate translation: “my master’s debtors will welcome me into their houses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
16:4	m4za		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν	1	The expression **welcome me into their houses** likely refers to providing food and lodging, and perhaps other necessities, for some period of time in acknowledgment of a previous favor. The manager speaks of this by reference to where it would happen. Alternate translation: “my master’s debtors will provide for my needs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:5	rze8			τῶν χρεοφιλετῶν τοῦ κυρίου ἑαυτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “of the people who were in debt to his master” or “of the people who owed things to his master”
16:5	m055		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῷ πρώτῳ	1	Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to the first of the debtors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
16:5	m056		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἔλεγεν τῷ πρώτῳ, πόσον ὀφείλεις τῷ κυρίῳ μου?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked the first of the debtors how much he owed his master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
16:6	xp6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἑκατὸν βάτους ἐλαίου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “This first debtor told the manager that he owed 100 baths of olive oil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
16:6	u8nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	ἑκατὸν βάτους	1	The word **baths** is the plural of “bath,” an ancient measurement equal to about 30 liters or about 8 gallons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation. Alternate translation: “3,000 liters” or “800 gallons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
16:6	m057		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, δέξαι σου τὰ γράμματα καὶ καθίσας ταχέως γράψον πεντήκοντα	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the manager told him to take his bill and sit down and quickly change that to 50 baths” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
16:6	m058		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σου τὰ γράμματα	1	A **bill** is a piece of paper that tells how much someone owes. Your language may have a specific term for this. Alternate translation: “your statement” or “your note” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
16:6	m059		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	πεντήκοντα	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation. Alternate translation: “1,500 liters” or “400 gallons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
16:7	sy3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἔπειτα ἑτέρῳ εἶπεν, σὺ δὲ πόσον ὀφείλεις?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Then the manager asked another debtor how much he owed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
16:7	pq2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	ἑκατὸν κόρους	1	The word **cors** is the plural of “cor,” an ancient measurement equal to about one fifth of a metric ton or about ten bushels. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation. You could also use a general term, as UST does. Alternate translation: “20 tons” (metric tons) or “1,000 bushels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
16:7	m060		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἑκατὸν κόρους σίτου. λέγει αὐτῷ, δέξαι σου τὰ γράμματα καὶ γράψον ὀγδοήκοντα	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He told the manager that he owed 100 cors of wheat. The manager told him to take his bill and change that to 80 cors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
16:7	m061			λέγει αὐτῷ	1	To convey vividness and immediacy, the parable uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said to him”
16:7	m062		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σου τὰ γράμματα	1	See how you translated **your bill** in [16:6](../16/06.md). Alternate translation: “your statement” or “your note” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
16:7	tn17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	ὀγδοήκοντα	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent modern measurement in your translation. Alternate translation: “16 tons” or “800 bushels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
16:8	nfz3			φρονίμως ἐποίησεν	1	Alternate translation: “he had looked out for himself” or “he had planned for the future”
16:8	a1yq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	The expression **sons of** is an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the values and outlook of the present world. Alternate translation: “the people of this present world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
16:8	m063		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	The term **age** means specifically the long period of time defined by the duration of the created world and, by association, the world itself. Alternate translation: “of this present world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:8	lvx7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ φωτὸς	1	The expression **sons of** is once again an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something, in this case the influence of God. Alternate translation: “the people of God” or “godly people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:8	m064		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ φωτὸς	1	The term **light** is a metaphor for the presence and influence of God in the world. Alternate translation: “the people of God” or “godly people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:8	m065		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν γενεὰν τὴν ἑαυτῶν	1	Jesus speaks of **the sons of this age** as if they had all been born in the same **generation**. Alternate translation: “in relation to their own kind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:9	agp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	καὶ ἐγὼ ὑμῖν λέγω	1	Jesus uses the phrase **I say to you** to mark the end of the story and to introduce a teaching about how his disciples can apply the story to their lives. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And you should do something similar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
16:9	jkn7			ἑαυτοῖς ποιήσατε φίλους ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ τῆς ἀδικίας, ἵνα ὅταν ἐκλίπῃ, δέξωνται ὑμᾶς εἰς τὰς αἰωνίους σκηνάς	1	The identity of these **friends** is unclear. Interpreters understand them in a variety of ways. It is also unclear whether it is these **friends** who would **welcome** someone into the **eternal dwellings** or whether the expression is indefinite, equivalent to “you will be welcomed into the eternal dwellings.” Because the meaning is unclear and it is interpreted in such a variety of ways, it might be best if your translation did not say any more about this than ULT does.
16:9	q2jb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ μαμωνᾶ τῆς ἀδικίας	1	Here, the term **unrighteous** is an echo of the previous verse, in which Jesus described the manager by the same term. It likely refers to the various shrewd means by which the people of this world make money. Jesus is applying it by association to money itself. Alternate translation: “the money you have in this world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:9	m066			ὅταν ἐκλίπῃ	1	Alternate translation: “when it is gone” or “when it no longer has any value”
16:10	we3j			ὁ πιστὸς ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ	1	Be sure that this does not sound as if it is describing a person who is not very faithful. Alternate translation: “Someone who is trustworthy even in very small matters”
16:10	r8hz			ὁ ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ ἄδικος	1	Be sure that this does not sound as if it is describing a person who is only infrequently unrighteous. Alternate translation: “someone who is not trustworthy even in very small matters”
16:11	tm3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ ἀδίκῳ μαμωνᾷ	1	See how you translated this term in [16:9](../16/09.md). Alternate translation: “with the money that you have in this world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:11	cv6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τὸ ἀληθινὸν τίς ὑμῖν πιστεύσει?	1	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “no one will trust you with genuine wealth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:11	x2hr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὸ ἀληθινὸν	1	Jesus is using the adjective **true** as a noun to mean wealth that is more genuine, real, or lasting than money. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “genuine wealth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
16:12	uy96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τὸ ὑμέτερον τίς ὑμῖν δώσει?	1	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “no one will give you property of your own.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:13	w2sf			οὐδεὶς οἰκέτης δύναται δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the subject positive and the verb negative in this expression. Alternate translation: “A servant cannot serve two masters”
16:13	msb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δυσὶ κυρίοις	1	The implication is that a servant could not meet the competing demands of two different masters at the same time with equal loyalty. Alternate translation: “two different masters equally well at the same time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:13	u1lk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει, καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει; ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται, καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	Jesus is basically saying the same thing in two different ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these statements. Alternate translation: “for he is certain to love and serve one of them much better than the other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
16:13	ba2m			ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται	1	Alternate translation: “love the first master very strongly”
16:13	dd9z			τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	Alternate translation: “he will hold the second master in contempt” or “he will hate the second master”
16:13	pw7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	οὐ δύνασθε & δουλεύειν	1	Even though Jesus has been describing the situation of an individual servant, as he draws this application, he is addressing his disciples as a group, so **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
16:14	taq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
16:14	m067		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	Here Luke reintroduces **the Pharisees** as participants in the story, but they have been present all along. Jesus told them the three parables in [15:3–32](../15/03.md), and they have since been listening to what Jesus has been teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees who were present” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
16:14	lbq9			φιλάργυροι ὑπάρχοντες	1	Alternate translation: “who loved having money” or “who were very greedy for money”
16:15	zcqs			ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ δικαιοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς	1	Alternate translation: “You are people who try to make yourselves look good”
16:15	m068		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Jesus is using this expression to mean “where people can see,” and it refers to perception and judgment. Alternate translation: “from the perspective of others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:15	m069		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” or “others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
16:15	lx4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ δὲ Θεὸς γινώσκει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν	1	Here, **hearts** represent people’s motivations and desires. Alternate translation: “God understands your true desires” or “God knows your real motives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:15	q82t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ ἐν ἀνθρώποις ὑψηλὸν	1	Jesus is using a spatial metaphor to describe things that are valued or honored as if they were high up. Alternate translation: “what people value” or “what people respect” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:15	m070		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1	Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
16:15	m071		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βδέλυγμα	1	The term **abomination** comes from the regulations for religious life in the Jewish law. It refers to something that provokes feelings of horror and revulsion and must be avoided. Alternate translation: “is detestable” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
16:15	m072		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus is using this expression to mean “where God can see,” and it refers to perception and judgment. Alternate translation: “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:16	m566		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	Jesus is referring to all of God’s word that had been written up to that time. He is using the names of two of its major components to do so. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
16:16	a2ra			μέχρι	1	Alternate translation: “led up to the time of”
16:16	b78c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1	Jesus assumes that the Pharisees will know that he is referring to **John** the Baptist. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:16	mrl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίζεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has been doing the action. Alternate translation: “I have been teaching people the good news about the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:16	m073		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God will rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
16:16	m074		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶς εἰς αὐτὴν βιάζεται	1	Jesus says that people have been **forcing their way** into the kingdom to mean that they have been doing everything they can to enter it. Alternate translation: “people have been doing everything they can to enter it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
16:16	lyw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶς	1	The term **everyone** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
16:17	stl8			εὐκοπώτερον δέ ἐστιν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν παρελθεῖν, ἢ τοῦ νόμου μίαν κερέαν πεσεῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this contrast in the reverse order. Alternate translation: “Even the smallest detail of the law will remain valid for longer than the whole creation exists”
16:17	m075		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν	1	Jesus is describing all of creation by referring to its two components. Alternate translation: “all of creation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
16:17	m076			παρελθεῖν	1	Alternate translation: “to go out of existence”
16:17	ke7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἢ τοῦ νόμου μίαν κερέαν	1	A **stroke** is the smallest part of a letter. Jesus is referring to the teachings of the law by association with the way they have been recorded in written letters. Alternate translation: “than for any of the law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:17	t33k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πεσεῖν	1	Jesus uses the term **fall** to mean to be of no further use, such as a building would be if it collapsed. Alternate translation: “to become invalid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:18	m077		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus is implicitly giving an example of something in the law that is still valid. Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that the Pharisees allowed divorce, and he is teaching that they should not do that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For example, you Pharisees allow divorce. But that is not what God wants. Anyone who divorces his wife” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:18	j8fn			πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “Anyone who divorces his wife” or “Any man who divorces his wife”
16:18	i544			μοιχεύει	1	Alternate translation: “is guilty of adultery”
16:18	sq24			ὁ & γαμῶν	2	Alternate translation: “any man who marries”
16:18	m078		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ ἀπολελυμένην ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς γαμῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a woman whose husband has divorced her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:19	kd1x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	δέ	1	Jesus uses the term **Now** to introduce a story that will help people understand better what he has been teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Here is an illustration to help you understand:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
16:19	r67p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωπος δέ τις ἦν πλούσιος	1	This introduces one of the characters in the parable. It is not clear whether this is a real person, or simply a person in a story that Jesus is telling in order to make a point. You may need to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There once was a rich man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
16:19	fu76		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	καὶ ἐνεδιδύσκετο πορφύραν καὶ βύσσον	1	Jesus is using two specific types of expensive clothing to mean expensive clothing in general. These were likely not the only types of clothes that the man owned and wore. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He wore very expensive clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
16:19	m079		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πορφύραν	1	Jesus uses the term **purple** to mean clothing colored with purple dye, which was very expensive. Alternate translation: “clothing colored with purple dye” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:19	z8v5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βύσσον	1	The term **fine linen** refers to a high quality clothe made from the fibers of the flax plant. If you do not have **linen** in your region and/or your readers would be unfamiliar with this term, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “garments made of fine cloth” or “garments made of good cloth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
16:19	sz7t			εὐφραινόμενος καθ’ ἡμέραν λαμπρῶς	1	Alternate translation: “and he enjoyed eating expensive food every day”
16:20	mmw2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	πτωχὸς δέ τις ὀνόματι Λάζαρος	1	This introduces another character in the parable. It is not clear whether this is a real person or simply a person in a story that Jesus is telling in order to make a point. Alternate translation: “There was also a poor man named Lazarus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
16:20	m081		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐβέβλητο πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom people laid at his gate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:20	ax4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα αὐτοῦ	1	The implication is that people brought Lazarus there so that he could beg for money and food from those who went in and out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the gate to the rich man’s house so that he could beg there” or “at the entrance to the rich man’s property so that he could beg there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:20	ex57			εἱλκωμένος	1	It might be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “He was covered with sores” or “He had sores all over his body”
16:21	i2fn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπιθυμῶν χορτασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πιπτόντων	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wishing he could eat the scraps of food that fell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:21	vnk5			ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ κύνες ἐρχόμενοι	1	Jesus uses the word **even** to show that what follows is worse than what he has already told about Lazarus. Alternate translation: “Worse yet, the dogs came”
16:21	xby9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ κύνες	1	The Jews considered **dogs** to be unclean animals. Lazarus was too sick and weak to stop them from licking his wounds, so in addition to being poor and sick, he was always ceremonially unclean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the unclean dogs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:22	y7pb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
16:22	hrm6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπενεχθῆναι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the angels carried him away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:22	r2k1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὸν κόλπον Ἀβραάμ	1	The implication is that Abraham and Lazarus were reclining next to each other at a feast. Within the story, this feast likely represents the joys of heaven, and Jesus may be depicting Abraham, the ancestor of the Jews, as the host. In that case, Lazarus would be in a place of honor next to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to a place of honor next to Abraham at the heavenly feast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:22	hn6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐτάφη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:23	tl8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he looked up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
16:23	vca4			ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις	1	Alternate translation: “while suffering in terrible pain”
16:23	m083			ὁρᾷ	1	To call attention to a significant development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he saw”
16:23	qpd2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τοῖς κόλποις αὐτοῦ	1	See how you translated this expression in [16:22](../16/22.md). Alternate translation: “in a place of honor next to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:24	m084		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	αὐτὸς φωνήσας εἶπεν, Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ, ἐλέησόν με καὶ πέμψον Λάζαρον, ἵνα βάψῃ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ δακτύλου αὐτοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου; ὅτι ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he shouted over to Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, and asked him to have mercy on him and send Lazarus to dip the tip of his finger in water and cool his tongue, because he was in a flame that was making him suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
16:24	dpp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	αὐτὸς φωνήσας εἶπεν	1	Together the terms **crying out** and **said** mean that the rich man spoke what follows as a loud cry. Alternate translation: “the rich man shouted out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
16:24	m95a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ	1	The rich man is using the term **Father**, which means “ancestor,” as a respectful title. Abraham was the ancestor of all the Jews. Alternate translation: “Abraham, my father” or “Abraham, my ancestor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:24	b2rc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἐλέησόν με	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please have pity on me” or “please help me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
16:24	ly9k			καὶ πέμψον Λάζαρον	1	Alternate translation: “by sending Lazarus” or “and tell Lazarus to come to me”
16:24	rc6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	βάψῃ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ δακτύλου αὐτοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου	1	The rich man is making an exaggeratedly small request in order to emphasize how hot and thirsty he is. In your translation, you could indicate that this is not the most he would want Lazarus to do. Alternate translation: “so that he can at least dip his finger in water and cool my tongue with a drop of it” or “so he can bring me water to drink that will cool my tongue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
16:24	rc6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου	1	The rich man is describing how thirsty he is by association with the way his **tongue** feels hot. Alternate translation: “so that I will not be so thirsty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
16:24	qix8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this flame is making me suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:25	m085		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ Ἀβραάμ, τέκνον, μνήσθητι ὅτι ἀπέλαβες τὰ ἀγαθά σου ἐν τῇ ζωῇ σου, καὶ Λάζαρος ὁμοίως τὰ κακά. νῦν δὲ ὧδε παρακαλεῖται, σὺ δὲ ὀδυνᾶσαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham, addressing the rich man as his descendant, told him to remember that he had received good things in his lifetime, while Lazarus had received bad things in his lifetime, but now Lazarus was receiving comforts with him, while the rich man was suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
16:25	m086		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τέκνον	1	Abraham is using the term **Child** to mean “descendant.” As a Jew, the rich man was a descendant of Abraham. Abraham is likely using the term in a compassionate way. Alternate translation: “My dear child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:25	we9w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὰ ἀγαθά σου	1	Abraham is using the adjective **good** as a noun. It is plural. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “your good things” or “things that you enjoyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
16:25	rv17			ὁμοίως	1	Abraham is referring to the fact that both men received something while they lived on earth. He is not saying that what they received was the same. Alternate translation: “while he was living received”
16:25	hwc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὰ κακά	1	Abraham is using the adjective **bad** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. It is plural. Alternate translation: “bad things” or “things that caused him to suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
16:25	g4js		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	παρακαλεῖται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he is comfortable” or “he is receiving things that make him happy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:25	cn8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σὺ & ὀδυνᾶσαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:26	m087		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις, μεταξὺ ἡμῶν καὶ ὑμῶν χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται, ὅπως οἱ θέλοντες διαβῆναι ἔνθεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς μὴ δύνωνται, μηδὲ ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Abraham also told him that God had placed a huge pit between them, so that no one who wanted to cross over to where the rich man was, and no one who wanted to come over from there to where Abraham was, would be able to do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
16:26	af4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “In addition to this reason” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
16:26	m088		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν & ἡμᾶς	1	Abraham means himself and the people who are with him, but not the rich man, so **us** is exclusive in both instances in this verse, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
16:26	m089		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῶν & ὑμᾶς	1	Even though Abraham is speaking to the rich man individually, he is referring to all of the people who are in Hades with him, so **you** is plural in both instances in this verse. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
16:26	tu5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has placed a huge pit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:26	sg6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	μηδὲ ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν	1	Abraham is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and so that those who want to come across from where you are to where we are will not be able to do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
16:27	abcj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δέ, ἐρωτῶ οὖν σε Πάτερ, ἵνα πέμψῃς αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the rich man then begged Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, to send Lazarus to his family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
16:27	m090		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Πάτερ	1	The rich man is using the term **Father**, which means “ancestor,” as a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Abraham, my father” or “Abraham, my ancestor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:27	m091		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου	1	The rich man is using the word **house** to mean the people who live together in a household. Alternate translation: “to my family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:28	y1xn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἔχω γὰρ πέντε ἀδελφούς, ὅπως διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔλθωσιν εἰς τὸν τόπον τοῦτον τῆς βασάνου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The rich man explained that he had five brothers and that he wanted Lazarus to warn them so that they would not also come to where he was, in a place where they would suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
16:28	x8xk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅπως διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς	1	The implication is that the rich man wanted Lazarus to warn his brothers not to act as he had. He had been selfish, self-indulgent, and unconcerned about the needs of people around him who were poor and suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that he can warn them not to be self-indulgent and callous, as I was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:29	m092			λέγει δὲ Ἀβραάμ	1	To call attention to a significant development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham said”
16:29	m093		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει δὲ Ἀβραάμ, ἔχουσι Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας; ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham told the rich man that his brothers had what Moses and the prophets had written, and that they should obey their teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
16:29	v8eh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔχουσι Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας	1	The implication is that Abraham is refusing to send Lazarus to the rich man’s brothers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No, I will not do that, because your brothers have what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:29	x8pt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας	1	Abraham is using the names of the authors of the biblical books to refer to their writings. Alternate translation: “what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:29	m094		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας	1	Abraham is referring to all of God’s Word that had been written up to that time. He is using two of its major collections of writings to do so. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
16:29	l3in		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν	1	Here, **listen to** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “let them obey their teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
16:29	m095		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν	1	The implication is that the rich man’s brothers do not need Lazarus to come and warn them, because in the Scriptures they already have all the warning they need. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your brothers should obey their teaching, because it provides all the warning they need” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:30	m096		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, οὐχί, Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ, ἀλλ’ ἐάν τις ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς, μετανοήσουσιν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But the rich man told Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, that his brothers would not repent based on the teaching of the Scriptures, but that if someone came to them from the dead, then they would repent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
16:30	m097		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐχί	1	The rich man uses the word **No** to indicate that what Abraham has just said is not true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning more fully. Alternate translation: “No, my brothers would not repent based on the teaching of the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:30	d84a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐάν τις ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς, μετανοήσουσιν	1	The rich man is describing a hypothetical situation that he would like to happen. Alternate translation: “suppose someone who had died went and warned them. Then they would repent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
16:30	m098		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἀπὸ νεκρῶν	1	The rich man is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
16:31	abcl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ, εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham told the rich man that if his brothers would not obey the teaching of Moses and the prophets, then they would not change their ways even if someone who had died came back to life and warned them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
16:31	n9s4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται	1	Abraham is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Abraham is saying is not actually the case, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since they will not obey the teaching of Moses and the prophets, a dead person who came back to life would not be able to convince them either” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
16:31	m099		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν	1	The term **listen to** is an idiom that means “obey.” See how you translated this idiom in [16:29](../16/29.md). Alternate translation: “If they will not obey what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
16:31	xkr7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	Abraham is using the names of the authors of the biblical books to refer to their writings. Alternate translation: “what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:31	m100		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	Abraham is referring to all of God’s Word that had been written up to that time. He is using two of its major collections of writings to do so. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
16:31	m101		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a dead person who came back to life would not be able to convince them either” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:31	gf1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	Abraham is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
17:intro	c4am				0	# Luke 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus teaches about forgiveness, faith, and service (17:1–10)\n2. Jesus heals ten lepers (17:11–19)\n3. Jesus teaches about the kingdom of God coming (17:20–37)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Old Testament Examples\n\nJesus uses Noah and Lot’s wife as examples to teach his followers. Noah was ready for the flood when it came, and followers of Jesus need to be ready for him to return, because he will not warn them when he is about to come. Lot’s wife loved the evil city she had been living in so much that God also punished her when he destroyed it. Followers of Jesus need to love him more than anything else. You may need to provide some background information that Jesus assumed his listeners would know so that people who read your translation today can understand what Jesus is teaching here.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nJesus asks his disciples three questions in (17:7–9) to teach them that even those who serve him well are righteous only because of his grace. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Whoever seeks to gain his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life will save it” (17:33).\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\n### “In his day”\n\nAt the end of 17:24, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible have the phrase “in his day,” but the manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not. ULT does not have the phrase in its text, but it does have it in a footnote.\n\n### “There will be two in the field”\n\nSome ancient manuscripts of the Bible include the verse 17:36, but the manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not. ULT does not have this verse in its text, but it does have it in a footnote.\n\nIn both of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to include the verse if it does, but leave it out if it does not include it. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
17:1	ej1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἀνένδεκτόν ἐστιν τοῦ τὰ σκάνδαλα μὴ ἐλθεῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Traps will certainly come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
17:1	m102		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰ σκάνδαλα	1	The term **traps** refers to a device that a person or animal would unknowingly activate and that would then confine them in a net, cage, or pit. Your language may have a term for a similar device, and you could use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
17:1	m103		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ σκάνδαλα	1	Jesus is using the word **traps**. Alternate translation: “temptations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
17:1	zck5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐαὶ δι’ οὗ ἔρχεται!	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “how terrible it will be for anyone who causes these temptations to come” or “how terrible it will be for any person who tempts others to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
17:2	dvz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λυσιτελεῖ αὐτῷ εἰ	1	Jesus is drawing a comparison to the punishment for causing people to sin. He means that this person’s punishment for causing people to sin will be worse than if he had drowned in the sea. No one would actually put a stone around his neck and throw him into the sea as an alternative to that punishment, and Jesus is not saying that anyone will do so. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:2	uk6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λίθος μυλικὸς περίκειται περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ	1	The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the person’s neck. Alternate translation: “if someone were to attach a millstone around his neck” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:2	gr89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	λίθος μυλικὸς	1	A **millstone** is a very large, heavy, circular stone that is used for grinding grain into flour. If your readers would not be familiar with a millstone, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “a heavy stone” or “a heavy wheel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
17:2	k9xl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίσῃ	1	See how you translated this in [17:1](../17/01.md). Jesus is using the word **trap**. Alternate translation: “he should tempt to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
17:2	xm7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	This could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically **little** compared to adults. Alternate translation: “these children who believe in me” (2) a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “these new believers” or (3) a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “these common people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
17:3	m104		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς	1	Since Jesus is teaching about how important it is not to sin and not to encourage others to sin, the implication is that this statement means that he wants his disciples to help one another not to sin. Alternate translation: “Help one another not to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:3	m105		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	προσέχετε	1	The implied “you” in this imperative is plural, since Jesus is speaking to his disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
17:3	m106		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σου & ἐπιτίμησον & ἄφες	1	The word **your** and the implied “you” in the imperatives **rebuke** and **forgive** are singular, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
17:3	hyn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν ἁμάρτῃ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ἐπιτίμησον αὐτῷ	1	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Suppose a fellow believer were to sin. Then you should rebuke him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
17:3	kkp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean someone who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
17:3	m107		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
17:3	p35i			ἐπιτίμησον αὐτῷ	1	Alternate translation: “correct him” or “tell him strongly that what he did was wrong”
17:3	m108		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	καὶ ἐὰν μετανοήσῃ, ἄφες αὐτῷ	1	Jesus is describing another hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose that believer were to repent. Then you should forgive him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
17:4	x8a3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	καὶ ἐὰν ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας ἁμαρτήσῃ εἰς σὲ, καὶ ἑπτάκις ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς σὲ, λέγων μετανοῶ, ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ	1	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Suppose a fellow believer were to sin against you seven times in the same day. And suppose each time he came to you and said, ‘I am sorry.’ Then you would have to forgive him each time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
17:4	k5va		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας & καὶ ἑπτάκις	1	The number **seven** in the Bible represents a large or sufficient quantity. Alternate translation: “many times in the same day, and each time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:4	m109			τῆς ἡμέρας	1	Alternate translation: “in the same day”
17:4	m110		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σὲ & σὲ & ἀφήσεις	1	The word **you** is singular in this verse, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
17:4	m111		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς σὲ, λέγων μετανοῶ, ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “comes to you and says that he is sorry, you must forgive him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
17:4	m112		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ	1	Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction and command. Alternate translation: “you must forgive him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
17:5	s4dy			οἱ ἀπόστολοι	1	This means the 12 disciples whom Jesus appointed as his authoritative representatives in [6:13](../06/13.md). See how you translated the term there.
17:5	m114			τῷ Κυρίῳ	1	Here Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
17:5	pji3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	πρόσθες ἡμῖν πίστιν	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give us more faith” or “Please help us to trust God better” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
17:6	m115			ὁ Κύριος	1	Here Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
17:6	m116		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ ἔχετε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, ἐλέγετε ἂν τῇ συκαμίνῳ ταύτῃ	1	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. He is asserting that if the condition is true, then the result will necessarily follow. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that if you had faith like a mustard seed, you could say to this mulberry tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
17:6	m117		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἔχετε & ἐλέγετε & ὑμῖν	1	Even though Jesus is describing something that an individual might do, **you** is plural in this verse because he is speaking to his 12 apostles in response to their request. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
17:6	ep7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	εἰ ἔχετε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως	1	A **mustard seed** is a very small seed. Jesus is using this seed in a simile to mean a very small amount. Alternate translation: “If you had even a tiny amount of faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
17:6	m118		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κόκκον σινάπεως	1	If your readers would not be familiar with a **mustard seed**, you could use the name of another small seed with which they would be familiar, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a very small seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
17:6	i31l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῇ συκαμίνῳ ταύτῃ	1	Jesus likely uses a **mulberry tree** as an example because it has an extensive root system that makes it very difficult to uproot. If your readers would not be familiar with this tree, you could use the name of another type of tree with extensive roots that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “to this firmly rooted tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
17:6	m119		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐλέγετε ἂν τῇ συκαμίνῳ ταύτῃ, ἐκριζώθητι καὶ φυτεύθητι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you could tell this mulberry tree to pull its roots out of the ground and put them down in the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
17:6	ky7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκριζώθητι καὶ φυτεύθητι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs. Alternate translation: “Uproot yourself and plant yourself in the sea” or “Take your roots out of the ground and put them down into the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:6	g53n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὑπήκουσεν ἂν ὑμῖν	1	Here, **listen to** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “the tree would obey you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:7	dk3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν δοῦλον ἔχων, ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα, ὃς εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “But none of you who had a servant who was out plowing or tending sheep would say to him when he came in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat’!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
17:7	m120		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν δοῦλον ἔχων, ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα, ὃς εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε?	1	Jesus is using an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had a servant who was out plowing or tending sheep. You would not say to him when he came in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
17:7	m121		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “would tell him as soon as he came in from the field to sit right down and have his own supper” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
17:7	va34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δοῦλον & ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα	1	It may be helpful to say explicitly that the land and sheep hypothetically belong to the person who is being asked to consider what he would do in this situation. Alternate translation: “a servant who had been out plowing your land or taking care of your sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:7	m122		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀνάπεσε	1	See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “and sit down to eat” or “and sit down and have your supper” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
17:8	iw9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμασον τί δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ πίω; καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ?	1	Jesus uses a second question as a further teaching tool, to emphasize how a person actually would treat a servant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “he would certainly say to him, ‘Prepare something for me to eat, and then wrap your robe around your hips so you could serve me while I eat and drink, and after that you yourself can eat and drink’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
17:8	m123		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμασον τί δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ πίω; καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he would certainly tell the servant to prepare something for him to eat, and then to wrap his robe around his hips so he could serve him while he ate and drank, and that only after doing that the servant himself could eat and drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
17:8	kr7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι	1	See how you translated these phrases in [12:35](../12/35.md). Alternate translation: “wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips so that you can serve me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
17:8	ds77			καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα	1	Alternate translation: “and then, after you have served me”
17:8	m124		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ	1	The master is using a future statement to give permission. Alternate translation: “you may eat and drink” or “you may have your own supper” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
17:9	qs51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα?	1	The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **does he?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Would he thank the servant for doing what he had been commanded to do?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
17:9	m125		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα?	1	The implicit answer to the question is “No.” Masters expect their servants to do what they command them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation, add an additional sentence: “No, a master would not do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:9	jn5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants his disciples to reflect on the nature of the master-servant relationship in order to understand better how they should relate to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “A master would certainly not thank a servant for doing just what he had been commanded to do!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
17:9	m126			μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ	1	Alternate translation: “he does not need to thank the servant … does he”
17:9	a1fm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὰ διαταχθέντα	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the things he commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:10	ub27		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὰ διαταχθέντα ὑμῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things God commanded you to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:10	m129		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, ὅτι δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν, ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say that you are unworthy servants and that you have only what you ought to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
17:10	m130		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν, ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν	1	People who would say this would be speaking about themselves but not about God, to whom they would be speaking, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we**, use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
17:10	dga7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν	1	This is an exaggeration that means the servants have not done anything worthy of praise or thanks or a special reward. Alternate translation: “We are unworthy servants” or “We have not done anything while serving you that deserves special thanks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
17:10	m132			ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν	1	Alternate translation: “We have only done our duty”
17:11	g442		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
17:11	f5rk			ἐν τῷ πορεύεσθαι εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ	1	Alternate translation: “as Jesus continued his journey to Jerusalem”
17:11	m133		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	αὐτὸς διήρχετο διὰ μέσον Σαμαρείας καὶ Γαλιλαίας	1	Luke provides this background information about Jesus’ location to help readers understand what happens in this episode, in which Jesus engages a group of men that includes both Jews and at least one Samaritan. Alternate translation: “Jesus was traveling along the border between Samaria and Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
17:12	d9mg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀπήντησαν δέκα λεπροὶ ἄνδρες, οἳ ἔστησαν πόρρωθεν	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “ten men who were lepers came out to meet him, standing far away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
17:12	i1sc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπήντησαν δέκα λεπροὶ ἄνδρες, οἳ ἔστησαν πόρρωθεν	1	The **lepers** were not reluctant to engage Jesus. Rather, this was a respectful gesture, since they were not allowed to approach other people. According to the law of Moses, they were ceremonially unclean for as long as they had a skin disease. Luke assumes that his readers will know that, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate it explicitly. It may be helpful to make **who stood at a distance** a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “ten leprous men met him. They stood at a distance, as they were required to do because they were ceremonially unclean” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:13	l1j4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὐτοὶ ἦραν φωνὴν	1	This idiom means that they spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “they called out in loud voices” or “they shouted out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:13	m134			αὐτοὶ ἦραν φωνὴν	1	If it would be unusual in your language for someone to speak as if a group of people had only one **voice**, you could use the plural form here. Alternate translation: “they called out in loud voices”
17:13	fsn5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
17:13	m135		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	The ten lepers assume that Jesus will know that they are specifically asking to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on us and heal us” or “please be merciful to us by healing us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:14	mrx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πορευθέντες ἐπιδείξατε ἑαυτοὺς τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν	1	People who had been lepers but who had been healed were required under the law of Moses to have the priests verify that fact. So the implication of this command is that Jesus is healing the men. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are healed. Now go and show yourselves to the priests so they can verify that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:14	m137		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in the episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
17:14	jpk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκαθαρίσθησαν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God healed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:14	m138		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκαθαρίσθησαν	1	Luke uses the term **cleansed** for the healing of these lepers because when they were healed, they were no longer ceremonially unclean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God healed them and so they were no longer ceremonially unclean” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:15	tdt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἰδὼν ὅτι ἰάθη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “when he realized that Jesus had healed him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:15	x5ja			ὑπέστρεψεν	1	Alternate translation: “came back to where Jesus was”
17:15	pe1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μετὰ φωνῆς μεγάλης δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν	1	This is an idiom that means the leper raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “loudly praising God” or “shouting praises God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:16	ca9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ	1	Bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a humble sign of gratitude and respect for him. Be sure that it is clear in your translation that this man did not fall down accidentally. Alternate translation: “he bowed down in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
17:16	m139		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν Σαμαρείτης	1	Luke provides this background information about the man to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now he was a Samaritan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
17:17	m140		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus spoke in response to the Samaritan man coming back to thank him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
17:17	hfa2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Jesus responded to what the man did, but he did so by speaking about the man to the group of people around him, rather than to the man directly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to the crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:17	m141		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐχὶ οἱ δέκα ἐκαθαρίσθησαν?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Did I not cleanse ten lepers?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:17	cvb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ οἱ δέκα ἐκαθαρίσθησαν?	1	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis, to show the people around him how surprised and disappointed he is that only one of the ten men whom he healed came back to thank and praise God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know that I healed ten men of their leprosy.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
17:17	w8y3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οἱ δὲ ἐννέα ποῦ?	1	Jesus is not asking the crowd to tell him where the other nine men are. He is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The other nine men should have come back too!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
17:18	m142		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες δοῦναι δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Was this foreigner the only one who returned to give glory to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
17:18	rxh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες δοῦναι δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος?	1	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one but this foreigner came back to give glory to God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
17:18	m143		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες	1	The pronoun **they** refers to the lepers who were healed. Alternate translation: “Did none of the lepers I healed return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
17:18	m144			οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive here. Alternate translation: “Did none of the lepers I healed return”
17:18	m145		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες	1	The term **found** is an idiom that means “could be found” or “was there.” Alternate translation: “Was there no one else who returned” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:18	x64q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος	1	Samaritans had non-Jewish ancestors, and they did not worship God in the same way that the Jews did. The implication is that some of the lepers in the group were Jews, and Jesus would have expected them to return to give thanks to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this foreigner, when the Jewish men should certainly have returned to thank God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:19	n2ce		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “Because you believed, that has saved you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
17:19	m196		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	While the word **saved** can mean “healed,” as in [7:3](../07/03.md) and [8:48](../08/48.md), that does not seem to be the meaning here. Since all ten of the lepers were healed, but only this man demonstrated that he believed, Jesus seems to be saying that beyond being healed, he received salvation through faith. Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have received salvation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:19	m146		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Jesus speaks of the leper’s **faith** as if it had actively saved him. Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have received salvation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
17:20	lvu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	ἐπερωτηθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων πότε ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Luke uses this phrase to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens next. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now when some Pharisees asked Jesus when the kingdom of God was coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
17:20	m147		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐπερωτηθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων πότε ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could present this as a direct quotation rather than as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Now some Pharisees asked Jesus, ‘When is the kingdom of God coming?’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
17:20	m148		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπερωτηθεὶς & ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was the recipient of the action. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees asked Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:20	m149		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πότε ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “when God would begin to rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
17:20	m150		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς καὶ εἶπεν	1	Together the two words **answered** and **said** mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the question that the Pharisees asked him. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
17:20	yc3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ μετὰ παρατηρήσεως	1	Jesus uses the word **observation** to mean things that people can observe. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is not coming with signs that people can observe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:20	m151		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	οὐκ ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God is not going to begin to rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
17:21	m152		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	οὐδὲ ἐροῦσιν, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε, ἤ, ἐκεῖ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “People will not say that they see it near them in one place or over in another place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
17:21	m153		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ὧδε, ἤ, ἐκεῖ	1	These people would be using the term **behold** to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. In this case, it would be appropriate to translate the term with a popular expression in your language that has this meaning. Alternate translation: “‘Hey, here it is!’ or ‘There it is!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
17:21	m154		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	Jesus is using the term **behold** to get the Pharisees to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “For indeed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
17:21	xj7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν	1	This could mean: (1) the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of what people believe and decide within themselves. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is inside of you” (2) since the word **you** is plural here, Jesus may be saying that the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of something that happens within communities of people. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is in your midst” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
17:21	xpi7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God is ruling inside of you” or “God is ruling in your midst” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
17:22	x3y2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ὅτε	1	Jesus is using the term **Days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “There will be a time when” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:22	v2i3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπιθυμήσετε & ἰδεῖν	1	Jesus is using the term **see** to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “you will want very much to experience” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:22	ly8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μίαν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is using his title **the Son of Man** to refer to the time when he will rule as king. Alternate translation: “one of the days when the Son of Man will rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:22	m155		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μίαν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is using one of these **days** to refer to the whole time that it belongs to. Alternate translation: “the time when the Son of Man will rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
17:22	z11c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of my days as the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
17:22	m156		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “of my days as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:22	x7sq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καὶ οὐκ ὄψεσθε	1	Jesus is using the term **see** to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “but you will not experience it yet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:23	dp8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ, ἤ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε	1	The implication in context is that Jesus is speaking of the Son of Man or Messiah. Alternate translation: “people will say to you, ‘Look, the Messiah is over there!’ or, ‘Look, the Messiah is over here!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:23	m157		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ, ἤ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “people will tell you that the Messiah is over in one place or with them in another place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
17:23	m158		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ & ἰδοὺ	1	These people would be using the term **behold** to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. Alternate translation: “Hey … Hey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
17:23	m159		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	μὴ ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε	1	The expressions **go out** and **run after** mean similar things. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “Do not go where they tell you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
17:23	kjy2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε	1	The implication is that people would **go** to look for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not go where they tell you to look for the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:24	m160			ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν λάμπει	1	Alternate translation: “lightning that flashes lights up the sky from one end to the other”
17:24	i5rz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν λάμπει	1	Jesus is using this comparison to indicate that he will be revealed suddenly and visibly as the Messiah and the world’s reigning king. Alternate translation: “the lightning appears suddenly and visibly across the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
17:24	m161		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include the phrase “in his day” at the end of this verse in your translation. The note below suggests one way to do that. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
17:24	m162		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The implication is that **so will the Son of Man be** refers to the future reign of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. (If you have chosen to represent the phrase “in his day” in your translation, the alternate translation offered here would be expressing that as explicit meaning.) Alternate translation: “it will be like that when the Son of Man comes to reign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:24	m163		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “so will I, the Son of Man, be” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
17:24	m164		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “so will I, the Messiah, be” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:25	csa3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	δεῖ αὐτὸν & παθεῖν	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for me to suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
17:25	dp8a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation must reject him” or, if you translated with the first person, “the people of this generation must reject me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:25	m165		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	Jesus is using the term **generation** to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:26	d2ne			καθὼς ἐγένετο & οὕτως ἔσται καὶ	1	Alternate translation: “just as people were doing certain things … so people will be doing the same things”
17:26	v1sr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Νῶε	1	Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Noah was living” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:26	ktl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when the Son of Man is about to return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:26	m167		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “in my days as the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
17:26	m168		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “in my days as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:27	eu24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἤσθιον, ἔπινον, ἐγάμουν, ἐγαμίζοντο	1	Jesus describes several regular activities to refer to regular activities in general. Alternate translation: “They were going about their normal lives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
17:27	uh5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγαμίζοντο	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “parents were giving their daughters in marriage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:27	m169		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας	1	While Noah and his family did enter the ark on a specific **day**, Jesus is likely using the word **day** to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “right up to the moment when” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:27	hb8s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν κιβωτόν	1	The term **the ark** refers to the structure that Noah built on God’s instructions to save himself and his family from the flood. If your readers would not recognize this specific term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “the ship he built” or “the barge he built” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
17:27	qt8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντας	1	Here, **them all** does not include Noah and his family, who were in the ark. Alternate translation: “all those who were not in the ark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
17:28	m170		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καθὼς ἐγένετο ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Λώτ	1	Jesus is drawing another analogy like the one in [17:27](../17/27.md), but in this case he does not specify the object of the comparison right away. He does not do so explicitly until [17:30](../17/30.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply that information here. Alternate translation: “people were doing certain things at the time when Lot lived, and people will be doing the same things at the time when I am about to return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
17:28	m171		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Λώτ	1	Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Lot was living” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:28	m173		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἤσθιον, ἔπινον, ἠγόραζον, ἐπώλουν, ἐφύτευον, ᾠκοδόμουν	1	Jesus describes several regular activities to refer to regular activities in general. Alternate translation: “they were going about their normal lives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
17:28	u93v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἤσθιον	1	The implication from [17:29](../17/29.md) is that the pronoun **they** refers to the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “the people of Sodom were eating” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
17:29	m174		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ᾗ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ	1	While Lot did leave Sodom on a specific **day**, Jesus is likely using the word **day** to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “But at the moment when” or “But as soon as” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:29	gp77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἔβρεξεν πῦρ καὶ θεῖον ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ	1	In some languages, **rained** can mean “fell in large quantities.” If the verb for water falling from the sky does not have that extended meaning in your language, you could translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “fire and burning sulfur fell from the sky like rain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
17:29	skp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντας	1	Here, **them all** does not include Lot and his family. Alternate translation: “all those who stayed in the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
17:30	m176			κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἔσται	1	Alternate translation: “It will be just like that”
17:30	w3uh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἔσται	1	The implication is that people will be occupied with ordinary activities and not expecting anything out of the ordinary to happen. Alternate translation: “In the same way, people will not be ready” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:30	m177		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Jesus is using the term **day** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:30	v9ki		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man appears” or “the Son of man returns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:30	pfe1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “when I, the Son of Man, am revealed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
17:30	m178		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “when I, the Messiah, am revealed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:31	m179		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Jesus is using the term **day** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “At that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:31	i9eq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὃς ἔσται ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ, μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι αὐτά	1	Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. Alternate translation: “suppose someone is doing something on the roof of his house. Then he should not go inside to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
17:31	ep81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος	1	In this culture, housetops were flat and people could go up onto them without being in danger of sliding off. Housetops were used for a variety of purposes, such as storing and ripening grain and fruit, sleeping in hot weather, and gathering in a large open space. If housetops or roofs are different in your culture and your readers would not understand that Jesus is speaking of someone doing an ordinary activity, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “doing something outside the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
17:31	jj9c			τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “his possessions” or “his valuables”
17:31	m180		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι αὐτά	1	The implication is that people should flee immediately without even taking the time to secure their valuables. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he should flee immediately, without going inside to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:31	m181		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	καὶ ὁ ἐν ἀγρῷ, ὁμοίως μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. Alternate translation: “and suppose someone is out working in the field. Then he too should not go back into the house for anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
17:31	suh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	The implication once again is that people should flee immediately without even taking the time to secure their valuables. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he should flee immediately, without going back to the house to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:32	fz8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μνημονεύετε τῆς γυναικὸς Λώτ	1	Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that Lot’s **wife** looked back toward Sodom and that God punished her along with the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “Remember what happened to Lot’s wife when she looked back toward Sodom” or “Do not do what Lot’s wife did and wish you were back among people whom God is punishing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:33	d9fl			ὃς ἐὰν ζητήσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ περιποιήσασθαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν	1	Alternate translation: “Whoever tries to save his old way of living will lose his life”
17:33	kvw6			ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει, ζῳογονήσει αὐτήν	1	Alternate translation: “but whoever gives up his old way of living will save his life”
17:34	p84l			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
17:34	j3b6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ ἔσονται δύο ἐπὶ κλίνης μιᾶς	1	Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “suppose this were to happen at night, and suppose there were two people sleeping in the same bed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
17:34	at99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐπὶ κλίνης μιᾶς	1	If your readers would not be familiar with what a **bed** is, you could use the name of the sleeping furniture that people in your own culture use, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “sleeping on one mat” or “sleeping side by side” or “sleeping in the same place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
17:34	e9hj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται, καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you could state who would do the actions. This could mean: (1) the person who is **taken** may be one whom God takes out of a situation in which they would be destroyed, as God brought Lot out of Sodom, and the person who is **left** may be one who remains in a situation where they will be destroyed, like the people who remained in Sodom. That is the interpretation of UST. Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” (2) in the parallel to this passage in the Gospel of Matthew, Jesus says that the people living in Noah’s time “knew nothing until the flood came and took them all away” (Matthew 24:39 ULT). So the person who is **taken** may actually be one whom God destroys, and the one who is **left** may be one whom God spares and allows to remain alive. Alternate translation: “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:34	m183		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται	1	If you translated the first sentence in this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this sentence as the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
17:35	il9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἔσονται δύο ἀλήθουσαι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό	1	Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose that when this happens, two women are grinding grain together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
17:35	m184			δύο	1	The verb is feminine, so this means “two women.” (In [17:34](../17/34.md) and [17:36](../17/36.md), grammatically masculine forms are used, but conventionally in Greek that means that the people are not known to be all women; they could be men or women, so a general term such as “people” would be appropriate in those verses.) Alternate translation: “two women”
17:35	t4zn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀλήθουσαι	1	The term **grinding** refers to the process of breaking up grain into very small pieces so that it can be used for cooking. If your readers would not be familiar with grain, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “grinding grain” or “preparing food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
17:35	m185		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ μία παραλημφθήσεται, ἡ δὲ ἑτέρα ἀφεθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you could state who would do the actions. See how you decided to translate this in [17:34](../17/34.md). Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” or “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:35	m186		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἡ μία παραλημφθήσεται	1	If you translated the first sentence in this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this sentence as the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
17:36	m187		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	δύο ἐν ἀγρῷ εἰς παραληφθήσεται καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in the verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
17:36	m188		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	δύο ἐν ἀγρῷ	1	Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose that when this happens, two people are out working in a field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
17:36	m189		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰς παραληφθήσεται καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you could state who would do the actions. See how you decided to translate this in [17:34](../17/34.md). Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” or “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:36	m190		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	εἰς παραληφθήσεται	1	If you translated the beginning of this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this as the result of that condition, as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
17:37	m191			ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	To convey the vividness and immediacy of the disciples’ question, Luke uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “the disciples responded to him”
17:37	m192		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	Together the two words **answering** and **say** mean that the disciples responded to what Jesus had been telling them by asking him a question about it. Alternate translation: “the disciples responded to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
17:37	wmg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ποῦ, Κύριε	1	The implication is that the disciples are asking where the things that Jesus has been describing will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Lord, where will these things happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:37	fen1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ὅπου τὸ σῶμα, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται	1	Jesus may be quoting a popular proverb of the time. Alternate translation: “The location will be obvious from the things that you see happening there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
17:37	m193		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅπου τὸ σῶμα, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται	1	In this proverb, **the body** and **the vultures** are figurative. If you would like to present the same image to your readers but your language does not use metaphors, you can express this as a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as vultures gather where there is a dead body, so the things I have described will indicate where this is about to happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
17:37	m6ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οἱ ἀετοὶ	1	The word **vultures** describes large birds that travel in flocks and eat the flesh of dead animals that they find. If your readers would not be familiar with **vultures**, you could use the name of similar birds in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the scavenger birds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
17:37	m194		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπισυναχθήσονται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will flock together” or “will assemble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:intro	v92v				0	# Luke 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus tells a parable about a widow and a judge (18:1–8)\n2. Jesus tells a parable about a Pharisee and a tax collector (18:9–14)\n3. Jesus blesses little children (18:15–17)\n4. Jesus teaches about wealth and the kingdom of God (18:18–30)\n5. Jesus warns about his impending death (18:31–34)\n6. Jesus heals a blind man in Jericho (18:35–43)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Judges\n\nPeople expected judges always to do what God said was right and to make sure that other people did what was right. But some judges did not care about doing right or making sure others did right. Jesus called this kind of judge “unjust.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])\n\n### Pharisees and tax collectors\n\nThe Pharisees thought that they themselves were the best examples of good, righteous people, and they thought that tax collectors were the most unrighteous of sinners. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\n### “that he had become sad”\n\nAt the beginning of 18:24, in the story of the ruler who asked Jesus how he could have eternal life, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible say that Jesus saw “that he had become sad.” However, the ancient manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not have that phrase. They say simply that Jesus looked at him. ULT does not have the phrase in its text, but it does have it in a footnote.\n\n### “we have left everything”\n\nIn 18:28, in some ancient manuscripts of the Bible, Peter says that the disciples have left “everything” to follow Jesus. In other manuscripts, the expression is “our own possessions.” ULT says “everything” in its text, but it acknowledges the variant “our own possessions” in a footnote.\n\nIn each of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to follow its reading. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
18:1	r26t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἔλεγεν δὲ παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς, πρὸς τὸ	1	Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told his disciples this story to help them understand that it was necessary” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
18:2	l2qr			λέγων	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He said”
18:2	ph5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	κριτής τις ἦν ἔν τινι πόλει	1	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce one of the main characters in this parable. Alternate translation: “There once was a judge who lived in a certain city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
18:2	d77j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	τὸν Θεὸν μὴ φοβούμενος καὶ ἄνθρωπον μὴ ἐντρεπόμενος	1	Jesus provides this background information about the **judge** to help his disciples understand what happens in the story. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He did not make his decisions based on what God wanted or on what other people thought” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
18:2	m195		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1	Here, Jesus is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
18:3	ie2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	χήρα δὲ ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the other main character into the story. Alternate translation: “There was also a woman who lived in that city whose husband had died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
18:3	jhk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	χήρα	1	A widow is a woman whose husband has died and who has not remarried. Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that in this culture, she would have had no one to protect her from anyone who was trying to take advantage of her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a woman whose husband had died, and so she had no one to protect her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:3	xfg3			ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	Here the Greek verb indicates repeated or continual action. Alternate translation: “she kept coming to the judge”
18:3	m131		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγουσα, ἐκδίκησόν με ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and asking him to make a fair ruling in her case against her opponent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
18:3	kj2l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἐκδίκησόν με ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου	1	This is an imperative, but since the woman is not in a position to make a demand, it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give me a fair ruling in my case against my opponent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
18:3	xc7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου	1	The term **opponent** refers specifically to the opposing party in a lawsuit. It is not clear whether the widow is suing the man to protect her interests, or the man is suing the widow to try to take things from her unfairly. If your language has a specific term for a legal adversary, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
18:4	m197			μετὰ ταῦτα	1	Alternate translation: “later on” or “eventually”
18:4	m198		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, εἰ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν οὐ φοβοῦμαι οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον ἐντρέπομαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he decided that even though he did not make his decisions based on what God wanted or on what other people thought” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
18:4	m199		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν οὐ φοβοῦμαι οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον ἐντρέπομαι	1	The judge speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what the judge is saying is not actually the case, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Even though I do not make my decisions based on what God wants or on what other people think” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
18:4	bh3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1	The judge is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
18:5	m200		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	διά γε τὸ παρέχειν μοι κόπον τὴν χήραν ταύτην, ἐκδικήσω αὐτήν, ἵνα μὴ εἰς τέλος ἐρχομένη ὑπωπιάζῃ με	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing the sentence from the previous verse): “because this widow bothered him, he would give a fair ruling in her case, so that she would not wear him out by coming incessantly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
18:5	v9uu			παρέχειν μοι κόπον	1	Alternate translation: “bothers me”
18:5	cf4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ & ὑπωπιάζῃ με	1	The judge speaks of the wearying effect of the widow’s constant pleas as if they were physically pummeling him. Alternate translation: “she will not wear me out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:5	ub29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰς τέλος ἐρχομένη	1	The expression **to the end** is an idiom that means “perpetually” or “forever.” Alternate translation: “by coming to me incessantly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:6	m201			ὁ Κύριος	1	Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
18:6	t9mg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀκούσατε τί ὁ κριτὴς τῆς ἀδικίας λέγει	1	**Listen to** is an idiom that means “think about.” Jesus says this to get his disciples to reflect on what the judge said at the end of the parable. He is not introducing a further statement from the judge. Translate this in such a way that your readers will understand that Jesus has already related what the judge said. Alternate translation: “Think about what the unjust judge said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:7	t1sk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὁ δὲ Θεὸς οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ, τῶν βοώντων αὐτῷ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός, καὶ μακροθυμεῖ ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς?	1	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis as he teaches his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now God will certainly answer the prayers of the people he has chosen, who cry out to him day and night, and he delays long over them!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:7	e2lv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ Θεὸς οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is drawing an implicit comparison between the unrighteous human judge and **God**, who is the perfectly righteous divine judge. The implication is that if even the human judge would ensure justice for someone who persevered in pleading for it, God would certainly do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If an unrighteous human judge would ensure justice for someone who persevered in pleading for it, God will certainly answer the prayers of the people he has chosen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:7	lrs0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is using the adjective **elect** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “for the people whom he chose” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
18:7	m202		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	τῶν βοώντων αὐτῷ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός	1	Jesus is using the phrase **day and night** to describe all of time, by referring to its two components. Alternate translation: “who pray to him all the time” or “who ask him for help continually” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
18:7	ljb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καὶ μακροθυμεῖ ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς	1	Here Jesus may be using the word **and** in an idiomatic sense to mean “even if.” (UST offers another possible interpretation of this phrase.) Alternate translation: “even if he takes a long time to answer their prayers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:8	m203			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
18:8	m204		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ποιήσει τὴν ἐκδίκησιν αὐτῶν ἐν τάχει	1	The point of the parable and of this teaching is that people should continue to pray even if God does not answer right away. So this statement might seem contradictory, since it suggests that God will answer right away. The implication may be that God is concerned for his people and will begin to act immediately to help them, even if his actions do not become apparent for some time. If you think your readers would be puzzled or troubled by the apparent contradiction, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will start to answer their prayers right away” or “he will begin to send them help right away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:8	zi1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πλὴν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν, ἆρα εὑρήσει τὴν πίστιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς?	1	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. This particular question uses a word that anticipates a negative answer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless, it is doubtful that the Son of Man will find faith on the earth when he returns.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:8	m205		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλὴν	1	The reference of the word **Nevertheless** is implied in the context. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make it explicit. Alternate translation: “Even though God readily answers prayer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:8	inw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “when I, the Son of Man, come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
18:8	m206		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “when I, the Messiah, come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:8	m207		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν πίστιν	1	When Jesus asks whether he will find **faith** on the earth, he may be referring implicitly to the kind of persevering trust in God that would lead a person to continue praying even when the answer was delayed. (UST offers another possible interpretation of this word.) Alternate translation: “this kind of persevering faith” or “this kind of persevering trust in God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:9	n2b5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	εἶπεν δὲ καὶ πρός τινας & τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην	1	Jesus now tells a brief story to correct some wrong attitudes that he realized certain people had. The story is designed teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told this story to correct certain people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
18:9	pmp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	πρός τινας	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce some new characters, but he does not say specifically who these people were. (The story that Jesus tells suggests that they may have been Pharisees.) Alternate translation: “to some people who were there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
18:9	b6zy			τοὺς πεποιθότας ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῖς, ὅτι εἰσὶν δίκαιοι	1	Alternate translation: “who had convinced themselves that they were righteous” or “who considered themselves to be righteous”
18:9	rs6q			καὶ ἐξουθενοῦντας τοὺς λοιποὺς	1	Alternate translation: “and who thought they were superior to other people”
18:10	m208		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωποι δύο	1	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the characters in this parable. Alternate translation: “Once there were two men who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
18:10	m209		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν προσεύξασθαι	1	When Jesus says that these men **went up**, he likely means that they traveled to Jerusalem. That was the customary way of speaking about going there, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “went to pray in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:10	qp39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	Since only priests could enter the **temple** building, this means the **temple** courtyard. Jesus is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
18:10	m210		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ὁ εἷς Φαρισαῖος καὶ ὁ ἕτερος τελώνης	1	Jesus provides this background information to help his listeners understand what happens in the story. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now one of these men was a Pharisee, and the other man was a tax collector” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
18:11	mi9g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ταῦτα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν προσηύχετο, ὁ Θεός, εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι οὐκ εἰμὶ ὥσπερ οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἅρπαγες, ἄδικοι, μοιχοί, ἢ καὶ ὡς οὗτος ὁ τελώνης	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “prayed about himself and thanked God that he was not like other people, who were robbers, unrighteous, and adulterers, or even like the tax collector who was there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
18:11	m211		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal	εὐχαριστῶ σοι	1	Here, the pronoun **you** is singular because the Pharisee is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of **you** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form here. Alternatively, it might be effective to show this man addressing God using a familiar form, as if he could presume on God’s friendship and approval. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
18:11	m212		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	The Pharisee is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
18:11	lud3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἅρπαγες	1	The word **robbers** describes people who steal from other people by forcing them to give things to them. Your language may have a specific term for this kind of person. Alternate translation: “bandits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
18:11	m213		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἄδικοι	1	The Pharisee is using the adjective **unrighteous** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “evildoers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
18:11	z78w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἢ καὶ ὡς οὗτος ὁ τελώνης	1	The Pharisees believed that any **tax collector** would be dishonest and cheat others, and so as a group they were as sinful as robbers, unrighteous people, and adulterers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “and I am certainly not like this sinful tax collector who cheats people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:12	m214		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	νηστεύω δὶς τοῦ σαββάτου; ἀποδεκατεύω πάντα, ὅσα κτῶμαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He boasted that he fasted twice a week and that he gave ten percent of all his income to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
18:12	ru63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀποδεκατεύω πάντα, ὅσα κτῶμαι	1	To **tithe** means to give ten percent of one’s income to God, as required in the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “I give you ten percent of all my income” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:13	c37t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ δὲ τελώνης μακρόθεν ἑστὼς	1	This was a sign of humility. The **tax collector** did not feel worthy to be near the Pharisee and the other people in the temple courtyard. It may be helpful to make each of the phrases in this verse a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “But the tax collector humbly stood by himself, away from the other people who were there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
18:13	qtt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐκ ἤθελεν οὐδὲ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπᾶραι εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν	1	The phrase **lift up his eyes** means to look at something. Alternate translation: “did not even want to look up toward heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:13	m215		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν	1	See how you translated the similar expression in [9:16](../09/16.md). Alternate translation: “beyond the sky towards God in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:13	c7x7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἀλλ’ ἔτυπτε τὸ στῆθος αὐτοῦ	1	This was a physical expression of great sorrow, and it showed this man’s repentance and humility. Alternate translation: “but instead, he hit his chest to demonstrate his shame and sorrow over his sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
18:13	m216		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων, ὁ Θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι, τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “admitting that he was a sinner and asking God to have mercy on him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
18:13	mx5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ὁ Θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι, τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “God, please be merciful to me, I confess that I am a sinner” or “God, please forgive me for the many sins I have committed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
18:14	m217			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
18:14	s1yr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατέβη οὗτος δεδικαιωμένος εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, παρ’ ἐκεῖνον	1	The implication is that the tax collector was right with God because God forgave his sin when he prayed humbly and repentantly. Alternate translation: “the tax collector was right with God when he went home, rather than the Pharisee, because God forgave his sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:14	m218			οὗτος & παρ’ ἐκεῖνον	1	Alternate translation: “the latter … rather than the former” or “the tax collector … rather than the Pharisee”
18:14	m219		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δεδικαιωμένος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **justified** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “right with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:14	m220		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κατέβη & εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	When Jesus says that this man **went down** to his house, he likely means that he returned home from Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “returned to his home” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:14	qrg3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρ’ ἐκεῖνον	1	The implication is that the Pharisee was not right with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the Pharisee was not right with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:14	n7xr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ταπεινωθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:14	uuc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑψωθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:14	m221		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑψωθήσεται	1	Jesus is using a spatial metaphor to describe someone who is honored as if he were high up. Alternate translation: “God will honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:15	m260		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
18:15	abcm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	προσέφερον & αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ βρέφη	1	Here, **they** refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “people were bringing their children to Jesus, even their newborns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
18:15	m222		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἵνα αὐτῶν ἅπτηται	1	If Jesus would **touch** the babies, this would express God’s love for them and convey God’s blessing to them. Alternate translation: “so that he could put his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
18:15	kxd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπετίμων αὐτοῖς	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “tried to stop the parents from bringing their children to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:16	y3qg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς προσεκαλέσατο αὐτὰ λέγων	1	Alternate translation: “But Jesus called the children to come to him, telling his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
18:16	j8x3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά	1	The verb in the first phrase indicates a one-time action, while the verb in the second phrase indicates an ongoing action. Alternate translation: “Allow these children to come to me, and do not ever forbid children to come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
18:16	u7sq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	τῶν & τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	It becomes clear in [18:17](../18/17.md) that this is simile. You could express it as one here. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God consists of people who are like these little children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
18:16	m223		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῶν & τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “people who are like children will let God rule their lives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
18:17	p5lq			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ὃς ἂν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that whoever”
18:17	m224		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “does not let God rule over him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
18:17	ar8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς παιδίον	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “with trust and humility like a child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
18:17	m225			οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν	1	Alternate translation: “will not let God rule over him at all”
18:18	a5qz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	καὶ ἐπηρώτησέν τις αὐτὸν ἄρχων	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Then a Jewish leader came up to Jesus and asked him a question” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
18:18	d6kf			τί ποιήσας & κληρονομήσω	1	Alternate translation: “what do I need to do to inherit”
18:18	xrs8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κληρονομήσω	1	The ruler is using the term **inherit** to mean coming into possession of something. Alternate translation: “will I receive” or “will I obtain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:19	fxi2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός	1	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He is not asking the ruler to explain why he used this term. Jesus is also not denying that he is God. Rather, he is challenging the ruler to reflect on whether, in light of God’s holiness, he should consider any human being to be **good**. The ruler apparently considers Jesus to be a **good** human being, and he wants to know how he can be **good** enough himself to earn God’s approval. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement, and it may be helpful to combine that statement with the next sentence in the verse. Alternate translation: “You should not consider any human being to be good, since no one is good except God alone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:20	m226		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας	1	The implication is that Jesus is saying this in response to the ruler’s question. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As for what God expects from us, you know what he has commanded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:20	m227		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα	1	You may wish to represent these commandments as a second-level direct quotation within Jesus’ reply to the ruler, using the capitalization and punctuation conventions of your language. That is what UST does. However, that would be a quotation within a quotation, and you may wish to avoid that by leaving the commandments as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
18:20	m261		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σου	1	Jesus is reciting these commandments from the Scriptures, and the word **your** is singular because that is the way Moses spoke the commandments, since even though he gave them to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey them. So in your translation, it would be appropriate to use the singular form of **your**. The implied **you** in the imperative verbs would also be singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
18:21	m5qf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ταῦτα πάντα ἐφύλαξα ἐκ νεότητος μου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **youth** with an adjective such as “young.” Alternate translation: “I have obeyed all of these commandments ever since I was young” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
18:22	e8il			ἀκούσας δὲ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	Alternate translation: “When Jesus heard the ruler say that, he responded”
18:22	t2cw			ἔτι ἕν σοι λείπει	1	Alternate translation: “You still need to do one more thing” or “There is one thing that you have not yet done”
18:22	d3ar			πάντα ὅσα ἔχεις, πώλησον	1	Alternate translation: “Sell all your possessions” or “Sell everything that you own”
18:22	c4s5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
18:22	hy6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει μοι	1	As in [5:27](../05/27.md), to **follow** Jesus means to be one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “come with me as my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:23	m228		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας ταῦτα & ἐγενήθη	1	Alternate translation: “But when the ruler heard what Jesus said, he became” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
18:24	m229		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἰδὼν δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Many manuscripts have two additional Greek words here, so that this says, “Then Jesus, seeing him having become sad.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to represent those words in your translation. Alternate translation (if you choose to represent them): “Then Jesus, noticing how sad the ruler had become” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
18:24	qcm7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσπορεύονται	1	This is an exclamation, not a question. Alternate translation: “It is so very difficult for those who are rich to enter the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
18:24	m230		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσπορεύονται	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “It is so very difficult for those who are rich to allow God to rule their lives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
18:25	hdz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	εὐκοπώτερον γάρ ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος βελόνης εἰσελθεῖν, ἢ	1	It is impossible for **a camel** to fit through **the eye of a needle** Jesus is using an exaggeration to express how difficult it is for a rich person to enter God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “It is extremely difficult” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
18:25	m231		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κάμηλον	1	A **camel** is a large animal that was used in this culture to transport people and goods. If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could use the name of a similar animal that they would recognize, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a huge beast of burden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
18:25	j7x3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τρήματος βελόνης	1	The **eye of a needle** is the hole in a sewing needle through which the thread is passed. If your language has an expression of its own that describes this hole, you could use it in your translation. Otherwise, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the tiny hole for thread in a needle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
18:25	m232		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν	1	See how you translated this phrase in [18:24](../18/24.md). Alternate translation: “to allow God to rule his life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
18:26	ycm3			οἱ ἀκούσαντες	1	Alternate translation: “the people who were listening to Jesus”
18:26	vu3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	It is possible that these people were asking for an answer. But it is more likely that they were using the question form to emphasize their surprise at what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then no one can be saved!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:26	m233		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could specify the agent. Alternate translation: “Then God is not going to save anyone!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:27	ms9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὰ ἀδύνατα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις, δυνατὰ παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ ἐστιν	1	Jesus is using the adjectives **impossible** and **possible** as nouns to describe types of things. The terms are plural. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these terms with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “The things that are impossible for people to do are possible for God to do” or “God is able to do the things that people are not able to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
18:28	m235		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Peter uses the term **Behold** to get Jesus to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:28	znu6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν & ἠκολουθήσαμέν	1	Peter is referring to himself and his fellow disciples, but not to Jesus, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we**, use the exclusive form in both of these cases. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
18:28	yk9b			πάντα	1	This is not hyperbole. Peter and the others did leave behind **everything** they had in order to become Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “all our possessions”
18:28	m236		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	πάντα	1	Some manuscripts say “our own possessions” here instead of “everything.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide which reading to use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
18:28	m262		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι	1	As in [18:22](../18/22.md), to follow Jesus means to be one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “in order to become your disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:29	vz2w			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
18:29	sk6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν	1	A double negative statement begins in this verse and concludes in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the entire double negative statement as a positive statement. Alternate translation, beginning here: “anyone who has left” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
18:29	m237		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἵνεκεν τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “in order to allow God to rule over his life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
18:30	s6rp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ὃς οὐχὶ μὴ ἀπολάβῃ	1	This is the conclusion of the double negative statement that began in the previous verse with “there is no one who has left.” If you started to translate it there as a positive statement, you could finish that translation here. Alternate translation: “will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
18:30	m238		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ & ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ	1	Jesus is using the word **time** in the same figurative sense as the word **age** in [16:8](../16/08.md), to mean the long period of time defined by the duration of the created world; by association, it means the world itself. Here, Jesus is using the word **age** similarly to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. Alternate translation: “in this present world … in the world to come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:30	d3xa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. you could supply these words from what he says earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and they will also receive eternal life in the world to come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
18:31	pwk9			παραλαβὼν & τοὺς δώδεκα	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus took the Twelve to a place away from other people where they would be alone”
18:31	m239		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	See how you translated this term in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
18:31	m240		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
18:31	g4yx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term **Behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:31	m241		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	When Jesus says that they are **going up** to Jerusalem, he means that they are traveling there. That was the customary way of speaking about going to Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “we are traveling to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:31	pg4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “all the things that the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:31	ss78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν	1	Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that he is referring to the Old Testament prophets. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things that the prophets have written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:31	zj2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τῷ Υἱῷ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “about me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
18:31	m242		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ Υἱῷ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “about me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:31	i5ya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τελεσθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will occur” or “will take place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:32	h2a3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	παραδοθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders will hand him over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:32	es98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	παραδοθήσεται	1	If you decided in [18:31](../18/31.md) to use the second person for what Jesus is telling his disciples, also use it here. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders will hand me over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
18:32	m243		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	Jesus is speaking of the Roman authorities by association with the fact that they are not Jews. Alternate translation: “to the Roman authorities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:32	hc2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐμπαιχθήσεται, καὶ ὑβρισθήσεται, καὶ ἐμπτυσθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they will mock him, mistreat him, and spit on him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:32	m244		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἐμπαιχθήσεται, καὶ ὑβρισθήσεται, καὶ ἐμπτυσθήσεται	1	If you decided in [18:31](../18/31.md) to use the second person for what Jesus is telling his disciples, also use it here. Alternate translation: “they will mock me, mistreat me, and spit on me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
18:33	u86r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	καὶ μαστιγώσαντες, ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν; καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ἀναστήσεται	1	If you decided in [18:31](../18/31.md) to use the second person for what Jesus is telling his disciples, use it here as well. Alternate translation: “And after they have whipped me, they will kill me. But two days later I will come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
18:33	fie4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ἀναστήσεται	1	See how you translated this phrase in [9:22](../09/22.md). In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the **third day**. To make sure that this is clear to your readers, you may wish to use a different expression than “the third day,” especially if, in your culture, this would mean one day longer than Jesus intends. Otherwise, your readers may be confused when they read later in the book that Jesus died on a Friday and came back to life on a Sunday, if that would be “the second day” according to the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “and he will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, he will come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:33	m245		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	Jesus uses the word **and** to introduce a contrast between the belief of the authorities that they could kill him and the fact that he would come back to life. Alternate translation: “but on the third day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
18:33	m246		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
18:33	m247		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀναστήσεται	1	Jesus speaks of his coming back to life as if he will **rise up**, since he will come **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “he will come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:34	bm7h			αὐτοὶ οὐδὲν τούτων συνῆκαν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the verb negative and the object positive here. Alternate translation: “they did not understand any of these things”
18:34	b29z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδὲν τούτων	1	Implicitly, **these things** refers to Jesus’ description of how he would suffer and die in Jerusalem and then rise from the dead. Alternate translation: “none of what Jesus had told them about what was going to happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:34	fn58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἦν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο κεκρυμμένον ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God prevented them from understanding the meaning of what Jesus was telling them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:34	m248			τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο	1	Here Luke uses the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “this saying” or “what Jesus was telling them”
18:34	qx2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὰ λεγόμενα	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things that Jesus said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:35	w3sw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
18:35	dyf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	τυφλός τις	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “there was a blind man who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
18:36	t35v			τί εἴη τοῦτο	1	Alternate translation: “what was happening”
18:37	ckr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀπήγγειλαν & αὐτῷ	1	Here, **they** is indefinite. It does not refer to particular individuals. Alternate translation: “people in the crowd told the blind man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
18:37	ku9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος	1	The people call **Jesus** **the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
18:38	u9ct		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When the blind man learned that Jesus was walking by, he knew that Jesus would hear him if he called out, so as a result, he shouted to him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
18:38	yaj2			ἐβόησεν	1	Alternate translation: “he called out” or “he shouted”
18:38	m250		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Υἱὲ Δαυείδ	1	The blind man is using the word **Son** to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:38	ehf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Υἱὲ Δαυείδ	1	**David** was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title **Son of David** implicitly meant “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:38	u69g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἐλέησόν με	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be merciful to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
18:38	m252		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν με	1	The blind man assumes that Jesus will know that he is asking specifically to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on me and heal me” or “please be merciful to me by healing me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:39	m253			οἱ προάγοντες	1	Alternate translation: “the people who were walking ahead of Jesus”
18:39	z7r6			ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ, ἵνα σιγήσῃ	1	Alternate translation: “kept telling him not to shout”
18:39	zug7			πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν	1	This could mean: (1) “he shouted even louder.” (2) “he called out even more persistently.”
18:39	m254		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Υἱὲ Δαυείδ, ἐλέησόν με	1	See how you decided to translate this phrase in [18:38](../18/38.md). Alternate translation: “Messiah, please have mercy on me and heal me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:40	m255		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν ἀχθῆναι πρὸς αὐτόν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the people to bring the blind man to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:41	al8g			ἵνα ἀναβλέψω	1	Alternate translation: “I want to be able to see again” or “I want you to restore my sight”
18:42	n67h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἀνάβλεψον	1	This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I have restored your sight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
18:42	m256		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have been healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
18:42	gcv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Jesus speaks of the man’s **faith** as if it had actively healed him. Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have been healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
18:42	m257			ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Here Jesus seems to be using the word **saved** in one of its particular senses, to mean “healed.” Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have been healed”
18:43	m258			ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ	1	Here, **followed** does not necessarily have the figurative meaning of “became a disciple.” Alternate translation: “he walked down the road with the rest of the crowd that was around Jesus”
18:43	d1kk			δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν	1	Alternate translation: “giving glory to God” or “praising God”
19:intro	zn2b				0	# Luke 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus helps a man named Zacchaeus repent of his sins (19:1–10)\n2. Jesus tells a parable about a man who entrusted money to his servants (19:11–27)\n3. Jesus rides into Jerusalem on a colt (19:28–48)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Sinner”\n\nThe Pharisees refer to a group of people as “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### Servants\n\nGod expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not.\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that the disciples brought Jesus both a donkey and a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:1–7 and Mark 11:1–7 and Luke 19:29–36 and John 12:14–15)\n\n### Spreading garments and branches\n\nWhen kings would enter the cities they ruled, people would cut branches from trees and take off the outer garments that they wore to stay warm in cold weather and spread them all on the road so the king would ride over them. They did this to honor the king and show that they loved him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/honor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n### The merchants in the temple\n\nJesus forced the people who were selling animals in the temple to leave. He did this to show everyone that he had authority over the temple and that only those who were righteous, who did what God said was good, could be in it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
19:1	j35m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
19:2	m263		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:2	y5i5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀνὴρ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who lived there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
19:2	m264		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “whose name was Zacchaeus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
19:2	m265		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ζακχαῖος	1	**Zacchaeus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:2	z91v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ἀρχιτελώνης, καὶ αὐτὸς πλούσιος	1	Luke provides this background information about Zacchaeus to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Alternate translation: “who had become wealthy through his work as a chief tax collector” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
19:3	m3ux			ἐζήτει ἰδεῖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν τίς ἐστιν	1	Alternate translation: “Zacchaeus was trying to get a good look at Jesus” or “Zacchaeus was trying to see what kind of man Jesus was”
19:3	njt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ὅτι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because he was short, he could not see over the crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
19:3	m266		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ὅτι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν	1	The implication may be that the people resented Zacchaeus for taking their money, and so they would not let him come forward and stand in front of them, even though they would have been able to see over him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he could not see over the crowd because he was short, and the people would not let him stand in the front, because they resented him for taking their money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:4	k984		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
19:4	pzr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	συκομορέαν	1	A **sycamore** is a type of fig tree. It would have been tall enough and strong enough to hold Zacchaeus at a height from which he could see the street. If you readers would not be familiar with this particular tree, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fig tree” or “a tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
19:5	mr51			ὡς ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον	1	Alternate translation: “when Jesus got to that tree” or “when Jesus reached the place where Zacchaeus was”
19:6	zrw4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
19:7	mit4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντες διεγόγγυζον	1	Luke is using the term **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd complained” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
19:7	k2cl			παρὰ ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ εἰσῆλθεν καταλῦσαι	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus is going to stay in the house of an obvious sinner”
19:7	yl4h			ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ	1	By using two terms together, rather than simply saying “sinner,” the crowd is emphasizing that Zacchaeus has openly done many wrong things. Alternate translation: “an obvious sinner”
19:8	m267		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	σταθεὶς	1	At a relaxed meal such as this one, it was the custom in this culture for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around the table. So by standing up, Zacchaeus was signifying that he had something important to say. Alternate translation: “stood up from the meal to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
19:8	s46z			τὸν Κύριον	1	Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
19:8	m268		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Zacchaeus uses **Behold** to get Jesus to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Please listen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:8	m269			Κύριε	1	Zacchaeus is addressing Jesus directly by a respectful title. It would be appropriate to represent the title with the corresponding term in your language and culture, rather than using the name “Jesus.”
19:8	m270		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἴ τινός τι ἐσυκοφάντησα, ἀποδίδωμι τετραπλοῦν	1	Zacchaeus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. He is inviting anyone he has cheated to come to him for restitution. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Zacchaeus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “I know that I have cheated many people out of their money, and I promise to pay each one back four times as much” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
19:8	u2bt			ἀποδίδωμι τετραπλοῦν	1	Alternate translation: “I will return to them four times as much as I took from them”
19:9	m271		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus spoke not just to Zacchaeus but also to the people from the crowd who were complaining that he had gone to visit him. In this culture, people were allowed to stand around the walls of the banquet room in a private home and listen to what an invited guest was saying. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to Zacchaeus and to the people from the crowd who were standing around the room” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:9	m272		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο, καθότι καὶ αὐτὸς υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ ἐστιν	1	Jesus is speaking to Zacchaeus, but he addresses him in the third person because he is also speaking to the people from the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person here. Alternate translation: “salvation has come to your household, because you too are a son of Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
19:9	m273		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο	1	Jesus speaks of **salvation** as if it were a living thing that could come to the house of Zacchaeus. Alternate translation: “God has brought salvation to this household” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
19:9	u2bx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb such as “save,” and show that God has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has saved this household” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
19:9	i8yg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ	1	Jesus is using the word **house** to refer to the people living in the house. Alternate translation: “to this household” or “to this family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:9	f65b			καὶ αὐτὸς	1	Alternate translation: “this man too” or “Zacchaeus also”
19:9	m274		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ	1	Jesus may be using the word **son** to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of Abraham” or “one of our fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:9	v3hq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ	1	Alternatively, Jesus could be using the expression **son of** as an idiom to mean someone who shares the qualities of someone else. Alternate translation: “a person who has faith as Abraham did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
19:10	myp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
19:10	m275		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:10	m276		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸ ἀπολωλός	1	If you decided to use the second person in the previous verse, you could use it here as well. Alternate translation: “lost people like you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
19:10	m277		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ ἀπολωλός	1	Jesus is using the term **lost**. Alternate translation: “people who have wandered away from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:11	m278		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
19:11	vue7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	προσθεὶς, εἶπεν παραβολὴν	1	To help the people in the crowd have the correct expectations about the kingdom of God, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the crowd this story to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
19:11	m279		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	προσθεὶς, εἶπεν παραβολὴν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this clause last in the verse, since the two statements that follow give the reason for the result that it describes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
19:11	qs7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὅτι παραχρῆμα μέλλει ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναφαίνεσθαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “that God was going to begin to rule immediately” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
19:12	m9j6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις εὐγενὴς	1	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the main character into the story. Alternate translation: “There once was a nobleman who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
19:12	mtz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λαβεῖν ἑαυτῷ βασιλείαν	1	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he is speaking of a lesser king going to a greater king or emperor. The emperor would give the lesser king the right and authority to rule over his own country. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to receive authorization from the emperor to rule over his own kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:12	m280			καὶ ὑποστρέψαι	1	Alternate translation: “and then to return and rule that kingdom in person”
19:13	m387		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καλέσας δὲ	1	It may be helpful to state that the man did this before he left to receive his kingdom. Alternate translation: “So before he left, the nobleman called” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:13	xx6p			ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς	1	Alternate translation: “he gave each of them one mina”
19:13	t82q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς	1	A mina was a unit of weight equal to about half a kilogram. The term refers to silver coins of that weight. Each one was equal to what people would be paid for about four months’ work. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “he gave each of them a valuable silver coin” or “he gave each of them four months’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
19:13	m281		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, πραγματεύσασθαι ἐν ᾧ ἔρχομαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told them to trade with the money while he was away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
19:13	vwp2			πραγματεύσασθαι	1	Alternate translation: “Trade with this money” or “Use this money to earn more money”
19:13	m282			ἐν ᾧ ἔρχομαι	1	Alternate translation: “while I am gone.”
19:14	i998		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	οἱ & πολῖται αὐτοῦ	1	This means “the people of his country.” It suggests that all the people hated him, and that may be a generalization. In your translation, you may wish to say “many people of his country,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
19:14	j9v1			πρεσβείαν	1	Alternate translation: “a group of people to represent them”
19:14	m283		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ λέγοντες	1	The implication is that the citizens gave the delegation this message for the emperor who was going to appoint the nobleman as king. Alternate translation: “after him to tell the emperor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:14	m284		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ λέγοντες, οὐ θέλομεν τοῦτον βασιλεῦσαι ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “after him to tell the emperor that they did not want this nobleman to be their king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
19:15	g3jp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Jesus uses this phrase to mark an important development in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
19:15	s9a7			λαβόντα τὴν βασιλείαν	1	Alternate translation: “after the emperor had appointed him king”
19:15	s2x2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ εἶπεν φωνηθῆναι αὐτῷ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he told some of his other servants to bring in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:15	m285		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ ἀργύριον	1	Jesus is speaking of the money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “the money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:15	xc6s			τί διεπραγματεύσαντο	1	Alternate translation: “how much money they had earned with the money he had given them”
19:16	iy7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	παρεγένετο & ὁ πρῶτος λέγων, Κύριε, ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the first servant came and told him that he had used his mina to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
19:16	m286		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
19:16	mf96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
19:16	ejx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς	1	The servant is speaking of the **mina** as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
19:16	j7ag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	μνᾶ	1	See how you translated **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
19:17	abcq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε! ὅτι ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ, πιστὸς ἐγένου, ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king told this first servant that he had done a good job, and that because he had shown in a small task that he was faithful, he was making him the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
19:17	m287		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So the king said to the first servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
19:17	n5at		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε!	1	Your language may have a phrase that an employer would use to show approval. If so, you could use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Good job!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
19:17	t6zk			ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ	1	This could mean: (1) “in a small responsibility.” (2) “with a little bit of money.”
19:17	m288		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων	1	The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
19:18	zsr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἦλθεν ὁ δεύτερος λέγων, ἡ μνᾶ σου, Κύριε, ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the second servant came and told him that he had used his mina to make five more minas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
19:18	m289		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ δεύτερος	1	Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
19:18	ic7p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
19:18	irh6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ μνᾶ σου & ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς	1	The servant is speaking of the mina as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me … to earn five more minas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
19:18	d811		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	μνᾶ	1	See how you translated **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
19:19	abcr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ καὶ τούτῳ, καὶ σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king similarly told this second servant that he was making him the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
19:19	jxa9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων	1	The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
19:19	m290		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων	1	In a spatial metaphor, the new king describes this servant as **over** these **cities** to mean that he will rule them. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:20	n71e			ὁ ἕτερος	1	Alternate translation: “another servant to whom the nobleman had entrusted a mina”
19:20	m291		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων, Κύριε, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μνᾶ σου, ἣν εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and gave the king back the mina he had entrusted to him, explaining that he had kept it hidden in a cloth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
19:20	m292			ἰδοὺ, ἡ μνᾶ σου	1	This does not seem to be a figurative use of the term **behold**. The servant wants the king to look and see that he is giving him the mina back. Alternate translation: “look, here is your mina back”
19:20	r25f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	μνᾶ	1	See how you translated **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
19:20	l2wr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἣν εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. It may be helpful to make this a new sentence, as UST does. Alternate translation: “I put it in a cloth to keep it safe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:21	m293		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐφοβούμην γάρ σε, ὅτι ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς εἶ; αἴρεις ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκας, καὶ θερίζεις ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, it may be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “This servant told the king that he had been afraid of him because he was a demanding man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
19:21	w5yw			ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς	1	Alternate translation: “a man who is very demanding”
19:21	a6ja		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αἴρεις ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκας	1	The servant is speaking of the king as if he would pick up things that others had set down and take them away as his own property. Alternate translation: “You take other people’s property as your own” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:21	mi5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θερίζεις ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρας	1	The servant is speaking of the king as if he would harvest a crop that someone else had planted. Alternate translation: “you benefit from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:22	q2k2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει αὐτῷ, ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου κρίνω σε, πονηρὲ δοῦλε; ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king told him that he was a wicked servant and that he would judge him by what he had just said. The king said to suppose that he really was a harsh man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
19:22	m294			λέγει αὐτῷ	1	To call attention to a development in the story, this parable uses the present tense here in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “The king said to this servant”
19:22	wt8q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου	1	The king is using the term **mouth** to refer to what the servant said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “based on what you have just said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:22	xga8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα?	1	The king is not asking the servant to verify what he has just said. Rather, he is using the question form to challenge the servant. He is repeating what the servant said about him, but not to grant that it is true. Rather, he is about to tell the servant what he should have done if it actually had been true. Alternate translation: “So you thought I was a harsh man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
19:22	m295		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα	1	See how you translated these expressions in [19:21](../19/21.md). Alternate translation: “who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:23	m296		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν, κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν, σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king told him that in that case, he should have put his money in the bank so that he could have collected it with interest when he returned” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
19:23	spx7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν, κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν, σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα?	1	The king is not asking the servant to explain why he did not do this. Rather, he is using the question form to rebuke the servant. Alternate translation: “Even if I were like that, you had no reason not to put my money in the bank so that I could have collected it with interest when I returned!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
19:23	m297		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	The king uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what he said in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Then” or “Even if I was like that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
19:23	e1yh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν & σὺν τόκῳ	1	A **bank** is an institution that accepts deposits of money and uses them to make loans. It pays an **interest** premium on the deposits and charges an **interest** premium on the loans. If your culture does not have banks, or if your culture does not allow interest payments, you could translate this in a different way that would be meaningful to your readers. Alternate translation: “did you not let someone borrow my money … with a share of the profits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
19:23	m298		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μου τὸ ἀργύριον	1	The king is speaking of the money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “my money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:23	c8ca			σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα	1	Alternate translation: “I could have gotten that amount back plus the interest it would have earned” or “I would have gained a profit from it”
19:24	h1nn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ τοῖς παρεστῶσιν εἶπεν, ἄρατε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὴν μνᾶν, καὶ δότε τῷ, τὰς δέκα μνᾶς ἔχοντι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And the king told his attendants to take the mina away from this servant and give it to the one who had the ten minas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
19:24	aj1c			τοῖς παρεστῶσιν	1	The phrase **the ones standing by** refers to the king’s attendants, who would stand nearby him waiting to carry out any instructions that he gave. Alternate translation: “to his attendants”
19:24	zh5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	τὴν μνᾶν & τὰς δέκα μνᾶς	1	See how you translated the term **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
19:25	m299		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	The word **And** introduces a contrast between what the king wanted and what the attendants thought they should do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
19:25	m300		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, ἔχει δέκα μνᾶς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the attendants objected to the king that that servant already had ten minas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
19:25	m7ql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἔχει δέκα μνᾶς	1	You could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he already has ten minas!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
19:25	m301		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	μνᾶς	1	See how you translated the term **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
19:26	xww6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι παντὶ τῷ ἔχοντι, δοθήσεται; ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king responded that to everyone who had, it would be given, but from the one who did not have, even what he had would be taken away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
19:26	x6ay		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that the king is speaking. You may wish to indicate that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “But the king replied, ‘I say to you’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:26	m302			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	The king says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
19:26	m303		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	The word **you** is plural because the king is speaking to his servants as a group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
19:26	f5hn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παντὶ τῷ ἔχοντι, δοθήσεται	1	The king means implicitly that what a servant **has** is the money he earned by using his mina faithfully. Alternate translation: “I will entrust more money to everyone who uses the money wisely that I have already given him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:26	m304		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will entrust more money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:26	ab42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπὸ & τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται	1	The king means implicitly that a servant **not having** is a servant who did not use his mina faithfully to earn more money. Alternate translation: “If someone does not use the money wisely that I have given him, I will take even that small amount away from him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:26	d1g9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will take even that small amount away from him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:27	m305		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	πλὴν τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου τούτους, τοὺς μὴ θελήσαντάς με βασιλεῦσαι ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ἀγάγετε ὧδε καὶ κατασφάξατε αὐτοὺς ἔμπροσθέν μου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king then commanded his servants to bring in his enemies, the ones who had not wanted him to reign over them, and kill them in front of him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
19:27	u44z			τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου τούτους	1	Since the enemies were not right there, instead of **these**, some languages would say “those,” as UST does. Alternate translation: “those enemies of mine”
19:27	m306		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθέν μου	1	Here, **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in my presence” or “where I can see them die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:28	l43i			εἰπὼν ταῦτα	1	Alternate translation: “after Jesus had said these things”
19:28	ja5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναβαίνων εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	It was customary for Israelites to speak of **going up** to Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “traveling towards Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
19:29	y9q8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to mark an important development in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
19:29	q1wn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν	1	**Bethphage** and **Bethany** are the names of two small cities near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:29	lj69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:29	m307		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. **Olivet** is the name of a hill or mountain. Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:30	m308		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	ὑπάγετε & ἐν ᾗ εἰσπορευόμενοι εὑρήσετε & λύσαντες & ἀγάγετε	1	Since Jesus is speaking to two of his disciples, **you** as a pronoun and as implied in the participle and imperative verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses the dual form. Otherwise, all of those things would be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
19:30	m309			τὴν κατέναντι κώμην	1	Alternate translation: “that village right ahead of us”
19:30	qq5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πῶλον	1	The term **colt** refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
19:30	m310		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δεδεμένον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whose owner has tied its reins securely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:30	w1yp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν	1	Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that no person has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
19:30	m311		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν	1	Jesus is using the term **sat** to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. Alternate translation: “that no person has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:31	px4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, διὰ τί λύετε? οὕτως ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει	1	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could occur. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ Then you should tell him, ‘The Lord needs to use it’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
19:31	emu8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, διὰ τί λύετε? οὕτως ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “if anyone asks you why you are untying it, tell them that the Lord needs to use it’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
19:31	m312		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	ὑμᾶς & διὰ τί λύετε? & ἐρεῖτε	1	Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples in all of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
19:31	m313		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἐρεῖτε	1	Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. Alternate translation: “you are to say” or “you should say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
19:31	m314			ὁ Κύριος	1	The disciples are to refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
19:32	hdd8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the two disciples whom Jesus sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:33	biw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	τί λύετε	1	The owners of the colt are speaking to the two disciples, so **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
19:33	m315		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν πῶλον	-1	See how you translated **colt** in [19:30](../19/30.md). Alternate translation: “the young donkey … this young donkey” or “the young riding animal … this young riding animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
19:34	m316		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ εἶπαν, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει	1	The implication is that when the owners of the colt heard this, they allowed the disciples to take it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “So they said, ‘The Lord has need of it.’ And the owners let them take it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:34	m317			ὁ Κύριος	1	The disciples refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
19:35	m318		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐπιρίψαντες αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐπὶ τὸν πῶλον	1	The disciples did this to show that the person riding the colt was special and important. In this culture, animals that important people rode were draped with rich fabrics. Alternate translation: “draping the colt with their cloaks as a sign of honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
19:35	scz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰ ἱμάτια	1	The word **cloaks** refers to outer garments. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
19:35	g49k			ἐπεβίβασαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Alternate translation: “helped Jesus get up onto the colt so he could ride it”
19:36	m319		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	The word **they** refers to other people besides the disciples. Alternate translation: “other people began spreading their cloaks on the road” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
19:36	lxj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	This was a way of showing honor to someone. Alternate translation: “other people began spreading their cloaks on the road in front of Jesus as a sign of honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
19:36	m320		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰ ἱμάτια	1	See how you translated **cloaks** in [19:35](../19/35.md). Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
19:37	ba9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
19:37	t4nk			τῇ καταβάσει τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν	1	Alternate translation: “where the road goes down from the Mount of Olives”
19:37	m321		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν	1	This is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated this phrase in [19:29](../19/29.md). Alternate translation: “of Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:37	m322		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	χαίροντες αἰνεῖν τὸν Θεὸν	1	The phrase **rejoice and praise** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **rejoice** tells how they began to **praise**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to praise God joyfully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
19:37	m323		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	This is an idiom that means the people in the crowd raised the volume of their voices. Alternate translation: “loudly” or “shouting out loud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
19:37	m324			φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	If you would like to reproduce this idiom, but it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a whole crowd had one **voice**, you could make this plural. Alternate translation: “with loud voices” or “in loud voices”
19:37	m8hn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὧν εἶδον δυνάμεων	1	This means implicitly the mighty works that they had seen Jesus do. Alternate translation: “the miracles that they had seen Jesus do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:38	x7wk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λέγοντες	1	The implication is that the crowd was saying this about Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “saying about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:38	nsg4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	The term **name** refers to a person’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:38	d7b4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν οὐρανῷ εἰρήνη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** with an adjective such as “peaceful.” Alternate translation: “May heaven be peaceful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
19:38	m325		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν οὐρανῷ εἰρήνη	1	The word **heaven** is a figurative way of referring to the inhabitants of **heaven**, and perhaps specifically to God. Alternate translation: “May everyone in heaven be peaceful towards this king” or “May God be peaceful towards this king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:38	vb29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις	1	The term **highest** is a spatial metaphor that describes heaven. Alternate translation: “and glory in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:38	m327		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** with an adjective such as “glorious.” Alternate translation: “and may heaven be glorious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
19:38	m326		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις	1	The implication is that this **glory** is praise that would be given to God. Alternate translation: “and may God be praised in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:38	m328		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις	1	The implication is that God would be praised for sending this king. Alternate translation: “and may God be praised in heaven for sending this king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:39	m329		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καί	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between what the crowd was saying and what the Pharisees thought was appropriate. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
19:39	m330			Διδάσκαλε	1	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
19:39	yv21			ἐπιτίμησον τοῖς μαθηταῖς σου	1	Alternate translation: “tell your disciples to stop saying these things”
19:40	m331		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between what the Pharisees wanted Jesus to do and what he was willing to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
19:40	m332		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the complaint of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
19:40	efm9			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
19:40	m333		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐὰν οὗτοι σιωπήσουσιν, οἱ λίθοι κράξουσιν	1	The implication is that Jesus is refusing to do what the Pharisees are asking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No, I will not tell them to be silent, because if they were, then the stones would cry out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:40	v8tc			οἱ λίθοι κράξουσιν	1	Alternate translation: “the stones would shout out praises”
19:41	v3pq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὡς ἤγγισεν, ἰδὼν τὴν πόλιν	1	The phrase **the city** refers to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “when he got close enough to Jerusalem to see it well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:41	k4l2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔκλαυσεν ἐπ’ αὐτήν	1	Luke is using the city of Jerusalem to mean the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he wept over the people who lived there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:42	g1ee		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	εἰ ἔγνως	1	Starting here and through [19:44](../19/44.md), Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem. He is doing this to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about the people who live there. Alternate translation: “I wish that you people of Jerusalem knew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
19:42	m334		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰ ἔγνως	1	Jesus is using what sounds like a conditional statement to express a wish. Alternate translation: “I wish that you knew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
19:42	q8fm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἔγνως & καὶ σὺ & σου	1	The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in your translation, you could use plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
19:42	m335		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ	1	Jesus is using the term **day** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
19:42	m336		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην	1	The implication is that Jesus is speaking about people being at **peace** with God. Alternate translation: “the things that enable people to be at peace with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:42	tgs6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου	1	The term **eyes** means the ability to see. Alternate translation: “you are not able to see them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:42	m337		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are not able to see them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:43	y3g2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce the reason why he wishes the people of Jerusalem had known “the things toward peace,” as he said in the previous verse. Because they have not known them, their city will be surrounded by armies and destroyed. Alternate translation: “I wish you had known those things because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
19:43	tib4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἥξουσιν ἡμέραι ἐπὶ σὲ	1	This is an idiom that indicates that the people of Jerusalem will experience difficult times. If your language do not say that a particular time will **come**, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “you are going to experience difficult times” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
19:43	m338		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἡμέραι	1	Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to specific times. Alternate translation: “times” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
19:43	n88i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σὲ & σου & σοι & σε & σε	1	The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
19:43	e7xp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	χάρακά	1	The term **barricade** refers to a wooden wall with pointed stakes at the top that the enemies would make to keep people from getting out of the city. Your language may have a term for an enclosure like this. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a palisade” or “a fence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
19:44	m339		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε	1	Jesus is speaking. To **dash** something **to the ground** means to pick it up and throw it forcefully aganist the ground in order to destroy it. But the enemies of Jerusalem are not going to do this literally to the city. So Jesus means that they will destroy it completely. Alternate translation: “they will completely destroy you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:44	p7qg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε	1	As the first note to [19:42](../19/42.md) explains, Jesus is addressing the city of Jerusalem. If it would be unusual in your language for someone to speak to a city that could not hear or understand him, you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “the enemies of Jerusalem will completely destroy that city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
19:44	m340		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καὶ τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί	1	To **dash** people **to the ground** means to kill them. Alternate translation: “and they will kill your children within you” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
19:44	m341		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί	1	Jesus speaks of the people who live in Jerusalem as if the city were their mother and they were her **children**. Here as well you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying, if someone in your language would not speak directly to a city. Alternate translation: “the people who live there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:44	m342		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σε & σου & σοί & σοί & ἔγνως & σου	1	The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
19:44	f51h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	οὐκ ἀφήσουσιν λίθον ἐπὶ λίθον ἐν σοί	1	This is a figurative overstatement to emphasize how completely the enemies will destroy the city. Alternate translation: “they will destroy the walls and buildings you have built of stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
19:44	xv9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐκ ἔγνως τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς σου	1	Here, **visitation** is idiomatic, with the same meaning as the word “visit” in [1:68](../01/68.md), [1:78](../01/78.md), and [7:16](../07/16.md). Alternate translation: “you did not recognize that God had sent me to help you, his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
19:45	xq47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
19:45	u91v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	You may need to say explicitly that Jesus first entered Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Alternate translation: “Jesus entered Jerusalem and went into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:45	j6ce		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸ ἱερὸν	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus went into the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
19:45	py1x			ἐκβάλλειν	1	Alternate translation: “throw out” or “force out”
19:46	m343		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται, ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς; ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that ‘his temple will be a place of prayer,’ but you have made it ‘a den of robbers’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
19:46	v81e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:46	uvf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ οἶκός μου	1	God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as his **house**, because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple will be” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:46	wac1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἶκος προσευχῆς	1	God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to a place where people would pray as a **house**. Alternate translation: “a place where people pray to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:46	ba8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s **den** or lair. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:47	m344		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
19:47	mn6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
19:47	m345		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ	1	Luke is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. The term is plural. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
19:47	m346		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ	1	The term **first** represents being significant or important. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:48	m347		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders were trying to do and what they were able to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
19:48	m348			οὐχ εὕρισκον τὸ τί ποιήσωσιν	1	Alternate translation: “they were not able to find a way to kill Jesus”
19:48	m349		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ὁ λαὸς & ἅπας	1	Luke is using the term **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “so many of the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
19:48	pnf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξεκρέμετο αὐτοῦ ἀκούων	1	Luke speaks of the people **hanging** on Jesus to emphasize how closely they were listening to what he said. Alternate translation: “were paying close attention to him to hear what he was saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:intro	h6in				0	# Luke 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus answers a question about his authority (20:1–8)\n2. Jesus tells a parable about a man who rented a vineyard to farmers (20:9–19)\n3. Jesus answers a question about paying taxes to Caesar (20:20–26)\n4. Jesus answers a question about marriage and the resurrection (20:27–40)\n5. Jesus asks a challenging question about the Messiah (20:41–44)\n6. Jesus warns about the scribes (20:45–47)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in [20:17](../20/17.md) and [20:42–43](../20/42.md), which is quoted from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Questions that seem to have no good answer\n\nIn [20:4](../20/04.md), Jesus asks the Pharisees a question that seems to have no good answer. His goal is to show them that they should have recognized John the Baptist as someone who came with God’s authority. So he asks them who gave John the authority to baptize. They could not answer, because any answer they gave would show that they should have respected John [20:5–6](../20/05.md).\n\nIn [20:22](../20/22.md), the Pharisees ask Jesus a question that seems to have no good answer. They thought that they would get Jesus in trouble either with the Roman government or the Jewish people when they asked him if people should pay taxes to Caesar. If he said “yes,” then the Jewish people would be angry with him for telling them to pay taxes to a foreign government. If he said “no,” then the religious leaders could tell the Romans that Jesus was teaching the people to break the Roman laws. But Jesus gave them an answer they had not anticipated, and instead everyone respected the wisdom of Jesus even more.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a psalm that records David calling his son “lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants, so a father would not call his son “master.” In this passage, [Luke 20:41–44](../20/41.md), Jesus is trying to lead his hearers to the true understanding that the Messiah will be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. So David is speaking to his son, that is, his descendant, as the Messiah, and it is appropriate for him to address him as his “Lord.”
20:1	h8gv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
20:1	vtg4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
20:1	m350		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἐπέστησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς σὺν τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις	1	Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. He mentioned their activity in opposition to Jesus as background information in [19:47–48](../19/47.md), but here he brings them back into the main action of the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
20:2	m351		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	εἰπὸν ἡμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς, ἢ τίς ἐστιν ὁ δούς σοι τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην	1	The Jewish leaders are using an imperative to ask a question, so you could translate this as a question. It may be helpful to make it two sentences. Alternate translation: “Tell us, by what authority are you doing these things? Or who is the one who gave you this authority?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
20:3	qn89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς & εἶπεν	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the question from the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
20:3	ku6a			ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ λόγον καὶ εἴπατέ μοι	1	Jesus begins his response with a statement, but then he gives a command, **you say to me**. It might be helpful to make the statement one sentence and the command another sentence, leading into the next verse. Alternate translation: “I will also ask you a question. Now you tell me”
20:3	m352			λόγον	1	Here Jesus is using the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “a question”
20:4	uph3			τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων?	1	Jesus knows that John’s authority came from God, so he is not asking the Jewish leaders for information. However, this is not a rhetorical question that could be translated as a statement, for example, “Surely you must admit that God, not people, gave John the authority to baptize.” This is an actual question that Jesus wants the Jewish leaders to try to answer, because he knows that either way they answer, they will have a problem. So his words should be translated as a question. Alternate translation: “Was it God who told John to baptize people, or did people tell him to do it?”
20:4	z7cg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. That seems to be what Jesus is doing here. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
20:4	m353		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
20:5	mn6x			οἱ & συνελογίσαντο πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς	1	Alternate translation: “they discussed with each other what they should say”
20:5	m354		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ	1	The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
20:5	z599		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that John’s authority came from God, Jesus will ask us why we did not believe him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
20:5	m4l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	See how you translated this expression in [20:4](../20/04.md). Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
20:6	m355		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὁ λαὸς ἅπας καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς	1	The Jewish leaders are describing another hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose we say, ‘From men.’ Then all the people will stone us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
20:6	e9ps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὁ λαὸς ἅπας καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that John’s authority came from people, then all the people will stone us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
20:6	m356		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	See how you translated **men** in [20:4](../20/04.md). Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
20:6	m357		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ὁ λαὸς ἅπας	1	For emphasis, the Jewish leaders speak as if every single person in the Jewish nation believed that John was God’s prophet and would stone them if they said otherwise. Alternate translation: “many of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
20:6	m358		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁ λαὸς ἅπας	1	This was a customary way of speaking of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “all the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:6	nns5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς	1	The implication is that the people would do this as a punishment for blasphemy, for saying that one of God’s prophets had only human authority. Alternate translation: “will kill us by throwing stones at us, as punishment for blasphemy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:6	m359		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πεπεισμένος & ἐστιν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. If you translated **the … people** as “the Jewish people,” this would be plural. Alternate translation: “they firmly believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:7	ia28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
20:7	w2bc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἀπεκρίθησαν, μὴ εἰδέναι πόθεν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “they replied, ‘We do not know where it came from’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
20:7	eeg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πόθεν	1	Luke leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from [20:4](../20/04.md). Alternate translation: “where John’s authority to baptize came from” or “who gave John the authority to baptize people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
20:8	d3bg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
20:9	mf5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἤρξατο δὲ πρὸς τὸν λαὸν λέγειν τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην	1	To help the people understand what the Jewish leaders were doing by rejecting him and John the Baptist, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the people this story to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
20:9	m360		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα	1	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the main character into the story. Alternate translation: “There once was a man who planted a vineyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
20:9	s8tt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς	1	As the rest of the story shows, the man **rented** the vineyard not for regular cash payments, but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
20:9	y37s			γεωργοῖς	1	While **farmers** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
20:10	wm51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καιρῷ	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what time this was. Alternate translation: “at the time at which they had agreed to give him a share of the crop” or “at harvest time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:10	m361			γεωργοὺς & γεωργοὶ	1	See how you translated **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
20:10	kr7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	The word **fruit** could be: (1) intended literally. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:10	m362		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ & γεωργοὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν, δείραντες κενόν	1	It may be helpful to state explicitly that the farmers did this after the servant arrived, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:10	isk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν & κενόν	1	Jesus speaks of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:11	r72a			ἀτιμάσαντες	1	Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
20:11	vxh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν	1	See how you translated this phrase in [20:10](../20/10.md). Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:12	m363		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τρίτον	1	Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “a third servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
20:12	lr3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τρίτον	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
20:12	ub4g			οἱ & καὶ τοῦτον τραυματίσαντες	1	Alternate translation: “they injured that servant as well”
20:12	h32a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον	1	Jesus is likely speaking when he says that the farmers **threw** this servant out of the vineyard. It is unlikely that they actually picked him up and heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “chased him off the property” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:13	m364			ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	Alternate translation: “the owner of the vineyard” or “the man who had planted the vineyard”
20:13	kt8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν & τί ποιήσω? πέμψω τὸν υἱόν μου τὸν ἀγαπητόν; ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do. He decided to send his beloved son, hoping that the farmers would respect him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
20:13	m365			ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται	1	In this context, the term that ULT translates as **perhaps** indicates something that is not certain but should be expected. If your language has a word or phrase that indicates the same thing, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “They ought to respect him”
20:14	ib2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἰδόντες δὲ αὐτὸν, οἱ γεωργοὶ	1	It may be helpful to state explicitly that this happened after the owner sent his son and he arrived. Alternate translation: “So the owner sent his son. But when he arrived and the farmers saw him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:14	m366			οἱ γεωργοὶ	1	See how you translated **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “the vine growers” or “the grape farmers”
20:14	rvi4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγοντες, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, ἵνα ἡμῶν γένηται ἡ κληρονομία	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that the son was the owner’s heir, and that they should kill him in order to get for themselves the vineyard he would have inherited” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
20:14	m367		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ κληρονομία	1	By **inheritance**, the farmers mean the vineyard, which the son would inherit. Alternate translation: “this vineyard, which he is going to inherit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:15	u7us		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The farmers carried out the plan they had decided on. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
20:15	m6en		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκβαλόντες αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	As in [20:12](../20/12.md), Jesus is likely speaking when he says that the farmers **threw** the son out of the vineyard, as if they heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “the vine growers forced the son out of the vineyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:15	dlu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ποιήσει αὐτοῖς ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος?	1	Jesus does not want the people to tell him what the owner of the vineyard will do. Rather, he is using the question form to get his listeners to pay attention to what he says the owner will do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
20:15	m368			ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	Alternate translation: “the owner of the vineyard” or “the man who had planted the vineyard”
20:16	m369			τοὺς γεωργοὺς τούτους	1	See how you translated the term **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Your language might say “those” instead of **these** in a context like this. Alternate translation: “those vine growers” or “those grape farmers”
20:16	m370		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις	1	See how you translated the similar expression in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “allow different grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
20:16	k18g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1	This is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “May nothing like that ever happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
20:17	qtb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ δὲ ἐμβλέψας αὐτοῖς εἶπεν	1	Jesus **looked at** the people to hold them accountable for understanding what he was saying. Alternate translation: “But Jesus looked straight at them and said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
20:17	m371		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “What then does Scripture mean when it says that the stone that the builders rejected became the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
20:17	rf5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας?	1	Jesus does not expect the people to explain the meaning of the scripture he is quoting. Rather, he is using the question form to get them to consider its implications carefully. Alternate translation: “Think carefully about what this scripture is saying: ‘The stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner’!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
20:17	l6l3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this passive verbal form with a noun. Alternate translation: “this scripture” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:17	a5kc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	This is a quotation from Psalm 118, and it is a metaphor. It refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject him. When the psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, this means that God will nevertheless make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing a plain explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:17	bd2f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες	1	The psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “The stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:17	bh2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	The phrase **the head of the corner** is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:18	d7n2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ πεσὼν ἐπ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν λίθον, συνθλασθήσεται	1	Jesus is applying the metaphor from the psalm to himself. He is speaking of people who reject him as Messiah as if they would fall over a stone and be injured. Jesus’ words are a direct allusion to the figurative language of Scripture, and he does not explain the metaphor to the people who are listening. So it would not be appropriate to change them into a plain explanation of the metaphor, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:18	n3n5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνθλασθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will break up into pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:18	fdu6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν	1	Jesus is making a further application of the metaphor from the psalm to himself. He is speaking of the Messiah judging those who reject him as if he were a large stone that would crush them. Once again it would not be appropriate to change Jesus’ words, which allude directly to the figurative language of Scripture, into a plain explanation of the metaphor. However, you could explain the meaning of the metaphor in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:19	vbf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐζήτησαν & ἐπιβαλεῖν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας	1	The expression **to lay hands on** means to arrest a person by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of the person with their **hands**. Alternate translation: “looked for a way to arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:19	u4tz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	Here Luke uses the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “right at that time” or “immediately” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:19	m372		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν	1	Luke uses the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and this reason why they were not able to do. Alternate translation: “but they were afraid of what the people might do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
20:19	u4ta		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that the religious leaders did not arrest Jesus, even though they wanted to, and why they did not. Alternate translation: “but they knew that the people respected Jesus and they were afraid of what the people might do if they did arrest him, so they did not arrest him right then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:19	m373		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἔγνωσαν γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this the first clause in the verse, since it gives the reason why the religious leaders wanted to arrest Jesus. That is what UST does, making the clause a separate sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
20:20	m374		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The religious leaders could not arrest Jesus openly, so this is what they did instead. Alternate translation: “So” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
20:20	f1en		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀπέστειλαν ἐνκαθέτους	1	Luke uses this statement to introduce these **spies** as new characters into the story. It may be helpful to say more about where they came from. Alternate translation: “they found some people who agreed to act as spies, and they sent them to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
20:20	m375			ὑποκρινομένους ἑαυτοὺς δικαίους εἶναι	1	Alternate translation: “who pretended that they were sincere”
20:20	ml5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἐπιλάβωνται αὐτοῦ λόγου	1	Luke says that these religious leaders wanted to **take hold** of something Jesus said, as if they could physically grasp his words. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to use something he might say against him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:20	m376		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αὐτοῦ λόγου	1	Luke uses the term **word** to mean something Jesus might say by using words. Alternate translation: “of something he might say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:20	r84a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ὥστε παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν τῇ ἀρχῇ καὶ τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	The terms **rule** and **authority** mean basically the same thing. Luke is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms into a single, equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “so that the governor would take Jesus into custody” or “so that the governor would arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
20:21	xn1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν	1	It may be helpful to state explicitly that this happened after the spies whom the leaders sent arrived where Jesus was. Alternate translation: “the spies came and asked Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:21	i3fr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν	1	Luke could mean that one spy spoke on behalf of the whole group. So instead of **they**, you could state “one of them,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
20:21	m377			Διδάσκαλε	1	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
20:21	v93z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1	The spies are speaking only of themselves, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
20:21	fi1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐ λαμβάνεις πρόσωπον	1	The spies are using the term **face** to mean “person.” Alternate translation: “it does not matter to you who a person is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:21	ubu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The spies speak of how God wants people to live as if it were a **way** or path that people should follow. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:22	j6wb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔξεστιν	1	The spies are asking about God’s law, not the law of the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Does God’s law permit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:22	m378			φόρον δοῦναι	1	Alternate translation: “to pay taxes”
20:22	h4cc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Καίσαρι	1	The spies are referring to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:23	z9dm			κατανοήσας δὲ αὐτῶν τὴν πανουργίαν, εἶπεν	1	Alternate translation: “But Jesus realized that these spies were trying to trick him, and so he said”
20:24	j21y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	See how you translated this term in [7:41](../07/41.md). Alternate translation: “a Roman coin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
20:24	cvs9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνος ἔχει εἰκόνα καὶ ἐπιγραφήν?	1	This is not a rhetorical question, since Jesus does want the spies to answer, even though he already knows the answer to the question himself and he is using it as a teaching tool. So it would not be appropriate to translate this as if it were a statement or an exclamation, for example, “Surely you could see whose picture and name are on this coin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
20:24	wt51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπιγραφήν	1	Jesus is referring to the name on the coin by association with the fact that it is an **inscription**, that is, something written on the coin. Alternate translation: “name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:25	rey9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπόδοτε τὰ Καίσαρος Καίσαρι, καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ	1	Jesus is referring to the Roman government by the name of **Caesar**, its ruler. Alternate translation: “pay the Roman government what it deserves, and pay God what he deserves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:25	gj71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ	1	Jesus is speaking compactly and he does not repeat the verb **give back**, but it may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate Translation: “and pay God what he deserves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
20:26	wa3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἐπιλαβέσθαι τοῦ ῥήματος	1	Luke says that the spies had wanted to **take hold** of something Jesus said, as if they could physically grasp his words. Alternate translation: “the spies were not able to use what he said against him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:26	m379		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐναντίον τοῦ λαοῦ	1	Luke speaks of this spatially to refer to the people’s attention. Alternate translation: “while the people were watching” or “while the people were listening” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:27	m380		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	προσελθόντες δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων	1	Luke uses this statement to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
20:27	m381		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσελθόντες δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων	1	The implication is that these people also wanted to discredit Jesus. Alternate translation: “Because they too wanted to discredit Jesus, some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees then came to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:27	f9e3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	οἱ, λέγοντες ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι	1	This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “The Sadducees believe that no one will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
20:28	m383		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	λέγοντες	1	Luke could mean that one Sadducee spoke on behalf of the whole group, and you could indicate that as UST does. If you decide to do that, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “One of them said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
20:28	m384			Διδάσκαλε	1	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
20:28	m385		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν	1	These Sadducees are describing Moses giving this instruction in the law by association with the way that he **wrote** it down. Alternate translation: “Moses instructed us in the law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:28	m386		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	Here, the word **us** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. The Sadducces mean “us Jews,” and they are speaking to Jesus, who is also a Jew. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
20:28	d6yl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ ἔχων γυναῖκα, καὶ οὗτος ἄτεκνος ᾖ, ἵνα	1	Alternate translation: “if a man’s brother dies who is married but who does not have children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
20:28	sjt5			λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα	1	Alternate translation: “that man should marry his dead brother’s widow”
20:28	pn1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	The Sadducees assume that Jesus will know that this law specified that if the widow had children by her late husband’s brother, those children would be considered the children of her late husband. Alternate translation: “and have children who will be considered his brother’s descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:28	m388		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σπέρμα	1	See how you translated this figurative sense of the word **seed** in [1:55](../01/55.md). Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:29	c2jr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	οὖν	1	The Sadducees are not saying this to draw a logical inference, but to lead into a question about a hypothetical possibility. Alternate translation (as a separate sentence): “We would like to ask you how this law would be applied in a possible situation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
20:29	ax5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἑπτὰ οὖν ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος, λαβὼν γυναῖκα, ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος	1	While the Sadducees describe this as if it happened, they are actually asking about a hypothetical possibility in order to test Jesus. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers, and the oldest brother got married, but he died before he had any children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
20:29	si57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
20:29	m389		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
20:30	m390		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	καὶ	1	The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
20:30	p5mw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ ὁ δεύτερος	1	The division at the end of this verse separates this subject from its verb, effectively creating an ellipsis that is not in the original Greek. The verb, “took her,” must now be supplied from the next verse. Alternate translation: “the second brother then married her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
20:30	m391		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ὁ δεύτερος	1	The implication, as the next verse says specifically, is that after this second brother married the first brother’s widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the second brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:30	m392		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ δεύτερος	1	Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
20:30	r4xe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
20:31	m393		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	καὶ	1	The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
20:31	d5tq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ τρίτος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν	1	The implication, as the end of the verse says specifically, is that after this third brother married the widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The third brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:31	m394		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ τρίτος	1	Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the third brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
20:31	ky9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ τρίτος	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
20:31	f1fj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἑπτὰ, οὐ κατέλιπον τέκνα, καὶ ἀπέθανον	1	The Sadducees are speaking in a compact way in order to keep the story short. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the information they leave out from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “In the same way, the rest of the seven brothers married this widow, but they all died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:33	avu1			ἐν τῇ & ἀναστάσει	1	The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead”
20:33	m395		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	οὖν	1	This introduces the question that the Sadducees had planned all along to ask Jesus about the hypothetical situation they were describing. If you said “Suppose” in the previous three verses, you could begin this sentence with “Then.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
20:33	m396			οἱ & ἑπτὰ ἔσχον αὐτὴν γυναῖκα	1	Alternate translation: “each of the seven were married to her”
20:34	nlu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται	1	In this culture, the idiom was to say that men married their wives and that women were given in marriage to their husbands by their parents. If your culture does not use different expressions like that, you could use a single term here. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world get married” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:34	m397		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται	1	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can state who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “In this present world, men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:34	n91c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	The term **sons of** is an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of living in the present world. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:34	m398		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	οἱ υἱοὶ	1	Jesus is using the word **sons** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “The people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
20:34	m399		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	As in [16:8](../16/08.md), here the term **age** means specifically the long period of time defined by the duration of the world; by association, it means the world itself. Alternate translation: “this present world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:35	m8m9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ & καταξιωθέντες & οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	As in [20:34](../20/34.md), if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy … the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:35	m400		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ & καταξιωθέντες	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “the people whom God considers worthy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:35	m401		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκείνου, τυχεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	Jesus is using the word **age** in the same figurative sense as in [18:30](../18/30.md), to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. See how you translated the expression there. Alternate translation: “to live in his new world when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:35	ct9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **resurrection** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
20:35	m3gm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
20:35	rh62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	If your culture does not use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you may have you translated this with a single term in [20:34](../20/34.md). If so, you could do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “will not get married” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:36	lk28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδὲ & ἀποθανεῖν ἔτι δύνανται	1	The implication is that these people will not need to get married and have children anymore in order to carry on the human race, because they will not die. Alternate translation: “they will not need to have children anymore, since they will not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:36	m402		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἰσάγγελοι γάρ εἰσιν	1	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that angels do not die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they will be like the angels, who do not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:36	m403		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	υἱοί εἰσιν Θεοῦ	1	Here Jesus is using the term **sons** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “they are God’s own children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
20:36	btb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοὶ ὄντες	1	Jesus is using the term **sons** in this second case to mean people who share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of God bringing them back to life after they have died. Alternate translation: “since God has brought them back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:37	j8z5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροὶ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “God brings back to life people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:37	m404		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ νεκροὶ	1	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
20:37	g3xg			καὶ Μωϋσῆς	1	Jesus is using the word **even** for emphasis. He is stressing the authority of Moses as someone to whom God gave an extensive revelation of his character and actions. Alternate translation: “Moses himself”
20:37	n82t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου	1	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he means the bush in the desert that was burning without being consumed, at which Moses encountered God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the burning bush” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:37	m406		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου	1	Jesus is not referring to the actual encounter that Moses had with God at the burning bush, since during that encounter Moses did not say the words that Jesus attributes to him here. Rather, God said those words about himself, and Moses recorded them in the Scriptures. So Jesus is referring by association to the passage in which Moses describes his encounter with God at the burning bush. Alternate translation: “in the passage where he wrote about the burning bush” or “in the scripture about the burning bush” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:37	nx7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	λέγει	1	In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “he called” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
20:37	pqm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Θεὸν Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰακώβ	1	The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:38	tdq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce a teaching about God that will help the Sadducees understand how God’s description of himself at the burning bush proves that God raises people from the dead. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
20:38	u1y5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	Θεὸς & οὐκ ἔστιν νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	The two phrases **not … of the dead** and **of the living** mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he is the God of living people only” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
20:38	m408		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
20:38	dxi9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ζώντων	1	Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
20:38	i6am		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντες γὰρ αὐτῷ ζῶσιν	1	Interpreters understand this statement in various ways. One likely possibility is that Jesus is saying implicitly that after people die, while they are **dead** as far as other people are concerned, they are **alive** as far as God is concerned. That is because their spirits live on after death, and God is still able to relate to their spirits. Alternate translation: “because even after people die, God is still able to relate to them as living spirits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:39	n5nq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀποκριθέντες δέ τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν	1	Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. Alternate translation: “There were some scribes listening to what Jesus was saying, and they responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
20:39	m409		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθέντες & τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν	1	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that these scribes responded to the teaching that Jesus gave in answer to the question that the Sadducees asked. Alternate translation: “some of the scribes responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
20:39	m410			Διδάσκαλε	1	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
20:40	m411		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐκέτι & ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν	1	Here Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis, saying **no longer** and “nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “they still dared to ask him something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
20:40	vjx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκέτι & ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν	1	The implication in context is that Jesus’ enemies were afraid that if they continued to ask him difficult questions, his wise answers would continue to show how much more he understood than they did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were afraid to ask him any more difficult questions, because they realized he would give more wise answers that would show how much more he understood than they did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:40	i6sv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὐκέτι & ἐτόλμων	1	It is unclear whether **they** refers to the scribes, the Sadducees, or everyone who had been trying to trap Jesus with difficult questions. It may be best to translate this with a general statement. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ enemies no longer dared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
20:41	t981		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	εἶπεν & πρὸς αὐτούς	1	As in [20:40](../20/40.md), it is unclear to whom the pronoun **them** refers. It may be best to translate it with a general statement here as well. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to those who were listening” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
20:41	mda6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς λέγουσιν τὸν Χριστὸν εἶναι Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν?	1	This does not seem to be a rhetorical question that Jesus is using as a teaching tool. Rather, it seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer. They had asked him some difficult questions, and they had admitted that he answered them well. Now, in return, he is asking them a difficult question. None of them will be able to answer it, and this will demonstrate his wisdom even further. His question actually will teach something to those who are able to recognize its implications. But it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
20:41	sq2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	λέγουσιν	1	Here Jesus is using the pronoun **they** in an indefinite sense. He does not have specific individuals in mind. Alternate translation: “do people say that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
20:41	b7rb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν	1	Here Jesus is using the term **son** to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:42	y972		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς γὰρ Δαυεὶδ	1	Jesus uses the word **himself** here to emphasize to that it was **David**, the very person whom the scribes call the father of the Christ, who spoke the words in the quotation that follows. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom you call the father of the Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
20:42	z0vc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce the reason why he has asked this question. Alternate translation: “I ask this question because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
20:42	m413			λέγει	1	In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “said”
20:42	h2al		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “says in the book of Psalms that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
20:42	e1i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου	1	Here, the term **Lord** does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and said **Lord** instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
20:42	m415		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	In this quotation, Yahweh is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate his right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could state that specifically. Alternate translation: “Sit at my right side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
20:42	pse3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	The seat at the right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By telling the Messiah to sit there, God was symbolically conferring honor and authority on him. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
20:43	m416		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	This is the continuation of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. If you decided in [20:42](../20/42.md) to have only one level of quotation, you could make the same adjustment here. Alternate translation: “until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
20:43	fl1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	The psalm speaks of the Messiah using his enemies as a **footstool** to mean that Yahweh would make those enemies stop resisting the Messiah and submit to him. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:43	m418		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	If your readers would not know what a **footstool** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something on which you could rest your feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:44	m419		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν καλεῖ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David therefore calls the Messiah his Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
20:44	zk2h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν καλεῖ	1	In this culture, an ancestor was more respected than a descendant. But to call someone **Lord** was to address that person as the more respected one. As the General Notes to this chapter describe, this is a paradox, that is, is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus is calling attention to this paradox to get his listeners to think more deeply about who the Messiah is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what makes this a paradox. Alternate translation: “David therefore addresses the Messiah respectfully as his Lord. But if the Messiah is his descendant, David should be the more respected person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:44	k1tp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	καὶ πῶς υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν?	1	Like the question in [20:41](../20/41.md), this seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones they asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So why do people say that the Messiah is David’s descendant?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
20:44	m427		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Jesus is using the word **And** to show that a conclusion should be drawn as a result of what he has just said, and that this conclusion would be different from what his listeners had previously believed. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
20:44	m426		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	υἱός	1	Here Jesus is using the term **son** to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:45	k3pf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that after asking his own difficult question to the people who had been trying to trap him, Jesus turned to speak to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
20:45	m420		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ	1	Luke is generalizing to refer to everyone who was present as Jesus was teaching. Alternate translation: “all the people who were there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
20:46	m421		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων	1	Jesus says **Beware** to warn about the influence of these people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:46	ang2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	θελόντων περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς	1	In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in a long robe was to assert wealth and status. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
20:46	m422		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	φιλούντων ἀσπασμοὺς	1	The implication is that these would be respectful greetings, in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “loving to be greeted respectfully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:46	m423		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πρωτοκαθεδρίας & πρωτοκλισίας	1	As in [14:7](../14/07.md), **first** here means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:47	m424		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν	1	Jesus speaks of the **houses** of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:47	c7yv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν	1	Jesus says that the scribes **devour** or eat up the possessions of widows to mean that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:47	g67x			προφάσει μακρὰ προσεύχονται	1	Here, **pretext** refers to something that someone would do in order to appear a certain way. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly, they offer long prayers”
20:47	zpp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα	1	Jesus is using the word **condemnation** to mean the punishment that a person would receive after being condemned (found guilty) for doing something wrong. Alternate translation: “These scribes will receive greater punishment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:47	zpx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα	1	The implication seems to be that these proud and greedy scribes will receive **greater** punishment than they would have if they had not pretended to be so godly. It is also implicit that God will be the one who punishes them. Alternate translation: “God will punish these scribes more severely because they do all these wrong things while pretending to be godly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:intro	ny7d				0	# Luke 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus teaches about a widow who gave her little money to God (21:1–4)\n2. Jesus tells his disciples what will happen before he returns (21:5–38)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “the times of the nations”\n\nThe Jews spoke of the time between when the Babylonians forced their ancestors to go to Babylon and the time when the Messiah would come as “the times of the nations.” In this expression, the term “nations” means people groups who are not Jews, that is, the Gentiles. So this expression meant the time when the Gentiles ruled over the Jews.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. There is a paradox in this chapter. Jesus tells his disciples in [21:16](../21/16.md), “they will put to death some of you,” but then, in [21:18](../21/18.md), he tells them, “not even a hair of your head will perish.” As a note to [21:18](../21/18.md) explains, Jesus means this second statement in a spiritual sense.
21:1	k2zb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
21:1	m425		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	εἶδεν τοὺς βάλλοντας εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον τὰ δῶρα αὐτῶν πλουσίους	1	This background information that Luke provides introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “he noticed that there were some rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
21:1	m428		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς & πλουσίους	1	Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “rich people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
21:1	nf4c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ δῶρα	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the **gifts** were. Alternate translation: “gifts of money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:1	unv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον	1	Luke is describing the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money that they were giving to God by association with the name of the place where this money would be kept until it was needed, the **treasury**. Alternate translation: “the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:2	xrk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	εἶδεν δέ τινα χήραν πενιχρὰν	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “There was also a poor widow there, and Jesus saw her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
21:2	vzu8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	λεπτὰ δύο	1	The word **lepta** is the plural of “lepton.” A lepton was a small bronze or copper coin equivalent to a few minutes’ wages. It was the least valuable coin that people used in this culture. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
21:3	i8gf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶπεν	1	Jesus is still speaking to his disciples, as in [20:45](../20/45.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he said to his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:3	t97j			ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
21:3	rwt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ, πλεῖον πάντων ἔβαλεν	1	Even though it is not literally true that the widow has put more money into the offering box than all the rich people, this is still not figurative language. As Jesus explains in the next verse, he means that she has put in proportionately more than all the others, relative to her means, and that is literally true. But Jesus makes the seemingly untrue statement first, to get his disciples to reflect on how it can be true. So it would be appropriate to translate Jesus’ words directly and not interpret them as if they were figurative. For example, it would be a figurative interpretation to say, “God considers what this poor widow has given to be more valuable than the gifts of all the others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:3	m429		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντων	1	In context, **all** means specifically all of the rich people who were putting large monetary gifts in the collection boxes. Alternate translation: “all of those rich people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:4	x3qb			ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον εἰς τὰ δῶρα	1	Alternate translation: “had a lot of money but only gave a small portion of it”
21:4	gaj8			αὕτη δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ὑστερήματος αὐτῆς, πάντα τὸν βίον ὃν εἶχεν ἔβαλεν	1	Alternate translation: “But she only had a very little money but gave everything she had to live on”
21:5	vgp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τινων	1	The implication is that these were some of Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “some of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:5	m430		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κεκόσμηται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people had decorated it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:5	vk7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀναθέμασιν	1	In this context, **offerings** refers specifically to golden ornaments that people had given to beautify the temple and its courtyards. The ornaments were known by this name since people had given them as offerings. Alternate translation: “ornaments that people had donated” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:6	lcz6			ταῦτα ἃ θεωρεῖτε	1	Alternate translation: “As for this beautiful temple and its decorations”
21:6	wcd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς	1	Here Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “there will be a time when” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:6	jfl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “your enemies will not leave one stone upon another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:6	ajx2			οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this statement in positive form. Alternate translation: “your enemies will topple every stone off the stone it is resting on”
21:6	dps1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ	1	See how you translated the similar expression “they will not leave stone upon stone” in [19:44](../19/44.md). Here as well this is a figurative overstatement to emphasize how completely the enemies of the Jews will destroy the temple. Alternate translation: “your enemies will completely destroy this building of stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
21:6	m431			ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this statement in positive form and make it a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Every stone will be torn down”
21:6	m432		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a separate sentence with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. (In the alternate translation that is suggested here, “they” would mean “your enemies,” and “it” would mean “this building of stone,” as in the alternate translation in the last note to the previous phrase in this verse.) Alternate translation: “They will tear it all down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:7	rix4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐπηρώτησαν & αὐτὸν	1	The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus’ disciples, and the word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the disciples asked Jesus” or “Jesus’ disciples asked him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
21:7	m433			Διδάσκαλε	1	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
21:7	a11j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πότε οὖν ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι	1	The phrase **these things** refers implicitly to what Jesus has just said about enemies destroying the temple. Alternate translation: “then when will the temple be destroyed, and how will we know that our enemies are about to destroy it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:8	bbri		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	βλέπετε μὴ πλανηθῆτε; πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι, καί, ὁ καιρὸς ἤγγικεν	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you are not deceived. For many will come in my name, saying that they are the Messiah. They will also say that the time has come near.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
21:8	vu18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ πλανηθῆτε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:8	f1ed		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Here Jesus uses the word **name** to mean identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:8	h6zp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	The implication is that **he** means the Messiah. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:8	m434		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ καιρὸς ἤγγικεν	1	This implicitly means the **time** when God will establish his kingdom, which these false Messiahs would understand to mean defeating their enemies. Alternate translation: “God is about to establish his kingdom” or “God is about to defeat all of our enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:8	sls1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ πορευθῆτε ὀπίσω αὐτῶν	1	Here the expression **go after** seems to have a figurative sense like that of the term **follow**, found in [5:27](../05/27.md) and several other places in the book, meaning to become someone’s disciple. Alternate translation: “Do not become their disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:9	p5w5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	πολέμους καὶ ἀκαταστασίας	1	The term **wars** probably refers to countries fighting against each other, and the term **rebellions** probably refers to people fighting against their own leaders or against other people in their own countries. Jesus may be using the two terms together to refer generally to violent fighting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “of armed conflicts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
21:9	eze2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ πτοηθῆτε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “do not let these things terrify you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:9	m435		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	δεῖ γὰρ ταῦτα γενέσθαι πρῶτον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this phrase before **do not be terrified**, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason why followers of Jesus should not be terrified. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
21:9	msn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οὐκ εὐθέως τὸ τέλος	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but the end will not happen immediately” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
21:9	jyh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ τέλος	1	This implicitly means the end of the world. Alternate translation: “the end of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:10	yj1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τότε ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and the word **them** refers to his disciples. Since this is a continuation of Jesus speaking from the previous verse, some languages may prefer to leave out this phrase, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
21:10	m436		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
21:10	ms79		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος	1	The word **Nation** represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
21:10	ax4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος	1	The term **Nation** refers to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:10	m437		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος	1	The expression **rise against** is an idiom that means to attack. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:10	e65b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
21:10	m438		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
21:10	m439		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	The term **kingdom** represents the people of a kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:11	ib3l			φόβηθρά	1	Alternate translation: “events that terrify people” or “events that cause people to be very afraid”
21:11	m440		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	σημεῖα ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ μεγάλα	1	Here, the term **heaven** could mean: (1) based on what Jesus says in [21:25](../21/25.md) about signs in the sun, moon, and stars, it has the sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “great signs in the sky” (2) a way of referring to God by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “great signs from God” or “great signs that God sends” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:12	unm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τούτων	1	This refers implicitly to the things that Jesus has said will happen. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:12	w5uz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν	1	This expression means to arrest a person by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of that person. Alternate translation: “they will arrest you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:12	qd99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν	1	The pronoun **they** refers to the government authorities, who will be led to arrest the followers of Jesus by their enemies, as Jesus explains in [21:16](../21/16.md). Alternate translation: “the authorities will arrest you” or “your enemies will get the authorities to arrest you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
21:12	w2i4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	παραδιδόντες εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς	1	The term **synagogues** means the leaders of the synagogues, who had the authority to put Jews on trial. Alternate translation: “turning you over for trial to the leaders of the synagogues” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:12	xt6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τὰς συναγωγὰς καὶ φυλακάς, ἀπαγομένους ἐπὶ	1	Jesus is speaking compactly here. Alternate translation: “the synagogue rulers, who will put you in prison and bring you before” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
21:12	m441		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπαγομένους ἐπὶ	1	This expression means to turn someone over to an authority for trial, where the person would stand **before** the authority and answer the charges. Alternate translation: “turning you over for trial to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:12	cwq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματός μου	1	Here, **name** represents Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you are my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:13	d98x			ἀποβήσεται ὑμῖν εἰς μαρτύριον	1	Alternate translation: “This will give you an opportunity to speak about how you believe in me”
21:14	q1s1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οὖν	1	**But** is usually translated “therefore” because it typically introduces a result or conclusion from something that has just been said. However, in some cases, including this one, the term instead indicates a contrast with what has just been said. Knowing they would be put on trial, Jesus’ disciples would naturally want to think about how to defend themselves, but Jesus is telling them, by contrast, not to do that. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
21:14	he8s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θέτε & ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	Jesus speaks of his disciples’ **hearts** as if they were containers in which the disciples could put the resolution he describes. Alternate translation: “make up your minds” or “decide firmly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:14	m442		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θέτε & ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is using the disciples’ **hearts** to represent their minds. Alternate translation: “make up your minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:14	usf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ προμελετᾶν ἀπολογηθῆναι	1	The implication is that Jesus’ disciples would be thinking about how to defend themselves against their enemies’ accusations. Alternate translation: “not to try to figure out ahead of time what you should say in order to defend yourself against the accusations of your enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:14	m443		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπολογηθῆναι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to defend yourselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:15	m788		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	γὰρ	1	Jesus is giving the reason why his disciples should do what he told them in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could combine [21:14](../21/14.md) and [21:15](../21/15.md), putting all of [21:15](../21/15.md) first, followed by all of [21:14](../21/14.md). You could begin [21:15](../21/15.md) with “Since” and have no introductory word for [21:14](../21/14.md), or you could have no introductory word for [21:15](../21/15.md) and begin [21:14](../21/14.md) with “So.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
21:15	z6ua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	στόμα καὶ σοφίαν	1	Jesus is using the term **mouth** to refer to speech. Alternate translation: “speech and wisdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:15	gm5t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	στόμα καὶ σοφίαν	1	The phrase **a mouth and wisdom** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **wisdom** describes what kind of speech Jesus will give the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “wise things to say” or “wise responses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
21:15	d3zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ᾗ οὐ δυνήσονται ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν, πάντες οἱ ἀντικείμενοι ὑμῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of the negative word **not** combined with the negative verbs **resist** and **contradict** as a single positive statement. (See note just below explaining that these two verbs likely form a doublet.) Alternate translation: “that all of your adversaries will have to agree are true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
21:15	m444		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν	1	The terms **resist** and **contradict** mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms into a single, equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to deny” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
21:16	xc2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	παραδοθήσεσθε & καὶ ὑπὸ γονέων, καὶ ἀδελφῶν, καὶ συγγενῶν, καὶ φίλων	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “even your parents, brothers, relatives, and friends will turn you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:16	m445		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφῶν	1	Here, the term **brothers** has a generic sense that includes both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “siblings” or “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
21:16	ue17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	θανατώσουσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	The pronoun **they** could mean: (1) “the authorities will kill some of you.” (2) “those who turn you in will kill some of you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
21:17	m446		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:17	wbh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	The term **all** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many people will hate you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
21:17	lm66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	Here, **name** represents Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you are my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:18	m447		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast with what he has just said. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
21:18	m448		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of the negative words **not at all** combined with the negative verb **perish** as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
21:18	y7bi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται	1	Jesus speaks of one of the smallest parts of a person to mean the entire person. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
21:18	m449			θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate who will make sure that the disciples do not **perish**. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe”
21:18	m450		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται	1	Since Jesus says in [21:16](../21/16.md) that some of them would be put to death, he must be speaking here. He means that his disciples will not perish spiritually; that is, their souls will be saved. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe spiritually” or “God will save your souls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:19	g85h			ἐν τῇ ὑπομονῇ ὑμῶν	1	Alternate translation: “If you remain faithful to me”
21:19	r5zc			κτήσασθε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν	1	Here “soul” means the eternal part of a person. Alternate translation: “you will receive eternal life”
21:20	nqb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κυκλουμένην ὑπὸ στρατοπέδων Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “armies surrounding Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:20	dfy7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἤγγικεν ἡ ἐρήμωσις αὐτῆς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **desolation** with a verb such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “those armies will soon destroy it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
21:21	m453		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὰ ὄρη	1	The implication is that people who fled **to the mountains** would be safe there. Alternate translation: “to the mountains, where they will be safe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:21	ubh7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῆς	1	Here the pronoun **it** means Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “within the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
21:21	m454		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις, μὴ εἰσερχέσθωσαν εἰς αὐτήν	1	The term **fields** refers implicitly to the farms around Jerusalem that provided the main food supply for the city. Alternate translation: “the people living on the farms around the city should not seek shelter within its protective walls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:21	m455			οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις, μὴ εἰσερχέσθωσαν εἰς αὐτήν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this positively. Alternate translation: “the people living on the farms around the city should stay outside of it where they will be safer”
21:22	vs2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν	1	Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “this will be the time when God punishes this city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:22	m456		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **vengeance** with a verb such as “punish.” Alternate translation: “this will be the time when God punishes this city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
21:22	eba2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῦ πλησθῆναι πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when all the things that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures will happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:22	m457		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τοῦ & πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα	1	Here, **all** has a limited meaning. It does not mean everything that the prophets wrote about every subject. Rather, it means specifically **all** that the prophets wrote about this particular event. Alternate translation: “all that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures about how Jerusalem would be destroyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
21:23	m458		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:23	e1pj			ταῖς θηλαζούσαις	1	This does not mean babies who are nursing. Alternate translation: “to the mothers who are nursing their babies”
21:23	m459		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:23	m460		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce the reason why it will be very difficult for pregnant women and nursing mothers at this time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the sentence that this word introduces first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the other sentence in the verse describes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
21:23	m461		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἔσται & ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ	1	If the word **land** means the people who live in the land (see note below), then these two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus may be using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “God will angrily punish the people who live in this land by making them suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
21:23	mzp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔσται & ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	The term **land** could be: (1) a figurative reference to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (2) literal. Alternate translation: “there will be physical disasters in the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:23	m462		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἔσται & ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **distress** with a verb such as “suffer.” Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
21:23	iw4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καὶ ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ	1	Jesus is using the word **wrath** to mean what God will do in his **wrath**. Alternate translation: “and God will angrily punish this people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:24	lmj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πεσοῦνται	1	Here, **fall** means to die by association with the way that people who die **fall** to the ground. Alternate translation: “they will die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:24	m463		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	στόματι μαχαίρης	1	Here, the term **mouth** may be a figurative way of saying “edge” or “end,” by analogy to the way that the mouth of an animal is typically at one end of the animal. Alternate translation: “by the edge of the sword” or “when soldiers kill them with their swords” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:24	m464		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	στόματι μαχαίρης	1	This phrase could also be depicting the **sword** as a devouring monster. Alternate translation: “as if swords were eating them up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
21:24	m465		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	μαχαίρης	1	The word **sword** represents swords in general, not one particular sword. Alternate translation: “of the swords” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
21:24	m466		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μαχαίρης	1	Jesus may be using one kind of weapon, **the sword**, to represent all weapons. Alternate translation: “of the weapons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
21:24	cg3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αἰχμαλωτισθήσονται εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “their enemies will capture them and take them away into other countries” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:24	zn4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα	1	The word **all** is a generalization that emphasizes that their enemies will take the people away to many other countries. Alternate translation: “into many other countries” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
21:24	m467		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐθνῶν	1	Jesus is using the term **nations** to mean the places where various people groups live. Alternate translation: “countries” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:24	d356		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν	1	Jesus speaks of the Gentiles walking all over the city of Jerusalem. This image could be: (1) of people walking around on land that they own or control. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” (2) of walking over something to flatten it. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:24	m468		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” or “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:24	m469		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐθνῶν	2	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that by **the nations**, he means in this instance the people groups who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:24	na6l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἄχρι οὗ πληρωθῶσιν καιροὶ ἐθνῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. (See the discussion of the meaning of this phrase in the General Notes to this chapter.) Alternate translation: “until the time when the Gentiles rule the Jews is over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:25	bza4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	συνοχὴ ἐθνῶν	1	As in [21:10](../21/10.md), the term **nations** here refers to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations will be distressed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:25	sz1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν ἀπορίᾳ ἤχους θαλάσσης καὶ σάλου	1	These storms could be literal. Jesus may be saying that there will be larger and more frequent hurricanes at this time. However, they could also be figurative. Jesus may be using the image of being in a storm at sea to portray how the people will feel about what they are experiencing. You could represent this possible metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They will be as anxious as they would be in a great storm at sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:25	m470		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἤχους θαλάσσης καὶ σάλου	1	Jesus may be using the words **roaring** and **tossing** together to depict a great storm in the ocean, whose waves would rise up high and make loud sounds. If you decide to retain the metaphor in your translation, you could translate these words with a single expression. Alternate translation: “about the great storms at sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
21:26	m471		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	Here Jesus is using the term **Men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
21:26	m472		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀπὸ φόβου καὶ προσδοκίας	1	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The term **fear** describes what the **expectation** of people will be like. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “from fearful expectation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
21:26	az37			τῶν ἐπερχομένων τῇ οἰκουμένῃ	1	Alternate translation: “of the things that are happening in the world” or “of the things that are happening to the world”
21:26	m473		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	αἱ γὰρ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this statement first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the rest of the verse describes. You could begin this statement with “Since,” or you could have no introductory word for it and introduce the rest of the verse with “and so.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
21:26	wn9g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αἱ & δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	The phrase **the powers of the heavens** is most likely an idiomatic reference back to the sun, moon, and stars, which Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the sun, moon, and stars will be shaken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:26	m474		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αἱ & δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will shake the sun, moon, and stars” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:27	m475		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὄψονται	1	The pronoun **they** refers to the people of the nations, about whom Jesus has been speaking since [21:25](../21/25.md). Alternate translation: “the people of the nations will see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
21:27	k9pr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
21:27	m476		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:27	wyj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐρχόμενον ἐν νεφέλῃ	1	Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that this means **coming** down from heaven **in a cloud**. Alternate translation: “coming down from heaven in a cloud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:27	acp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς	1	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The term **glory** describes what kind of **power** Jesus will have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “with very glorious power” or “shining brightly because he is so powerful” or, if you decided to use the first person, “shining brightly because I am so powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
21:27	m477		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **power** and **glory** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “shining brightly because he is so powerful” or, if you decided to use the first person, “shining brightly because I am so powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
21:28	mv82		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἀνακύψατε καὶ ἐπάρατε τὰς κεφαλὰς ὑμῶν	1	Jesus tells his disciples to assume this posture rather than fearfully crouching down and looking down, to demonstrate their confidence that God is coming to deliver them. Alternate translation: “confidently stand up straight and hold your heads high” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
21:28	up9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διότι ἐγγίζει ἡ ἀπολύτρωσις ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is speaking of God as if he himself were the **redemption** that he is going to bring. Alternate translation: “because God will soon redeem you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:28	m478		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	διότι ἐγγίζει ἡ ἀπολύτρωσις ὑμῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could represent the idea behind the abstract noun **redemption** with a verb such as “redeem.” Alternate translation: “because God will soon redeem you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
21:29	h6a9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	καὶ εἶπεν παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς	1	Jesus now gives a brief illustration to teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave his disciples this illustration to help them understand what he had been saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
21:29	m479		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τὴν συκῆν	1	Jesus is speaking of these trees in general, not one particular **fig tree**. Alternate translation: “the fig trees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
21:29	m480		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν συκῆν	1	See how you translated this term in [13:6](../13/06.md). Alternate translation: “the fruit trees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
21:30	l2ts			ὅταν προβάλωσιν ἤδη	1	Alternate translation: “When they already start to grow new leaves”
21:30	yic5			ἤδη ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος ἐστίν	1	Alternate translation: “the summer is about to start” or “the warm season is about to start”
21:31	y81z			ταῦτα	1	Alternate translation: “the signs I have just described”
21:31	t1ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
21:32	gsh9			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
21:32	h921		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	Jesus uses the term **generation** to refer to the people who were born in a certain generation. This could mean: (1) “the people who are alive when these signs first start happening.” (2) “the people who are alive now.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:32	m3il			οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ & ἕως ἂν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “will still be alive when”
21:32	lrs1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ	1	Jesus is referring to death as passing away. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
21:32	m481			πάντα γένηται	1	Alternate translation: “all of these things happen”
21:33	t53u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται	1	Jesus is using **heaven** and **earth** together to describe all of creation. Here, the term **heaven** refers to the sky, not to the abode of God, which will not cease to exist. Alternate translation: “Everything that God originally created will someday cease to exist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
21:33	c3yl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται	1	Jesus is using the term **words** to refer to what he has just said. Alternate translation: “but everything that I have said will always continue to be true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:33	kym8			οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “will remain forever” or “will always be true”
21:34	m482		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μήποτε βαρηθῶσιν ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι ἐν κρεπάλῃ, καὶ μέθῃ, καὶ μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that drunken hangovers and everyday worries do not dull your minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:34	y2qk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μήποτε βαρηθῶσιν ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι ἐν κρεπάλῃ, καὶ μέθῃ, καὶ μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς	1	Jesus speaks of these things as if they would be a weight pressing down on the minds of his disciples. Alternate translation: “so that drunken hangovers and everyday worries do not dull your minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:34	r69y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι	1	Here, the **hearts** represents the mind. Alternate translation: “your minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:34	se3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	κρεπάλῃ, καὶ μέθῃ	1	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The term **drunkenness** explains the source of the **hangover**. Alternate translation: “drunken hangovers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
21:34	unw9			μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς	1	Alternate translation: “the cares of this life”
21:34	x8jh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη	1	Jesus speaks of this **day** as if it could actively spring upon his disciples like a trap. (The traditional verse divisions put the phrase “like a trap” at the start of the next verse. A note will discuss it there.) This could mean one of two things, depending on whether **sudden** is understood as an adjective or with the sense of an adverb. Alternate translation: “that day you are not expecting will come upon you” or “that day will come upon you suddenly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
21:34	r486		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη	1	The implication is that this is why Jesus is telling his disciples to pay attention to themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for if you are not careful, that day you are not expecting will come upon you” or “for if you are not careful, that day will come upon you suddenly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:34	q6ph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη	1	This implicitly means the day when Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “and the day when I return, which you will not be expecting, will come upon you” or “and the day when I return will come upon you suddenly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:35	m483		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς παγίς	1	Jesus says that just as a **trap** closes on an animal when the animal is not expecting it, so he will return when people are not expecting it. Alternate translation: “as when a trap closes suddenly on an animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
21:35	qh1b			ἐπεισελεύσεται & ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς καθημένους	1	Alternate translation: “it will affect all the people sitting”
21:35	m484		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοὺς καθημένους	1	Jesus speaks of **sitting** to mean “living.” Alternate translation: “who are living” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:35	ry3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς	1	Jesus speaks of the surface of the **earth** as if it were the outward part or **face** of a person. Alternate translation: “on the surface of the whole earth” or “all over the entire earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:36	auh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Jesus uses the word **But** to introduce a contrast with what he has just said. Alternate translation: “Instead,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
21:36	m4l4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἀγρυπνεῖτε & ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ	1	The expression **in every time** means “all the time” or “always.” Jesus is using it, as a generalization. Alternate translation: “always continue to watch” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
21:36	m485		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀγρυπνεῖτε	1	Jesus is using this expression in a figurative sense. Alternate translation: “stay alert” or “watch” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:36	m486		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀγρυπνεῖτε	1	The implication is that Jesus is telling his disciples to do this so that they will not be surprised when he returns. Alternate translation: “watch for the signs of my coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:36	m487		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ σταθῆναι ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here, **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. Alternate translation: “and to stand in the presence of the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:36	h83d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ σταθῆναι ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here, **stand** is an idiom that means to be declared innocent when judged, as in [Psalm 130:3](../psa/130/03.md), “If you, Yahweh, would mark iniquities, Lord, who could stand?” (That is, “If you, Yahweh, kept a record of sins, no one would be declared innocent.”) Jesus is referring to the time when he will judge everyone. Alternate translation: “and so that the Son of Man will declare you innocent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:36	m488		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” or “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
21:36	m489		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:37	tfe8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce information about ongoing action that continues after the part of the story in [20:1–21:36](../20/01.md) ends. Your language may have its own way of showing how such information is related to the preceding part of a story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
21:37	zh1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
21:37	m490		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:37	m491		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. **Olivet** is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated it in [19:29](../19/29.md). Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:38	m492		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ὁ λαὸς	1	The word **all** is a generalization that emphasizes how many people came to hear Jesus teach each morning. Alternate translation: “large numbers of people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
21:38	bky8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὤρθριζεν πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	Here Luke is leaving out some words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “were getting up early to come to him” or “were coming to him starting early each morning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
21:38	cbx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ	1	The implication is that the people wanted to **hear** Jesus teach. Alternate translation: “to listen to him teach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:38	m493		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
22:intro	y8nr				0	# Luke 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Judas Iscariot agrees to betray Jesus to his enemies (22:1–6)\n2. Jesus shares the Passover meal with his disciples (22:7–38)\n3. Jesus prays on the Mount of Olives and is arrested there (22:39–53)\n4. Peter denies Jesus (22:54–62)\n5. Soldiers mock Jesus and the Jewish leaders question him (22:63–71)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus\n\n[22:14–20](../22/14.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This cup is the new covenant in my blood.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.\n\n### The new covenant\n\nSome people think that Jesus established the new covenant during the supper. Others think he established it after he went up to heaven. Others think it will not be established until Jesus comes again. Your translation should say no more about this than ULT does. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\n### “And an angel from heaven appeared to him … his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground”\n\nVerses 43 and 44 of Luke 22 are not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so they are likely not an original part of the Gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider them to provide accurate accounts of real events in Jesus’ life that were preserved in oral or written traditions about him and copied into the book of Luke at an early stage. ULT and UST include these verses, but some other versions do not. If you decide to translate these verses, you should put them inside square brackets to indicate that they are probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
22:1	q8fa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
22:1	jjy9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἀζύμων	1	During this festival the Jews did not eat bread that was made with yeast. You could translate this as either a description or as a name. Alternate translation: “the festival during which the Jews did not eat any bread that was made with yeast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:1	m494		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ λεγομένη Πάσχα	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which people call Passover” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:1	u5jm			ἤγγιζεν	1	Here Luke uses this phrase in the sense of **near** in time. Alternate translation: “was about to begin”
22:2	m496		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce further background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
22:2	n9v6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ πῶς ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν	1	These leaders did not have the authority to kill Jesus themselves. Rather, they were hoping to get others to kill him. Alternate translation: “how they might cause Jesus to be put to death” or “how they could have Jesus killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:2	aij5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ τὸν λαόν	1	These leaders were not trying to have Jesus killed because they were afraid of **the people**. Rather, they were **seeking how** to have him killed, by implication quietly, because they were afraid that the people would make a great disturbance if they did this publicly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “quietly, because they were afraid that the people would riot if they did it publicly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:2	m497		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν λαόν	1	This means specifically the great crowds of people who had been coming to hear Jesus teach, as Luke describes in [21:38](../21/38.md). Alternate translation: “the many people who were coming to hear him teach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:3	r65v			εἰσῆλθεν & εἰς	1	This was probably very similar to demon possession. Alternate translation: “took control of”
22:3	m500		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν καλούμενον Ἰσκαριώτην	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Iscariot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:3	m501		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὄντα ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα	1	See how you translated this phrase in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 disciples whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
22:3	m502		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τῶν δώδεκα	1	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
22:4	qpi4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	στρατηγοῖς	1	The temple had its own guards, and these were their commanding officers. Alternate translation: “captains of the temple guard” or “temple military officers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:4	s7qx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	πῶς αὐτοῖς παραδῷ αὐτόν	1	The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “how he could help them arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
22:5	ir4p			ἐχάρησαν	1	Alternate translation: “this made the chief priests and captains very glad”
22:5	usn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι	1	Luke is speaking of money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “to pay Judas money for doing this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:6	r6xx			τοῦ παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “to help the leaders arrest Jesus”
22:6	bw75			ἄτερ ὄχλου	1	Alternate translation: “when there was no crowd around him”
22:7	veh1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν Ἀζύμων	1	This was the first day of the seven-day festival described in [22:1](../22/01.md). You could translate this as either a description or as a name, depending on what you did there. Alternate translation: “the first day of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” or “the day when the Jews removed all bread made with yeast from their homes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:7	rqi1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔδει θύεσθαι τὸ Πάσχα	1	Luke is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the lamb that the law of Moses told Jews to kill and eat for their celebration meal. Alternate translation: “people had to kill a lamb for their Passover meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:8	abcs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀπέστειλεν	1	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
22:8	m504		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	πορευθέντες, ἑτοιμάσατε	1	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, **you** as implied in the participle and imperative verb would be in the dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
22:8	nkz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πορευθέντες	1	The implication is that Jesus is sending Peter and John into the city of Jerusalem to do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Your language might translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “Go into the city of Jerusalem and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:8	e4ev		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν & ἵνα φάγωμεν	1	Peter and John would be part of the group that would eat the meal, so the terms **us** and **we** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
22:8	m505		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	Jesus is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:9	j52e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	θέλεις ἑτοιμάσωμεν	1	Jesus was not part of the group that would prepare the meal, so the word **we** does not include Jesus and it would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
22:9	s8yw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	ἑτοιμάσωμεν	1	Peter and John are speaking as a group of two, so this verb would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
22:10	um6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	αὐτοῖς & ὑμῶν & ὑμῖν & ἀκολουθήσατε	1	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns **them** and **you** and the implied **you** in the imperative verb would all be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
22:10	c13w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the word **Behold** to tell Peter and John to pay close attention to what he is saying and to do exactly what he tells them. It may be helpful to explain the meaning of the word more fully and to do so as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now pay close attention to these instructions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
22:10	i45e			συναντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος, κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων	1	Alternate translation: “you will see a man carrying a pitcher of water”
22:10	a677		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κεράμιον ὕδατος	1	This means not a small serving **pitcher**, but a large earthen jug, which the man would likely be carrying on his shoulder. If your language has its own term for a large container that people use to transport water, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
22:11	khy9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐρεῖτε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ τῆς οἰκίας, λέγει σοι ὁ διδάσκαλος, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμα, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “tell the owner of the house that the Teacher wants to know where the guest room is where he can eat the Passover meal with his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
22:11	iv6f			ὁ διδάσκαλος	1	**Teacher** is a respectful title for Jesus. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
22:11	pq8q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	Jesus is telling Peter and John to use the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:12	lpw6			κἀκεῖνος	1	Alternate translation: “And the owner of the house”
22:12	lg2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀνάγαιον μέγα	1	In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you could use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
22:12	m506		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐστρωμένον	1	This is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “that has carpets, dining couches, and a dining table” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:13	m507		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Because Jesus told Peter and John to do this, they did it. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
22:13	g9ty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπελθόντες	1	The implication is that these two disciples went into the city of Jerusalem, as Jesus had told them to do. Alternate translation: “Peter and John went into the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:13	m508		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	Luke is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:14	j1dn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡ ὥρα	1	Luke is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “when it was time for the meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:14	lnc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀνέπεσεν	1	See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “Jesus took his place at the table” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
22:15	hue3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἐπεθύμησα	1	Jesus is using a characteristic Hebrew construction, a cognate noun with a verb, to express intensity. If your language has this same construction, you could use it here. But if this construction would seem to express unnecessary extra information in your language, you could show the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I have wanted very much” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
22:15	m509		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦτο τὸ Πάσχα	1	Jesus is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “this Passover meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:15	s1sj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πρὸ τοῦ με παθεῖν	1	Jesus is referring to his death by association with the way that he will **suffer** much pain and shame as he is dying. Alternate translation: “before I experience a painful death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:16	m510		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	γὰρ	1	Jesus is giving the reason why he has been so eager to share this Passover meal with his disciples, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could combine [22:15](../22/15.md) and [22:16](../22/16.md), putting all of [22:16](../22/16.md) first, followed by all of [22:15](../22/15.md). This would require saying “this Passover meal” in [22:16](../22/16.md) and **it** in [22:15](../22/15.md). You could have no introductory word for [22:16](../22/16.md) and begin [22:15](../22/15.md) with “And so.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
22:16	gbj7			λέγω & ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
22:16	m511		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ φάγω αὐτὸ	1	Since Jesus is just about to eat a Passover meal, he means implicitly that he will not eat such a meal again until the later time he describes. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not eat it again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:16	k28r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἕως ὅτου πληρωθῇ ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter. This could mean: (1) “until people celebrate this feast in the kingdom of God.” (2) “until God gives this feast its full meaning when he establishes his kingdom.” (3) “until I die as the true Passover sacrifice and establish the kingdom of God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:17	l5e6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	δεξάμενος ποτήριον	1	Luke is using the term **cup** to mean what it contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “Jesus picked up a cup of wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:17	d7pc			εὐχαριστήσας	1	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God”
22:17	xvm7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διαμερίσατε εἰς ἑαυτούς	1	Jesus meant that the apostles were to divide up the contents of the cup, not the cup itself. Alternate translation: “share the wine that is in this cup among yourselves” or “each of you drink some wine from this cup” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:18	m512		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	γὰρ	1	Jesus is giving the reason why he wants his disciples to share the wine, as he told them to do in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in [22:16](../22/16.md) for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
22:18	m78n			λέγω & ὑμῖν	1	Jesus is using this phrase to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
22:18	h5tl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου	1	Jesus is referring to the juice that people squeeze from grapes that grow on grapevines as if it were the **fruit** or grapes themselves. Wine is made from fermented grape juice. Alternate translation: “wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:18	crv5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἕως οὗ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔλθῃ	1	Jesus is speaking of the **kingdom of God** as if it could actively come on its own. Alternate translation: “until God establishes his kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
22:18	m513		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἕως οὗ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔλθῃ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “until God begins to rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
22:19	m514		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἄρτον	1	The term **bread** refers to a loaf of bread, which is a lump of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. See how you translated this term in [9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “a loaf of bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
22:19	nd2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄρτον	1	Since Jews did not eat **bread** made with yeast during this festival, this bread would not have had any yeast in it and it would have been flat. Alternate translation: “a loaf of unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:19	m515			εὐχαριστήσας	1	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God”
22:19	d3yc			ἔκλασεν	1	Jesus may have divided the loaf of **bread** into many pieces, as UST says, or he may have divided it into two pieces and given those to the apostles to divide among themselves. If possible, use an expression in your language that would apply to either situation.
22:19	m516		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς	1	The implication is that Jesus gave the bread to the disciples to eat. Alternate translation: “and gave it to them to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:19	d8r1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου	1	See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this phrase. Christians understand this phrase to be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “This represents my body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) literal. Alternate translation: “My body is really present in this bread”
22:19	lc9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “which I am giving for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:19	cxy5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦτο ποιεῖτε εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀνάμνησιν	1	Jesus seems to be telling his disciples implicitly that he wants them to re-enact this part of the meal regularly in the future in order to remember him. Alternate translation: “When you meet together, break and share bread like this in order to remember me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:20	m517		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὸ ποτήριον	1	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And he took the cup” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
22:20	z3cx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ ποτήριον & τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον	1	In each case, the term **cup** means what the **cup** contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “the cup of wine … The wine in this cup” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:20	gc8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη ἐν τῷ αἵματί μου	1	In the Hebrew culture, covenants were customarily ratified through animal sacrifices that involved shedding the blood of the animals. Here, Jesus is likely alluding to that practice in light of his impending sacrificial death. Alternate translation: “the new covenant that will be ratified when I shed my blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:20	v4d3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐκχυννόμενον	1	Jesus is referring to the way his blood is going to be **poured out** when he dies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which I will pour out for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:21	swj1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus is using the term **behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
22:21	g6ks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ παραδιδόντος με μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης	1	Jesus is using one part of this person, his **hand**, to represent the entire person. There is significance to the part that Jesus chooses. With the same hand with which Judas has just received the bread and wine, he will receive the money for betraying Jesus. Alternate translation: “the man who is going to betray me is sharing this meal with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
22:21	m518		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης	1	Jesus is using the shared location of the **table** to mean sharing the meal that is being served on the **table**. Alternate translation: “sharing this meal with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:22	wtj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	ὅτι	1	Jesus is giving the reason why one of his disciples is going to betray him, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in [22:16](../22/16.md) for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
22:22	mk3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς μὲν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & πορεύεται	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, indeed go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
22:22	m519		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς μὲν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & πορεύεται	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, indeed go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:22	m520		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	πορεύεται	1	Jesus is speaking about his impending death in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “is going to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
22:22	p2qa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὸ ὡρισμένον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “as God has determined” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:22	wy2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δι’ οὗ παραδίδοται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who betrays him” or, if you decided to use the first person, “who betrays me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:24	yyw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	Luke may use the word **Then** simply to indicate that the quarrel about which disciple was the greatest took place after the discussion about which disciple would betray Jesus. However, he could also be using the word to indicate that the quarrel arose directly from the discussion. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
22:24	y9ce			δοκεῖ εἶναι μείζων	1	Here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “appeared to be the greatest one” or “people should consider to be the greatest one”
22:24	m521			μείζων	1	Your language might naturally use the comparative form of the adjective here, **greater**, to express the issue in terms of which one disciple was greater than all the others. Or your language might naturally use the superlative form, “greatest,” to express the issue in terms of which disciple was the greatest of them all. Alternate translation: “the greatest one”
22:25	m522		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ βασιλεῖς τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	Here Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that by **the nations** he means the people groups who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “The kings of the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:25	zjf5			κυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “order them around” or “are arrogant and domineering”
22:25	tw4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	εὐεργέται, καλοῦνται	1	The subjects of these rulers did not call them this spontaneously and gratefully. Rather, the rulers gave themselves this title, even though they were not really ruling in a way that was good for their subjects, as Jesus says in the first part of this sentence. Jesus is mentioning the title to emphasize how undeserved it is. Alternate translation: “nevertheless give themselves the title of Benefactor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
22:25	m523		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καλοῦνται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “call themselves” or “give themselves the title” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:25	m524		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	εὐεργέται	1	This is a title that several rulers of this time had given themselves. Your language may have an equivalent title. If not, you could express the meaning with an equivalent expression, as UST does. Alternate translation: “the Good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
22:26	ne9r			ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως	1	Alternate translation: “But you should not act like that”
22:26	m525			ὁ μείζων ἐν ὑμῖν, γενέσθω ὡς ὁ νεώτερος	1	As the last note to [22:24](../22/24.md) discusses, your language might naturally use the superlative form of these adjectives rather than the comparative form. Alternate translation: “let the greatest one among you become like the youngest one”
22:26	m526		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ μείζων & ὁ νεώτερος	1	Jesus is using the adjectives **greater** and **younger** as nouns to describe types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the greatest one … the youngest one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
22:26	cdq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ νεώτερος	1	This culture respected older people and followed them as leaders. Jesus is referring to a person who was less important and influential by association with the fact that this would be the case if they were younger. Alternate translation: “the least important one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:26	y4n1			ὁ διακονῶν	1	Alternate translation: “a servant”
22:27	mw2l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce a reason why his disciples should do what he told them in the previous verse. The reason is that he is already setting a personal example of this himself. Alternate translation: “After all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
22:27	jt7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς & μείζων, ὁ ἀνακείμενος ἢ ὁ διακονῶν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to think about who is greater, the person who is dining, or the who is serving the food.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:27	n3dl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὁ ἀνακείμενος	1	See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “the person who is dining” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
22:27	lu3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ὁ ἀνακείμενος?	1	Jesus is using a further question to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You must agree that it is the person who is dining.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:27	qbn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγὼ δὲ ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν εἰμι ὡς ὁ διακονῶν	1	Jesus is likely referring to the example that he has set at this meal. This would include serving the bread to the disciples, which Luke describes in [22:19](../22/19.md). [John 13:4–5](../jhn/13/04.md) also records that before this meal, Jesus washed the disciples feet, which a household servant would ordinarily have done. Alternate translation: “But I have been acting like a servant here at this meal with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:28	i9xb			οἱ διαμεμενηκότες μετ’ ἐμοῦ, ἐν τοῖς πειρασμοῖς μου	1	Alternate translation: “the ones who have stayed with me through my struggles”
22:29	w4pd			κἀγὼ διατίθεμαι ὑμῖν, καθὼς διέθετό μοι ὁ Πατήρ μου βασιλείαν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And so, just as my Father has given a kingdom to me, I am giving one to you”
22:29	nly5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κἀγὼ διατίθεμαι ὑμῖν, καθὼς διέθετό μοι ὁ Πατήρ μου βασιλείαν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “And so I am giving you the authority to rule, just as my Father has done for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
22:29	m527		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	κἀγὼ	1	Jesus uses this expression to indicate that what he is about to say is the result of what he has just said. Alternate translation: “And so I” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
22:29	ii65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατήρ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
22:30	m528		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἵνα ἔσθητε καὶ πίνητε ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης μου	1	Jesus may simply be referring to the way he and his disciples will renew their table fellowship in the kingdom of God, as he described in [22:16](../22/16.md). But he may also be referring to his disciples becoming important officials in his kingdom, since such officials would have their meals at the king’s **table**. Alternate translation: “so that you may be important officials” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:30	m529		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ μου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule” and a concrete noun such as “king.” Alternate translation: “when I rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
22:30	us1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	καθῆσθε ἐπὶ θρόνων	1	Rulers have **thrones** that symbolize their authority. These special seats are signs of status and power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in some way in your translation. Alternate translation: “sit on royal thrones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
22:30	m530		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς & τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	Here Jesus uses the term **tribes** to refer to the people who belong to those **tribes**. Alternate translation: “the people of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:31	t8qd			Σίμων, Σίμων	1	Jesus says the name of this disciple twice to show him that what he is about to say to him is very important. Your language may have a way of addressing someone to show this same thing. Alternate translation: “Now Simon”
22:31	m532		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term **behold** to get Simon to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “listen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
22:31	m534			ἐξῃτήσατο	1	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “has asked God for permission”
22:31	m535		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον	1	To **sift wheat** means to put it in a sieve, which is a container with a mesh bottom, and shake it back and forth so that the grain stays in the sieve and the husk or chaff falls out. If your readers would not be familiar with **wheat**, you could use the name of a grain that they would recognize, or use a general expression. Alternate translation: “to shake you as if he were separating grain from its husks in a sieve” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
22:31	qyy7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον	1	Jesus is using this comparison to say that Satan wants to put the disciples through difficult experiences in order to show that many of them are not unconditionally loyal to Jesus. You could use this same comparison in your translation, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “to shake you as if he were separating grain from its husks in a sieve” or “to test you to show that many of you will not stay loyal to me when threatened” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
22:31	m536		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον	1	The implication is that God has given Satan permission to do this, and that is why Jesus is giving this warning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to test you to show that many of you are not unconditionally loyal to me, and God has given him permission to do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:31	dmw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1	Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is referring to all of the apostles. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
22:32	m537			ἐγὼ & ἐδεήθην	1	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. In this context the verb has a strong sense. Alternate translation: “I have prayed to God” or “I have pleaded with God”
22:32	pd1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἐγὼ δὲ ἐδεήθην περὶ σοῦ	1	Jesus is addressing Simon specifically, and so the terms **you** and **your** are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
22:32	zp8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἵνα μὴ ἐκλίπῃ ἡ πίστις σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of the negative word **not** combined with the negative verb **fail** as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that you will continue to have faith” or “that you will continue to trust me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
22:32	qxk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποτε ἐπιστρέψας	1	This expression refers to resuming a previous course of action. Alternate translation: “when you are once more openly loyal to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
22:32	f9v8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	στήρισον τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου	1	The implication is that Jesus wants Simon to **strengthen** the other disciples in their faith. Alternate translation: “encourage the other disciples to be strong in their faith as well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:32	r7ux		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου	1	Jesus is using the term **brothers** to mean someone who shares the same belief. Alternate translation: “your fellow believers” or “the other disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
22:32	m538		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου	1	Here Jesus has the other apostles, who are all men, initially in view. But he may also want Simon to strengthen the faith of any of his other disciples, male or female, who need encouragement. In that case, he would be using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your fellow believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
22:33	m539		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	Here **he** refers to Simon, who was also known as Peter, and the word **him** refers to Jesus. Jesus calls him Peter in the next verse. So that your readers will know that Jesus is talking to the same man there, you could use both of his names here. Alternate translation: “But Simon Peter said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
22:34	m540		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν	1	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “But Jesus answered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
22:34	m541			λέγω σοι	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell Peter. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
22:34	tu15			οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτωρ, ἕως τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ εἰδέναι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “before the rooster crows today, you will deny three times that you know me”
22:34	pwj1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτωρ, ἕως	1	Jesus is referring to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:34	eq7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτωρ, ἕως	1	A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “before the birds begin to sing in the morning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
22:34	m542		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ἀλέκτωρ	1	Jesus is not speaking of one particular **rooster** but of roosters in general. Alternate translation: “the roosters” or “the birds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
22:34	m543		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σήμερον	1	The Jewish day began at sunset. Jesus was speaking after the sun had set. The rooster would crow just before morning. That morning was considered part of the same day. Alternate translation: “in the morning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:35	m544		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἄτερ βαλλαντίου, καὶ πήρας, καὶ ὑποδημάτων	1	As in [10:4](../10/04.md), Jesus is speaking of these items to mean what they represent. See how you translated these terms there. Alternate translation: “without any money or provisions or extra clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:35	m545		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	μή τινος ὑστερήσατε?	1	The first word of this question in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **did you?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “did you lack anything?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
22:35	cv68		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μή τινος ὑστερήσατε?	1	Even though Jesus already knows the answer to this question and he is using it as a teaching tool, in this case he does want the disciples to reply. If you translated his words as a statement, for example, “I know that you did not lack anything,” then the disciples might seem to be interrupting him by speaking uninvited. Since Jesus did want them to speak, it would probably be most appropriate to present his words in the form of a question. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:35	tb51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐθενός	1	Luke may be summarizing the disciples’ response briefly, or the disciples themselves may have responded this briefly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could expand on what this means. Alternate translation: “We did not lack anything” or “We had everything we needed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
22:36	h7j7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον & ὁ μὴ ἔχων & μάχαιραν	1	Jesus was not referring to a specific one of the disciples who had a money bag or did not have a sword. Alternate translation: “anyone who has a money bag … anyone who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
22:36	m546		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον & ὁ μὴ ἔχων & μάχαιραν	1	Jesus is giving these instructions specifically to his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “any one of you who has a money bag … any one of you who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:36	q717		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ ἱμάτιον	1	See how you translated **cloak** in [19:35](../19/35.md). Alternate translation: “coat” or “outer garment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
22:37	n73l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	γὰρ	1	Jesus is giving the reason why the disciples should now be concerned about providing for and protecting themselves, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in [22:16](../22/16.md) for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
22:37	m547			λέγω & ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the disciples. Alternate translation: “indeed”
22:37	g4l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what a prophet wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:37	m548		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον	1	Jesus may be assuming that his disciples know the source and subject of this passage. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could identify it more specifically. Alternate translation: “what Isaiah wrote about the Messiah in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:37	u9jx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δεῖ τελεσθῆναι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. The meaning of **accomplished** is the same as for the word “fulfilled” in [1:1](../01/01.md), [1:20](../01/20.md), and many other places in the book, even though the Greek verb is different. Alternate translation: “must happen to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:37	m549		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	τό καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be more natural in your language to use a singular form here. Alternate translation: “that people would consider me to be a criminal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
22:37	jz9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη	1	Jesus is using the adjective **lawless** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “he was considered a criminal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
22:37	jf1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people considered him to be a criminal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:37	se1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ γὰρ τὸ περὶ ἐμοῦ τέλος ἔχει	1	Here Jesus is speaking implicitly about what the Scriptures say about him. Alternate translation: “Yes, what the Scriptures say about me must certainly happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:38	kbt8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἱκανόν ἐστιν	1	This could mean: (1) Jesus is indicating that when he told his disciples to buy swords, he meant for their own defense, not to attack their enemies, and that they have enough swords for that purpose. Alternate translation: “That will be enough for us to defend ourselves” (2) Jesus wants them to stop talking about having swords. The implication would be that when he said they should buy swords, he was mainly warning them that they were going to face dangers, and he did not really want them to buy swords and fight. Alternate translation: “That is enough talk about swords, I do not really want you to buy them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:39	zaw6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἐξελθὼν, ἐπορεύθη κατὰ τὸ ἔθος εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν	1	Luke provides this background information about where Jesus went to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Luke has already indicated in [21:37](../21/37.md) that during this time in Jerusalem, Jesus did not spend the nights in the city, but rather in this location. Alternate translation: “leaving the city of Jerusalem, Jesus went to spend the night on the Mount of Olives, as he had been doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
22:39	m550		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν	1	This is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated this place in [19:29](../19/29.md). Alternate translation: “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
22:40	m551		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	γενόμενος δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	Jesus and his disciples came to the garden together. Here **he** refers to Jesus and **them** refers to the disciples. Alternate translation: “And when Jesus and his disciples arrived at the Mount of Olives, he said to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
22:40	b6pz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	προσεύχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **temptation** with a verb such as “tempt.” Alternate translation: “Pray that nothing will tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
22:40	m552		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσεύχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν	1	The implications are that the disciples will soon face the **temptation** to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pray that when the Jewish leaders come to arrest me and you are tempted to try to save yourselves by running away or denying that you know me, you will not sin by doing that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:41	sp1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὡσεὶ λίθου βολήν	1	This is an idiom that means “about as far as someone can throw a stone.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could represent this with a general expression or with an estimated measurement. Alternate translation: “a short distance” or “about 30 meters” or “about 100 feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:41	m553		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	θεὶς τὰ γόνατα	1	As Jesus indicates in his parable in [18:11](../18/11.md), the customary posture of prayer in this culture was standing. By kneeling down, Jesus indicated that he was praying urgently about a serious matter. Alternate translation: “after kneeling down to show the urgency of his request” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
22:42	y51l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
22:42	m554		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal	εἰ βούλει & τὸ σὸν	1	Use your best judgment about whether the formal or informal forms of **you** and **yours** would be more natural in your language here. Jesus is speaking as an adult son would to a father with whom he had a close relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
22:42	ic7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	παρένεγκε τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	Jesus is referring to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a cup of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
22:42	m555		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	παρένεγκε τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
22:42	zw2y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	πλὴν μὴ τὸ θέλημά μου, ἀλλὰ τὸ σὸν γινέσθω	1	This is another imperative that should be translated as a request rather than as a command. Alternate translation: “However, please do what is according to your will, rather than what is according to my will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
22:43	m556		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	Ὤφθη δὲ αὐτῷ ἄγγελος ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ ἐνισχύων αὐτόν	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The note below discusses a translation issue in this verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
22:43	m557		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Ὤφθη & αὐτῷ	1	**Appeared** does not mean that the angel simply seemed to be there, or that Jesus saw the angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Jesus. Alternate translation: “came there to be with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:44	m558		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	Καὶ γενόμενος ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο. καὶ Ἐγένετο ὁ ἱδρὼς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος καταβαίνοντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The two notes below discusses translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
22:44	m559			ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο	1	This could mean: (1) Luke is using the comparative form of the adjective **earnest**, which has an adverbial sense here, with a superlative meaning. Alternate translation: “he was praying most earnestly” or “he was praying very fervently” (2) the word has an actual comparative sense. Alternate translation: “he began to pray even more earnestly than he had been praying before”
22:44	m560		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	Ἐγένετο ὁ ἱδρὼς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος καταβαίνοντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	This could mean one of two things. The first is more likely. (1) It could describe the appearance of the drops. This would mean that Jesus had been under such stress that the small blood vessels that fed his sweat glands ruptured, and his sweat became mixed with blood. (This is a rare but well-document medical condition known as hematohidrosis.) Alternate translation: “his sweat became mixed with blood and it fell to the ground in drops” (2) It could describe the way in which the drops of sweat fell to the ground. Alternate translation: “he began to sweat so intensely that the sweat formed drops and fell to the ground as blood drops do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
22:45	m561		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that what he describes next came after what he described just previously. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
22:45	m562			ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς προσευχῆς, ἐλθὼν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς	1	Alternate translation: “when Jesus had finished praying, he got up and went back to his disciples”
22:45	gb3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εὗρεν κοιμωμένους αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς λύπης	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **sorrow** with an adjective such as “sad.” Alternate translation: “saw that they were sleeping because they were tired from being sad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
22:46	in7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί καθεύδετε?	1	Jesus is not looking for information. He is using the question form to rebuke his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be sleeping now!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:46	nl7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **temptation** with a verb such as “tempt.” See how you translated the similar phrase in [22:40](../22/40.md). Alternate translation: “so that nothing tempts you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
22:46	m563		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	As in [22:40](../22/40.md), the implications are that the disciples will soon face the **temptation** to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If you indicated that explicitly in your translation there, you could state something similar here. Alternate translation: “so that when the Jewish leaders arrest me and you are tempted to abandon me to save yourselves, you will not sin by doing that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:47	m564		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
22:47	kt25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ὄχλος	1	Luke is introducing new characters into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a crowd that arrived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
22:47	m565		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰούδας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the man whose name was Judas” or “the man that people called Judas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:47	m567		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	εἷς τῶν δώδεκα	1	See how you translated this phrase in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 men Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
22:47	m568		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τῶν δώδεκα	1	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate **Twelve** as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
22:47	mva7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προήρχετο αὐτούς	1	Judas was showing the people where Jesus was. He was not the person in charge of the whole group. Alternate translation: “leading them to where Jesus was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:47	c2l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	φιλῆσαι αὐτόν	1	In this culture, when men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would kiss them on one cheek or on both cheeks. If your readers would find it embarrassing if you said that one man would kiss another man, you could explain the purpose of the gesture, or you could translate the expression in a more general way. Alternate translation: “to greet him by kissing him on the cheek” or “to give him a friendly greeting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
22:48	e2n9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	φιλήματι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδως?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Judas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be using a kiss to betray the Son of Man!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:48	zvk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
22:48	m569		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:49	njs1			οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν	1	The expression **the ones around him** refers to Jesus' disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ disciples, who were around him,”
22:49	y5za		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ ἐσόμενον	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish leaders and soldiers who had come were going to arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:49	m570		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ	1	This was an idiomatic way to ask a question. Alternate translation: “should we strike with the sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:49	m571		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ	1	The disciples may be asking specifically not about what weapon to use, but generally whether they should fight back to prevent Jesus from being arrested. In that case they would be using one kind of weapon, a **sword**, to mean fighting in general. The disciples said in [22:38](../22/38.md) that they had two swords, but they could also have resisted by further means. Alternate translation: “should we fight to defend you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
22:49	gv81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ	1	Alternatively, the disciples may implicitly be asking whether this was the kind of occasion for which Jesus told them in [22:38](../22/38.md) that they should have swords. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you told us we should have swords; should we use them now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:50	b4ij		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	εἷς τις ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	Luke uses this phrase to bring one of the characters into the story into the center of the action, but he does not identify the person by name. John indicates in his Gospel that it was Peter, but since Luke does not name him here, it would not be appropriate to use his name in your translation. Alternate translation: “one of the disciples who was there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
22:50	f2fm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπάταξεν & τὸν δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	The implication is that this disciple did this with a sword. Alternate translation: “struck the servant of the high priest with a sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:51	m572		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς & ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what the disciple had just done. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
22:51	rcp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐᾶτε ἕως τούτου	1	This is an idiom. It is in the form of a positive statement, but it actually has a strong negative meaning. Alternate translation: “No more of this” or “Do not do anything more like that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:51	c6pz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἁψάμενος τοῦ ὠτίου, ἰάσατο αὐτόν	1	It may be necessary to explain what it means that Jesus touched the servant’s **ear**, since it had been cut off. Alternate translation: “Jesus put the servant’s ear back in place and healed it” or “Jesus touched the servant at the place where his ear had been cut off and restored it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:52	m573		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	στρατηγοὺς τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	See how you translated this phrase in [22:4](../22/04.md). Alternate translation: “captains of the temple guard” or “temple military officers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:52	fa7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Jewish leaders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You did not need to bring soldiers with weapons to arrest me, as if I were a bandit!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:52	m574		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων?	1	The implication, as Jesus will say specifically in the next verse, is that he has demonstrated that he is a peaceful person. He has taught openly and undefened in the temple. He has not gathered an armed band around him and operated from a hidden location. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have seen that I am a peaceful person, yet you come to arrest me bringing soldiers with weapons, as if I were a bandit!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:52	m575		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this simile. Here, the term **robber** likely indicates a violent person who steals from others by forcing them to hand over their valuables, threatening to harm them if they refuse. Alternate translation: “as if I were a bandit who needed to be subdued with force” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
22:52	m576		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων	1	Jesus is speaking of these weapons, to mean the soldiers who are carrying them. Alternate translation: “soldiers armed with weapons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:53	a6qu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Jesus means the temple courtyard. He is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
22:53	c4is		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἐξετείνατε τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ ἐμέ	1	As in [20:19](../20/19.md), here this expression means to arrest a person by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of the person with their **hands**. Alternate translation: “you did not arrest me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:53	gw9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὕτη ἐστὶν ὑμῶν ἡ ὥρα	1	Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “this is a time when you can do whatever you want” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:53	mzb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους	1	Jesus is using this phrase to characterize the **hour** further. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that by repeating the reference to “time” from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “because it is a time when darkness is in authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
22:53	m577		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους	1	Jesus is referring to Satan as **darkness**. Alternate translation: “because it is a time when God is allowing Satan to do what he wants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
22:54	mtp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἤγαγον	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “they led Jesus away from the place where they had arrested him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:54	m578		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει μακρόθεν	1	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now Peter followed the group there, staying some distance away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
22:54	m579		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει μακρόθεν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why Peter followed **from a distance**. Alternate translation: “Now Peter followed the group there, staying some distance away so that he would not be recognized and arrested himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:55	b3x7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	περιαψάντων & πῦρ	1	Here the pronoun **they** does not mean the same thing as in the previous verse. Luke is not saying that the leaders and soldiers who had arrested Jesus built this fire. Rather, Luke is using the word **they** in an indefinite sense. Alternate translation: “some people had started a fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
22:55	m580		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	περιαψάντων & πῦρ	1	Luke is using this phrase to introduce some new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “some of the people who were there at the high priest’s house had started a fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
22:55	m581		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πῦρ	1	Implicitly, the purpose of the **fire** was to keep the people warm during the cool night. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a fire to keep warm” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:55	qx64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν μέσῳ τῆς αὐλῆς	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know that in this culture, the courtyard of a house had walls around it, but no roof. You may wish to clarify this for your readers. This was an outdoor fire. Alternate translation: “in the middle of the open courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:55	m8ew			μέσος αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “there together with them”
22:56	m582		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἰδοῦσα δὲ αὐτὸν, παιδίσκη τις	1	Luke says this to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Now there was a female servant there who saw him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
22:56	fm4t			καθήμενον πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1	Alternate translation: “sitting facing the light of the fire” or “sitting with his face lit up by the fire”
22:56	fxz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἀτενίσασα αὐτῷ εἶπεν	1	Though this woman was looking at Peter, she was not speaking to him but to the others around them. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “She looked straight at Peter and said to the other people in the courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:56	zu63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ οὗτος σὺν αὐτῷ ἦν	1	This could mean: (1) Peter was with Jesus when the group came to arrest him, as UST suggests. (2) since it is perhaps unlikely that this female servant accompanied that group, she may mean instead that she saw Peter with Jesus somewhere in Jerusalem earlier in the week and she could tell that he was associated with Jesus. Alternate translation: “I know that this man is one of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:57	dzq9			ὁ δὲ ἠρνήσατο	1	Alternate translation: “But Peter said that was not true”
22:57	vdm1			γύναι	1	Peter addresses the female servant as **Woman** because he does not know her name. He is not insulting her by calling her that. If your readers might think he was insulting her, you could use a way that is acceptable in your culture for a man to address a woman he does not know. Alternate translation: “Miss” or “Ma’am”
22:58	m583		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἕτερος	1	Luke uses the word **another** to introduce another new character into the story. Alternate translation: “another of the people who was there by the fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
22:58	i65s			καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ	1	Alternate translation: “You are also one of the people who were with Jesus”
22:58	cyv7			ἄνθρωπε	1	Peter addresses this person as **Man** because he does not know his name. He is not insulting him by calling him that. If your readers might think he was insulting him, you could use a way that is acceptable in your culture for a man to address another man he does not know. Alternate translation: “Sir”
22:59	m584			διαστάσης ὡσεὶ ὥρας μιᾶς	1	You can express this in the way your language describes time. Alternate translation: “about an hour later”
22:59	m585		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄλλος τις	1	Luke uses this expression to introduce a further character into the story. Alternate translation: “yet another of the people who was there by the fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
22:59	h5tb			διϊσχυρίζετο	1	Alternate translation: “kept saying loudly”
22:59	fc42			οὗτος	1	The phrase **this one** refers to Peter. The speaker probably did not know Peter’s name. Alternate translation: “this man”
22:59	qwf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ γὰρ Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν	1	The man could probably tell Peter was from Galilee from the way he talked. If it wold be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for he speaks with a Galilean accent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:59	m586		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ γὰρ Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you put this phrase before the previous phrase, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason for the conclusion that the previous phrase states. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
22:60	ck93			ἄνθρωπε	1	See how you translated **Man** in [22:58](../22/58.md). Peter did not know the man’s name. He was not insulting him by calling him **Man**. Alternate translation: “Sir”
22:60	al3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐκ οἶδα ὃ λέγεις	1	This is an idiom that means that Peter completely disagrees with the man. Alternate translation: “what you are saying is not true at all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:60	p6c5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἔτι λαλοῦντος αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun **he** refers to Peter, not to the other man. Alternate translation: “while Peter was speaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
22:60	lt62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐφώνησεν ἀλέκτωρ	1	See how you translated the similar phrase in [22:34](../22/34.md). You may have decided to use a general expression there. Alternate translation: “the birds began to sing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
22:61	gdp5			ὁ Κύριος & τοῦ Κυρίου	1	Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus … of the Lord Jesus”
22:61	dpk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ Κυρίου	1	Luke is using the term **word** to describe what Jesus had said using words. Alternate translation: “the statement Jesus had made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:61	kkq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	See how you translated this phrase in [22:60](../22/60.md) and the similar phrase in [22:34](../22/34.md). You may have decided to use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the birds begin to sing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
22:61	ui26		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σήμερον	1	See how you translated **today** in [22:34](../22/34.md). The Jewish day started at sundown and continued to the next evening. Jesus had spoken the previous evening about what would happen shortly before dawn or at dawn, so this was still the same day. Alternate translation: “in the morning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:61	zjc6			ἀπαρνήσῃ με τρίς	1	Alternate translation: “you will say three times that you do not know me”
22:62	m5gu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξελθὼν ἔξω, ἔκλαυσεν πικρῶς	1	As the note to [22:55](../22/55.md) explains, this was an open-air courtyard, so the people in it were already outside in that sense. This expression means that Peter left the courtyard and went completely outside the house of the high priest. Alternate translation: “Peter went out of the courtyard and away from the house, and he wept bitterly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:63	abcu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οἱ συνέχοντες αὐτὸν, ἐνέπαιζον αὐτῷ δέροντες	1	The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus in both cases. Alternate translation: “the soldiers who were guarding Jesus mocked and beat Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
22:64	zn1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	καὶ περικαλύψαντες αὐτὸν	1	A “blindfold” is a thick cloth that people tie around the middle of a person’s head to cover the eyes and prevent that person from seeing. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could explain it with a general expression. Alternate translation: “They covered his eyes so that he could not see, and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
22:64	cl2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	προφήτευσον, τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε?	1	The guards did not believe that Jesus was a prophet. Rather, they believed that a real prophet would know who hit him even if he could not see. When they called Jesus a prophet, they were saying the opposite of what they believed to be true. They were only calling him a prophet to mock him. Alternate translation: “Prove that you really are a prophet. Tell us who hit you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
22:64	m587		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε?	1	The guards do not expect Jesus to be able to answer their question. They are really using the question form to give a command, to tell Jesus what he should do if he wants to convince them that he is a prophet. So If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a command. Alternate translation: “Tell us who hit you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:64	q4g1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προφήτευσον	1	The implication is that God would have to tell Jesus who struck him, since Jesus was blindfolded and could not see. Alternate translation: “Speak words from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:65	m588			βλασφημοῦντες	1	**Blaspheming** can have a technical sense, as it often does in this book. It can refer to a human being claiming to be God, as the Jewish leaders felt Jesus was doing in [5:21](../05/21.md). It can also refer to a human being wrongly denying that something is divine or of divine origin, as the Jewish leaders were afraid the people would consider them to be doing in [20:6](../20/06.md). By ironically suggesting that Jesus was not a true prophet, the soldiers actually were guilty of blasphemy in this technical sense. But the word can also have a general sense of “insult,” and that may be the sense in which Luke is using it here. Alternate translation: “insulting him”
22:66	v9m2			καὶ ὡς ἐγένετο ἡμέρα	1	Alternate translation: “As soon as it was light”
22:66	vp8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ Συνέδριον αὐτῶν	1	The pronoun **they** does not necessarily refer to **the elders**. Rather, since Jesus was in the custody of the guards, the elders would have had the guards bring Jesus in. Alternate translation: “the elders had Jesus brought into the Sanhedrin” or “the guards led Jesus into the Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
22:66	m589		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ Συνέδριον αὐτῶν	1	The **Sanhedrin** is the name of the ruling council of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, their ruling council” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:66	cboi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ Συνέδριον αὐτῶν	1	Luke is using the name of the Jewish ruling council to mean by association the meeting place of that council. Alternate translation: “the place where the Sanhedrin, their ruling council, met” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:66	m590		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Συνέδριον	1	**Sanhedrin** is the name of a governing body. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
22:67	br8y			λέγοντες	1	It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The elders said to Jesus”
22:67	h12k			εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός, εἰπὸν ἡμῖν	1	This sounds like a conditional statement, but it is actually an imperative. Alternate translation: “Tell us whether you are the Messiah”
22:67	g8iy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν ὑμῖν εἴπω, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to avoid answering the question directly, since that might give the elders a reason to say that he was guilty of blasphemy for claiming to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “Suppose I said that I was the Messiah. Then you would certainly not believe me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
22:68	l7nz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ ἐρωτήσω, οὐ μὴ ἀποκριθῆτε	1	Jesus is using a further hypothetical situation to avoid answering the question directly, in order not to give the elders a reason to say that he was guilty of blasphemy. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose I asked you whether you thought I was the Messiah. Then you would certainly not tell me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
22:68	m591		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐὰν & ἐρωτήσω	1	The implicit meaning is that Jesus would **question** them about whether they thought he was the Messiah. Alternate translation: “suppose I asked you whether you thought I was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:69	z3ea			ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν	1	Alternate translation: “after this”
22:69	p8kt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
22:69	m592		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:69	m593		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔσται & καθήμενος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will sit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:69	nka9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	To sit at the **right hand … of God** means to receive great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “in a place of honor next to the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
22:69	h4n3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This expression is like a hendiadys, in which two nouns are used together and one of them describes the other. Alternate translation: “the powerful God” or “the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
22:70	udh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σὺ οὖν εἶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The council asked this question because they wanted Jesus to confirm explicitly their understanding that he was saying he was the Son of God. Alternate translation: “So when you said that, did you mean that you are the Son of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:70	l4j7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	**Son of God** is an important title that Jesus deserves, even though the elders did not think he deserved it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
22:70	jtr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι	1	This is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what the elders are asking about is true. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is just as you say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:71	u3m3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν?	1	The elders are using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for testimony!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:71	m594		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν?	1	The implications are that no further testimony is needed to prove a charge of blasphemy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for testimony to prove a charge of blasphemy!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:71	m595		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἔχομεν & αὐτοὶ & ἠκούσαμεν	1	The elders are speaking to one another about themselves, so **we** and **ourselves** would be exclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
22:71	m596		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you put this phrase before the previous phrase, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason for the conclusion that the previous phrase states. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
22:71	lpm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	The elders are using the expression **his own mouth** to refer to what Jesus has just said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “we … have heard what he just said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:71	m597		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτοὶ & ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	The implications are that what Jesus has just said proves a charge of blasphemy by itself, because Jesus has claimed to be equal with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we ourselves have heard him say that he is equal with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:intro	p6wq				0	# Luke 23 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus stands trial before Pilate and Herod (23:1–25)\n2. The Roman soldiers crucify Jesus (23:26–49)\n3. Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus and women prepare spices (23:50–56)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”\n\nThe curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried (Luke 23:53) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise”\n\nThere are two translation issues related to the statement, “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise” in [23:42](../23/42.md).\n\n(1) When Jesus said this to the criminal who was crucified with him, it is possible that he was using the term **paradise** to mean “heaven,” describing it by association with the way that it is a place of comfort and consolation. Some groups of believers would understand it that way. However, other groups of believers would say that people who express their faith in Jesus, as this criminal did, still need to wait until the final resurrection before they go to heaven, and so **paradise** refers to a place where such people go when they die and await the final resurrection. Be sensitive to this difference in your translation. You may decide it is best simply to use the term **paradise** and leave the meaning open to either understanding. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n(2) Some groups that may be active in your area, such as the Jehovah’s Witnesses, do not honor Jesus as the Son of God, and so they do not believe that he would have been able to promise the criminal entrance into paradise with himself that day, when they both would die. And so they translate or punctuate this so that the word **today** describes when Jesus is making the statement, rather than when the criminal will be in paradise. However, if that were actually the case, the Greek wording and word order would be different. The expression that introduces the statement would be, “Truly, today, I say to you,” or, “Truly I say to you today that.” The actual expression, “Truly I say to you,” occurs ten times in the book of Luke, and it always stands by itself as an introduction to a statement that follows. So **today** belongs with the statement, not with the introduction to the statement. Your language may have a way of making this clear, for example, by saying, “Truly I say to you, you will be with me in paradise today.”\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\n### “And he was obligated to release one to them at every feast” [23:17](../23/17.md)\n\nThis verse is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible. Most scholars consider it to be a later addition for explanation. Many current versions of the Bible do not include it. Some versions put it into square brackets. We recommend that you do not translate this verse. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in your region that include this verse, you may include it.\n\n### “Jesus said, ‘Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing.’” [23:34](../23/34.md)\n\nThis sentence is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so it is likely not an original part of the Gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider it an authentic saying of Jesus that was copied into the book at an early stage. ULT and UST include this sentence in this verse, but some other versions do not.\n\nIf you decide to include either [23:17](../23/17.md) or the additional sentence [23:34](../23/34.md) in your translation, you should enclose the material in square brackets to indicate that it is probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
23:1	pi3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that this event came after the events he has just described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
23:1	sgf1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν	1	The word **whole** is a generalization. Luke says in [23:51](../23/51.md) that at least one member of the Sanhedrin did not agree that Jesus was guilty of blasphemy and should be punished. Alternate translation: “the many members of the ruling council who wanted to condemn Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
23:1	mvn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀναστὰν	1	This means literally that they “stood up” or “stood to their feet,” but by extension it means that they adjourned the meeting and left the meeting place. Alternate translation: “ended the meeting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:1	k4aa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τὸν Πειλᾶτον	1	The implication is that the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to Pilate because they wanted Pilate to judge him. Alternate translation: “to Pilate so that Pilate would judge him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:2	m599		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ	1	The chief priests and scribes accused Jesus of doing wrong things because they wanted Pilate to kill Jesus. But they were accusing him falsely, because Jesus had never done what they accused him of doing. For example, in [20:25](../20/25.md), Jesus had specifically said that the Jews could pay taxes to the Roman government. To make sure that your readers are not confused, you could state explicitly that these accusations were false. Alternate translation: “to accuse him falsely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:2	mtc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	εὕρομεν & τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν	1	The terms **We** and **our** refer only the members of the Jewish ruling council who are speaking, not to Pilate or any of the other people nearby. So in your translation, use the exclusive forms of these words, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
23:2	im4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	διαστρέφοντα τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν	1	The Jewish leaders speak of Jesus as if he were a guide who was leading someone in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “encouraging our people to do things that are wrong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:2	xsa4			κωλύοντα φόρους & διδόναι	1	Alternate translation: “telling them not to pay taxes”
23:2	l68k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Καίσαρι	1	See how you translated **Caesar** in [20:22](../20/22.md). The Jewish leaders are referring to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:3	m600		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ὁ & ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ ἔφη	3	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what Pilate asked him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
23:3	ve4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σὺ λέγεις	1	Like the similar expression in [22:70](../22/70.md), this is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what Pilate has said is true. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is as you say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:4	fx7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	καὶ τοὺς ὄχλους	1	Luke uses this phrase subtly within the narrative to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “and to the crowds that had gathered there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
23:4	s8fi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδὲν εὑρίσκω αἴτιον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ	1	Pilate means implicitly **no cause** to convict Jesus of a crime and punish him. Alternate translation: “I do not find this man to be guilty of anything” or “I find no grounds for conviction in this man’s case” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:5	m601		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οἱ & ἐπίσχυον	1	The pronoun **they** refers to the Jewish leaders who had brought Jesus to Pilate for trial. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders kept insisting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
23:5	yy6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀνασείει τὸν λαὸν	1	The Jewish leaders speak as if Jesus were stirring a pot and putting in motion things that had been lying quietly on the bottom. They mean that he is encouraging rebellion. Alternate translation: “He encourages the people to rebel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:5	cr78			καὶ ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἕως ὧδε	1	It might be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “He began causing trouble in Galilee, and he has done so all the way to here”
23:6	vvp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Πειλᾶτος & ἀκούσας	1	As the rest of the verse shows, this refers implicitly to Pilate hearing that Jesus had begun teaching in Galilee. Alternate translation: “when Pilate heard that Jesus had begun to teach in Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:6	px94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐπηρώτησεν εἰ ὁ ἄνθρωπος Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could represent this as a direct quotation, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
23:6	dr1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	The term **the man** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:7	cbn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπιγνοὺς ὅτι	1	The implication is that the Jewish leaders answered Pilate’s question and confirmed that Jesus came from Galilee. Alternate translation: “when the Jewish leaders confirmed to Pilate that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:7	mn6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου ἐστὶν	1	The implication is that Jesus was under Herod’s authority because Herod was the ruler of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was under the authority of Herod, since Herod ruled over Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:7	ay2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀνέπεμψεν αὐτὸν πρὸς Ἡρῴδην	1	The implication seems to be that Pilate used these grounds to get someone else to decide Jesus’ case. He did not want to decide it himself, because he would either have to release someone the Jewish leaders wanted condemned or else condemn someone he knew was innocent. Alternate translation: “he referred Jesus’ case to Herod so that he would not have to decide it himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:7	ys2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταύταις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	Luke is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:8	z3zz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	θέλων ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν & διὰ τὸ ἀκούειν περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	In these phrases, **he** refers to Herod and **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “wanting to see Jesus … because he had heard about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
23:8	b424		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἤλπιζέν τι σημεῖον ἰδεῖν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ γινόμενον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Herod wanted to see Jesus perform a miracle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:9	hbp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπηρώτα & αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς	1	Luke is using the term **words** to refer to what Herod said as he questioned Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod asked Jesus many questions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:9	c8li			οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτῷ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the verb negative and the object positive here. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not say anything in reply”
23:10	lpu6			ἵστήκεισαν	1	Alternate translation: “were standing there”
23:10	hn8g			εὐτόνως κατηγοροῦντες αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “insisting strongly that Jesus was guilty of doing wrong”
23:11	m602			ἐξουθενήσας & αὐτὸν	1	This does not mean that Herod hated Jesus, but that he treated him as if he were worthless. Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
23:11	qt1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περιβαλὼν ἐσθῆτα λαμπρὰν	1	Herod and his soldiers did this to mock Jesus and to make fun of him, so be sure that your readers do not get the impression that they did this to honor or care for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Dressing him mockingly in beautiful clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:12	b6f1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγένοντο & φίλοι ὅ τε Ἡρῴδης καὶ ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μετ’ ἀλλήλων	1	Luke does not say specifically why these two men **became friends**. This could mean: (1) Pilate had shown Herod courtesy by respecting his jurisdiction over Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because Pilate had respectfully sent Jesus to Herod to judge him” (2) they realized that they agreed in their opinion about Jesus. They both felt that he was not guilty of doing wrong, but they also felt they could mistreat him as a way of asserting their power and authority over someone the people considered a leader. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because they had both responded to Jesus in the same way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:12	x7r8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	προϋπῆρχον γὰρ ἐν ἔχθρᾳ ὄντες πρὸς αὑτούς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this clause first in the verse, as UST does, since it gives the reason for the results that the rest of the verse describes. These two men had to become **friends** because they had not been **friends** previously. Alternate translation, as the beginning of the verse, replacing “Then”: “Before this Herod and Pilate had been enemies, but now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
23:13	d7gn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	τὸν λαὸν	1	This is a further reference reintroducing these participants, whom Luke first introduced subtly in 23:4. It is not likely that Pilate asked a crowd to gather. Instead, the crowd was probably still there waiting to see what would happen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the crowd of people that was still there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
23:14	dh77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον	1	By **this man**, Pilate means Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “said to them about Jesus, ‘You brought this man to me’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:14	wsw6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν	1	Here Pilate uses a figurative term that is similar to the one that the council members use in [23:2](../23/02.md) when they accuse Jesus of “misleading” the Jewish nation, meaning that he was encouraging them to do wrong things. The slightly different term that Pilate uses to summarize their charges means that they accused Jesus of **turning the people away** from their duties to the Roman Empire. It does not mean that Jesus refused to welcome people who came to him for help. Alternate translation: “saying that he encourages the people to be disloyal to the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:14	m603		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Pilate uses the term **behold** to get the Jewish leaders and the crowd to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:14	m604		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐγὼ ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας	1	For emphasis, since he is declaring Jesus innocent, Pilate uses the personal pronoun **I** here when it would not ordinarily be required in Greek. If your language uses pronouns in this same way, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
23:14	m605		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας, οὐθὲν εὗρον	1	The term **before** means “in the presence” of another person. Alternate translation: “I have questioned him in your presence, and I have found nothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:14	ee53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας, οὐθὲν εὗρον	1	The implication is that the Jewish leaders were witnesses to the proceedings. Alternate translation: “I have questioned him with you present as witnesses, and I have found nothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:14	e517			οὐθὲν εὗρον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ αἴτιον ὧν κατηγορεῖτε κατ’ αὐτοῦ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in [23:4](../23/04.md). Alternate translation: “found no grounds to convict this man on the charges you are making against him”
23:15	h623		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ Ἡρῴδης	1	Here Pilate is speaking in an abbreviated way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could clarify his meaning by adding information from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “But Herod did not find any grounds to convict him either” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
23:15	bn7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνέπεμψεν γὰρ αὐτὸν πρὸς ἡμᾶς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this clause first in the verse, as UST does, since it gives the reason why it is clear that Herod did not consider Jesus guilty. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
23:15	i2ba		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	πρὸς ἡμᾶς	1	Pilate means that Herod sent Jesus back not just to him and his soldiers, but also to the Jewish leaders who were the accusers in this trial. Since Pilate is speaking specifically to those leaders (he says in the previous verse, “You brought this man to me”), the word **us** includes the addressees. So it would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
23:15	gs4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου ἐστὶν πεπραγμένον αὐτῷ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he has not done anything to deserve being put to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:16	p5wa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω	1	Your readers may find this hard to understand. Since Pilate had found Jesus not guilty, he should have released him without punishing him. The implications are that Pilate punished Jesus anyway, even though he knew he was innocent, to try to satisfy the Jewish leaders. However, since Luke does not provide this explanation in his book, you probably should not add it to your translation. But you could make explicit that Pilate is saying he is not going to execute Jesus. Alternate translation: “So I will not execute him, but whip him, and then let him go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:16	m606		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	παιδεύσας & αὐτὸν	1	Pilate will not administer this punishment personally. Rather, he will have his soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “after having my soldiers whip him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
23:17	m607		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	Ἀνάγκην δὲ εἶχεν ἀπολύειν αὐτοῖς κατὰ ἑορτὴν ἕνα	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in the verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
23:17	m608		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	This verse uses the word **But** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what is happening. In the previous verse, Pilate was saying that Jesus would be the prisoner he was obligated to release. But in the next verse, the crowd shouts for him to release a different man instead. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
23:17	m609		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	Ἀνάγκην & εἶχεν	1	The pronoun **he** refers to Pilate. Alternate translation: “Pilate was obligated” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
23:17	m610		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἕνα	1	This verse is using the adjective **one** as a noun. In context, the term clearly means **one** prisoner. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply the noun for clarity, as ULT does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
23:17	m611		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	κατὰ ἑορτὴν	1	This verse uses the general term **feast** to mean one feast in particular, Passover. Alternate translation: “during each Passover celebration” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
23:18	v7pf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀνέκραγον & πανπληθεὶ	1	The pronoun **they** refers to the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd shouted together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
23:18	ib9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	αἶρε τοῦτον	1	This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to execute this man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
23:18	m612		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἀπόλυσον δὲ ἡμῖν τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	This is another imperative, and since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this either, you could also translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “and we want you to set Barabbas free instead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
23:18	i6pj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἀπόλυσον & ἡμῖν	1	When the people in the crowd say **us**, they are referring to themselves only, not to Pilate and his soldiers as well. So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us,** you would use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
23:19	vd6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ὅστις ἦν διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ φόνον, βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ	1	Luke provides this background information to explain to his readers who Barabbas was. Alternate translation: “Now Barabbas was a man whom the Romans had put in prison because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem and he had killed people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
23:19	qdv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅστις ἦν & βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “The Romans had put him in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:19	zl1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that Barabbas led this rebellion against the Roman government. Alternate translation: “because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:20	vbp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	πάλιν & προσεφώνησεν αὐτοῖς	1	The pronoun **them** refers to the religious leaders who had accused Jesus and the crowd that was shouting for him to be executed. Alternate translation: “spoke again to the religious leaders and to the people in the crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
23:20	t1i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	θέλων ἀπολῦσαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this phrase before the previous one, as UST does, since it gives the reason why Pilate spoke to the leaders and the crowd again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
23:21	m614		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν	1	As a note to [14:27](../14/27.md) explains, the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar and setting the beam upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. That was what it meant to **crucify** someone. Alternate translation: “Nail him to a cross! Execute him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
23:21	m615		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν	1	This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
23:22	iz5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ & τρίτον εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “Pilate spoke to the crowd again, for time number three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
23:22	ck75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν οὗτος?	1	Pilate does not expect the crowd to tell him what Jesus has done wrong. Rather, he is using the question form to emphasize to the crowd that Jesus is innocent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason to execute this man, because he has not done anything wrong!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
23:22	de5a			οὐδὲν αἴτιον θανάτου εὗρον ἐν αὐτῷ	1	Alternate translation: “I have not found any grounds to convict him of a crime for which he should be executed”
23:22	mij1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω	1	See the note to this same sentence in [23:16](../23/16.md). Pilate should have released Jesus without punishment, because he was innocent. It seems that Pilate decided to punish Jesus anyway to try to satisfy the Jewish leaders. However, since Luke does not provide this explanation in his book, you probably should not add it to your translation. But you could make explicit that Pilate is saying he is not going to execute Jesus. Alternate translation: “So I will not execute him, but whip him, and then let him go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:22	m616		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	παιδεύσας & αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω	1	Pilate is not going to administer this punishment personally. Rather, he will have his soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “I will have my soldiers whip him, and then I will release him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
23:23	sni4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	φωναῖς μεγάλαις	1	Luke is describing the shouts of the crowd by reference to the **voices** that the people used to make them. Alternate translation: “with loud shouts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:23	pst8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν σταυρωθῆναι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “that Pilate have his soldiers crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:23	pgz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	κατίσχυον αἱ φωναὶ αὐτῶν	1	Luke speaks of the **voices** as if they were a living thing that actively overcame Pilate’s reluctance. Alternate translation: “the crowd kept shouting until they convinced Pilate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
23:24	m617		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the people in the crowd overcame his reluctance with their shouts, Pilate agreed to do what they wanted. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
23:24	tfw2			γενέσθαι τὸ αἴτημα αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “to do what the crowd was demanding”
23:25	nwd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν & βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that this means Barabbas. Alternate translation: “Barabbas, whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:25	t66f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:25	z8v8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν τῷ θελήματι αὐτῶν	1	Luke speaks of the **will** of the people as if it were a living thing into whose custody Pilate delivered Jesus. Alternate translation: “but he ordered his soldiers to do to Jesus what the crowd had demanded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
23:26	s9kc			ὡς ἀπήγαγον αὐτόν	1	Alternate translation: “while the soldiers were leading Jesus away from where Pilate had judged him”
23:26	ysu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπιλαβόμενοι Σίμωνά & ἐπέθηκαν	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know that Roman soldiers had the authority to compel people to carry their loads. Be sure that your translation does not suggest that the soldiers arrested Simon or that he had done anything wrong. Alternate translation: “making use of their authority, they conscripted Simon … and put” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:26	m618		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could treat this information about this man, where he was from, and what he was doing as background information and put it first in the verse, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
23:26	m619		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who was from the city of Cyrene” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
23:26	m620		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Κυρηναῖον	1	The term **Cyrenean** is a name that refers to a person who is from the city of Cyrene. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
23:26	i5ua			ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ	1	Alternate translation: “who was coming into Jerusalem from the countryside”
23:26	fub3			ἐπέθηκαν αὐτῷ τὸν σταυρὸν	1	Alternate translation: “the soldiers put the cross on his shoulders”
23:26	y3p6			ὄπισθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “and made him walk along behind Jesus carrying it”
23:27	ad9f			ἠκολούθει & αὐτῷ πολὺ πλῆθος τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ γυναικῶν	1	The women were part of the large crowd. They were not in a separate crowd of their own. Alternate translation: “a great crowd of people, which included women, was following him”
23:27	s7gx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ γυναικῶν αἳ ἐκόπτοντο καὶ ἐθρήνουν αὐτόν	1	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next, when Jesus speaks to these women. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now the crowd included women who were mourning and wailing for Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
23:27	m621		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐκόπτοντο	1	See the note to **mourning** at [8:52](../08/52.md), and see how you translated this word there. It could mean that the women were pounding on their chests as a sign of grief, as was customary in this culture, or it could mean more generally that they were expressing their sorrow over what was happening to Jesus. Alternate translation: “pounding on their chests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
23:27	bp3x			ἠκολούθει & αὐτῷ	1	Here, the word **following** is not figurative. It does not mean that these people were Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “were walking along behind him”
23:28	nl38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θυγατέρες Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	As in [13:34](../13/34.md), Jesus is describing people who live in Jerusalem as if they were the children of the city and it was their mother. Alternate translation: “You women who live in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:28	wi15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐφ’ ἑαυτὰς κλαίετε, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν	1	Jesus does not say specifically why the women should weep for themselves and for their children, but the implication from what he says in [23:31](../23/31.md) is that they should weep because even worse things are going to happen to them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “weep for yourselves and for your children, because even worse things are going to happen to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:29	s9uj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	ὅτι	1	Jesus is giving the reason why the women of Jerusalem should weep for themselves and their children, as he told them to do in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in [22:16](../22/16.md) for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
23:29	rd8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus is using the term **behold** to get the women to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:29	bjb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔρχονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς	1	Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “there will be a time when” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:29	xi9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν αἷς ἐροῦσιν	1	Here Jesus is using the pronoun **they** in an indefinite sense. He does not have specific individuals in mind. Alternate translation: “when people will say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
23:29	m622		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐροῦσιν, μακάριαι αἱ στεῖραι, καὶ αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “people will say that women are fortunate if they never had children, if they never gave birth or nursed babies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
23:29	rgj1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	αἱ στεῖραι, καὶ αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν	1	After speaking of women who were **barren**, that is, who did not have children, Jesus describes the same women in more detail. He is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
23:29	m623		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν	1	These are two figures of speech in which Jesus is using one part of a person to represent the entire person. Alternate translation: “women who have never given birth or nursed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
23:30	te1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	τότε	1	Here, **Then** does not mean that people would say this after what they said in the previous verse. Rather, it means that they would say this at the same time that they were saying that. Alternate translation: “At that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
23:30	u1x1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἄρξονται λέγειν	1	Here Jesus is likely using the pronoun **they** in an indefinite sense, as in the previous verse. He probably does not have specific individuals in mind. However, the general reference may be to the people of Jerusalem, as UST suggests. Alternate translation: “people will begin to say” or “the people of Jerusalem will begin to say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
23:30	m624		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς; καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	Jesus is saying that at this time people will address something they know cannot hear them in order to express in a strong way what they are feeling. Alternate translation: “to say that they wished the mountains would fall on them and the hills would cover them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
23:30	m625		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς; καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to tell the mountains to fall on them and the hills to cover them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
23:30	m626		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς & καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	This is an imperative, but since the people cannot order the mountains and hills to do this, they would be using the imperative to express their wishes. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us … We wish you would cover us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
23:30	m627		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς & καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	The people do not want the mountains and hills to fall on them to harm them, but rather to protect them. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us to protect us … We wish you would cover us to protect us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:30	m628		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς & καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	When the people say **us**, they are referring to themselves only, not to the mountains and hills as well. So here, use the exclusive form of **us** if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
23:31	nkk3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅτι εἰ ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ, ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν; ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ, τί γένηται?	1	This is a figure of speech based on the idea that dry wood catches fire much more easily than moist wood. The fire, in turn, represents terrible things that people will experience. Jesus is saying that under the present relatively stable conditions, it was difficult for his enemies to arrest him and sentence him to death. In the future, conditions will become so desperate and chaotic that people will be able to do much worse things much more easily. He is probably referring to what conditions will be like during the siege and destruction of Jerusalem, which he described in [21:20–24](../21/20.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this metaphor in your translation, and you could represent the metaphor itself as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “If people are able to do this when conditions are good, what will they do when conditions become very bad?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:31	y238		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὅτι εἰ ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ, ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν; ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ, τί γένηται?	1	Jesus does not expect the women to tell him what people will do in the future. Rather, he is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Since people are doing this when conditions are good, they will certainly do much worse when conditions become very bad!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
23:31	m629		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν	1	Here Jesus is using the pronoun **they** in an indefinite sense. Alternate translation: “people are doing these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
23:31	m630		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “when the wood is fresh” or “when the wood is wet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:31	m631		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ξύλῳ	1	Jesus is using the term **tree** to refer to wood that comes from a **tree**. Alternate translation: “wood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:31	m632		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ξύλῳ	1	A **tree** is a large plant with a hard exterior that people use for fuel and as building material. If your readers would not know what a **tree** is, or if people do not use wood from a **tree** as fuel in your area, you could use the name of something else that they use for fuel, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “burning material” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
23:31	zt5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:31	m633		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ	1	Jesus is using the adjective **dry** as a noun. In context, the term means **dry** wood. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply the noun for clarity. Alternate translation: “with dry wood” or “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
23:32	m634		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
23:32	w8yj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἤγοντο & καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο σὺν αὐτῷ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “with him the soldiers were also leading away two other men, who were criminals,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:32	m635		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	ἤγοντο & καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο	1	If your language does use passive verb forms, and if it also uses a dual form, this verb should be in the dual form if it is passive, since the two criminals would be the subject. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
23:32	m636		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἤγοντο δὲ καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “And there were two other men, who were criminals, who were also being led away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
23:32	m2nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο	1	This does not mean “two other criminals,” which would imply that Jesus was also a criminal. Jesus was innocent, even though the Romans were treating him as if he were a criminal. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “two other men, who actually were criminals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
23:32	m637		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀναιρεθῆναι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that they could execute them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:33	wj2q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὅτε ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον	1	The pronoun **they** includes the soldiers, the criminals, and Jesus. Alternate translation: “when they all arrived at the place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
23:33	m638		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν καλούμενον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that people call” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:33	m639		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Κρανίον	1	**The Skull** is the name of a place. Even though it consists of an article and a common noun, translate it following the conventions of your language for names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
23:33	i3vx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν	1	In this case the pronoun **they** refers to the Roman soldiers. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
23:33	m640		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν	1	See how you translated the term “crucify” in [23:21](../23/21.md). Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers nailed Jesus to a cross to execute him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
23:33	bjr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὃν μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν, ὃν δὲ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν	1	Luke is using the adjectives **right** and **left** as nouns to indicate locations. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply a noun such as “side” for clarity. Alternate translation: “they crucified one criminal at Jesus’ right side and the other criminal at Jesus’ left side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
23:34	m641		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	But Jesus said, “Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing”	0	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this sentence in your translation. The next four notes below discuss translation issues in the sentence, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
23:34	m642		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **But** to introduce a contrast between what the Roman soldiers were doing to Jesus and the way in which Jesus responded. It would appropriate to indicate a strong contrast here. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
23:34	m643		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing	0	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in Jesus’ prayer, since the first phrase gives the reason for the result that Jesus is requesting in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “Father, they do not know what they are doing, so please forgive them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
23:34	m644		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Father	0	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
23:34	m645		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	forgive them	0	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please forgive them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
23:34	qbj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	διαμεριζόμενοι δὲ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	The pronoun **they** refers to the Roman soldiers. Alternate translation: “Then the Roman soldiers threw lots to decide which of them would get each piece of Jesus’ clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
23:34	uk4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could state that they were “something like dice,” as UST does. But if your readers would also not be familiar with dice, then you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers gambled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
23:35	a2h5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἵστήκει, ὁ λαὸς θεωρῶν ἐξεμυκτήριζον, δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες	1	The implication is that the **people** who **stood by watching** were also **ridiculing** Jesus. Alternate translation: “People had come to watch the crucifixion and they ridiculed Jesus, and the Jewish leaders ridiculed him as well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:35	m646		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ ἄρχοντες	1	Here **rulers** refers specifically to the Jewish leaders, not to the Roman **rulers** of the area. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:35	t7mb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν	1	Here the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus **saved** other people. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
23:35	m647		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν	1	In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus **saved** others by doing miracles on their behalf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people by doing miracles for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:35	m648		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, σωσάτω ἑαυτόν, εἰ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἐκλεκτός	1	The Jewish leaders are mockingly suggesting a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose he really is the Messiah whom God has sent. Then he ought to be able to save himself; after all, he supposedly saved others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
23:35	m3f6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σωσάτω ἑαυτόν	1	The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross, if he is the Messiah and can do miracles. Alternate translation: “let him do a miracle to save himself from dying on the cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:35	a963		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ ἐκλεκτός	1	The leaders are using the adjective **Chosen** as a noun. ULT adds the term **One** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the One whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
23:35	m649		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	ὁ ἐκλεκτός	1	This is a title, not a description, so translate it following the conventions in your language for titles, for example, by capitalizing the main words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
23:36	b3jz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐνέπαιξαν δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται, προσερχόμενοι ὄξος προσφέροντες αὐτῷ	1	Luke does not say specifically in what way the soliders **mocked** Jesus by offering him **vinegar**, that is, the sour wine that was their common drink. This could mean: (1) since Luke records in the next verse that the soldiers spoke of Jesus being the “king of the Jews,” the common drink may have been intended to show that they did not really believe he was a king, since a king would have drunk fine wine. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him cheap sour wine, which was not what a real king would drink” (2) the soldiers may have **mocked** Jesus just by **offering** him something to drink, but then not giving it to him, even though he would have been very thirsty. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him some of their sour wine but then not giving him any to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:37	x5wr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, σῶσον σεαυτόν	1	The soldiers are mockingly suggesting a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose you really are the King of the Jews. Then save yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
23:37	m650		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σῶσον σεαυτόν	1	The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross. Alternate translation: “do a miracle to save yourself from dying on that cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:38	l5be		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἦν δὲ καὶ ἐπιγραφὴ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	Luke is referring to a placard that the soldiers placed above Jesus by association with the fact that it bore an **inscription**, that is, something that the soldiers had written on it. Alternate translation: “The soldiers also attached a placard at the top of Jesus’ cross on which they had written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:38	w7aw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	ἦν δὲ καὶ ἐπιγραφὴ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	The soliders did not really believe that Jesus was **the King of the Jews**. Rather, putting up this placard was another of the ways in which they mocked him. So the sign said the opposite of what the people who wrote it actually believed. Alternate translation: “the soldiers also attached a placard at the top of Jesus’ cross on which they had written mockingly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
23:39	m651		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κρεμασθέντων	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers had hung on a cross next to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:39	z9ej			ἐβλασφήμει αὐτόν	1	As in [22:65](../22/65.md), the term **blasphemed** here likely has the general sense of “insulted,” although technically this criminal was guilty of blasphemy in the more specific sense, since he was suggesting that Jesus was not the Messiah. Alternate translation: “insulted him”
23:39	tmy7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός?	1	The criminal is using the question form to mock Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I thought you were supposed to be the Messiah!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
23:39	g6uk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	σῶσον σεαυτὸν καὶ ἡμᾶς	1	The criminal did not really think that Jesus could rescue himself and the two criminals from dying by crucifixion. Instead, he is telling Jesus to do this in order to suggest that Jesus actually cannot do it. So he is saying the opposite of what he actually believes. Alternate translation: “But it looks like you can’t save yourself or us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
23:39	m652		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	Since this criminal is using the term **us** to mean himself and the other criminal, but not Jesus, the term **us** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
23:40	lb4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ ἕτερος ἐπιτιμῶν αὐτῷ ἔφη	1	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that the second criminal rebuked the first one in response to what he said to Jesus. You could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “But the other criminal responded, rebuking him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
23:40	m653		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ ἕτερος	1	Luke is using the adjective **other** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply the noun “criminal” for clarity. Alternate translation: “the other criminal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
23:40	nk1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ?	1	The second criminal does not expect the first criminal to tell him whether he fears God. Rather, the second criminal is using the question form to rebuke the first criminal. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to fear God, since you are dying on a cross just as he is!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
23:40	m654		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ?	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could bring out the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “You ought to fear God and show more respect for this godly man, since you are dying on a cross just as he is, and you will soon have to face God and answer for your actions!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:40	m655		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ	1	The second criminal is using the word **judgment** to mean the punishment to which the first criminal was sentenced when the Romans pronounced **judgment** on him. Alternate translation: “you are being executed on a cross just as he is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:41	qyp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς & ἐπράξαμεν & ἀπολαμβάνομεν	1	The second criminal, speaking to the first criminal, is using the term **we** to mean himself and the first criminal. So **we** would be inclusive in all these cases, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
23:41	m656		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	ἡμεῖς & ἐπράξαμεν & ἀπολαμβάνομεν	1	Since the term **we** refers to two people here, it would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
23:41	i4gm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἡμεῖς & δικαίως	1	The second criminal is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we are receiving this punishment justly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
23:41	m657		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἄξια & ὧν ἐπράξαμεν	1	The second criminal is using the adjective **worthy** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a just punishment for what we did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
23:41	nu35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οὗτος	1	The second criminal is using the adjective **this** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person, Jesus. ULT supplies the noun **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “this man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
23:42	mht9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καὶ ἔλεγεν	1	The pronoun **he** refers to the second criminal, who continues speaking, now to Jesus. Alternate translation: “The second criminal then said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
23:42	j9d9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μνήσθητί μου	1	As in [1:72](../01/72.md), the word **remember** here describes Jesus thinking about this second criminal and considering what action he can take on his behalf. It does not suggest that Jesus would forget about him. Alternate translation: “do what you could to help me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:42	m658		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	μνήσθητί μου	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please do what you can to help me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
23:42	zyv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὅταν ἔλθῃς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου	1	To **come into** a **kingdom** means to begin to rule as king, as UST indicates. Alternate translation: “when you begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:43	abcv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and the pronoun **him** refers to the second criminal. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to this criminal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
23:43	n6w9			ἀμήν, σοι λέγω	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the criminal. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
23:43	m659			σήμερον μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἔσῃ ἐν τῷ Παραδείσῳ	1	See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of how the term **today** belongs with this promise that Jesus is making to the criminal, and not with the introduction to the statement. Alternate translation: “you will be with me in paradise today”
23:43	f1fl			τῷ Παραδείσῳ	1	See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of the term **paradise**. Alternate translation: “in the place where people whom God has accepted go when they die”
23:44	m660		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ ἦν ἤδη	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. He explains that it was about noon so that readers will appreciate how extraordinary it was that the entire sky became dark. Alternate translation: “Now by this time it was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
23:44	x7fl			ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη	1	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about noon”
23:44	m661		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη	1	If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour six” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
23:44	q4t3			σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν	1	The term translated as **land** could refer to: (1) a particular area. Alternate translation, as in UST: “it became dark throughout that whole area” (2) the earth. Alternate translation: “darkness covered the entire earth”
23:44	m662		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν	1	This could also be a figurative reference to the sky, since it is **over** the **land**. Alternate translation: “the entire sky became dark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:44	e8zn			ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	This phrase also expresses the way people in this culture began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “until three o’clock in the afternoon”
23:44	m663		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “until hour nine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
23:45	hjt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	τοῦ ἡλίου ἐκλειπόντος	1	This means that **the sun**, as if it were an active agent, **failed** to give its light. Luke is speaking from an observational perspective. The sun was still shining above the darkness, but its light could not be seen through the darkness. Alternate translation: “It was too dark even to see the light of the sun” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
23:45	m664		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐσχίσθη δὲ τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ μέσον	1	See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
23:45	ssh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:45	ah4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσχίσθη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:45	m665		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μέσον	1	The implication, as the General Notes to this chapter explain, is that God tearing **the curtain** opened the way into the Most Holy Place. And so **in the middle** means not “across the middle,” from side to side, but “down through the middle,” from top to bottom. Alternate translation: “into two pieces, from top to bottom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:46	z1fq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	φωνήσας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	This is an idiom that means Jesus raised the volume of his **voice**. Alternate translation: “crying out loudly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:46	r4ub		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God my Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
23:46	mix5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ Πνεῦμά μου	1	Jesus is using God’s **hands** to represent God’s care. Alternate translation: “I give my spirit to you, knowing you will care for it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:46	m666			τὸ Πνεῦμά μου	1	The **spirit** of a person lives on after they die. So you could also translate this as a reference to Jesus’ life after death. Alternate translation: “my life”
23:46	bd6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἐξέπνευσεν	1	Luke is describing the death of Jesus in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “he died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
23:47	p6lh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης	1	The implication is that this was the Roman officer who was in charge of the other Roman soldiers who crucified Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Roman officer in charge of the crucifixion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:47	m667		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ γενόμενον	1	This expression is singular and so it refers to the immediately preceding event, the death of Jesus. (The expression is plural in the next verse, where it refers to all of the events of the crucifixiion.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “how Jesus had entrusted his spirit to God when he died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:47	m668			ἐδόξαζεν τὸν Θεὸν λέγων	1	This means that the centurion **glorified God** by what he said. Alternate translation: “brought honor to God by saying”
23:47	c2ti			ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος ἦν	1	Alternate translation: “this man had not done anything wrong”
23:48	gt8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	συνπαραγενόμενοι & ἐπὶ τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην	1	The term **spectacle** describes something that people would look at. It refers here to the crucifixion of Jesus and the two criminals. Alternate translation: “who had gathered to watch the crucifixions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:48	whs7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεφον	1	The implication is that the people in the crowds **returned** to their homes. Alternate translation: “returned to their homes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:48	ft9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	τύπτοντες τὰ στήθη	1	As in [18:13](../18/13.md), this was a physical expression of great sorrow. Alternate translation: “hitting their chests to express their great sorrow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
23:49	m669		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ	1	Luke is using the adjective **acquainted** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “all the people who knew Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
23:49	m670		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ	1	These means implicitly all the people in the crowd that had come to watch the crucifixion who knew Jesus. It does not mean the disciples, since they had fled and were hiding. Rather, it means other people in Jerusalem who knew Jesus personally, which could include people such as the ones who lent him the colt in [19:30–33](../19/30.md) and the one who provided the room for the Passover meal in [22:11–13](../22/11.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the people in the crowd who knew Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:49	xzh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γυναῖκες αἱ συνακολουθοῦσαι αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1	Here, **followed** does not have the figurative meaning of “became a disciple.” Rather, the implication is that the women whom Luke describes in [8:2–3](../08/02.md), who accompanied Jesus and his disciples and provided for them out of their own means, had traveled with the group here to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the women who helped Jesus and his disciples, who had traveled with him from Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:49	s74u			ταῦτα	1	Alternate translation: “what happened”
23:50	cbj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:50	ud7p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι Ἰωσὴφ, βουλευτὴς ὑπάρχων, ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. It may be helpful to make this more than one sentence. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Joseph who was a member of the Sanhedrin. He was a good and righteous man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
23:50	m671		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ	1	**Joseph** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
23:50	wx2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βουλευτὴς	1	The term **council** refers implicitly to the Sanhedrin, the Jewish ruling council whose name Luke provides in [22:66](../22/66.md). You could use that name here. If so, see how you translated this phrase there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:50	m672		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος	1	The terms **good** and **righteous** mean similar things. Luke may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “a very upright man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
23:51	m673		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	(οὗτος οὐκ ἦν συνκατατεθειμένος τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν)	1	Luke provides this background information about Joseph to help readers understand what happens in the next verse, when Joseph asks Pilate for permission to bury Jesus’ body. It may be helpful to make this a continuation of the last sentence in the previous verse, since it also shows that Joseph was a “good and righteous man,” as that sentence says. Alternate translation: “who had not agreed with the action of the council” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
23:51	m674		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν	1	Luke is using a figure of speech in which two nouns are connected with the word **and**, and one of the nouns describes the other. Alternate translation: “the action of the council” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
23:51	ddr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “the decision of the Sanhedrin to condemn Jesus for blasphemy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:51	rba6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, πόλεως τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Since Joseph was a member of the Sanhedrin, he had likely come to live in Jerusalem, so Luke would mean that he was originally **from Arimathea**. Joseph had not come from Arimathea to Jerusalem for this occasion. Alternate translation: “who was originally from Arimathea, a city in Judea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:51	m675		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἁριμαθαίας	1	**Arimathea** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
23:51	m676		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὃς προσεδέχετο τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	As in [2:25](../02/25.md) and [2:38](../02/38.md), the term **waiting** does not mean passively **waiting** for something to happen, but eagerly anticipating something that someone wants to happen. See how you translated the term in those places. Alternate translation: “who was eagerly anticipating the coming of the kingdom of God” or “who was looking forward to the coming of the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:52	tk6r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὗτος	1	**This one** implicitly means Joseph. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that it was Joseph who went to Pilate by using his name, as UST does, or by saying “this man.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:52	m677		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὗτος, προσελθὼν τῷ Πειλάτῳ, ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	The implication is that Joseph requested the body of Jesus so that he could give it a proper burial. Ordinarily, to make crucifixion as gruesome a death as possible, the Romans left the dead bodies of people who had been crucified on the crosses to be eaten by wild animals, and they then burned whatever remained in the Valley of Hinnom where, as a note to [12:5](../12/05.md) explains, refuse was thrown and fires burned continually. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why Joseph asked for Jesus’ body. You could also specify that Pilate gave Joseph permission to bury Jesus, as UST does. Alternate translation: “This man went to Pilate and asked for the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:53	ec9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When Pilate gave Joseph permission to take Jesus’ body down from the cross and bury it, Joseph did so. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
23:53	f5bq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ σινδόνι	1	This was the burial custom in this culture. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “and he wrapped it in a fine linen burial cloth” or “and he prepared it for burial” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
23:53	pxhf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σινδόνι	1	The term **linen cloth** refers to a high quality clothe made from the fibers of the flax plant. If you do not have **linen** in your region and/or your readers would be unfamiliar with this term, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fine cloth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
23:53	yy3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μνήματι λαξευτῷ	1	This means specifically a burial place that had been cut or chiseled out of rock, most likely into the face of a cliff, as UST suggests. You could express that more specifically, or you could use a general expression if there are no rock cliffs in your area and readers might not understand the meaning. Alternate translation: “a tomb that had been chiseled out of rock” or “a special burial place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
23:53	m5wu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὗ οὐκ ἦν οὐδεὶς οὔπω κείμενος	1	Here Luke uses a triple negative in Greek for emphasis, “where no one not yet had not lain.” This stresses the honor that Joseph was showing Jesus by putting his body in a tomb that was being used for the very first time. If your language uses multiple negatives for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You might express the emphasis in other ways, and it may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “No body had ever before been put in that tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
23:54	m678		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
23:54	tia9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡμέρα ἦν παρασκευῆς	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this **Day** was used in **Preparation** for. Alternate translation: “the day when people made preparations for the Sabbath, the Jewish day of rest, since they could not do any work then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:54	b4i1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Σάββατον ἐπέφωσκεν	1	For the Jews, the day began at sunset. But Luke speaks of this day **dawning** to mean that it was about to begin, even though this would happen at sunset rather than at sunrise. Alternate translation: “it was nearly sunset, when the Sabbath would begin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:55	pu3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αἵτινες ἦσαν συνεληλυθυῖαι ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας αὐτῷ	1	The expression **had come out** is an idiom that means to have traveled from a place. Alternate translation: “who had traveled from the region of Galilee with Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:55	m679		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	κατακολουθήσασαι	1	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “followed Joseph when he took the body of Jesus away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
23:55	m680		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	τὸ μνημεῖον καὶ ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	Luke is using a figure of speech in which two phrases are connected with the word **and**, and one of the phrases describes the other. Alternate translation: “the tomb where Joseph laid the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
23:55	nhd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “how Joseph laid the body of Jesus there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:56	sm68		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑποστρέψασαι	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state where the women returned. Alternate translation: “returning to the place where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:56	mj6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα	1	In keeping with the burial customs of the time, the women prepared these **spices and ointments** to put on Jesus’ body, to honor him and to counteract the smell of decay. Alternate translation: “they prepared spices and ointments to put on Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:56	m681		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα	1	The **spices** were sweet-smelling substances that were dry, and the **ointments** were sweet-smelling substances that were moist. If your readers would not be familiar with **spices and ointments**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “sweet-smelling substances” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
23:56	uzk9			ἡσύχασαν	1	Alternate translation: “the women did not do any work”
23:56	tk6s			κατὰ τὴν ἐντολήν	1	Alternate translation: “as Moses had commanded in the law”
24:intro	r5qx				0	# Luke 24 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. The women go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (24:1–12)\n2. Two disciples meet Jesus on a journey to Emmaus (24:13–35)\n3. Jesus, risen from the dead, appears to his disciples (24:36–53)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The loyalty of the women\n\nMany of Luke’s original readers would have thought that women were less important than men. But Luke carefully demonstrates that some women who loved Jesus very much showed him greater loyalty than the twelve disciples did. While the disciples ran away and hid, the women lovingly cared for Jesus’ body, and as a result, they were the first to learn that he had risen from the dead.\n\n### Resurrection\n\nLuke wants his readers to understand that Jesus came alive again in a physical body ([Luke 24:38–43](../24/38.md)).\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “the third day”\n\nThis expression occurs three times in this chapter, in [24:7](../24/07.md), [24:21](../24/21.md), and [24:46](../24/46.md). See the explanation of this expression in the note to Luke [18:33](../18/33.md). In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the “third day.” By that way of reckoning time, since Jesus died on a Friday, when he rose from the dead on a Sunday, that was the “third day.”\n\n### Two men in bright shining robes\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all write about angels in white clothing speaking with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Matthew and John call them angels, while Mark and Luke call them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human form. Luke and John write about both angels, while Matthew and Mark write about only one of them. It would be best to translate each of these passages as it appears in ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1–2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md))
24:1	m682		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ & μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	This implicitly means the **first** day of the week. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:1	r62f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῇ & μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	Here Luke is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
24:1	m683		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὄρθρου βαθέως	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at the first light of dawn” or “as dawn was just beginning to break” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:1	qg7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἦλθαν	1	The pronoun **they** refers to the women whom Luke describes in [23:55–56](../23/55.md). Alternate translation: “these women returned to the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
24:2	jq9p			εὗρον & τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον	1	Alternate translation: “they saw that the stone had been rolled away”
24:2	l6uk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:2	t4mf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν λίθον	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know that this was a large, cut, round stone that was big enough to completely block the entrance to the tomb. It had been put in place to seal off the entrance, and it would have required several people to move it. Alternate translation: “the large stone that had been put in place at the entrance to the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:3	m684			εἰσελθοῦσαι	1	Alternate translation: “once they entered the tomb”
24:3	elq2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐχ εὗρον τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	You can state explicitly that they did not find the body because it was not there. Alternate translation: “they discovered that the body of the Lord Jesus was not there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:4	bmt4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
24:4	m685		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	2	Luke uses the word **and** to indicate that this event, the appearance of the two men, came after the events he has just described, the women discovering that the tomb was empty and wondering about that. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
24:4	m686		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:5	c11i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐμφόβων & γενομένων αὐτῶν & εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς	1	The first instance of **they** refers to the women, while the second instance refers to the men. Alternate translation: “as the women became terrified … the men said to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
24:5	n5xf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	κλινουσῶν τὰ πρόσωπα εἰς τὴν γῆν	1	Looking down at **the ground** was a gesture of respect towards these men. Alternate translation: “respectfully lowered their gaze” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
24:5	abcw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς	1	If your language uses dual forms for verbs, use that form here, since two men are speaking. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
24:5	fs3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ζητεῖτε τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν?	1	The men do not expect the women to tell them why they are looking for a living person in a tomb. Rather, the men are using the question form to make an announcement. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be looking for Jesus here, because he is no longer dead, he is alive again!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
24:5	m687		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	The men are using the adjectives **living** and **dead** as nouns to refer to groups of people. (The term **living** is actually a participle that functions here as an adjective.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “someone who is alive among the bodies of people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
24:6	m688		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη	1	The term **raised** is an idiom that means “brought back to life.” Alternate translation: “has been brought back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:6	awf1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has made him alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:6	s8k5			μνήσθητε ὡς ἐλάλησεν ὑμῖν	1	Alternate translation: “Remember that he said to you”
24:6	m689		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	The word **you** is plural. It refers to the women, and possibly also to Jesus’ disciples. If your language has a form of **you** that includes both the addressees and a larger group besides, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
24:6	m690			ὑμῖν, ἔτι ὢν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ	1	Alternate translation: “to you when he was still in Galilee”
24:7	sj3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγων & ὅτι	1	These words introduce an indirect quotation. You could also translate what follows as a direct quotation, as UST does. However, that would be a quotation within a quotation, and you may wish to avoid that by leaving what follows as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
24:7	pl6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & παραδοθῆναι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for someone to betray the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:7	m691		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	When Jesus said this, he was referring to himself in the third person. If you decide to represent this as a direct quotation, and If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
24:7	m692		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “him, the Messiah” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:7	e4ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	As in [9:44](../09/44.md), **hands** here represent power and control. Alternate translation: “and give sinful men power over him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and give sinful men power over me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:7	m693		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ σταυρωθῆναι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “and for those sinful men to crucify him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and for those sinful men to crucify me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:7	m694		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀναστῆναι	1	See how you translated this phrase in [9:22](../09/22.md). Alternate translation: “and after spending the next full day in the grave, to come back to life on the day after that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:7	dta4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
24:7	m695		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀναστῆναι	1	Jesus spoke of coming back to life in this way, since it involved coming **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “to come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:8	rew5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐμνήσθησαν τῶν ῥημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	Luke is using the term **words** to describe the statement that Jesus made using words. Alternate translation: “the women remembered what Jesus had said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:9	iz68		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοῖς ἕνδεκα	1	This expression is equivalent to “the Twelve,” which occurs in [8:1](../08/01.md) and several other places in the book. See how you translated this term there. Luke now says **the Eleven** because Judas Iscariot was no longer part of the group. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective “Twelve” with an equivalent phrase. If so, you could do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “the 11 men who remained of those whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
24:9	m696		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῖς ἕνδεκα	1	Alternatively, you may have decided in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate “the Twelve” as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing with **the Eleven** here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:9	fnh6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς λοιποῖς	1	Implicitly this means all the other disciples of Jesus who were together with the 11 apostles at that time. Alternate translation: “and to all the rest of the disciples who were with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:10	h1ml		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce some background information, specifically, the names of some of the women who came from the tomb and told the apostles what had happened there. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
24:10	m698		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰωάννα	1	**Joanna** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:10	m699		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου	1	**Mary** is the name of a woman, and **James** is the name of her son. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:11	m700		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between the exciting good news that the women were sharing and the disbelieving reaction of the people they shared it with. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
24:11	apl7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα	1	Luke is using the term **words** to describe the report that the women gave using words. Alternate translation: “what the women were saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:11	m701		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν	1	Luke uses this expression, which means “in front them,” to mean “where they could see.” Seeing, in turn, means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in their opinion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:11	m702		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	2	This phrase describes the result of the fact that the report seemed like nonsense to the apostles and other believers. Alternate translation: “so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
24:11	m703		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἠπίστουν αὐταῖς	1	The word **they** refers to the apostles and other believers, and the word **them** refers to the women. Alternate translation: “so the apostles and other believers did not believe the women” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
24:12	rm1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς	1	This expression is an idiom that means to take initiative. It does not necessarily mean that Peter had been sitting or lying down and then stood up. Alternate translation: “taking initiative” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:12	ax6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρακύψας	1	Peter had to bend over in order to see inside the tomb because tombs cut in solid rock were very low. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “bending at the waist in order to look into the low tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:12	m704			βλέπει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he saw”
24:12	n1tg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ ὀθόνια μόνα	1	The phrase **the linen cloths** refers to the cloths that Joseph of Arimathea used to wrap Jesus’ body when he was buried, as described in [23:53](../23/53.md). The implication is that the body of Jesus was no longer in the tomb. Alternate translation: “the linen cloths in which Jesus’ body had been wrapped, but the body was not there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:12	d6i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰ ὀθόνια	1	The term **linen cloths** refers to a high quality clothe made from the fibers of the flax plant. If you do not have **linen** in your region and/or your readers would be unfamiliar with this term, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the fine cloths” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
24:12	m705			ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, θαυμάζων τὸ γεγονός	1	This phrase can be understood in two different ways, depending on how the words in it are grouped together. Different versions of the Bible interpret this differently. If there is already a version of the Bible in your area, see how it translates this. You may wish to translate it in the same way. Otherwise, we recommend that you follow the reading of ULT. (1) If the grouping is “he went away, to himself wondering,” then the meaning is as in ULT and UST. (2) If the grouping is “he went away to himself, wondering,” then the meaning is that Peter went back to his own home. Alternate translation: “he went away to his home, wondering what had happened”
24:13	emc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the word **behold** to introduce a new event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for this same purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
24:13	m706		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δύο ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ἦσαν πορευόμενοι εἰς κώμην ἀπέχουσαν	1	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “there were two disciples who were going to a distant village on that same day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
24:13	e8gx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	δύο ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	The word **them** refers to Jesus’ disciples, but not specifically to the apostles, since at the end of this episode, these two men return to Jerusalem and report to the apostles. Alternate translation: “two of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
24:13	s5n1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Alternate translation: “on the same day when the women found that the tomb was empty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:13	m707			σταδίους ἑξήκοντα ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ, ᾗ ὄνομα Ἐμμαοῦς	1	It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The name of the village was Emmaus, and it was 60 stadia from Jerusalem”
24:13	d8jk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἐμμαοῦς	1	**Emmaus** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:13	cea7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	σταδίους ἑξήκοντα	1	The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. Alternate translation: “about eleven kilometers” or “about seven miles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
24:14	m708		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντων τῶν συμβεβηκότων τούτων	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **these things** means. Alternate translation: “how Jesus had been arrested and crucified, and how the women had said his body was no longer in the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:15	m709		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
24:15	b3sl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς Ἰησοῦς	1	The word **himself** emphasizes the fact that it was truly Jesus who joined them as they walked. This was not a vision in which Jesus only appeared to be there. Alternate translation: “Jesus, risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
24:15	m710			ἐγγίσας, συνεπορεύετο αὐτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “caught up with them and walked along with them”
24:16	q6nk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν	1	Luke uses one part of the men, their **eyes**, to speak of the capacity of the men themselves to recognize Jesus. Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
24:16	m711		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν	1	Luke uses the term **held**, as if someone were physically holding back the eyes, to mean “restrained.” Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:16	m712		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:17	xak8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	αὐτούς & ἀντιβάλλετε & περιπατοῦντες & ἐστάθησαν	1	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, all of these expressions would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (Your language might even put the adjective **gloomy**, which is plural in Greek, in the dual, since it describes the two men.) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
24:17	m713		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ λόγοι οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε πρὸς ἀλλήλους	1	Jesus is using the term **words** to describe what the men had been saying using words. Alternate translation: “these things that you have been saying to one another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:17	m714			ἐστάθησαν, σκυθρωποί	1	Alternate translation: “they stopped walking and looked sad”
24:18	m715		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εἷς ὀνόματι Κλεοπᾶς εἶπεν	1	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Cleopas responded to what Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “Then one named Cleopas responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
24:18	bqc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Κλεοπᾶς	1	**Cleopas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:18	qx7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	σὺ μόνος παροικεῖς Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ οὐκ ἔγνως τὰ γενόμενα ἐν αὐτῇ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις?	1	Cleopas does not expect Jesus to tell him whether he is the only visitor to Jerusalem who does not know what has recently happened in the city. Rather, Cleopas is using the question form to show his surprise, since he expects that everyone would know about these events. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You must be the only person visiting Jerusalem who does not know what has just happened in the city!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
24:18	m717		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῇ	1	Conventionally, Greek referred to cities with feminine pronouns. Your language may use a different gender. You could also use a noun. Alternate translation: “in it” or “in that city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
24:18	m718		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	Cleopas is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” or “recently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:19	aj5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ποῖα	1	This implicitly means, “**What kind** of things?” But by asking about the quality of the events, rather than just the fact of the events (“What things?”), Jesus is acknowledging that they must have been very special. Alternate translation: “What kind of things?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:19	m719		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	οἱ & εἶπαν	1	Since two men are speaking, this would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
24:19	m720		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναζαρηνοῦ	1	The term **Nazarene** is a name that refers to a person who is from the city of Nazareth. See how you translated his name in [18:37](../18/37.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:19	m721		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνὴρ, προφήτης	1	This is an idiomatic way of speaking about a person in an honorable way. Alternate translation: “a distinguished prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:19	m722		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ	1	The two men are using the term **work** to describe the things that Jesus did, and the term **word** to describe the things that Jesus said. Alternate translation: “who did great miracles and taught profound things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:19	x25r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ	1	This expression means “while God and all the people were watching.” In the case of **God**, it means that God gave Jesus the power to do miracles and to teach profound things. In the case of **the people**, it means that the miracles and teachings of Jesus amazed the people when they saw and heard them. Alternate translation: “as God empowered him, to the amazement of all the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:19	m723		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ	1	This is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “great crowds of people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
24:20	m724		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	This is a reference to the Jewish leaders, and the two men likely recognize Jesus as a fellow Jew, so the word **our** would be inclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
24:20	e5zt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	παρέδωκαν αὐτὸν & εἰς κρίμα θανάτου	1	The men are using the **judgment of death**, that is, the death sentence that the Romans passed on Jesus, to represent the Romans themselves. Alternate translation: “turned him over to the Romans, who sentenced him to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:20	m725		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	καὶ ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν	1	The men speak as if their **chief priests** and **rulers** crucified Jesus themselves. They are speaking, describing all of the people who were responsible for the crucifixion of Jesus, including the crowds, Pilate, and the Roman soldiers by reference to the Jewish leaders, who set the process in motion by stirring up the crowds and persuading Pilate. Alternate translation: “so that he was crucified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
24:21	ei9t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς & ἠλπίζομεν	1	The men are speaking of themselves and likely their fellow disciples as well, but not of Jesus, so **we** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
24:21	ljb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ μέλλων λυτροῦσθαι τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in [2:38](../02/38.md). The word **redeem** means literally to “buy back,” for example, to buy someone’s freedom from slavery, but the men are using it in a figurative sense here. Alternate translation: “the person who was going to bring God’s blessings and favor back to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:21	m726		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	The men are speaking of all the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
24:21	d52i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀλλά γε καὶ σὺν πᾶσιν τούτοις	1	The men are speaking in an idiomatic way for emphasis. Alternate translation: “And besides all this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:21	sg3g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο	1	By saying **he is spending this third day**, the men are referring to Jesus as if he were alive. However, they are actually saying how long he has been dead. They are going to tell how the women reported that his grave was empty, and they find it unbelievable that anyone who had been dead that long would have gotten up out of the grave. See how you translated the expression **the third day** in 9:22, and express this in the way that your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “the Romans put him to death on the day before yesterday” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:21	xqc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “this is day three since these things happened to him” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “this is day two since these things happened to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
24:22	a3j9			γυναῖκές τινες ἐξ ἡμῶν	1	Alternate translation: “some women in our group”
24:22	m727		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν & ἡμᾶς	1	The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive in both instances here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
24:22	du1v			γενόμεναι ὀρθριναὶ ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον	1	The men are using this expression to refer to the **women**, not to themselves. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and continue it into the next verse. Alternate translation: “They went to his tomb early this morning”
24:23	m728			καὶ μὴ εὑροῦσαι τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, ἦλθαν	1	If you began a new sentence at the end of the previous verse, you could continue it here. Alternate translation: “but they did not find his body, so they came to us”
24:24	m729			τινες τῶν σὺν ἡμῖν	1	Alternate translation: “some of the men in our group”
24:24	m730		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
24:24	m731		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εὗρον οὕτως, καθὼς καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες εἶπον	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the implications of this statement explicitly. Alternate translation: “they found that the body of Jesus was not in the tomb, just as the women had said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:24	fkw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν δὲ οὐκ εἶδον	1	The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “they did not see Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
24:25	m732		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἀνόητοι	1	Jesus is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “you foolish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
24:25	m733		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	ἀνόητοι	1	Jesus is speaking to two men, so the word “you” would be in the dual form if your language marks that form, if you choose to use that word in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
24:25	vg3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ βραδεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ, τοῦ πιστεύειν	1	The term **heart** represents the mind. Alternate translation: “who have such difficulty believing with your minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:25	m734		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καὶ βραδεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ, τοῦ πιστεύειν	1	The word **slow** represents difficulty, since someone who has difficulty doing something will do it slowly. Alternate translation: “who have such difficulty believing with your minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:25	m735		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶσιν οἷς ἐλάλησαν οἱ προφῆται	1	The term **all** is a generalization that refers specifically to what the prophets said about the Messiah. Alternate translation: “what the prophets said about the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
24:26	n85k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ταῦτα ἔδει παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ?	1	Jesus is using the question form to remind the disciples about what the prophets said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The Messiah had to suffer these things in order to enter into his glory!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
24:26	m736		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	This is not a second thing that it was necessary for the Messiah to do. Rather, this is the result for which it was necessary for the Messiah to do the first thing. Alternate translation: “in order to enter into his glory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
24:26	f8es		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** with an adjective such as “glorious.” Alternate translation: “to receive a glorious position” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
24:27	g4t7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Μωϋσέως & τῶν προφητῶν	1	Luke is using the name **Moses** to refer to the part of Scripture that Moses wrote, and the term **the prophets** to refer to the part of Scripture that they wrote. Alternate translation: “the writings of Moses … the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:27	m737			καὶ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν προφητῶν	1	The term **beginning** applies just to the writings of Moses. Jesus began with that part of Scripture, and he then continued teaching from the writings of the prophets. Alternate translation: “and then from all the writings of the prophets” or “and continuing with all the writings of the prophets”
24:28	m738		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	ἤγγισαν εἰς τὴν κώμην οὗ ἐπορεύοντο	1	The first **they** refers to Jesus and the two disciples, while the second **they** refers only to the two disciples, so **they were going** would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
24:28	cdj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτὸς προσεποιήσατο πορρώτερον πορεύεσθαι	1	This means that the two disciples understood from Jesus’ actions that he was continuing on to another destination. Perhaps he kept walking on the road when they turned off to enter Emmaus. There is no indication that Jesus deceived them with words. Alternate translation: “Jesus seemed to be heading farther down the road” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:29	m739		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between what it appeared Jesus was going to do and what the two disciples wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
24:29	m740		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	παρεβιάσαντο & ἡμῶν & αὐτοῖς	1	This verb, as well as these two pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
24:29	pn4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	παρεβιάσαντο αὐτὸν	1	Luke is telling this story in a concise way, and he does not say what the two disciples urged Jesus to do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply that information from the context. Alternate translation: “they urged him to stay overnight in the house with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
24:29	m741		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	The men are speaking of themselves but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
24:29	s6ps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστὶν, καὶ κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. The two disciples are likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases in your translation. Alternate translation: “it is already getting dark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
24:29	m742		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστὶν, καὶ κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα	1	The implications are that the disciples are saying this out of concern for Jesus’ safety. Alternate translation: “it is already getting dark, and soon it will not be safe to travel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:29	m743		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα	1	The disciples are referring to the sun as **the day**, since day is when the sun shines. Alternate translation: “the sun is going down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:29	tgi6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	3	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the two disciples urged Jesus to stay with them, he agreed. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
24:30	k6ud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
24:30	m744		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐν τῷ κατακλιθῆναι αὐτὸν μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “when they had all sat down together to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
24:30	ecm2			εὐλόγησεν	1	Alternate translation: “he gave thanks for it” or “he thanked God for it”
24:30	m745		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	The pronoun **them** would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since it refers to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
24:31	h4yr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αὐτῶν δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ	1	Here, **eyes** represents understanding of what one is seeing. Alternate translation: “God enabled them to understand what they had been seeing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:31	m746		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτῶν δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God enabled them to understand what they had been seeing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:31	yev2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἄφαντος ἐγένετο ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	Here Luke uses an unusual expression, saying that Jesus **became invisible**. It does not mean that Jesus remained in the room but could not be seen. Rather, it means that he left suddenly and so the two disciples did not see him any more. Alternate translation: “suddenly they did not see him any more” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:32	m747		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	εἶπαν & ἡμῶν & ἡμῖν & ἡμῖν	1	This verb, as well as these three pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they all apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
24:32	inw4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γραφάς?	1	The two men are not asking each other for information about what happened. Rather, they are using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “As he was talking to us as we traveled along and explaining the Scriptures, it was so exciting, it was as if we were on fire inside!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
24:32	m748		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν	1	The men are using the metaphor of a **heart burning** to describe their excitement at hearing Jesus explain the Scriptures. You could indicate this meaning in your translation and represent the metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “It was so exciting, it was as if we were on fire inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:32	m749		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate why the men found it so exciting when Jesus explained the Scriptures to them, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:32	m750		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν	1	If it would be unusual in your language for two people to speak as if they had one **heart**, if you decide to use this metaphor in your translation, you could make it plural, or dual if your language uses that form. Alternate translation: “Were not our hearts burning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
24:32	m751		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν	1	The men are using the term **heart** to mean the inner part of a person. Alternate translation: “inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:32	m752		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν & ἡμῖν & ἡμῖν	1	The men are speaking to each other about themselves, so these pronouns would be inclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
24:32	xy6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γραφάς	1	Jesus did not open a book or a scroll. The term **opened** means “explained.” Alternate translation: “while he explained the Scriptures to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:33	qi47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	ἀναστάντες & ὑπέστρεψαν & εὗρον	1	These verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form, since they describe actions of the two men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
24:33	ar2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναστάντες	1	As in [24:12](../24/12.md), this expression is an idiom that means to take initiative. It does not necessarily mean that the men had been sitting or lying down and then stood up. Alternate translation: “starting out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:33	m753		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	Luke is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at once” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:33	m754		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὗρον ἠθροισμένους τοὺς ἕνδεκα καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they found that the 11 apostles had gathered together with some other disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:33	dw85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοὺς ἕνδεκα	1	See how you translated this term in [24:9](../24/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:34	kyn4			λέγοντας	1	The word **saying** applies to the apostles and disciples in Jerusalem, not to the two men who had just traveled back from Emmaus. Alternate translation: “and they told the two men”
24:34	m755			ὁ Κύριος	1	Here the apostles and disciples are referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
24:34	m756		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη ὁ Κύριος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has raised the Lord Jesus from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:34	m757		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	The apostles and disciples use the word **and** to introduce the reason why they know that Jesus has been raised from the dead. It is because Simon Peter has seen him. Alternate translation: “for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
24:34	m758		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὤφθη Σίμωνι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Simon has seen him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:34	m759		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σίμωνι	1	This means the same man whom Luke often calls Peter in this book. So that your readers will know that this is the same man, you could use both of his names here. Alternate translation: “Simon Peter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:35	m760		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοὶ & αὐτοῖς	1	These pronouns refer to the two men who returned from Emmaus. They would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
24:35	fb1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τὰ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	Luke is telling this story in a concise way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express more fully what this means. Alternate translation: “what had happened on their journey” or “how Jesus had joined them as they traveled and what they had talked about with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
24:35	mnn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “how they recognized Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:35	y3f8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου	1	Luke is using **the breaking of the bread** to represent something associated with it. Alternate translation: “at the time when he broke the bread” or “by the way that he broke the bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:36	m761		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1	The pronoun **they** refers to the two men who returned from Emmaus, so it would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form. You could also use a noun phrase instead. Alternate translation: “the two men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
24:36	rt8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς ἔστη	1	Luke uses the word **himself** to emphasize the surprise of Jesus actually appearing to this group. Alternate translation: “none other than Jesus himself stood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
24:36	q7yl			ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “among them” or “in their group”
24:36	pnl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	As the note to the similar phrase in [10:5](../10/05.md) explains, this was an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew word and concept of “shalom,” that was both a greeting and a blessing. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:37	i2tu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	πτοηθέντες & καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι, ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “they thought they were seeing a spirit, and so they were frightened and became terrified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
24:37	m762		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πτοηθέντες & καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι, ἐδόκουν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **being frightened** with an active form. Alternate translation: “they were afraid and became terrified, because they thought” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:37	kf17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	πτοηθέντες & καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι	1	These expressions mean similar things. Luke may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “becoming very frightened” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
24:37	z4q5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why they thought this. Alternate translation: “they thought that they were seeing a ghost, because they did not yet understand truly that Jesus was alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:37	q9rf			πνεῦμα	1	In this context, the term **spirit** refers to the spirit of a dead person. Alternate translation: “a ghost”
24:38	jj1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ, καὶ διὰ τί διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge and reassure his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be upset, and you do not need to have doubts in your minds!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
24:38	m763		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τί τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “Why does my appearing here upset you” or, if you chose to translate the rhetorical question as a statement or exclamation, “My appearing here should not upset you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:38	m764		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	διὰ τί διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is using the term **arising** to mean coming into consciousness. Alternate translation: “why are you starting to have doubts” or, if you chose to translate the rhetorical question as a statement or exclamation, “you should not be starting to have doubts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:38	m765		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διαλογισμοὶ	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate what the disciples were doubting. Alternate translation: “doubts that I have truly risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:38	m766			ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν	1	If it would be unusual in your language for someone speak as if a group of people had one **heart**, you could make this plural. Alternate translation: “in your hearts”
24:38	m767		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν	1	As in [24:35](../24/35.md), the **heart** represents the mind here. Alternate translation: “in your minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:39	m768		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἴδετε τὰς χεῖράς μου καὶ τοὺς πόδας μου	1	Jesus is telling the disciples to look at the nail marks from crucifixion by reference to where those marks are, in his **hands** and **feet**. Alternate translation: “Look at the nail marks in my hands and feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:39	m769		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι αὐτός	1	Jesus uses the word **myself** to emphasize that he genuinely is who he appears to be. Alternate translation: “and you will recognize that it is really me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
24:39	a12n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ψηλαφήσατέ με καὶ ἴδετε, ὅτι πνεῦμα σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα οὐκ ἔχει, καθὼς ἐμὲ θεωρεῖτε ἔχοντα	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since a ghost does not have a physical body, as you see that I have, touch me to determine that my body is real” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
24:39	m770		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ἴδετε	1	Here, **see** does not literally mean to look at something. Rather, it means to determine something. Alternate translation: “to determine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:39	tf2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα	1	Jesus is describing the human body by referring to two of its major components. Alternate translation: “a physical body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
24:40	qm9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας	1	As in [24:39](../24/39.md), this means the nail marks from crucifixion in Jesus’ **hands** and **feet**. Alternate translation: “the nail marks in his hands and feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:41	m771		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἔτι δὲ ἀπιστούντων αὐτῶν & καὶ θαυμαζόντων	1	These two terms mean similar things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And as they were still finding it very hard to believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
24:41	m772		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔτι δὲ ἀπιστούντων αὐτῶν & καὶ θαυμαζόντων	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the disciples were **disbelieving and wondering** about. Alternate translation: “And as they were still finding it very hard to believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:41	hr4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “because they were so happy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
24:41	m773			τι βρώσιμον	1	Alternate translation: “anything to eat”
24:43	tyh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν	1	Jesus did this to prove that he had a physical body, because a spirit or ghost would not be able to eat food. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that this was the reason. Alternate translation: “he had them watch him eat it, to prove that he had a physical body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:43	j8qf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν	1	This expression means “in front of them,” that is, “where they could see him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:44	m774		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι μου, οὓς ἐλάλησα πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	Jesus is using the term **words** to refer to what he said using words. Alternate translation: “It is just as I told you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:44	tfk8			ἔτι ὢν σὺν ὑμῖν	1	Alternate translation: “when I was with you before”
24:44	q7x8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως, καὶ τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ ψαλμοῖς, περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	Jesus is referring to all of the Hebrew Scriptures by naming their main components. Alternate translation: “everything that the Scriptures say about me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
24:44	g76a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα & περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everything that Scripture says about me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:44	m776		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως, καὶ τοῖς προφήταις	1	Jesus is describing the first and second parts of the Hebrew Scriptures by reference to the people who wrote them. You could also use the proper names for these parts. Alternate translation: “in the Law and the Prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:44	m777		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	καὶ ψαλμοῖς	1	Jesus is using the name of the largest book in the third part of the Hebrew Scriptures, **Psalms**, to represent that entire part, which was known as “the Writings.” Alternate translation: “and the Writings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
24:44	m778		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δεῖ πληρωθῆναι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. If you do that, it would be appropriate to put this phrase before **all the things**. Alternate translation: “God would make happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:45	qf61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	διήνοιξεν αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν	1	This is an idiom that means to enable people to realize and recognize things they could not before. Alternate translation: “he equipped their minds” or “he empowered their minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:45	m779			αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν	1	If it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a group of people had one **mind**, you could make this plural. Alternate translation: “their minds”
24:46	cwr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὕτως γέγραπται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “This is what the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:46	m780		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν	1	Jesus uses the word **suffer** to represent all of the things that the Scriptures said the Messiah would experience, including also betrayal and death. Alternate translation: “Someone would betray the Messiah, and he would suffer and die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
24:46	e75f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀναστῆναι	1	Jesus speaks in this way of coming back to life, since it involves coming **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:46	m781		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
24:46	m782		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	See how you translated this phrase in [9:22](../09/22.md). Express this in the way that your language and culture reckon time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:46	r2zy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
24:47	m783		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κηρυχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **repentance** and **forgiveness** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “it would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem, that God will forgive those who stop sinning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
24:47	w5j5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κηρυχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “people would go and preach in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem, that God will forgive those who stop sinning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:47	lty6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	Here the **name** of the Messiah represents his authority. Alternate translation: “on his authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:47	w1ha		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	The term **nations** refers to the people who belong to various ethnic groups. Alternate translation: “to all the people in every people group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:47	wiq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	The word **beginning** is a participle that is plural. In context, it must refer to the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show the implications of this in your translation. This is really a command from Jesus. It may be good to make this a sentence of its own. Alternate translation: “You are to do this starting here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:48	wp38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες τούτων	1	The implication is that because the disciples are **witnesses** of the things that happened to Jesus, they are the ones who should go and tell others about these things, from their own firsthand experience. Alternate translation: “You saw everything that happened to me, and now you must go and tell others what you saw” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:49	m2lm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	This implicitly means the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “what my Father promised” or “the Holy Spirit, as my Father promised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:49	ynm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	**Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God my Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
24:49	m784		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ὑμεῖς δὲ καθίσατε	1	This is an emphatic imperative. Alternate translation: “But be sure that you stay” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
24:49	m785		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ πόλει	1	This implicitly means Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:49	c4iv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἕως οὗ ἐνδύσησθε & δύναμιν	1	Jesus speaks of this **power** as if it were clothing that the disciples would **put on**. Alternate translation: “until you receive power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:49	l46b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξ ὕψους	1	Jesus uses the term **heaven** to refer to God by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:50	cm9a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐπάρας τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ	1	This was something that Jewish priests did when they blessed people. Alternate translation: “lifting up his hands in spiritual authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
24:51	dzr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
24:51	clx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνεφέρετο εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν	1	Since Luke does not specify who carried Jesus up to heaven, we do not know whether God himself did this or one or more angels did it. If your language would have to specify who did the carrying, it may be better to say “went” instead, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:52	kzy4			προσκυνήσαντες αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “after worshiping him there”
24:52	m786		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ χαρᾶς μεγάλης	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adverb such as “happily.” Alternate translation: “very happily” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
24:53	m787		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	διὰ παντὸς	1	Luke is leaving out a word that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “through all hours” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
24:53	wa3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	διὰ παντὸς	1	Luke means that the disciples were in the temple **through all** the hours that the temple was open. Even so, this is an overstatement to emphasize that they went to the temple every day. Alternate translation: “every day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
24:53	edm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
24:53	pex4			εὐλογοῦντες τὸν Θεόν	1	Alternate translation: “worshiping God”